UC-NRLF 


7M    D7E 


No.  1659 


UF; 

HANDBOOK  OF  THE 

*  7  3-INCH  GUN  MATERIEL 

MODEL  OF  1902 

WITH 

INSTRUCTIONS  FOR  ITS  CARE 


(THIRTY-THREE  PLATES) 


AUGUST  1,  1905 
REVISED  MAY  10t  1906 
REVISED  JULY  17,  1908 
REVISED  JULY  1,  1911 
REVISED  JUNE  24,  1912 
REVISED  AUGUST  3,  1915 
REVISED  JUNE  5,  1917 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
1917 


GIFT  OF 


No.  1659 


HANDBOOK  OF  THE 

3-INCH  GUN  MATERIEL 

MODEL  OF  1902 

WITH 

INSTRUCTIONS  FOR  ITS  CARE 

(THIRTY-THREE  PLATES) 


AUGUST  i,  1905 
REVISED  MAY  10,  1906 
REVISED  JULY  17,  1908 
REVISED  JULY  1,  1911 
REVISED  JUNE  24,  1912 
REVISED  AUGUST  3,  1915 
REVISED, -JUNE.  5,  1917 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
1917 


5  I'-n  - 


WAR  DEPARTMENT, 
OFFICE  OF  THE  CHIEF  OF  ORDNANCE, 

Washington,  June  5,  1917. 

This  manual  is  published  for  the  information  and  government  of  the  Regular 
Army  and  National  Guard  of  the  United  States. 
By  order  of  the  Secretary  of  War : 

WILLIAM  OROZIER, 
Brigadier  General,  Chief  of  Ordnance. 

(3) 


CONTENTS. 


Page. 

List  of  plates 9 

List  of  equipment 11 

Guns,  weights,  dimensions,  etc 13 

Gun,  model  of  1902,  description 13-14 

Breech  mechanism,  model  of  1902  gun 14-20 

Nomenclature  of  parts 14 

Description 14-17 

Action  of 17-18 

Dismounting  and  assembling  parts  of 18-20 

Care  of  the  gun 20 

Gun,  model  of  1904,  description 20-22 

Gun,  model  of  1905,  description * 22 

Breech  mechanisms,  model  of  1904  and  1905  guns 23 

Description 23-28 

Action  of 29 

To  dismantle  the  firing  mechanism 29-30- 

To  dismantle  the  breech  mechanism 30 

Range  tables 31-34 

Service  table  for  shell  and  shrapnel 31-32 

Complete  range  table  for  shrapnel 33-34 

Ammunition 34-40 

Cartridge  case 34-35 

Primer 35-36 

Powder  charge 36-37 

Projectiles 37-39 

Cast-iron  shell 37 

Common  steel  shell 37 

Common  steel  shell,  point  fuze 38 

Common  shrapnel 38 

Ehrhardt  high-explosive  shrapnel 39 

Semple  tracer 39-40 

Fuzes ' 40-46 

Ehrhardt  combination 40-43 

F.  A.  combination 43-46 

Marking  on  ammunition  packing  boxes 46-47 

Subcaliber  cartridge 47-48 

Drill  cartridge 48 

Subcaliber  and  drill  cartridge  kit 48 

Allowance  of  ammunition 48 

Blank  ammunition 48-49' 

The  cartridge  case 491 

The  primer 49- 

The  charge 49 

Preparation  of  blank  metallic  ammunition 49-50 

Precautions  to  be  observed 50 

Care  of  cartridge  cases 50-51 

(5) 


Page. 

Reloading  and  cleaning  outfit 51 

Misfires  and  hangfires 51-52 

Fuze  setters,  model  of  1905M 52-59 

Bracket 53-55 

Hand 55-56 

Fuze  setter  hand,  model  of  1912 56-59 

Carriage ' 60-87 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 60 

Nomenclature  of  parts 60-66 

Description 67-78 

Dismounting  and  assembling  gun  and  carriage 78-85 

Care  and  cleaning  of  parts 85-87 

Gun  limber,  model  of  1902 88-93 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc , 88 

Nomenclature  of  parts 88-90 

Description 90-93 

Caisson,  model  of  1902 93-101 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc . . '. 93 

Nomenclature  of  parts 94-96 

Description 96-101 

Caisson  limber,  model  of  1916 101-106 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 101 

Nomenclature  of  parts 101-103 

Description 103-106 

Caisson,  model  of  1916 .....' 107-115 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 107 

Nomenclature  of  parts 107-109 

Description 109-115 

Converted  limber,  model  of  1908 115-119 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 115 

Nomenclature  of  parts 116-118 

Description 118-119 

Converted  caisson,  model  of  1908 119-124 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 119 

Nomenclature  of  parts 119-123 

Description 123-124 

Forge  limber 124-127 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 124 

Nomenclature  of  parts 124-125 

Description 125-127 

Forge  limber,  model  of  1902Mi 127 

Description 127 

Converted  forge  limber,  model  of  1908 127-130 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 127 

Nomenclature  of  parts 127-129 

Description 129-130 

Battery  wagon,  model  of  1902 130-135 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 130 

Nomenclature  of  parts 130-132 

Description 132-135 

Converted  battery  wagon,  model  of  1908 135-138 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 135 

Nomenclature  of  parts 135-137 

Description ". 138 


Page. 

Store  limber 138 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 138 

Description 138 

Articles  carried  in 138 

Store  limber,  model  of  1902Mi 138 

Description 138 

Store  wagon,  model  of  1902 139 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 139 

Description 139 

Battery  and  store  wagon,  model  of  1902Mi 139-144 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 139 

Nomenclature  of  parts 140-143 

Description 143-144 

Cyclometer 144-145 

Description 144 

Nomenclature  of  parts 145 

Padlock  and  bolt  snaps 145 

Artillery  harness 145-146 

Nomenclature  of  parts 145-146 

Steel  collars 147-149 

Directions  for  fitting 147 

Table  of  dimensions 148 

Collar-lifting  device 149 

Breast  collar  harness 149-151 

Description 149 

Nomenclature  of  parts * 150-151 

Care  and  preservation  of  leather 151-152 

Sights. 153-155 

Line  sight 153 

Front  sight 153 

Rear  sight 153-155 

Care  of  the  sights 167-168 

Panoramic  sight,  model  of  1904 -. .  155-158 

Description 155-158 

Use  of 166-167 

Care  of 168-169 

Panoramic  sight,  model  of  1915 158-164 

Description 158-164 

Use  of 166-167 

Care  of 168-169 

Range  quadrant 164 

Description 167 

Use  of : 166 

Care  of 169 

Adjustment  of  sights  and  quadrant 169-174 

Pangramic  sight,  model  of  1904 170 

Panoramic  sight,  model  of  1915 170 

Front  and  rear  sight 171 

Range  quadrant ,  171 

Verification  of  parallelism  of  lines  of  sight  and  axis  of  bore 172-173 

Additional  tests 173-174 

Spare  sights  and  quadrant 1 74 


8 

Page. 

Adjusting  instruments , 174 

Accuracy  of  fire 174-179 

Causes  of  inaccuracies 174 

Inaccuracies  for — 

Percussion  fire 174-175,181 

Time  fire 175-181 

Range  errors 175-177 

Probable  zones 177-178 

Table  of  probability  factors 178-179 

Painting  artillery  materiel 181-182 

Oils  for  artillery  materiel 182-183 

Repairs  for  Field  Artillery  materiel  issued  to  the  United  States  Army  and  the 

National  Guard 183-184 

Suggestions  for  care  and  maintenance  of  materiel 184  -186 

General  information  with  reference  to  ordnance  supplies  for  Field  Artillery.  181-187 

Method  of  loading  a  3-inch  gun  battery  for  transportation  by  rail 187-188 

Total  equipment  of  a  field  battery,  together  with  expendable  supplies 189-203 

Index..,  .  205-216 


LIST  OF  PLATES. 


Faces  page 

I.  3-inch  field  guns,  models  of  1902,  1904,  and  1905 13 

II.  Breech  mechanism,  assembled,  model  of  1902 14 

III.  Breech  mechanism,  assembled,  models  of  1904  and  1905 23 

IV.  Curves  of  corrector  setting  for  fuze  setter 34 

V.  Projectiles 35 

VI.  21  second  combination  fuze 43 

VII.  Subcaliber  and  drill  cartridges 47 

VIII.  Fuze  setters 52 

IX.  Carriage,  side  elevation 66 

X.  Carriage,  plan 67 

XI.  Recoil  controlling  mechanism 68 

XII.  Elevating  gear 73 

XIII.  Traversing  gear 74 

XIV.  Limber,  model  of  1902,  side  and  rear  views .*. .  90 

XV.  Caisson,  model  of  1902,  side  and  rear  views 96 

XVI.  Caisson,  model  of  1902,  plan  view 97 

XVII.  Caisson  limber,  model  of  1916,  side  and  rear  views 103 

XVIII.  Automatic  pole  support,  vertical  section 104 

XIX.  Caisson,  model  of  1916,  front  and  side  views 108 

XX.  Caisson,  model  of  1916,  plan  view 109 

XXI.  Band  brake  and  caisson  carrying  springs Ill 

XXII.  Converted  limber,  model  of  1908 118 

XXIII.  Converted  caisson,  model  of  1908, 123 

XXIV.  Battery  wagon,  model  of  1902 132 

XXV.  Converted  battery  wagon,  model  of  1908 138 

XXVI.  Artillery  harness 145 

XXVII.  Spare  parts  of  steel  collar 148 

XXVIII.  Collar  lifting  device 149 

XXIX.  Breast  collar  harness 148 

XXX.  Rear  sight 153 

XXXI.  Panoramic  sight,  model  of  1904 155 

XXXII.  Panoramic  sight,  model  of  1915 158 

XXXIII.  Range  quadrant 164 

(9) 


LIST  OF  EQUIPMENT  PERTAINING  TO  ONE  3-INCH  GUN  BATTERY 

ON  WAS,  FOOTING. 


Num- 
ber. 


Equipment. 


Property 
classification. 


Class.    Section. 


4  3-inch  field  guns,  models  of  1902,  1904,  or  1905  .................................... 

4  3-inch  gun  carriages,  model  of  1902;  each  equipped  with  fixed  sights,  adjustable 

rear  sight,  panoramic  sight,  and  range  quadrant  ...............................         IV  , 

16  I  3-inch  gun  limbers,  model  of  1902,  1916,  or  converted  1908  ..................... 

12  Caissons,  model  of  1902,  1916,  or  converted  1908  .................  ............... 

1  Forge  limber,  model  of  1902,  1902  Mi,  or  converted  1908  ....................... 

1  Battery  wagon,  model  of  1902,  1902  Mi,  or  converted  1908  ...................... 

1  Store  limber,  model  of  1902  or  1902  Mi  .........................................  ...         IV  9 

1  Store  wagon,  model  of  1902  or  1902  Ml  ......................................... 

37  Sets  of  artillery  harness  (lead)  or  breast  collar  harness  ............................ 

19  Sets  of  artillery  harness  (wheel)  or  breast  collar  harness  ....................... 

1  Set  of  pack  harness  ..............................................................         IX  5 

1  Set  of  F.  C.  equipment  ..........................................................          V 


(ID 


HANDBOOK  OF  THE  3-INCH  GUN  MATERIEL. 


THE  3-INCH  FIELD  GUNS,  MODELS   OF   1902,   1904,  AND 

1905. 


Weight  : 

Models  of  1902  and  1904  ______________________________  pounds—  835 

Model  of  1905  ___________________________________________  do  ____  788 

Caliber  ___________  ________________________________________  inches—      3 

Total  length  ________________________________________________  do  ----     87.  8 

Length  of  bore  ______________________  _  _______________________  do__  __     84 

Length  of  rifled  portion  of  bore  ___________________  i  ____________  do  ____    72.  72 

Rifling  : 

Number  of  grooves  ____________________________________________    24 

Width  of  grooves  _________________________________________  inch__      0.2927 

Depth  of  grooves  _______________________________________  do  ----      0.  03 

Width  of  lands  _________________________________________  do  ____      0.  1 

Models  of  1902  and  1904  :  1  turn  in  50  calibers  at 
origin  to  1  turn  in  25  calibers  at  12.52  inches 

from  muzzle,  thence  uniform. 

odel  Qf  1905  .  Q  turng  ftt  or.gin  to  I  turn  .n  25 

calibers  at  9.72  inches  from  muzzle,  thence  uni- 

form. 
Weight  of  projectile,  filled  and  fuzed  ______________________  pounds  __          15 

Weight  of  cartridge  case  ___________________________________  do  ____  2.  25 

Weight  of  fixed  ammunition  (1  round)--  ____________________  do  ____          18.  75 

Capacity  of  cartridge  case  __________________________  cubic  inches  __          66.  5 

Muzzle  velocity  __________________________________  feet  per  second—     1,  700 

Maximum  pressure  per  square  inch  _______________________  pounds  __  33,  000 

Range  at  15°  elevation  _______________  :  _____________________  yards—    6,  000 

Maximum  range,  about  _____________________________________  do  ____     8,  500 


Twist,  right-hand. 


DESCRIPTION    OF   THE    3  -INCH    FIELD    GUN,    MODEL    OF    1902. 

[Plate  I.] 

The  gun  is  built  up  of  nickel  steel,  consisting  of  a  tube,  jacket,  lock- 
ing hoop,  and  clip.  The  jacket  envelops  the  rear  portion  of  the  tube 
and  projects  beyond  it  to  form  the  breech  recess  or  seat  for  the 
breech  mechanism.  A  lug,  known  as  the  "  recoil  lug,"  projects  from 
the  under  surface  of  the  jacket  at  its  extreme  rear  end  and  affords  a 
point  of  attachment  for  the  recoil  cylinder  of  the  carriage.  The 
locking  hoop  is  shrunk  on  the  tube  and  forward  end  of  the  jacket  and 
secures  the  latter  against  rearward  movement  on  the  tube  under 

(13) 


14 


firing  stresses.    The  clip  is  a  short  hoop  shrunk  on  the  tube  near  the 
muzzle.' 

On  the  underside  of  the  gun,  extending  the  entire  length  of  the 
jacket,  locking  hoop,  and  clip,  are  formed  two  recoil  guides  or  clips, 
which  fit  over  and  secure  the  gun  to  the  guide  rails  of  the  cradle. 
When  the  gun  is  assembled  upon  the  carriage,  that  portion  of  the 
cradle  rails  between  the  locking  hoop  and  clip  is  covered  by  a  sheet- 
steel  dust  guard,  so  that  the  bearing  surfaces  of  the  recoil  clips  and 
guide  rails  are  thoroughly  protected  from  dust  and  dirt.  Eight  oil 
holes,  closed  by  handy  oilers,  are  provided  for  oiling  the  guide  rails 
of  the  carriage. 

Nomenclature  of  breech  mechanism  for  the  model  of  1902  gun. 


Num- 
ber. 

Name  of  part. 

* 

Location. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

1 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 

Breechblock 

IV 

3 

Breechblock  bushing  Front  end  of  block  

Breechblock  cover                                   Rear  find  nf  blnok 

Breechblock  stop  

Screwed  into  fi  ont  face  of  carrier  

Cover  locking  pins  

Secure  cover  to  block 

Block  carrier 

Hinged  to  jacket'  supports  block 

Hinge  pin  

Hinges  carrier  to  jacket  

Hinge-pin  catch 

In  hinge  pin  . 

Latch  Dolt 

In  recess  in  carrier 

Latch-bolt  spring  

Around  latch  bolt          ...            *. 

Firing  pin 

In  axial  hole  through  block 

Firing-pin  spring  

Around  firing  pin  

Cap  

Screwed  on  rear  end  of  firing  pin 

Cocking  lever 

Seated  between  block  and  cover 

Sear 

In  recess  in  block 

Sear  spring  .  .   . 

do 

Trigger 

In  seat  in  block  carrier 

Trigger  spring  

do  .  . 

Trigger  arm 

Mounted  on  trigger-arm  sleeve 

Trigger-arm  sleeve  

In  bearing  in  recoil  lug  

Split  pin,  taper  

Secures  trigger  arm  to  trigger-arm  sleeve.  .  .  . 
Pivoted  on  block  carrier 

Operating  lever 

Operating-lever  pivot  

Pivots  lever  on  block  carrier. 

Lever-pivot  key  . 

Sfifinrps  nivnt  in  seat. 

Lever  latch                                                   |   Tn  nnp.rfttinpr  IP.VPV 

Lever-latch  catch  

Screwed  into  rear  face  of  carrier 

Lever-latch  pin 

Secures  latch  to  lever 

Lever-latch  spring  

In  recess  in  spring  seat  

Extractor... 

In  breech  recess 

Extractor  lever 

Mounted  on  hinge  pin 

Lever-guide  screws,  1  long,  1  short.  . 
Spring  seat 

Fasten  guide  to  block  carrier 

Screwed  into  operating  lever 

Cylinder  locking  stud 

Sfiat.ftd  in  rfiroif  liip 

DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  BREECH  MECHANISM  FOR  THE  MODEL  OF   1902  GUN. 

[Flate  II.] 

The  breechblock  is  of  the  interrupted-screw  type.  It  has  two 
threaded  and  two  flatted  sectors,  in  rear  of  which  is  a  cylindrical  sec- 
tion, smaller  in  diameter,  on  which  is  a  square  screw  thread  for  secur- 
ing the  block  to  the  block  carrier.  The  breech  recess  of  the  gun  is 
threaded  and  slotted  to  correspond  with  the  threads  on  the  block. 
The  latter  is  bored  out  axially  to  form  a  seat  for  the  firing  pin.  The 


15 

front  of  this  axial  hole  is  closed  by  the  breechblock  housing,  which  is 
screwed  into  position  and  held  by  a  set  screw  through  the  breech- 
block. The  rear  end  is  closed  by  the  breechblock  cover,  which  is 
held  by  means  of  undercut  grooves  in  the  block  and  lugs  on  the 
cover  and  locked  in  place  by  the  two  cover-locking  pins.  A  hole 
through  the  breechblock  and  breechblock  bushing  affords  a  vent  for 
any  gases  escaping  from  a  ruptured  primer. 

For  repairing  worn  breechblock  bushings,  another  bushing  is 
inserted  in  the  end  of  the  present  one. 

The  block  carrier  is  hinged  on  the  right  side  of  the  breech  recess 
by  the  hinge  pin,  the  carrier  is  bored  out  and  threaded,  and  the 
breechblock  rotates  and  is  held  in  this  opening  by  the  square  threads 
mentioned  above. 

A  stop  for  limiting  the  rotation  of  the  breechblock  when  in  its 
open  position  is  fitted  in  a  suitable  position  on  the  front  face  of  the 
block  carrier. 

The  latch  bolt  is  located  in  a  seat  bored  in  the  carrier  and  is  con- 
stantly pressed  forward  by  its  spring.  When  the  block  is  rotated 
so  that  its  threads  are  disengaged  from  those  in  the  gun,  a  recess  in 
the  rear  face  of  the  block  comes  opposite  the  front  end  of  the  latch 
bolt,  and  when  the  block  and  carrier  are  swung  away  from  the  breech 
the  latch  bolt  enters  this  recess,  thus  locking  the  block  to  the  block 
carrier.  The  block  is  unlocked  by  the  latch  bolt  coming  in  contact 
with  the  rear  face  of  the  gun  in  the  act  of  closing  the  breech. 

The  operating  lever  is  pivoted  on  a  seat  formed  by  a  lug  on  the 
carrier.  The  lever  has  a  handle  on  its  outer  end  and  bevel-gear  teeth 
on  its  pivot  end  which  mesh  with  corresponding  teeth  formed  on  the 
rear  of  the  face  block.  A  lug  on  the  operating  lever  prevents  the 
shock  of  stopping  the  rotation  of  the  breechblock  from  being  taken 
up  on  the  last  tooth  of  the  bevel  gear  on  the  operating  lever. 

The  lever  latch,  with  its  spring,  is  assembled  in  a  recess  in  the 
operating  lever  by  the  latch  pin ;  when  the  breech  mechanism  is 
closed  the  catch  on  the  inner  end  of  the  latch  engages  a  catch  formed 
on  a  lug  screwed  into  the  rear  face  of  the  block  carrier  and  locks  the 
operating  lever  to  the  carrier.  When  the  operating-lever  handle  is 
grasped  to  open  the  breechblock,  pressure  on  the  lever  latch  disen- 
gages its  catch  from  this  lug.  The  spring  seat  is  secured  to  the 
operating  lever  by  screwing  it  into  its  seat  with  a  teat  wrench.  After 
it  is  once  screwed  tightly  home  it  should  not  be  removed.  The  top 
of  the  spring  seat  affords  a  hard  bearing  surface  for  the  operating 
lever  guide. 

The  lever  catch  spring  is  assembled  in  the  spring  seat. 

The  operating-lever  guide  is  a  strong  spring  fastened  by  two 
screws — one  long  and  one  short — to  the  rear  face  of  the  block  carrier 
and  prevents  any  upward  movement  of  the  operating  lever  which 

102614—17 2 


16 

might  unlatch  it  from  the  block  carrier  when  the  battery  is  moving 
over  rough  terrain. 

The  firing  pin  has  guide  lugs  near  its  front  end  \vhich  run  in  slots 
in  the  breechblock  bushing.  The  point  of  the  firing  pin  projects 
through  a  hole  in  the  center  of  this  bushing  when  the  gun  is  fired. 
A  cap,  having  a  square  cross  section,  is  screwed  on  the  rear  end  of 
the  firing  pin  and  passes  through  a  square  hole  in  the  cover ;  its  rear 
end  terminates  in  a  ring  for  recocking  the  firing  mechanism  by  hand 
without  opening  the  breechblock.  A  shoulder  on  the  cap  forms  a 
catch  for  the  sear. 

The  firing  pin  is  eccentrically  located  in  the  block;  in  the  firing 
position  it  is  in  alignment  with  the  axis  of  the  gun  and  in  line  with 
the  percussion  primer  of  the  cartridge.  As  the  block  is  rotated  to 
open  the  breech  the  pin  is  moved  to  one  side  clear  of  the  primer  and 
remains  in  that  relative  position  until  the  block  is  again  rotated  in 
closing  the  breech. 

The  cocking  lever  has  a  ball-and-socket  bearing  in  the  block  car- 
rier; the  other  end  of  the  lever  is  U-shaped,  the  forks  straddling  the 
firing  pin.  The  middle  part  of  the  cocking  lever  works  on  cam  sur- 
faces on  the  rear  face  of  the  breechblock  and  on  the  front  face  of  the 
cover.  The  front  face  of  the  cocking  lever  has  two  lugs  or  ribs 
which  support  it  on  the  cam  of  the  block;  its  rear  face  is  provided 
with  a  stud  or  pin,  which  serves  to  prevent  its  improper  assemblage. 

The  firing-pin  spring  is  assembled  around  the  firing  pin,  with  its 
rear  end  bearing  against  the  forks  of  the  cocking  lever  and  its  front 
end  against  the  guides  on  the  pin. 

The  sear  works  in  a  slot  in  the  breechblock  and  is  held  against  the 
cap  on  the  firing  pin  by  a  sear  spring. 

The  trigger  works  in  a  slot  in  the  block  carrier  and  is  urged  upward 
by  the  trigger  spring.  As  the  block  is  rotated  in  being  closed  the 
trigger  engages  with  the  sear,  and  by  pulling  on  the  trigger  the  gun 
is  fired.  When  the  block  is  unlocked  the  trigger  is  disengaged  from 
the  sear  and  the  gun  can  not  be  fired. 

The  trigger -arm  sleeve  is  seated  in  a  bearing  in  the  right  side  of  the 
recoil  lug  on  the  gun;  it  is  provided  with  a  central  hole,  the  forward 
part  of  which  is  square  and  is  flared,  and  into  which  the  rear  end  of 
a  'square  firing  shaft,  attached  to  the  cradle  of  the  carriage,  enters 
when  the  gun  is  in  battery.  The  trigger  arm  is  mounted  on  the  rear 
end  of  the  sleeve,  and  its  free  end  engages  a  notch  in  the  outer  end  of 
the  trigger.  Revolving  the  firing  shaft  rotates  the  sleeve,  the  trigger 
arms  thus  pulling  the  trigger  and  firing  the  piece. 

The  extractor  is  ring  shaped,  with  two  lips  which  engage  on  oppo- 
site sides  under  the  rim  of  the  cartridge  case.  It  has  two  guides  on 
the  right  side  sliding  in  grooves  in  the  breech  recess,  and  in  the  web 
connecting  these  guides  is  a  beveled  slot  in  which  the  wedge-shaped 
end  of  the  extractor  lever  works. 


17 

The  extractor  lever  is  cam  shaped,  is  pivoted  on  the  hinge  pin,  and  . 
bears  against  the  rear  face  of  the  slot  in  the  gun.  It  is  operated  by 
the  block  carrier  first  coming  into  contact  with  its  outside  cam  sur- 
face and  then  with  its  short  arm  as  the  block  is  opened.  The  hinge- 
pin  hole  in  the  extractor  lever  is  elongated  and  of  such  shape  as  to 
cause  the  lever  first  to  act. as  a  wedge  on  the  extractor  and  then  to 
move  it  quickly  to  the  rear. 

ACTION   OF   THE   MECHANISM. 

The  following  movements  take  place  when  the  breech  mechanism 
is  opened:  The  first  117°  motion  of  the  operating-lever  handle  ro- 
tates the  block  until  the  threaded  sectors  are  disengaged.  The  next 
90°  motion  swings  the  block  and  block  carrier  (the  two  being  locked 
together  by  the  latch  bolt)  around  the  hinge  pin,  leaving  the  breech- 
block clear  of  the  recess  and  its  axis  at  right  angles  to  that  of  the 
gun.  As  the  block  is  rotated  about  its  axis,  the  pitch  of  the  threads 
forces  the  breechblock  to  the  rear  and  at  the  same  time  the  cam 
surface  on  the  rear  face  of  the  breechblock  forces  the  cocking  lever 
to  the  rear,  thereby  retracting  the  firing-pin  point  within  the  breech- 
block, in  which  position  the  firing  pin  is  held  by  the  sear.  It  will 
be  noted  that  the  firing-pin  spring  is  compressed  as  the  block  is  closed. 
The  firing  pin  should  be  released  from  the  sear  when  the  gun  is  not 
in  use.  As  the  block  carrier  swings  around  the  hinge  pin  it  first 
causes  the  extractor  lever  to  jnove  toward  the  axis  of  the  gun  and 
start  the  cartridge  case  from  its  seat  by  its  wedge  action  on  the 
extractor;  later  the  block  carrier  strikes  against  the  short  arm  of 
the  extractor  lever,  causing  the  extractor  to  move  sharply  to  the 
rear  and  thus  ejecting  the  cartridge  case  from  the  gun. 

When  the  breech  mechanism  is  closed  the  following  movements 
take  place :  In  the  first  90°  motion  the  block  and  block  carrier  swing 
around  the  hinge  pin,  releasing  the  block  carrier  from  contact  with 
the  extractor  lever,  which  leaves  the  extractor  free  to  be  moved  for- 
ward by  the  breechblock  and  cartridge  case.  As  the  carrier  comes 
into  contact  with  the  face  of  the  breech  the  latch  bolt  is  forced  to  the 
rear,  unlocking  the  block  from  the  carrier.  During  the  last  117° 
motion  of  the  operating  lever  the  bevel  gears  rotate  the  breechblock 
until  its  threaded  sectors  are  engaged  with  those  in  the  breech  recess. 
At  the  end  of  this  117°  swing  the  operating  lever  is  locked  to  the  gun 
by  the  lever  latch.  As  the  block  is  rotated  about  its  axis  the  pitch  of 
the  interrupted  screw  threads  forces  it  slightly  to  the  front,  finally 
seating  the  cartridge  in  the  chamber.  During  the  rotation  of  the 
block  around  its  axis  the  cam  surface  on  the  cover  forces  the  cocking 
lever  forward,  thereby  compressing  the  firing-pin  spring.  When  the 
rotation  of  the  block  is  completed  this  compression  is  a  maximum. 
The  gun  may  be  fired  either  by  a  lanyard  attached  to  the  trigger  or 
by  means  of  a  firing  handle  on  the  cradle. 


18 

If  the  sear  fails  to  trip  and  release  the  firing  pin,  thus  causing  a 
misfire,  the  operating  lever  should  be  revolved  equal  to  one  tooth  of 
the  gear  and  then  closed.  This  will  bring  into  engagement  the  trig- 
ger and  sear  and  allow  the  proper  action  of  the  mechanism. 

The  above  condition  or  misfire  can  be  produced  by  keeping  a  ten- 
sion on  the  trigger  while  the  block  is  being  rotated  to  the  closed 
position. 

TO  DISMOUNT   AND  TO   ASSEMBLE   PARTS   OF   THE  BREECH    MECHANISM. 

No  tools  are  required  for  these  operations  except,  possibly,  a  hook 
for  removing  the  cover  locking  pins.  The  lanyard  hook  can  be  used 
for  this  purpose.  In  general,  the  different  parts  are  easily  assembled 
by  hand,  and  no  forcing  is  required  and  none  should  be  permitted. 
No  part  of  the  mechanism  should  be  struck  directly  with  a  hammer. 
In  case  it  is  found  necessary  to  use  force  (as,  for  example,  to  remove 
the  lever  latch  pin)  a  copper  drift  or  a  piece  of  wood  should  be 
interposed  between  the  part  and  the  hammer. 

To  remove  the  cover:  Remove  the  cover  locking  pins  by  pulling 
them  directly  to  the  rear;  open  the  breech  of  gun;  slip  cover  from 
its  seat. 

To  assemble  the  cover :  Open  the  breech  of  gun ;  slip  the  cover  into 
its  seat  on  the  rear  face  of  block;  insert  cover  locking  pins  into  the 
locking-pin  holes,  forcing  the  pins  directly  to  the  front  through  the 
cover  into  the  block. 

To  remove  the  cap,  firing  pin,  firing-pin  spring,  cocking  lever,  sear, 
and  sear  spring:  Remove  cover  as  above;  rotate  block  partly  to  its 
closed  or  locked  position;  unscrew  cap;  cocking  lever,  firing-pin 
spring,  firing  pin,  sear,  and  sear  spring  may  now  be  removed  in  the 
order  named. 

To  assemble  the  above-named  parts:  Rotate  the  breechblock  to  a 
position  midway  between  its  open  and  closed  positions ;  insert  in  their 
seats  in  the  order  named  the  sear  spring,  sear,  firing  pin  with  firing- 
pin  spring  assembled  on  it,  cocking  lever  (with  stud  pin  to  the  rear), 
and  finally  screw  the  cap  home  on  the  end  of  the  firing  pin  until  the 
cylindrical  pin  on  the  rear  end  of  the  pin  is  flush  with  the  hole  in 
the  body  of  the  cap,  rotate  the  block  to  the  unlocked  or  open  position 
and  assemble  cover. 

To  dismount  the  operating  lever:  Remove  the  cover  and  unscrew 
the  cap  as  above ;  remove  lever-pivot  key  and  lever  pivot ;  operating 
lever  may  be  now  lifted  from  its  seat. 

To  assemble  the  operating  lever :  Remove  cover  and  cap  as  above ; 
place  operating  lever  on  its  seat  with  gear  teeth  meshing  correctly 
with  those  on  block ;  insert  lever  pivot  and  lever-pivot  key ;  assemble 
cap  and  cover  as  described  above. 

To  dismount  the  lever  latch :  Remove  the  lever  latch  pin  by  pulling 
or  shoving  it  from  its  seat.  The  latch  and  latch  spring  may  now  be 


19 

removed  from  the  lever.  The  lever  latch  and  spring  are  assembled 
by  placing  them  in  their  seats  in  the  lever  and  then  inserting  the  lever 
latch  pin.  The  latter  is  a  straight  pin,  split  at  its  inner  end  to  hold 
it  in  its  seat. 

To  dismount  the  trigger:  Remove  cover  and  small  parts  of  firing- 
mechanism;  open  the  breech  and  remove  the  operating  lever;  press 
the  latch  bolt  against  the  face  of  the  carrier  and  rotate  the  breech- 
block by  hand  pasij  its  closed  position ;  after  one  and  one-half  revolu- 
tions of  the  block,  the  trigger  will  be  free  and  may  be  lifted  from  its 
seat.  The  trigger  spring  is  also  free  and  may  be  removed. 

To  assemble  the  trigger  and  trigger  spring:  The  operating  lever 
and  small  parts  of  mechanism  are  supposed  to  be  dismounted.  Un- 
screw the  breechblock  from  the  carrier  until  the  trigger  spring  and 
trigger  can  be  slipped  from  the  bore  of  the  carrier  into  their  seats; 
place  them  in  position,  and  by  means  of  a  lanyard  hold  the  trigger 
outward  against  its  spring  in  order  to  prevent  burring  or  injury  to 
the  breechblock  as  the  latter  is  screwed  into  the  block  carrier ;  screw 
block  into  carrier  and  assemble  operating  lever  and  small  parts  of 
mechanism  as  described  above. 

To  dismount  the  breechblock:  Remove  cover  and  small  parts  of 
mechanism;  dismount  operating  lever;  press  latch  bolt  against  face 
of  carrier  and  unscrew  breechblock  from  the  block  carrier  (approxi- 
mately 1.66  turns  of  block  are  required  to  unscrew  it). 

To  assemble  the  breechblock  to  the  block  carrier :  Screw  the  block 
into-  the  carrier,  assembling  trigger  spring  and  trigger. 

To  dismount  latch  bolt  and  spring :  Open  the  breech  of  gun,  press 
the  latch  bolt  into  the  carrier  far  enough  to  unlock  the  block,  and 
rotate  the  latter  in  the  block  carrier  to  its  closed  position.  Press  the 
latch  bolt  into  the  block  carrier  until  the  lug  on  the  rear  end  of  the 
bolt  clears  the  rear  face  of  the  carrier;  now  revolve  the  bolt  180°  on 
its  axis  and  release  it.  Its  spring  will  force  it  forward  out  of  its  seat. 

To  assemble  the  latch  bolt  and  spring :  With  the  breech  open,  rotate 
the  block  in  the  block  carrier  to  its  closed  position;  put  the  latch 
bolt  (with  spring  assembled)  in  its  seat  in  the  carrier;  press  it  back 
against  its  spring  until  the  lug  on  the  rear  end  of  the  bolt  clears  the 
rear  face  of  the  block  carrier,  and  then  revolve  the  latch  bolt  180° 
on  its  axis.  Remove  the  pressure  and  the  bolt  will  assume  its  proper 
,  position. 

NOTE. — The  latch  bolt  is  an  auxiliary  and  not  an  absolutely  essen- 
tial part  of  the  breech  mechanism,  as  the  gun  may  be  safely  fired 
without  it.  This  should  be  done  only  in  emergencies.  In  firing* 
without  the  latch  the  breech  must  be  opened  and  closed  slowly  and 
gently  to  insure  the  correct  sequence  of  the  swinging  and  rotating: 
motions. 


20 

To  dismount  the  block  carrier,  extractor,  and  extractor  lever :  Open 
the  breech  of  the  gun  and  remove  the  hinge  pin;  the  carrier,  ex- 
tractor lever,  and  extractor  may  now  be  removed  from  their  seats. 

To  mount  the  block  carrier,  extractor,  and  extractor  lever :  Place 
the  extractor  in  its  seat  in  the  breech  recess;  place  the  carrier  in 
position  with  its  hinge  hole  registering  with  the  holes  in  the  hinge 
lugs  of  the  jacket;  place  the  extractor  lever  in  position  with  its  small 
end  in  the  slot  in  the  extractor  web  and  its  flat  side  to  the  front ; 
insert  the  hinge  pin. 

To  dismount  the  trigger  arm  and  trigger-arm  sleeve:  Kemove 
taper  split  pin  from  trigger  arm ;  the  latter  may  then  be  moved  to  the 
rear  off  of  the  sleeve;  shove  the  piece  a  fewr  inches  from  battery:  the 
sleeve  may  then  be  slipped  to  the  front  from  its  seat  in  the  recoil  Ing. 

CARE   OF  THE   GUN. 

.  After  firing,  the  bore  of  the  gun  should  be  cleaned  to  remove  the 
residue  of  smokeless  powder,  and  then  oiled.  In  cleaning,  wash  the 
bore  with  a  solution  made  by  dissolving  one-half  pound  of  sal  soda 
in  1  gallon  of  boiling  water.  After  washing  with  the  soda  solu- 
tion, wipe  perfectly  dry,  and  then  oil  the  bore  with  a  thin  coating  of 
the  light  slushing  oil  furnished  for  the  purpose.  A  slush  brush  for 
use  in  oiling  the  bore  will  be  issued  by  the  Ordnance  Department 
upon  requisition. 

The  breech  mechanism  should  be  kept  clean  and  well  oiled.  It 
should  be  dismounted  from  time  to  time  for  examination  and  oiled 
when  assembled.  To  relieve  the  firing-pin  spring  of  unnecessary 
strain  the  firing  pin  should  always  be  uncocked  when  the  .gun  is  not 
in  use.  This  applies  to  guns,  model  of  1902  only.  The  spare  parts 
carried  in  the  trail  box  or  in  the  battery  wagon  should  be  well  coated 
with  vaseline  or  heavy  oil  and  each  piece  then  wrapped  in  paper  to 
prevent  the  oil  from  being  rubbed  off. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  THE   3 -INCH  FIELD  GUN,  MODEL  OF   1904. 
[Plate  I.] 

The  3-inch  field  gun,  model  of  1904:,  uses  the  same  ammunition  as 
the  3-inch  field  gun,  model  of  1902,  and  the  guns  are  practically  the 
same,  with  the  exception  of  the  breech  mechanism. 

The  gun  is  a  built-up  construction  of  nickel  steel,  and  consists  of 
a  tube,  jacket,  locking  hoop,  and  clip  hoop,  which  is  shrunk  on  near 
the  muzzle  of  the  gun. 

The  locking  hoop  serves  to  secure  the  jacket  from  any  longitudinal 
movement  to  the  rear,  and  is  joined  to  the  forward  end  of  the  jacket 
by  means  of  a  screw  thread  employing  one  and  one-half  turns  to  set 
it  in  place.  A  shoulder  in  the  hoop  bears  against  a  shoulder  on  the 
tube.  By  this  means  the  jacket  is  held  up  tight  against  the  shoulder 


21 

on  the  tube.  The  locking  hoop  in  addition  to  being  screw  threaded 
is  put  on  with  a  shrinkage.  The  clip  extension  on  the  front  end 
of  the  locking  hoop  for  guns  of  this  model  has  been  omitted.  This 
makes  a  different  dust  guard  necessary  for  these  guns. 

The  clip  hoop  is  put  on  with  a  shrinkage;  a  cylindrical  surface 
having  a  shoulder  formed  thereon  is  formed  on  the  tube  near  its 
muzzle,  which  serves  as  a  seat  for  the  clip.  The  clip,  in  addition  to 
being  shrunk  on,  is  secured  by  means  of  a  key  at  its  rear  end,  on  the 
under  surface,  and  a  pin,  which  is  driven  in  a  horizontal  position 
transversely  through  the  hoop  near  its  front  end. 

The  jacket  and  locking  hoop  are  provided  on  their  lower  element 
with  clips  made  integral  thereto,  which  fit  corresponding  guide  rails 
on  the  carriage.  These  clips  serve  to  guide  the  gun  during  recoil  as 
well  as  to  hold  it  on  the  carriage. 

At  the  rear  end  of  the  jacket  and  at  its  lower  element  a  lug  is 
formed,  to  which  the  hydraulic  cylinder  is  secured ;  there  is  a  projec- 
tion from  this  lug  on  the  right  side,  to  which  is  connected  the  firing 
device.  Along  both  sides  of  the  gun  and  clip  hoop,  handy  oilers 
are  provided  for  oiling  the  guide  rails  of  the  carriage.  The  gun  is 
provided  with  the  regular  cartridge-case  chamber,  which  is  connected 
to  the  main  bore  by  a  short  cone. 

The  rifling  is  semicubic  parabola  in  form,  having  an  increasing 
twist,  beginning  with  one  turn  in  50  calibers  and  increasing  to  one 
turn  in  25  calibers,  to  within  12.52  inches  of  the  muzzle.  From  this 
point  the  twist  is  uniform — one  turn  in  25  calibers — to  the  muzzle. 

The  firing  device  consists  of  a  bracket  (bolted  to  the  cradle  of  the 
carriage),  firing  handle,  handle-return  spring,  shaft-return  spring, 
firing-handle  shaft,  pallet  shank,  pallet,  tripping  collar,  and  adjust- 
ing screw.  The  bracket  has  a  cylindrical  portion,  the  cylinder  hav- 
ing a  central  diaphragm  or  partition.  In  the  rear  portion  of  this 
cylinder  is  fitted  the  shaft-return  spring,  which  acts  on  the  firing- 
handle  shaft — that  is,  this  spring  causes  the  firing-handle  shaft  to 
return  to  its  normal  position  after  the  sear  has  been  tripped  and  the 
gun  fired.  The  firing-handle  shaft  returns  to  its  normal  position,  no 
matter  whether  the  operator  releases  his  tension  on  the  firing  handle 
or  not.  In  the  forward  portion  of  the  cylinder  the  handle-return 
spring  is  fitted.  This  spring  is  employed  to  hold  the  firing  handle 
in  a  horizontal  position  convenient  for  firing  the  gun. 

The  firing  handle  is  mounted  loosely  on  the  forward  end  of  the 
firing-handle  shaft  and  is  connected  therewith  by  means  of  a  trip- 
ping collar  and  latch.  The  tripping  collar  is  provided  with  a  squared 
opening  which  fits  over  a  correspondingly  squared  end  on  the  for- 
ward end  of  the  firing-handle  shaft. 

The  hub  of  the  firing  handle  is  provided  with  a  trip  latch  so 
arranged  that  the  latch  is  in  engagement  with  a  notch  in  the  periph- 


22 

ery  of  the  tripping  collar.  By  this  means  the  firing  handle  is  tem- 
porarily made  fast  to  the  firing-handle  shaft.  By  a  sufficient  down- 
ward movement  of  the  firing  handle,  the  lower  end  of  the  trip- 
latch  plunger  is  caused  to  come  in  contact  with  the  adjusting  screw, 
which  is  suitably  located  in  the  firing  bracket.  This  engagement 
between  the  lower  end  of  the  trip-latch  plunger  and  the  adjusting 
screw  forces  the  plunger  upward,  thus  releasing  the  trip  latch  and 
allowing  the  firing-handle  shaft  to  return  to  its  original  or  normal 
position.  The  firing  handle  is  arranged  so  that  it  can  be  folded 
back  and  out  of  the  way  for  traveling  purposes.  The  handle  is 
hollow  and  is  provided  with  a  plunger,  coil  spring,  and  an  adjusting 
or  tension  plug,  which  is  screwed  in  or  out  by  means  of  a  screw- 
driver until  the  desired  tension  on  the  spring  is  obtained.  One  end 
of  the  plunger  bears  against  a  flat  surface  on  the  firing-handle  hub 
and  the  friction  produced  by  the  tension  of  the  spring  tends  to  hold 
the  firing  handle  in  either  the  folded  or  open  position. 

The  rear  end  of  the  firing-handle  shaft  is  square  in  cross  section 
and  tapered  to  a  point  at  the  end.  This  squared  end  projects  far 
enough  to  the  rear  to  pass  through  the  pallet  shank,  which  is  revolv- 
ably  mounted  in  a  projection  on  the  recoil  lug  of  the  gun.  On  the 
rear  end  of  the  pallet  shank  is  mounted  the  firing  pallet,  which  is 
held  in  place  by  a  taper  .split  pin.  It  has  a  projection  which  engages 
a  projection  on  the  lower  end  of  the  trigger  shaft,  and  by  pressing 
downward  on  the  firing  handle  the  following  results  follow:  The 
firing-handle  shaft  is  rotated,  the  shaft-return  spring  is  put  under 
additional  tension,  the  pallet  shank  rotates,  with  the  firing  pallet 
thereon;  this  in  turn  rotates  the  trigger  shaft,  which  by  means  of 
the  firing-spring  sleeve  and  trigger  fork  compresses  the  firing  spring 
until  such  time  that  the  front  end  of  the  firing-spring  sleeve  trips 
the  sear  and  releases  the  firing  pin. 


[Plate  I.] 

The  3-inch  field  gun,  model  of  1905,  is  similar  to  the  1904  model, 
except  that  it  is  about  50  pounds  lighter  (this  is  accomplished  by  a 
reduction  in  the  outside  diameters  of  the  gun),  and  that  the  exten- 
sion of  the  clips  to  the  rear  on  the  clip  hoop  have  been  omitted. 
This  necessitates  a  special  dust  guard  between  the  front  end  of  the 
locking  hoop  and  the  rear  end  of  the  clip  hoop.  The  rifling  in  the 
guns  of  this  model  is  also  different  from  that  in  the  guns,  models  of 
1902  and  1904.  It  starts  with  0  turns  at  origin,  and  increases  to  1 
turn  in  25  calibers  at  a  point  9.72  inches  from  the  muzzle,  thence 
uniform,  1  turn  in  25  calibers,  to  the  muzzle.  Handy  oilers  are  em- 
ployed instead  of  spring  covers  for  oiling  the  guide  rails  of  the  car- 
t  riage.  This  gun  employs  the  same  ammunition  as  the  1902  and  1904 
models. 


23 

BKKK(   I!      MKCH. \.\1SM. 

[Plate  III.] 

The  breech  mechanisms  of  the  guns,  models  of  1904  and  1905. 
are  similar  in  every  respect  and  are  interchangeable.  The  breech- 
block is  of  the  interrupted-screw  type,  and  is  provided  with  four- 
threaded  and  four-slotted  sectors.  The  front  end  of  the  axial  recess 
in  the  block  for  the  hub  of  the  block  carrier  is  closed  by  a  bushing. 
Four  ventholes  leading  from  a  cavity  in  the  bushing  rearwardly 
through  the  breechblock  permit  the  escape  of  gas  from  a  ruptured 
primer.  On  a  semicircular  boss  on  the  rear  face  of  the  breechblock 
are  cut  gear  teeth,  in  which  the  gear  teeth  of  the  operating  lever  bevel 
gear  mesh.  The  upper  end  of  the  circular  boss  on  which  the  gear 
teeth  are  cut  serves  as  a  stop  to  limit  the  rotation  of  the  block  in  the 
unlocked  position.  This  upper  end  of  the  circular  boss  comes  in  con- 
tact with  a  hardened  steel  stop  riveted  to  the  inner  face  of  the  block 
carrier.  A  radial  lug  or  tooth  projects  from  the  inner  surface  of 
the  circular  boss  on  the  breechblock  and  engages  an  L-shaped  groove 
cut  in  the  hub  of  the  block  carrier,  so  that  when  the  mechanism  is 
unlocked  no  relative  movement  between  the  breechblock  and  carrier 
can  take  place.  In  order  to  surely  maintain  this  relation  between 
the  breechblock  and  block  carrier,  a  block  latch,  pivoted  on  the  inner 
face  of  the  carrier  in  the  lower  left-hand  quadrant,  engages  a  notch 
or  shoulder  cut  in  the  rear  face  of  the  block  adjacent  to  the  circular 
hub  on  which  the  gear  teeth  are  cut.  This  latch  is  so  pivoted  that 
as  the  mechanism  is  swung  free  from  the  gun  it  moves  forward  suf- 
ficiently to  engage  the  notch  in  the  block,  and  also  to  cause  the  for- 
ward plane  of  the  latch  to  project  forward  of  the  front  face  of  the 
block  carrier;  consequently  when  the  mechanism  is  swung  to  the 
closed  position  the  front  face  of  the  latch  comes  in  contact  with  the 
rear  face  of  the  breech  of  the  gun,  thus  forcing  the  latch  out  of  the 
notch  in  the  breechblock  back  into  a  recess  in  the  carrier,  and  by  con- 
tinuing the  motion  of  closing  the  mechanism  the  breechblock  is  free 
to  rotate  on  the  hub  of  the  carrier  and  engage  its  threads  with  those 
in  the  gun.  When  the  breechblock  is  in  the  locked  position  a  lug  on 
the  firing-lock  case  engages  the  front  face  of  the  tooth  or  lug  on  the 
breechblock,  which  locks  the  breechblock  to  the  carrier.  This  en- 
gagement between  the  lug  on  the  breechblock  and  the  lug  on  the 
firing-lock  case  serves  to  lock  the  carrier  to  the  breechblock  and  pre- 
vent displacement  due  to  a  blowback.  This  is  accomplished  through 
the  medium  of  four  additional  lugs  on  the  firing-lock  case,  which 
nre  arranged  to  interlock  with  corresponding  lugs  on  the  carrier. 
The  breechblock  is  mounted  eccentrically  in  the  breech  of  the  gun 
with  reference  to  the  axis  of  the  bore,  and  is  concentrically  mounted 
on  a  hub  on  the  block  carrier,  in  which  the  firing-lock  case  is  fitted. 


24 

The  firing-lock  case  is  eccentrically  fitted  in  the  hub  of  the  block 
carrier,  in  such  a  position  that  the  axis  of  the  firing  pin  is  always 
in  line  with  the  bore  of  the  gun.  The  bushing  in  the  front  end 
of  the  breechblock,  through  which  the  firing  pin  passes,  when  in 
the  fired  position,  is  fitted  eccentrically  with  reference  to  the  breech- 
block and  the  bushing  is  provided  with  a  cavity  of  such  dimensions 
that  the  breechblock  is  permitted  to  revolve  freely  about  the  firing 
pin, /which  is  fixed  in  the  hub  of  the  block  carrier  and  does  not 
rotate.  The  point  of  the  firing  pin,  when  at  rest,  is  always  within 
the  enlarged  cavity  in  the  bushing,  and  when  the  block  is  revolved 
to  the  unlocked  position  the  hole  in  the  bushing  through  which  the 
point  of  the  firing  pin  passes  is  moved  to  one  side,  due  to  the  eccen- 
tric arrangement  of  the  breechblock,  thus  masking  the  point  of  the 
pin  and  preventing  any  possible  contact  between  the  firing  pin  and 
the  primer  in  the  cartridge  case  when  the  block  is  unlocked.  The 
block  will  be  practically  fully  locked  before  any  contact  between  the 
firing  pin  and  primer  can  take  place.  The  firing  pin  is  provided 
with  a  shoulder  a  short  distance  in  rear  of  its  forward  end,  which 
comes  in  contact  with  the  rear  face  of  the  bushing  if  an  attempt  is 
made  to  fire  the  gun  when  the  breech  is  unlocked.  This  is  done  to 
prevent  any  possible  blow  coming  on  the  point  of  the  firing  pin  and 
injuring  the  same. 

The  firing  mechanism  belongs  to  that  type  known  as  a  continuous- 
pull  mechanism ;  that  is,  no  cocking  of  the  firing  pin  is  required  other 
than  a  pull  on  the  lanyard  or  a  downward  pressure  on  the  firing 
handle.  This  arrangement  permits  of  repetition  of  the  blow  from 
the  firing  pin  in  case  of  a  misfire  as  often  as  desired  without  the 
opening  of  the  mechanism  or  recocking  the  firing  pin. 


FIRING    PIN. 


The  firing  pin  is  mounted  in  the  firing-lock  case  and  near  its  front 
end  is  provided  with  a  collar  which  serves  to  guide  the  pin  axially 
and  as  a  shoulder  for  the  front  end  of  firing  spring,  and  also  serves 
as  a  means  for  locking  the  firing  pin  by  the  sear  until  such  time 
that  the  firing  spring  has  been  compressed  by  the  action  of  the  fir- 
ing mechanism,  and  the  sear  released.  The  rear  end  of  the  firing 
pin  is  rectangular  in  cross  section  and  is  provided  with  a  double 
lug  against  which  the  trigger  fork  engages  at  a  point  between  its 
upper  end  and  its  axis.  The  engagement  serves  as  a  means  of  with- 
drawing the  firing  pin  to  its  retracted  or  normal  position,  after  the 
pin  has  been  released  and  forced  forward.  Opposite  the  double  lug 
for  the  trigger  fork  the  firing  pin  is  provided  with  another  and 
smaller  lug,  which  fits  into  a  slot  in  the  firing-spring  sleeve  and 
serves  to  hold  the  sleeve  in  its  proper  position. 


25 

FIRING   SPRING. 

The  firing  spring  is  threaded  over  the  firing  pin  from  the  rear  end 
of  the  pin,  and  over  this  is  assembled  the  firing-spring  sleeve  in  such 
a  manner  that  when  it  is  seated  in  its  proper  position  the  firing 
spring  is  put  under  an  initial  tension  by  being  compressed  between 
the  collar  on  the  front  end  of  the  firing  pin  and  a  shoulder  or  seat 
formed  on  the  inside  of  the  sleeve  at  its  rear  end.  One  end  of  the 
firing  spring  is  turned  up  to  fit  into  a  hole  in  the  firing-spring  sleeve 
in  order  to  hold  the  spring  at  all  times  in  its  proper  position. 

SEAR. 

The  sear,  which  is  in  the  form  of  a  leaf  spring,  is  seated  in  a  slot 
in  the  firing-lock  case  and  is  provided  with  a  thickened  forward 
end,  into  which  is  cut  a  notch,  in  which  a  hardened  portion  of  the 
periphery  of  the  collar  on  the  firing  pin  engages.  Just  to  the  rear 
of  this  notch  in  the  sear  an  inclined  surface  is  provided,  upon  which 
the  forward  end  of  the  firing-spring  sleeve  acts  in  its  forward  motion 
to  compress  the  spring  and  fire  the  gun.  After  the  sleeve  has  trav- 
eled the  required  distance  forward  to.  produce  the  proper  compres- 
sion of  the  firing  spring  the  sear  is  forced  outward,  thus  releasing  the 
engagement  between  the  sear  and  the  collar  on  the  firing  pin.  On 
the  rear  end  of  the  sear  a  cylindrical  projection  is  formed,  which 
fits  into  a  hole  drilled  into  the  firing-lock  case.  This  serves  to  hold 
the  sear  in  place. 

TEIGGER  FORK. 

The  trigger  fork  is  seated  in  the  rear  end  of  the  firing-lock  case,  and 
is  constrained  from  displacement  laterally  by  the  walls  of  the  case, 
and  is  mounted  on  the  upper  squared  end  of  the  trigger  shaft.  The 
trigger  fork  is  bifurcated  on  the  end  which  engages  the  firing  pin 
and  sleeve,  and  it  is  seated  so  that  the  flat  sides  of  the  firing  pin 
pass  between  the  bifurcated  end  of  the  fork  and  the  rear  face  of  the 
bifurcated  end  bears  against  the  front  face  of  the  double  lug  on  the 
firing  pin  at  a  point  located  between  the  end  of  the  trigger  fork  and 
its  axis.  This  point  of  contact  between  the  firing  pin  and  trigger 
fork  is  important,  as  it  helps  to  maintain  the  proper  operation  of  the 
firing  pin  in  its  return  action  after  firing.  The  extreme  bifurcated 
ends  of  the  trigger  fork  are  made  in  the  form  of  a  circle,  and  these 
ends  bear  against  a  flat  surface  on  the  rear  end  of  the  firing-spring 
sleeve  perpendicular  to  the  axis  of  the  sleeve,  and  do  not  touch  the 
sleeve  at  any  other  point.  This  is  important  and  is  the  main  element 
which  causes  the  firing  pin  to  return  to  its  normal  position  after 
firing.  The  firing  spring  is  under  tension  at  all  times,  and  exerts 
an  equal  pressure  between  the  collar  on  the  front  end  of  the  firing 


26 

pin  and  its  seat  in  the  rear  end  of  the  firing-spring  sleeve.  These 
points  of  exerted  pressure  are  in  a  direct  line  axially,  and  the  pres- 
sures are  equal ;  but  the  point  of  contact  between  the  bifurcated  end 
of  the  trigger  fork  and  the  rear  end  of  the  sleeve  being  placed  at  a 
point  outside  of  the  normal  line  of  pressure  of  the  firing  spring,  the 
leverage  and  movements  being  such  that  the  spring  acting  on  the 
sleeve,  which  in  turn  is  acting  on  the  trigger  fork,  forces  the  latter 
to  the  rear,  which  in  turn  carries  the  firing  pin  to  the  rear,  through 
the  medium  of  the  double  lug  on  its  rear  end,  against  which  the 
trigger  fork  bears.  This  action  is  due  to  the  fact  that  the  lever  arm 
between  the  outer  end  of  the  trigger  fork  is  greater  than  that  between 
the  spring  and  sleeve,  and  is  simply  a  case  of  differential  leverage. 
The  firing  pin  assumes  its  normal  position  and  is  locked  in  place  by 
the  sear  and  is  again  ready  for  action. 

TRIGGER     SHAFT. 

The  trigger  shaft  is  assembled  in  a  projection  which  forms  a  part 
of  the  firing-lock  case  and  is  held  in  place  by  a  wire  detent.  It  has 
at  its  upper  end  a  squared  portion  on  which  the  trigger  fork  is 
mounted.  At  its  lower  end  are  two  projections,  the  longer  of  which 
is  provided  with  a  hole  for  the  attachment  of  a  lanyard,  by  which 
the  gun  should  be  fired  until  the  spade  at  the  end  of  the  trail  is 
sufficiently  embedded  in  the  ground  to  hold  the  carriage  in  place. 
The  other  projection  on  the  trigger  shaft  is  acted  upon  by  the  firing 
pallet,  wrhich  is  mounted  on  the  pallet  shank.  The  pallet  shank  is 
mounted  in  a  bearing  in  the  recoil  lug  of  the  gun,  and  the  pallet 
shank  telescopes  the  firing  needle,  which  is  square  in  section  and  is 
mounted  in  a  bracket  which  is  riveted  to  the  cradle.  This  combina- 
tion of  parts  serves  as  a  means  for  firing  the  gun  from  a  seat  on  the 
carriage. 

FIRING-LOCK    CASE. 

The  firing-lock  case  is  designed  to  contain  the  complete  firing  gear, 
and  if  necessary  the  entire  firing  mechanism  can  be  replaced  in  an 
instant.  It  contains  the  firing  pin,  firing  spring,  firing-spring  sleeve, 
sear,  trigger  fork,  and  trigger  shaft  and  detent.  It  is  provided  with 
four  lugs,  by  which  it  is  locked  in  place  in  the  hub  of  the  block  car- 
rier, and  one  lug  which  is  forward  of  the  other  four,  which  engages 
behind  a  lug  on  the  breechblock.  This  lug,  together  with  the  other 
four  which  lock  the  case  to  the  carrier,  serves  to  lock  the  block  and 
carrier  together.  The  firing-lock  case  is  held  from  displacement  due 
to  rotation  by  a  locking  bolt.  This  locking  bolt  is  fitted  in  a  pro- 
jection of  the  case  and  its  inner  end  enters  a  recess  or  seat  in  the 
rear  face  of  the  block  carrier. 


27 

For  the  1901  and  1905  models  a  firing-lock  case  stop,  consisting  of 
a  rivet  on  the  front  face  of  the  block  carrier,  has  been  provided  to 
prevent  an  improper  assembling  of  the  firing-lock  case. 


OPERATING    LEVER. 


The  handle  and  body  of  the  lever  is  recessed  to  receive  the  lever 
latch.  The  inner  end  of  the  lever  is  provided  with  beveled  gear 
teeth,  which  mesh  with  corresponding  teeth  on  the  breechblock  and 
serve  as  a  means  for  opening  and  closing  the  mechanism.  The  lever 
is  seated  between  tAvo  lugs  on  the  block  carrier  and  is  held  in  place 
by  a  pivot. 


BLOCK    CARRIER. 


The  block  carrier  is  hinged  on  its  right  side  to  the  gun  by  means 
of  the  hinge  pin.  It  is  provided  with  a  central,  inwardly  projecting 
hub.  upon  which  the  breechblock  is  concentrically  mounted.  The 
hub  is  bored  out  eccentrically  to  receive  the  firing-lock  case,  which  is 
held  in  place  from  axial  displacement  by  four  lugs  formed  on  the 
inside  of  the  bore.  In  the  forward  end  of  the  central  hub  a  slot  is 
cut  Avhich  extends  to  the  rear  and  terminates  in  an  L.  This  receives 
the  lug  on  the  breechblock  and  holds  the  block  from  displacement 
when  the  mechanism  is  open.  TAVO  lugs  are  formed  on  the  rear  face 
of  the  carrier  just  below  its  center.  They  form  a  seat  for  the  operat- 
ing lever.  On  the  inner  face  in  the  lower  left-hand  quadrant  a  seat 
and  pivot  for  the  block  latch  is  pro\ided.  In  the  upper  right-hand 
quadrant  on  the  inner  face  a  hardened  steel  block  stop  is  riveted. 
This  limits  the  rotation  of  the  block  in  the  open  position.  On  the 
right  side  of  the  block  carrier  two  hinge  lugs  are  provided,  betAveen 
which  the  extractor  lever  is  mounted.  Also  between  these  lugs  is 
fitted  a  hardened  steel  pallet,  which  serves  to  operate  the  extractor. 
In  the  loAver  circumference  are  drilled  three  ventholes  for  the  escape 
of  gas  in  case  of  a  blowback.  A  catch  for  the  lever  latch  is  suitably 
located  and  screwed  to  the  rear  face  of  the  carrier.  It  is  held  in 
place  by  a  small  pin  driven  in  from  the  circumference  of  the  carrier. 


BLOCK    LATCH. 


A  recess  in  the  latch  contains  a  spring  Avhich  presses  against  the 
inner  face  of  the  carrier,  which  forces  the  latch  forward  into  its  lock- 
ing recess  in  the  block,  when  the  breech  is  open.  When  the  block  is 
locked  the  latch  rests  against  the  rear  face  of  the  jacket.  The  latch 
serves  to  prevent  rotation  of  the  block  to  its  closed  position  until  it  is 
forced  baclrvvard  by  coming  in  contact  with  the  breech  of  the  gun. 


28 


EXTRA  CTOB. 


The  extractor  slides  in  a  groove  cut  in  the  breech  recess  and  is 
operated  by  the  extractor  lever,  the  inner  end  of  which  enters  a  bev- 
eled slot  in  the  extractor.  A  lip  on  the  extractor  engages  the  rim  of 
the  cartridge  case  and  serves  as  a  means  for  ejecting  the  same. 


EXTEACTOE  LEVEB. 

The  extractor  lever  is  f  ulcrumed  on  the  hinge  pin  and  bears  against 
the  front  face  of  its  seat  in  the  gun.  A  cam  formed  on  its  hub  is  so 
Jocated  that  in  swinging  the  carrier  to  the  open  position  the  extractor 
lever  is  forced  inward,  causing  a  wedging  action  and  loosening  the 
case.  At  a  time  near  the  end  of  the  swinging  movement  of  the  carrier 
the  hardened  steel  pallet  on  the  carrier  strikes  a  short  arm  on  the 
extractor  lever  and  ejects  the  case. 

LEVEB  LATCH. 

The  latch  is  fitted  in  a  seat  in  the  operating  lever  and  serves  to  lock 
the  handle  from  rotation,  which  in  turn  prevents  rotation  of  the 
block.  The  latch  is  held  in  place  by  a  long  steel  pivot,  which  is  so 
fitted  that  it  is  held  in  place  by  the  lever  latch  and  the  action  of  its 
spring. 

HINGE  PIN. 

This  is  a  hardened  steel  pin  ground  to  fit,  and  is  held  from  dis- 
placement by  a  hinge-pin  catch  fitted  to  its  lower  end. 

FIBING  PALLET. 

The  firing  pallet  is  a  steel  piece  provided  with  a  short  lever  arm 
which  engages  the  short  arm  on  the  trigger  shaft.  It  is  provided 
with  a  squared  opening  for  assembling  to  the  end  of  the  pallet  shank, 
and  is  held  in  place  by  the  pallet  pin  driven  through  its  hub  tan- 
gential to  the  pallet  shank.  It  is  provided  with  a  stud  on  its  forward 
face,  which  enters  a  recess  cut  in  the  rear  face  of  the  recoil  lug  on 
the  gun.  This  serves  to  hold  the  pallet  and  shank  in  their  proper 
position  during  the  recoil  of  the  gun. 

PALLET   SHANK. 

The  pallet  shank  is  revolvably  mounted  in  a  seat  formed  in  the 
recoil  lug  of  the  gun  and  is  held  in  place  by  a  head  on  its  forward 
end  and  the  firing  pallet  on  its  rear  end.  The  pallet  shank  is  pro- 
vided with  a  square  hole  which  is  flared  at  its  forward  end  to  facili- 
tate the  engagement  between  it  and  the  firing  needle  during  the 
counter-recoil  of  the  gun.  This  piece  serves  as  the  direct  connection 
between  the  gun  and  carriage  for  firing  the  gun. 


29 

ACTION    OF  THE  BREECH    MECHANISM. 

To  open  the  breech,  grasp  the  operating  lever  handle ;  at  the  same 
time  compress  the  level  latch  handle.  This  releases  the  latch  from 
the  catch  on  the  block  carrier.  Rotate  the  operating  lever  to  the 
rear.  During  the  first  part  of  this  movement  (67J°)  the  block  is 
rotated  and  its  threads  disengaged  from  those  of  the  gun,  at  which 
time  the  stop  on  the  block  comes  in  contact  with  the  stop  on  the  block 
carrier  and  the  block  latch  will  drop  into  its  notch  in  the  block  at  the 
moment  of  swinging  the  carrier  from  the  gun.  The  block  is  now 
locked  against  further  rotation  in  either  direction.  During  a  further 
rotation  of  the  operating  lever  of  about  90°  the  block  and  carrier 
swing  about  the  hinge  pin  clear  of  the  breech  recess,  the  pallet  on  the 
carrier  forces  the  extractor  lever  inward,  unseating  the  cartridge  case 
before  the  end  of  the  90°  movement,  and  finally  ejects  the  case  free  of 
the  gun.  When  another  round  is  inserted  the  rim  of  the  cartridge 
case  comes  in  contact  with  the  extractor  and  forces  it  partly  home. 
Inclosing  the  mechanism  the  movements  are  simply  the  reverse  of 
opening;  as  the  block  carrier  comes  in  contact  with  the  breech  face 
of  the  gun,  the  block  latch  is  forced  rearward,  unlocking  the  block 
from  the  carrier.  Further  rotation  of  the  operating  lever  rotates  the 
bleechblock,  causing  its  threads  to  engage  those  of  the  gun.  This 
engagement  of  threads  moves  the  block  forward,  due  to  the  pitch  of 
the  threads,  and  firmly  seats  the  cartridge  in  the  gun.  At  the  final 
motion  of  the  operating  lever  its  latch  engages  the  catch  on  the  rear 
face  of  the  block  carrier,  locking  the  block  in  the  closed  position. 
The  gun  is  now  ready  to  fire. 


TO  DISMANTLE   THE   FIRING    MECHANISM. 


Take  hold  of  the  milled  headed  locking  bolt  situated  at  the  lower 
end  of  the  firing-lock  case,  pull  it  to  the  rear ;  at  the  same  time  revolve 
the  firing-lock  case  upward  about  45°  and  pull  it  gently  to  the  rear. 
This  will  remove  the  case  with  the  firing  mechanism  complete  from 
the  gun.  Press  the  trigger-shaft  detent  until  it  disengages  from  the 
notch  in  the  firing-lock  case.  This  will  allow  the  trigger-shaft,  with 
its  detent,  to  be  withdrawn.  Then  gently  press  on  the  front  end  of 
the  firing  pin,  forcing  it  back  into  the  casing.  This  will  allow  the 
trigger  fork  to  fall  out.  Then,  with  one  finger  placed  on  the  front 
end  of  the  sear,  force  it  outward;  at  the  same  time  grasp  the  front 
end  of  the  firing  pin,  which  is  roughened  for  the  purpose.  Give  it  a 
sharp  pull.  This  will  remove  the  firing-pin  spring  and  sleeve  from 
the  casing.  Then  place  the  front  end  of  the  firing  pin  against  a  block 
of  wood,  bear  down  on  the  firing-spring  sleeve  until  the  spring  is  com- 
pressed sufficiently  to  disengage  the  slot  in  the  rear  end  of  the  sleeve 

102614—17 3 


30 

from  the  small  lug  on  the  rear  end  of  the  firing  pin,  slightly  turn  the 
sleeve,  and  then  the  sleeve  can  be  separated  from  the  spring  and  pin. 
By  an  unscrewing  motion  the  spring  can  be  removed  from  the  pin. 
The  sear  can  be  removed  by  gently  pressing  it  in  toward  the  center  of 
the  casing. 

To  assemble,  reverse  these  operations,  taking  care  that  before  driv- 
ing too  hard  on  the  end  of  the  trigger  shaft  that  the  square  hole  in 
the  trigger  fork  is  in  position  to  receive  the  tapered  end  of  the  trig- 
ger shaft.  No  tools  are  required  for  assembling  or  dismantling  this 
mechanism. 

TO    DISMANTLE    THE    BREECH    MECHANISM. 

Grasp  the  operating  lever  and  open  the  mechanism;  when  the 
mechanism  is  open,  force  the  block  latch  out  of  its  seat  in  the  block 
by  gently  pressing  it  into  its  seat  in  the  carrier.  Take  hold  of  the 
block  and  revolve  it  to  the  left  until  it  stops ;  then  pull  it  to  the  rear, 
taking  care  not  to  drop  it.  The  block  latch  can  now  be  readily  re- 
moved. After  the  firing-lock  case  has  been  removed,  the  operating 
lever  can  be  removed  by  forcing  its  pivot  up  from  beneath  by  a 
gentle  pressure  from  the  palm  of  the  hand.  The  lever  latch  can  be 
removed  by  pressing  in  on  the  latch  at  a  point  near  its  lower  end 
opposite  its  pivot;  a  hole  in  the  latch  is  cut  eccentric  with  reference 
to  the  pivot  and  a  shoulder  on  the  pivot  prevents  their  displace- 
ment until  the  latch  is  forced  in  until  the  hole  is  concentric  with  the 
pivot.  When  this  occurs,  the  pivot  can  be  readily  pulled  out  and 
the  latch  removed.  To  remove  the  block  carrier,  force  the  hinge 
pin  up  by  hand  until  it  can  be  caught  by  the  head,  and  by  swinging 
the  carrier  back  and  forth,  if  the  pin  sticks,  it  can  readily  be  re- 
moved, taking  care  not  to  drop  the  extractor  lever.  The  extractor 
can  now  be  removed  from  the  gun. 

Reverse  these  operations  for  assembling  the  mechanism.  No  tools 
other  than  the  hands  are  required  for  dismantling  this  breech 
mechanism. 

The  models  of  1902,  1904,  and  1905  guns  are  interchangeable  with 
the  model  of  1902  carriage. 


31 


Service  ran</c  table  for  3-inch  field 


Shrap- 
nel. 

Shell. 

Shell  and  shrapnel.1 

Probability  table,  50  per  cent 
zone. 

>   . 
.  w 

s~ 
jp 

>    . 

%2 

o 

»s 

! 

•sj 
a** 

y 

Mils. 
1.7 
3.5 
5.4 
7.4 
9.5 

11.6 
13.8 
16.1 
18.6 
21.1 

23.8 
26.5 
29.4 
32.3 
35.4 

38.6 
41.9 
45.3 
48.8 
52.4 

56.1 
59.9 
63.7 
67.  6 
71.6 

75.6 
79.7 
83.8 
88.0 
92.3 

96.7 
101.2 
105.7 
110.3 
115.1 

120.0 
124.9 
130.0 
135.2 
140.5 

145.8 
151.3 
156.9 
162.5 
168.4 

174.3 
180.3 
186.4 
192.5 
198.8 

205.1 
211.6 
218.1 
224.  8 
231.5 

£ 
o 

*-.  a 
°.2 

if 

ll 

P 

I 

I 

s 

*o 

I 

s 

p 

if 

55  w 

O  o 

'"§  V 
>5 

iSl 

3 

"S 

I 

<5 

o 
k 

ft 
I 

fl 
1" 
fe 

l-2.fi 

Percussion,  shell 
and  shrapnel. 

Time 
shrapnel. 

h. 

w. 

1. 

H. 

L. 
Yds. 

Yds. 
100 
200 
300 
400 
500 

000 
700 
800 
900 

'••" 

1,100 
1,200 
1,300 
1,400 
1,500 

1,600 
1,700 
1,800 
1,900 
2,000 

2,100 
2,200 
2,300 
2,400 
2,500 

2,  GOO 
2,700 
2,800 
2,900 
3,000 

3,100 
3,200 
3,300 
3,400 
3,500 

3,600 
3,700 
3,800 
3,900 
4,000 

4,100 
4,200 
4,300 
4,400 
4,500 

4.600 
4.700 
4,800 
4,900 
5,000 

5,100 
5,200 
5,300 
5,400 
5,500 

Yds. 

98 
192 
287 
383 
480 

578 
676 

775 
875 

976 

1,078 
1,180 
1,282 
1,384 
1,487 

1,590 
1,693 
1,796 
1,898 
2,000 

2,101 
2,202 
2,302 
2,401 
2,500 

2.599 
2,698 
2,797 
2,896 
2,995 

3,094 
3,193 
3,292 
3,391 
3,490 

3,500 
3,690 
3,790 
3,890 
3,990 

4,080 
4,190 
4,290 
4,390 
4,490 

4,589 

4,688 
4,787 
4,  886 
4,985 

5,084 
5.183 
5,282 
5,382 
5,482 

Mils. 
0.1 
1.8 
3.7 
5.7 
7.8 

9.9 
12.1 
14.5 
16.9 
19.4 

22.1 
24.8 
27.7 
30.6 
33.7 

36.9 
40.2 
43.6 
47.1 
50.7 

54.4 
58.2 
62.0 
65.9 
69.9 

73.9 
77.9 
82.0 
86.2 
90.4 

94.8 
99.3 
103.8 
108.4 
113.2 

118.1 
123.0 
128.1 
133.3 
138.5 

143.9 
149.4 
154.9 
160.6 
166.4 

172.4 
178.4 
184.4 
190.6 
196.9 

203.2 
209.6 
216.  2 
222.8 
229.5 

55.6 
52.6 
50.0 
47.6 
47.6 

45.5 
43.5 
40.0 
40.0 
37.0 

37.0 
34.5 
34.5 
32.3 
31.3 

30.3 
29.4 
28.6 
27.8 
27.0 

26.3 
26.3 
25.6 
25.0 
25.0 

24.4 
24.4 
23.8 
23.3 
22.7 

22.2 
22.2 
21.7 
20.8 
20.4 

20.4 
19.6 
19.2 
18.9 
18.9 

18.2 
17.9 
17.9 
16.9 
16.9 

16.7 
16.4 
16.4 
15.9 
15.9 

15.6 
15.4 
14.9 
14.9 
14.5 

Sees. 
0.18 
.36 
.55 
.75 
.96 

1.17 
1.38 
1.60 
1.83 
2.07 

2.31 
2.56 
2.81 
3.07 
3.34 

3.61 
3.89 
4.17 
4.46 
4.75 

5.05 
5.35 
5.65 
5.95 
6.26 

6.57 
6.88 
7.19 
7.51 
7.83 

8.15 
8.47 
8.80 
9.13 
9.47 

9.82 
10.17 
10.53 
10.89 
11.25 

11.62 
11.99 
12.37 
12.75 
13.13 

13.52 
13.92 
14.32 
14.72 
15.12 

15.52 
15.92 
16.32 
16.73 
17.14 

Mils. 
0.0 

.2 
.3 
.4 

.4 
.5 
.6 
.  7 
.8 

.9 
.0 
.2 
.3 
.5 

:! 

2.0 
2.1 

2.3 
2.5 
2.7 
2.9 
3.1 

3.3 
3.4 
3.6 
3.8 
4.0 

.2 

.6 
.8 
.0 

5.2 
5.4 
5.7 
5.9 
6.1 

6.4 
6.6 
6.9 
7.2 
7.5 

7.8 
8.1 
8.5 
8.8 
9.2 

9.5 
9.9 
10.2 
10.6 
10.9 

Mils. 
0.0 
.1 
.1 
.2 
.2 

.3 
.3 

.4 
.4 
.5 

.6 

.7 
.8 

Mils. 
1.7 
3.6 
5.7 
8.0 
10.5 

13.2 
16.0 
19.1 
22.5 
26.0 

29.7 
33.7 

37.8 

F.S. 
1,647.0 
1,595.4 
1,547.0 
1,501.5 
1,458.6 

1,418.0 
1,379.5 
1,343.0 
1,308.5 
1,275.9 

1,245.2 
1,216.3 
1,  189.  2 

Yds. 
993.2 
470.2 
297.0 
212.2 
161.8 

129.0 
105.8 
88.7 
75.5 
65.3 

57.2 
50.5 
44.8 

Yds. 

Yds. 

Yds. 

Yds. 

0.08 

0.32 

8.3 

.40 

.61 

15.9 

.9 
1.0 

.1 

.2 
.3 
.4 
.4 

1.5 
1.6 
1.7 
1.8 
1.9 

2.0 
2.0 
2.1 
2.2 
2.3 

2.4 
2.5 
2.6 
2.7 
2.8 

2.9 
3.0 
3.1 
3.2 
3.3 

3.4 
3.5 
3.6 
3.7 
3.8 

3.9 
4.0 
4.2 
4.3 
4.4 

.5 
.6 
.7 
.8 
.9 

42.2 
46.7 

51.5 
56.5 
61.7 
67.1 
72.6 

78.4 
84.3 
90.4 
96.6 
103.0 

109.5 
116.1 
122.8 
129.6 
136.6 

143.7 
151.0 
158.4 
165.9 
173.6 

181.5 
189.6 
197.8 
206.2 
214.8 

223.6 
232.5 
241.7 
250.9 
360.4 

270.1 
279.9 
289.9 
300.0 
310.3 

320.8 
331.4 
342.2 
353.1 
364.1 

1,163.8 
1,  140.  0 

1,117.6 
1,096.4 
1,076.3 
1,057.2 
1,039.0 

1.021.7 
1,005.3 
989.8 
975.2 
961.5 

948.7 
936.7 
925.5 
915.1 
905.5 

896.7 
888.6 
881.1 
874.1 
867.5 

861.2 
855.1 
849.1 
843.1 
837.2 

831.3 
825.5 
819.8 
814.2 
808.7 

803.3 
798.0 
792.  8| 
787.  71 
782.  7 

777.  8 
773.0| 
768.3 
763.81 
759.5 

40.2 
36.3 

33.0 
30.0 
27.5 
25.4 
23.3 

21.7 
20.2 
18.7 
17.5 
16.5 

15.5 
14.5 
13.8 
13.0 
12.3 

11.7 
11.2 
10.7 
10.2 
9.7 

9.2 

8.8 
8.5 
8.2 
7.8 

7.5 
7.2 
6.8 
6.6 
6.3 

6.2 
5.8 
5.7 
5.5 
5.3 

5.2 
5.0 
4.8 
4.7 
4.5 

1.1 

1.2 

22.8 

2.1 

1.5 

29.1 

2.5 

34.5 

3.5 

1.9 

34.6 

3.8 

37.2 

5.3 

2.5 

39.4 

5.3 

39.5 

7.5 

3.0 

44.0 

7.2 

41.9 

10.3 

3.4 

48.2 

8.9 

44.1 

13.6 

4.2 

52.0 

12.2 

46.3 

17.3 

5.4 

55.0 

15.1 

48.3 

21.4 

6.9 

57.4 

18.5 

50.0 

1  This  shrapnel  was  made  in  accordance  with  O.  O.  drawing  75-2-3,  the  radius  of  the  ogive  being  2.93 

inches. 


32 


Service  range  table  for  3-inch  field  guns — Continued. 


Shrap- 
nel. 

Shell. 

Shell  and  shrapnel. 

Probability  table,  50  per  cent 
zone. 

>   . 
.  m 
S- 

p 

"i'j 

So 

s5 
3 

M 

1 

•3  . 

•sj 

£** 

L 

Mils. 
238.4 
245.4 
252.5 
259.7 
267.1 

274.6 
282.2 
289.9 
297.8 
305.  7 

313.9 
322.1 
;  330.  5 
339.1 
347.7 

;  356.  5 
.  365.4 
374.  4 
383.  6 
392.  9 

402.3 
411.9 
I  421.  6 
431.  5 
!  441.  5 
1 
451.6 
461.9 
472.3 
482.  8 
493.5 
I 

A 

> 

£ 

*£> 

~I 

£ 

60 

3 

If 
P 

0 

ja 

•£f 
3 

"o 

s 

s 

« 

&* 

«-.9 
«2  fe 

cf  to 

1 

I 
*o 

f 

•< 

k 

ft 
ll 

f 

•P 

c3  10 

w 

III 

§J2 

Percussion,  shell         Time 
and  shrapnel.        shrapnel. 

h. 

w. 

1.         H. 

L. 

Yds. 
5,600 
5,700 
5,800 
5,900 
6,000 

6,100 
6.200 
6,300 
6,400 
6,500 

6,600 
6,700 
f  6,800 
6,900 
t  7,  OOC 

7,  IOC 
7,20C 
7,30C 
7,40C 
7,50( 

7,eoc 

7,70C 
7,80C 
7,90C 
8,  OOC 

8,  IOC 
8,20C 
8,30C 
8,40C 
8,50C 

Yds. 
5,682 
5,682 
5,781 
5,880 
8,979 

6.078 
6,177 
6,276 
6,375 
6,474 

6,573 
1  6,672 
!  6,771 
6,870 
6,970 

7,070 
7,170 
7,27C 
7.37C 
7,47G 

7,56S 
7,668 
7,767 
7,  86C 
|  7,965 

8,06-4 
8,162 
!  8,265 
8,361 
|  8,4CC 

Mils. 
236.4 
243.3 
250.5 
257.6 
264.9 

272.4 
280.0 
287.7 
295.6 
303.5 

311.6 
319.  y 
328.3 
336.8 
345.5 

354.3 
363.2 
372.2 
381.4 
390.7 

400.1 
409.7 
419.4 
429.2 
439.2 

449.3 
459.5 
469.9 
480.4 
491.0 

14.3 
14.1 
13.9 
13.5 
13.3 

13.2 
13.0 
12.7 
12.7 
12.2 

12.2 
11.9 
11.6 
11.6 
11.4 

11.2 
11.1 

!     10.9 
1     10.8 
10.6 

10.4 
10.3 
10.1 
10.0 
9.9 

9.7 
|      9.6 
9.5 
9.3 
9.2 

Sees. 
17.56 
18.00 
18.44 
18.89 
19.36 

19.85 
20.35 
20.86 
21.38 
21.92 

22.  48 
23.05 
23.  C3 
24.23 
24.85 

25.49 
2P.  15 
2«.  83 
27.53 
28.25 

29.00 
29.78 
30.59 
31.42 
32.28 

33.18 
34.12 
35.10 
36.12 
37.18 

Mils. 
11.3 
11.6 
11.9 
12.2 
12.6 

12.9 
13.3 
13.7 
14.1 
14.5 

14.9 
15.4 
15.8 
16.3 
16.7 

17.2 
17.7 
18.2 
18.7 
19.2 

19.8 
20.3 
20.9 
21.4 
22.0 

22.6 
23.2 
23.8 
24.4 
25.0 

Milt. 
5.0 
5.1 
5.2 
5.4 
5.5 

5.6 
5.7 
5.8 
6.0 
6.1 

6.3 
6.4 
6.6 
6.7 
6.9 

*i 

7.4 
7.6 
7.8 

8.0 
8.2 
8.4 
8.5 
8.7 

8.9 
9.1 
9.3 
9.5 
9.7 

Mils. 
375.3 
386.  7 
398.2 
409.8 
421.6 

433.5 
445.6 
457.9 
470.3 
482.8 

495.5 
508.3 
521.3 
534.4 
547.7 

561.1 
574.7 
1  588.4 
C02.3 
616.3 

630.5 
644.9 
659  5 

F.8. 

755.4 
751.4 
747.5 
743.7 
740.0 

736.4 
732.9 
729.5 
726.2 
723.0 

719.9 
716.9 
714.0 
711.2 
708.5 

705.8 
703.1 
700.4 
697.7 
695.0 

692.3 

689.6 
G87.  0 

Yds. 
4.3 
4.2 
4.0 
4.0 
3.8 

3.7 
3.5 
3.5 
3.3 
3.2 

3.0 
3.0 

2.8 
2.8 
2.7 

2.5 
2.5 
2.3 
2.3 
2.2 

2.0 
2.0 
2.0 

Yds. 

Yds. 

Yds.    Yds.    Yds. 

26.0       8.8     59.2     22.7     51.7 

31.2 

11.2 

61.  0     28.  1 

53.4 

37.3 

14.0 

62.  3     34.  4 

55.1 





44.4 

17.4 

63.  6     43.  5 

56.6 

i  674.2 
689.0 

704.0 
719.  2 
734.6 
!  750.  2 
766.0 

C84.5;      1.8 
682.  0       1.8 

679.  5       1.  8 
677.  0,      1.  7 
674.  5       1.7 
672.  0       1.  5 
669.  5       1.  5 

53.0 

21.3 

64.  7     52.  6 

57.8 

NOTE.— One  "mil"=TT1ir5  of  a  quadrant.  This  corresponds  to  the  graduation  of  the  battery  commander's 
telescope  and  the  deviation  scales  on  the  panoramic  and  open  sights,  and  equals,  for  variations  in  height 
or  lateral  deviation,  approximately  T^TT  of  the  range. 

PORT  MONROE,  VA.,  Sept.  23, 1904. 

Variations  in  muzzle  velocity  to  be  expected  at  various  tempera- 
tures of  the  powder: 


Temperature. 

M.  V.  F.  S. 

30°  F. 

-48 

40° 

-40 

50° 

-31 

CO0 

-19 

70° 

0 

80° 

+  24 

90° 

+  52 

100° 

+  82 

33 


Complete  range  table  for  8-inch  field  guns,  models  of  1902,  190Jj,  and  1905,  irlicn 

fired  with  shrapnel. 
[M.  V.= 1,700  f.s.] 


i 

i 

.9  . 

"       1    '^ 

0 

o   . 

•£ 

d 

a 

•§  .       5S 

0 

-H 
II 

il 

g! 

£ 

1 

o 

, 

2 

•M  A 
8i 

3  K 

sl 

jjj 

< 

il 

0           ;      -3 
£            i        <» 

5 
"3 

> 

P 

03 

be 

q 

I                    §£ 

H 

H 

^1 

£ 

"Ig 

T3b       '     ft 
d 

i 

1 

9 

CH 

•«             0 

"3 

<i 

^ 

P 

Q  S 

«J          53 

5 

^ 

2 

Sec- 

Yds. 

0             / 

0             / 

Yds. 

yds. 

Yds. 

Yds. 

Yds. 

0      '      1  on  — 

onds. 

F.  S. 

Feet. 

100!    0    05.9 

0    00.2      16.7 

1.0 

0.2 

0.1       0.0 

0.0 

0    05.8   595.9 

0.18 

1,647.0 

0.2 

200     0    11.9 

0    06.2     15.6 

1.9 

0.8 

.2         .0 

.0 

0    12.2   282.1 

.36 

1,595.4 

.8 

300     0    18.3 

0    12.6     14.9 

2.8 

1.7 

.3 

.1 

.1     0    19.3    178.2 

.55 

1,547.0 

1.7 

400     0    25.0 

0    19.3      14.3 

3.7 

3.0 

.5 

.1 

.1     0    27.0    127.3 

.75 

1,501.5 

2.9 

500     0    32.0 

0    26.3      13.9 

4.6 

4.6 

.7 

.2 

.2 

0    35.4     97.1 

.96 

1,458.6           4.4 

600!    0    39.2 

0    33.5     13.3 

5.5 

6.5 

1.0 

.3 

.2 

0    44.4     77.4 

1.17 

1,418.0 

6.2 

700     0    46.  7 

0    41.0     12.8 

6.4 

8.7 

1.3 

.4 

.3 

0    54.1     63.5 

1.38 

1,379.5 

8.3 

800     0    54.5 

0    48.81     12-2 

7.3 

11.2 

1.7 

.5 

.3 

1    04.6     53.2 

1.60 

1,343.0 

10.8 

900      1    02.7 

0    57.0     11.6 

.     8.1 

14.0 

2.2 

.7 

.4 

1    15.8     45.3 

1.83 

1,308.5 

13.8 

1,  000     1     11.  3 

1    05.6     11.2 

8.8 

17.1 

2.8 

.8 

.5 

1    27.7     39.2 

2.07 

1,275.9 

17.3 

1,100     1    20.2 

1     14.  5'     10.  8 

9.5 

20.5 

3.5 

1.0 

.6 

1    40.3     34.3 

2.31 

1,245.2 

21.4 

1,200     1    29.5     1    23.8     10.4 

10.2 

24.1 

4.3 

1.2 

.8 

1    53.6     30.3 

2.56 

1,216.3 

26.2 

1,300!     1    39.1      1    33.4!     10.0 

10.8 

27.  9       5.  2 

1.5 

1.0 

2    07.6     26.9 

2.81 

1,189.2 

31.7 

1,400;     1    49.  1     1    43.4!      9.6 

11.4 

31.9!      6.1 

1.8 

1.2 

2    22.3     24.1 

3.07 

1,  163.  8 

38.0 

1,500 

1    59.5 

1    53.8       9.3 

12.1 

36.1 

7.1 

2.2 

1.4 

2    37.7 

21.8 

3.34 

1.  140.  0 

45.1 

1,  600     2    10.  3 

2    04.6!      9.0     12.7 

40.4 

8.  2       2.  6 

1.7 

2    53.8 

19.8 

3.61 

1,  117.  6         53.  0 

1,700     2    21.5     2    15.8       8.7     13.3 

44.8 

9.4       3.0 

2.0 

3     10.6 

18.0 

3.89 

1,096.4         61.8 

1,800     2    33.0     2    27.3       8.5 

13.9 

49.3 

10.  7       3.  4 

2.3 

3    28.1 

16.5 

4.17 

1,076.3 

71.4 

1,900     2    44.8     2    39.  1!      8.3 

14.5 

53.8 

12.11      3.8 

2.6 

3    46.3 

15.2 

4.46 

1,057.2 

81.8 

2,000:    2    56.9     2    51.2!      8.1 

15.0 

58.3 

13.6 

4.3 

2.9 

4    05.1 

14.0 

4.75 

1,  039.  0 

93.1 

2,100i    3    09.3 

3    03.6       7.9     15.5 

62.8 

15.1 

4.9 

3.2 

4    24.5 

13.0 

5.05 

1,021.7 

105.3 

2,200!    3    22.0     3     16.3 

7.7     16.0 

67.3 

16.7 

5.5       3.5 

4    44.5 

12.1 

5.35 

1.005.3 

118.4 

2,300 

3    35.0     3    29.3 

7.6 

16.4 

71.8 

18.3 

6.2 

3.9 

5    05.0 

11.2 

5.65 

989.8 

132.4 

2,400 

3    48.2 

3    42.5 

7.5 

16.9 

76.3 

19.9 

6.9 

4.3 

5    26.0 

10.5 

5.95 

975.21      147.3 

2.  500 

4    01.6 

3    55.9       7.4 

17.3 

80.8 

21.6 

7.7 

4.7 

5    47.5 

9.9 

6.26 

961.5 

163.1 

2,600 

4     15.2 

4    09.4)      7.3 

17.7 

85.3 

23.3 

8.5 

5.1      6    09.4 

9.3 

6.57 

948.7 

179.8 

2,700 

4    28.9 

4    23.  0:       7.2 

18.1 

89.7 

25.0 

9.3 

5.5|     6    31.7 

8.7 

6.88 

936.7 

197.5 

2,800 

4    42.8 

4    36.8       7.1     18.5 

94.1 

26.7 

10.2 

5.9     6    54.4 

8.3 

7.19 

925.5 

216.2 

2,900 

4    57.0     4    50.9!      6.9 

18.9 

98.5 

28.4 

11.2 

6.4      7    17.5 

7.8 

7.51 

915.1 

235.9 

3,000 

5     11.5;     5    05.  3j      6.8 

19.2 

102.9 

30.1 

12.2 

6.9 

7    41.0 

7.4 

7.83 

905.5 

256.6 

3,100 

5    26.3     5    20.01      6.7 

19.5 

107.2 

31.9 

13.2 

7.4 

8    05.0 

7.0 

8.15 

896.7 

278.4 

3,200 

5    41.4     5    35.0       6.5 

19.8 

111.5 

33.7 

14.2 

7.9 

8    29.5 

6.7 

8.47 

888.6 

301.3 

3,300 

5    56.81     5    50.3 

6.4 

20.1 

115.8 

35.6 

15.3 

8.5 

8    54.5 

6.4 

8.80 

881.1 

325.4 

3,400 

6    12.5     6    06.0 

6.2 

20.4 

120.1 

37.5 

16.4 

9.1 

9    20.0 

6.1 

9.13 

874.11      350.8 

3,500 

6    28.6     6    22.1 

6.1 

20.6 

124.4 

39.5 

17.6 

9.7 

9    46.0 

5.8 

9.47 

867.5 

377.6 

3,600 

6    45.0     6    38.5 

6.0 

20.8 

128.7 

41.5 

18.  8     10.  4 

10    12.6 

5.5 

9.82 

861.2|      405.9 

3,700 

7    01.7     6    55.2 

5.8 

21.0 

133.0 

43.6 

20.1!     11.1 

10    39.8 

5.3 

10.17 

855.1 

435.7 

3,800 

7    18.8     7    12.3 

5.7     21.2 

137.3 

45.7 

21.5     11.8 

11    07.6 

5.1 

10.53 

849.1 

467.1 

3,900 

7    36.3     7    29.8 

5.61    21.4 

141.6 

47.9 

23.  o!     12.5 

11    36.0 

4.9 

10.89 

843.1 

500.1 

4,000 

7    54.1     7    47.6 

5.5     21.6 

146.0 

50.2     24.  5|     13.3 

12    05.0 

4.7 

11.25 

837.2 

534.7 

4,100 

8    12.2 

8    05.7 

5.4 

21.8 

150.5 

52.5 

26.1      14.1 

12    34.6 

4.5 

11.62 

831.3 

570.9 

4,200 

8    30.6     8    24.1 

5.3 

22.0 

155.1 

54.9 

27.8     14.9 

13    04.8 

4.3 

11.99 

825.5 

608.8 

4,300 

8    49.  4:     8    42.9 

5.2 

22.2 

159.8 

57.  4     29.  61     15.  7 

13    35.6 

4.1 

12.37 

819.8 

648.4 

4,400 

9    08.6     9    02.1 

5.1     22.4 

164.6 

60.0     31.  61     16.5 

14    07.0 

4.0 

12.75 

814.2 

689.7 

4,500 

9    28.2     9    21.7 

5.0     22.6 

169.5 

62.7     33.7     17.3 

14    39.0 

3.8 

13.13 

808.7 

732.7 

4,000 

9    48.2     9    41.7 

4.9     22.8 

174.4 

65.5     35.9     18.2 

15    11.5 

3.7 

13.52 

803.3 

777.5 

4,700 

1,0    08.5 

10    02.0 

4.9!     23.0 

179.4 

68.4     38.2:     19.1 

15    44.6 

3.5     13.92 

798.0 

824.1 

4,800 

10    29.0 

10    22.5 

4.81     23.2 

184.5     71.3     40.7     20.0 

16     18.  3 

3.4      14.32 

792.8 

872.5 

4,900i  10    49.8    10    43.3 

4.7     23.4    189.6     74.3     43.3     20.9 

16    52.6 

3.3      14.72 

787.7 

922.  7 

5,000    11    10.9   11    04.4 

4.7     23.6   194.7 

77.4     46.0     21.9 

17    27.4 

3.2 

15.12 

782.7 

974.7 

5,100!  11    32.311    25.8       4.6     23.  si  199.  8     80.5     48.7     22.918    02.7       3.1      15.52 

777.8 

1.028.6 

5,200   11    54.0    11    47.5       6.5     24.0  204.9     83.6     51.5     23.9    18    38.5       3.0     15.92)      773.0 

1,084.4 

5,300   12    16.1    12    09.6 

4.5     24.2   210.0     86.8     54.3     24.9    19    14.8       2.9     16.32!      768.3 

1,142.1 

5,400   12    38.6   12    32.0       4.4     24.4   215.1     90.0     57.2     25.9 

19    51.6       2.8     16.73 

763.8 

1,201.7 

5,500    13    01.4    12    54.7 

4.3     24.6 

220.2     93.3     60.1     27.0 

20    28.9 

2.7     17.14 

759.5 

1,263.2 

5,600   13    24.6   13    17.8       4.3     24.  8  225.  3'    96.6     63.1     28.1 

21    06.7       2.6     17.56 

755.4 

1,326.6 

5,700    13    48.2    13    41.3       4.2     25.0   230.4    100.0     66.1     29.2 

21    45.0       2.5     18.00 

751  4 

1,391.9 

5,800   14     12.2   14    05.2       4.1     25.2   235.5    103.5     69.2     30.  41  22    23.  8j      2.4      18.44 

747.5 

1,459.1 

5,900   14    36.6   14    29.5       4.0     25.3   240.6    107.1     72.3     31.6   23    03.1       2.4      18.89.      743.7 

1,528.3 

6,000   15    01.4    14    54.2       4.0     25.5   245.7!  110.8     75.5     32.  8|  23    42.9       2.3     19.361      740.0 

1,599.5 

Complete  range  table  for  &-inch  field  gnns,  models  of  1902,  1904,  and  1905,  when 
fired  with  shrapnel — Continued. 


1 

J5 

a  . 

0 

41 

o 

il 

II 

^_j 

13 

1 

*0  3 

"Sg 

f| 

-H> 

^ 

1* 

o  ° 

1 

1 

E 

t> 

'a 

s| 

1 

+3 
ft 

a 

,1 

fl  ^» 

*T 

o 

M 

*i 

3  o 
d        || 

"o 
o 

1 

"o 
1 

"o 

S  rt 

05 

« 

^ 

3 

o 

< 

<T 

^ 

Q  H 

EQ 

EH 

£ 

S 

Sec- 

Yds. 

0            / 

0            / 

Yds. 

Yds. 

Yds. 

Yds.    Yds. 

0             / 

1  on— 

onds. 

F.  S.       Feet. 

6,100 

15    26.7 

15    19.4 

3.9i    25.7 

250.8 

114.7 

78.9 

34.1 

24    23.2 

2.2 

19.85 

736.4    1,672.8 

6,200 

15    52.4 

15    45.0 

3.8     25.8  255.9 

118.7 

82.5 

35.4 

25    04.0 

2.1 

20.35 

732.9    1,748.4 

6  -,300 

16    18.5 

16    11.0 

3.8!    26.  Ol  261.0 

122.8 

86.3 

36.8 

25    45.3 

2.1 

20.86 

729.5    1,826.5 

6,400 

16    45.0 

16    37.5 

3.7!    26.1   266.1 

127.1 

90.3     38.3 

26    27.1 

2.0 

21.38 

726.2   1,907.2 

6,500 

17    11.9 

17    04.4 

3.7     26.2   271.2 

131.6 

94.4     39.8 

27    09.4 

1.9 

21.92 

723.0    1,990.6 

6,600 

17    39.3 

17    31.8 

3.6!    26.3 

276.3 

136.2     98.6     41.4   27    52.2 

.8 

22.48 

719.9  2,076.8 

6,700 

18    07.2 

17    59.7 

3.5     26.4!  281.4 

141.0   102.9 

43.0   28    35.5 

.8 

23.05 

716.9   2,165.8 

6,800 

18    35.5 

18    28.0 

3.5     26.6   286.5 

146.0   107.4 

44.7   29    19.3 

.7 

23.63 

714.0   2,257.7 

6,900 

19    04.3 

18    56.8 

3.4     26.8   291.5 

151.2   112.  l|    46.51  30    03.6 

.7 

24.23 

711.2   2,352.5 

7,000 

19    33.5 

19    26.0 

3.4     26.9,  296.5 

156.6    117.0     48.  3j  30    48.4 

.6 

24.85 

708.  5;  2,450.2 

7ilOO   20    03.1 

19    55.6 

3.3     27.1 

301.5 

162.2   122.1 

50.1 

31    33.7 

l.s!    25.49 

705.8 

2.550.9 

7,200   20    33.2 

20    25.7       3.3     27.2 

306.5 

168.0   12,7.31     52.0   32    19.5 

1.  5     26.  15 

703.1!  2,  654.  6 

7.300  21    03.7 

20    56.2       3.2     27.3 

311.5 

174.0   132.7     54.0   33    05.8 

1.4     26.83       700.4 

2,761.4 

7,400   21    34.6 

21    27.  if      3.2     27.  51  316.5 

180.2!  138.3 

56.11  33    52.7 

1.4     27.53!      697.7   2,871.3 

7,500 

22    06.0 

21    58.5       3.1     27.6   321.5 

186.6    144.1     58.3 

34    40.1 

1.3     28.25;      695.0   2,984.3 

7,600 

22    37.9 

22    30.3 

3.1     27.  7!  326.5 

193.2   150.1 

60.5   35    28.1 

1.2     29.00       692.  3!  3,100.5 

7,700 

23    10.2 

23    02.6;      3.1     27.  8|  331.51  200.0    156.3 

62.8   36    16.6 

1.2     29.78!  •    689.6   3,219.9 

7,800 

23    43.0 

23    35.4       3.0     27.9!  336.5   207.  0!  162.7 

65.1   37    05.7 

1.2     30.59)      687.0   3,342.6 

7,900  24    16.3 

24    08.7       3.0     28.11  341.5   214.  3i  169.3 

67.5!  37    55.3 

1.1     31.42       684.5   3,468.6 

8,000 

24    50.1 

24    42.4       2.9     28.2 

346.6 

221.9 

176.2 

69.9    38    45.5 

1.1     32.28 

682.0   3,598.0 

On  Plate  IV,  following,  are  curves  with  explanation  which  should 
facilitate  the  determination  of  the  initial  corrector  setting  of  the 
fuze  setter  when  abnormal  muzzle  velocities  or  atmospheric  condi- 
tions exist  which  can  be  approximately  estimated. 

AMMUNITION. 

Fixed  ammunition  is  used  in  the  3-inch  field  guns,  and  is  made  up 
with  either  common  shrapnel,  high-explosive  shrapnel,  or  common 
steel  shell.  The  rounds  as  made  up  vary  in  length  with  the  type  of 
projectile  used.  The  ammunition  chests  of  the  battery  are  of  suffi- 
cient size  to  take  any  one  of  the  rounds  furnished,  so  that  the  num- 
ber of  each  kind  to  be  carried  is  a  matter  for  regulation  by  proper 
authority.  Each  round  is  issued  with  projectile  filled  and  fuzed. 
The  weight  of  the  projectile  is  15  pounds,  and  the  total  weight  of  one 
round  is  18.75  pounds.  The  components  of  one  round  are  the  car- 
tridge case*  with  primer,  the  powder  charge,  igniter,  projectile,  and 
fuze. 

THE  CARTRIDGE  CASE. 

•    [Plate  V.] 

The  cartridge  case  is  a  solid  drawn-brass  case  10.8  inches  long;  it 
has  a  capacity  of  66.5  cubic  inches  and  weighs,  with  primer,  2.25 
pounds.  The  head  of  the  case  has  a  projecting  flange  or  rim  under 


Cover 

-J2a.se  Cfovev  Gfcvove  antt  calking  wire, 
ing  JBand. 
____:_ — Base  Del  onal  ing  f\ize,  Jbfedium  Caliber 


PLATE  V 


Lubricating  and  Crimping  Grooves. 

rLoose  Black  Powder.  rCenfnxl  Tu2te. 

r&feeZGzse. 


I 
I 
j  !  j-ffun  Cotton. 


I    Bourrelet. 


\-Steelttead. 


( f£nzss  Covers 


Common  Sfirapnel. 

UQ 

b/* 
{Vents. 


^Cover  Crimping  Groove. 


Miah  Explosive  Shrapnel. 


-"^  /  1  ^^^T  \      T  \  \  x    \  \  ,        ^  - 

?ZsraO$ty 

x^      ^x.  \»  \n» 


35 

which  the  lip  of  the  extractor  engages.  The  center  of  the  head  is 
bored  out  to  form  a  seat  into  which  the  primer  is  forced.  These 
primer  seats  are  first  mandreled  to  near  the  finished  dimensions  with 
a  tapered  steel  plug  to  toughen  the  metal  of  the  cartridge  case 
around  the  primer  seat  and  then  reamed  to  finished  size.  This 
toughening  is  necessary  to  prevent  expansion  of  the  seats  under  gas 
pressure  and  consequent  loose  fit  of  the  primers  in  subsequent  firing. 
The  primers  are  inserted  in  the  case  by  the  small  primer-inserting 
press  to  avoid  injury  to  the  primer  seat.  Special  decapping  tools 
are  also  issued  for  use  in  removing  exploded  primers  from  cartridge 
cases. 

A  circular  groove  is  cut  in  the  base  of  the  cartridge  case  and  the 
groove  (on  ammunition  assembled  prior  to  March  31,  1912)  is 
painted  red  for  shrapnel,  black  for  powder-charged  shell,  and  white 
for  high-explosive  shell.  For  ammunition  assembled  subsequent  to 
March  31,  1912,  the  groove  is  painted  red  for  high-explosive  shrap- 
nel, yellow  for  common  shrapnel,  and  black  for  high-explosive  shell. 
A  circular  hole  0.02  inch  deep  and  0.375  inch  diameter  is  drilled  in 
the  base  of  the  cartridge  case  and  fiT°d  with  red  paint  for  common 
shrapnel  fitted  with  Semple  night  tracers  and  with  black  paint  for 
day  tracers.  The  base  is  stamped  with  the  name  of  gun,  initials  of 
place,  and  year  of  manufacture,  and  the  ammunition  lot  number. 

THE  PRIMER. 
[Plate  V.] 

To  insure  the  ignition  of  smokeless-powder  charges  in  cartridge 
cases  it  is  necessary  that  the  primers  either  contain  in  themselves,  in 
addition  to  the  percussion  composition,  an  auxiliary  charge  of  black 
powder,  or  that  an  auxiliary  charge  of  such  powder  be  placed  at  the 
rear  of  the  cartridge  case  to  communicate  the  flame  from  the  per- 
cussion primer  and  thoroughly  ignite  the  smokeless  powder.  The 
percussion  primer,  known  as  the  "  110-grain  percussion  primer," 
contains  an  igniting  charge  of  110  grains  of  black  powder  in  addi- 
tion to  the  essential  elements  of  a  percussion  primer. 

A  second  igniting  or  priming  charge,  to  insure  the  uniform  and 
complete  ignition  of  the  smokeless-powder  charge,  is  also  used.  It 
consists  of  one-fourth  ounce  of  black  powder,  contained  in  a  disk- 
shaped  bag,  placed  in  the  case  directly  in  front  of  the  smokeless- 
powder  charge. 

The  "  110-grain  percussion  primer  "  is  shown  in  Plate  V  and  con- 
sists of  a  brass  case  resembling  in  shape  a  small-arms  cartridge  case. 
The  head  or  rear  end  of  the  primer  case  is  countersunk,  forming  a 
cut-shaped  recess,  in  which  is  seated  the  cap  or  percussion  primer 
proper.  The  latter  consists  of  the  cup,  the  anvil,  and  the  percussion 


36 

composition,  assembled  as  shown  on  Plate  V.  The  percussion  com- 
position is  known  as  the  "  H-42  "  mixture,  and  contains  the  follow- 
ing ingredients: 

Per  cent. 
Chlorate  of  potash  __^ 47.  206 

Tersulphide  of  antimony 30.  829 

Flowers  of  sulphur 21. 965 

The  percussion-cap  recess  is  connected  with  the  interior  of  the 
primer  case  by  a  small  vent.  The  body  of  the  case  contains  110 
grains  of  black  powder,  constituting  the  rear  "priming"  or  igniting 
charge  for  the  smokeless  powder.  This  black  powder  is  inserted 
under  a  pressure  of  36,000  pounds  per  square  inch,  and  is  pressed 
into  the  primer  body  around  a  central  wire,  which  is  then  withdrawn, 
leaving  a  longitudinal  hole  the  full  length  of  the  primer.  Eight 
radial  holes  are  drilled  through  the  primer  and  compressed  powder, 
affording  16  vents  for  the  free  exit  of  the  black-powder  flames. 
After  filling  the  case,  the  front  end  is  closed  by  a  cardboard  wad 
covered  with  shellac,  and  the  radial  perforations  in  the  body  of  the 
case  are  covered  by  a  tin-foil  wrapper  to  retain  in  the  case  any  loose 
black  powder,  as  well  as  to  exclude  all  moisture. 

In  action  the  blow  of  the  firing  pin  explodes  the  percussion  cap, 
which  ignites  the  black  powder;  the  flames  of  the  latter  shoot  out 
through  the  vents  in  the  primer  case  and  ignite  the  smokeless-powder 
charge. 

The  primer  just  described  is  known  as  the  "  110-grain  percussion 
primer,"  and  is  used  only  with  smokeless-powder  charges.  A  shorter 
primer,  known  as  the  "  saluting  primer  percussion,"  is  issued  by  the 
Ordnance  Department  for  use  in  blank  cartridges.  The  percussion 
elements  and  the  dimensions  of  the  seat  in  the  cartridge  case  for  both 
types  of  primers  are  identical.  The  primer  charge  of  the  saluting 
primer  consists  of  20  grains  of  loose  rifle  powder,  held  in  place  by 
a  paper  wad  shellacked  in  the  mouth  of  the  primer  case.  The  "  20- 
grain  saluting  primers  "  are  issued  in  hermetically  sealed  tin  boxes, 
25  in  a  box.  The  -boxes  should  not  be  opened  nor  the  cases  primed 
until  shortly  before  they  are  required  for  use. 

The  small  primer-inserting  press  is  provided  for  inserting  both 
types  of  primers,  which  must  be  carefully  pressed  and  not  hammered 
into  their  seats  in  the  cartridge  cases.  Special  decapping  tools  are 
also  issued  for  removing  old  primer  cases  from  cartridge  cases  with- 
out injury  to  the  latter. 

THE  POWDER  CHARGE. 

The  powder  is  a  nitrocellulose  powder  composed  of  multiperfo- 
rated  (7  perforations)  cylindrical  grains,  each  0.35  inch  long  and 
0.195  inch  in  diameter.  The  charge  varies  slightly  for  different  lots 
of  powder,  but  is  approximately  24  ounces.  In  making  up  the  car- 


37 

tridges  a  packing  of  paper,  felt,  or  excelsior  is  placed  next  to  the 
projectile  if  necessary  to  fill  the  cartridge  case,  thus  holding  the 
powder  charge  in  the  rear  portion  of  the  cartridge  case  in  contact 
with  the  primer.  A  front  igniter  of  black  powder  weighing  one- 
fourth  ounce  is  used.  The  charge  gives  a  muzzle  velocity  for  shrap- 
nel of  1,700  feet  per  second,  with  a  maximum  pressure  in  the  bore 
not  exceeding  33,000  pounds  per  square  inch. 

The  muzzle  velocity  of  1,700  feet  per  second  for  shrapnel  is  the 
standard;  for  cartridges  made  up  with  high-explosive  steel  shell 
(and  with  cast-iron  shell  when  issued)  the  muzzle  velocity,  and  con- 
sequently the  powder  charge,  is  so  varied  as  to  make  the  range  cor- 
responding to  a  given  elevation  as  nearly  as  practicable  equal  to  the 
shrapnel  range  for  the  same  elevation.  This  permits  the  use  of  but 
one  range  table  for  all  kinds  of  ammunition  and  enables  the  kind  of 
ammunition  (type  of  projectile)  to  be  changed  without  change  of 
elevation. 

Smokeless  powder  must  not  be  used  for  blank  charges.  For  that 
purpose  the  Ordnance  Department  furnishes  special  powder  for 
saluting  purposes. 

PROJECTILES. 

The  projectiles  comprise  common  steel  shell,  either  point  or  base 
fuzed,  and  shrapnel,  either  common  or  high  explosive.  A  number 
of  cast-iron  shell  are  on  hand  and  will  probably  be  issued  for  prac- 
tice until  the  supply  is  exhausted. 

COMMON  STEEL  SHELL. 

The  common  steel  shell  is  shown  in  Plate  V.  It  is  provided  with 
an  ogival  head  struck  with  a  radius  of  2  calibers,  and  is  fitted  with  a 
copper  rotating  band  forced  into  an  annular  groove  1.2  inches  from 
the  base.  Between  the  band  and  the  base  are  cut  two  shallow  annu- 
lar grooves,  the  front  one  of  which  is  filled  with  material  insuring 
a  waterproof  joint  in  the  assembled  cartridge;  the  rear  groove  is 
known  as  the  crimping  groove.  In  assembling  the  ammunition  the 
shell  is  forced  into  the  cartridge  case  up  to  the  band,  and  the  metal 
of  the  cartridge  case  is  then  set  into  the  rear  groove  at  several  points, 
securely  fixing  the  projectile  in  the  case.  The  base  of  the  shell  is 
tapped  for  a  base  detonating  fuze  and  is  fitted  with  a  copper  base 
cover  secured  in  the  base-cover  groove  by  the  calking  wire.  The 
base  cover  consists  of  a  copper  cover,  lead  disk,  lying  between  the 
cover  and  the  projectile,  and  a  lead  calking  wire.  This  base  cover 
seals  the  joint  between  fuze  and  shell  against  the  entrance  of  powder 
gases  into  the  shell  cavity.  The  steel  shell  contains  a  bursting 
charge  of  13.12  ounces  of  explosive  D.  The  weight  of  the  shell  with 
bursting  charge  and  fuze  is  15  pounds.  The  shell  is  always  issued 
filled  and  fuzed. 


38 

COMMON    STEEL    SHELL,    POINT    FUZE. 

The  common  steel  shell  has  a  large  capacity  for  carrying  a  consid- 
erable quantity  of  high  explosive.  It  has  a  capacity  of  29.32  cubic 
inches,  sufficient  to  accommodate  approximately  1.42  pounds  of  the 
service  high-  explosive.  The  point-fuzed  shell  are  being  modified  so 
as  to  reduce  the  weight  of  high  explosives  carried  to  6J  ounces.  The 
fuzes  are  also  being  modified  and  will  be  provided  with  a  waterproof 
hood.  This  type  of  shell  has  been  superseded  by  the  base-fuzed  com- 
mon steel  shell,  and  only  approximately  7,000  point-fuzed  shell  re- 
main on  hand  at  this  time.  The  high-explosive  shrapnel  will  eventu- 
ally replace  all  types  of  shell  for  the  3-inch  field  gun.  The  rotating 
band  and  the  method  of  assembling  the  shell  to  the  cartridge  case  are 
the  same  as  for  the  base-fuzed  steel  shell.  It  is  tapped  to  take  the 
point  detonating  fuze.  Full  instructions  as  to  the  manipulation  and 
use  of  this  material  in  service  are  issued  with  it.  The  weight  of  the 
shell,  filled  and  fuzed,  is  15  pounds.  About  9,000  of  these  shell  have 
been  manufactured.  It  has  been  superseded  by  a  base-fuzed  steel 
shell,  shown  on  Plate  V. 

COMMON    SHRAPNEL. 

[Plate  V.] 

The  common  shrapnel  is  a  base-charged  shrapnel  fitted  with  a  com- 
bination fuze.  The  case  is  of  steel  with  solid  base.  The  rotating 
band  is  forced  into  an  annular  groove  cut  in  the  case  1.2  inches  from 
the  base.  The  front  or  mouth  of  the  case  is  closed  by  a  steel  head, 
screwed  in  and  tapped  to  take  the  service  combination  time  and 
percussion  fuze.  The  method  of  assembling  the  shrapnel  to  the  car- 
tridge case  is  the  same  as  that  for  the  common  steel  shell  described 
above.  The  bursting  charge  is  composed  of  a  charge  of  loose  black 
powder  (2|  ounces).  The  bursting  charge,  thus  arranged,  is  covered 
by  a  steel  diaphragm.  The  diaphragm  supports  a  steel  central  tube 
which  extends  forward  to  the  fuze,  and  thus  affords  a  conduit  for 
the  flames  from  the  fuze  to  the  bursting  charge.  At  the  lower  end 
of  the  central  tube  a  stopper  of  dry  guncotton  is  fitted  to  prevent 
the  loose  powder  charge  from  getting  into  the  tube  and  also  to  help 
the  ignition  of  the  bursting  charge.  The  shrapnel  filling  is  composed 
of  252  balls,  each  approximately  167  grains  in  weight.  The  balls  are 
approximately  0.5  inch  in  diameter.  The  balls  are  poured  around 
the  central  tube  and  rest  upon  the  steel  diaphragm,  the  interstices 
containing  a  smoke-producing  matrix. 

In  action  the  case  is  not  ruptured  upon  the  explosion  of  the  burst- 
ing charge;  the  head  is  stripped  and  the  balls  are  shot  out  of  the  case 
with  an  increase  of  velocity  of  about  274  feet  per  second.  The  re- 
maining velocity  of  the  shrapnel  at  6,500  yards  is  approximately 
724  feet  per  second,  and  the  time  of  flight  21.92  seconds,  so  that  at 


39 

that  extreme  range,  with  the  increase  of  velocity  due  to  the  bursting 
charge,  this  shrapnel  with  21-second  fuze  is  a  most  efficient  projec- 
tile. The  weight  of  the  shrapnel  with  fuze  is  15  pounds. 

EHRHABDT    HIGH-EXPLOSIVE    SHRAPNEL. 

[Plate  V.] 

The  Ehrhardt  high-explosive  shrapnel  is  fitted  with  a  combination 
fuze  and  a  high-explosive  head.  The  case  is  of  drawn  steel  with  solid 
base.  The  rotating  band  is  forced  into  an  annular  groove  cut  in  the 
case  1.2  inches  from  the  base.  The  front  or  mouth  of  the  case  is  closed 
by  a  steel  head  forced  in.  The  method  of  assembling  the  shrapnel  to 
the  cartridge  case  is  the  same  as  that  for  the  common  steel  shell  de- 
scribed above.  The  bursting  charge  is  composed  of  a  charge  of  loose 
black  powder  (2£  ounces)  and  is  covered  by  a  steel  diaphragm.  The 
diaphragm  supports  a  steel  central  tube  which  extends  forward  to 
the  high-explosive  head  and  thence  by  a  train  to  the  fuze,  thus  afford- 
ing a  conduit  for  the  flames  from  the  fuze  to  the  bursting  charge. 

The  shrapnel  filling  is  composed  of  285  balls  each  approximately 
138  grains  in  weight.  The  balls  are  poured  around  the  central  tube 
and  rest  upon  the  steel  diaphragm,  the  interstices  containing  a  matrix 
of  high  explosive. 

In  time  action,  the  case  is  not  ruptured  upon  the  explosion  of  the 
bursting  charge,  but  the  head  is  forced  out  and  the  balls  are  shot  out 
of  the  case  with  an  increase  of  velocity  of  from  250  to  300  feet  per 
second.  In  the  meantime  the  head  continues  its  flight,  detonating  on 
impact. 

All  high-explosive  shrapnel  ammunition  is  issued  fuzed  ready  for 
use. 

If  the  fuze  be  set  at  "  safety  "  or  for  a  time  of  flight  greater  than 
the  actual  time  of  flight,  this  shrapnel  may  be  used  in  lieu  of  high- 
explosive  shell.  Upon  impact  a  high-explosive  shrapnel  is  detonated 
by  means  of  the  percussion  element  of  the  combination  fuze,  the  head 
being  detonated  first,  which  detonation  causes  the  sympathetic  det- 
onation of  the  high-explosive  matrix  surrounding  the  balls. 

SEMPLE  TRACER. 

[Plate  V.] 

The  Semple  tracer  consists  of  the  following  parts  assembled  as 
shown  in  Plate  V: 


a.  Body,  brass. 

I).  Plug,  steel. 

c.  Cup,  brass. 

(/.  Washer,  steel. 

c.  Firing  pin,  brass. 

/.  Washer,  hard  rubber. 


f/.  Priming  composition. 
h.  Tlluminant  composition. 
j.  Vent  hole  in  plug. 
A-.  Disk,  lead. 
L  Nut,  brass. 


40 

The  cavity  in  body  a  is  filled  to  within  about  0.5  inch  from  top  with 
illuminant  composition. 

The  cup  c  filled  with  priming  composition  g  and  firing  pin  e  as- 
sembled are  then  placed  in  position  and  lead  disk  k  forced  over 
illuminant  composition  and  primer. 

Plug  ~b  is  then  forced  in  body,  after  which  nut  I  is  threaded  on  end 
of  firing  pin. 

The  interior  of  the  body  is  threaded  to  give  the  illuminant  and 
lead  plug  a  better  hold  upon  the  body. 

While  the  projectile  is  traveling  through  the  bore  of  the  gun,  the 
powder  gases  enter  the  vent  hole  j  and  the  pocket  beneath  the  plug  b 
becomes  filled  with  gas  under  pressure.  This  pressure  is  sufficient 
when  the  projectile  reaches  or  has  passed  beyond  the  muzzle  of  the 
gun  to  force  out  the  plug  &,  thereby  pulling  out  the  firing  pin,  which 
by  friction  ignites  the  priming  and  illuminant  composition.  The 
illuminant  burns  intensely,  causing  a  bright  white  flame  to  extend 
to  the  rear  from  the  tracer. 

FUZES. 

FRANKFORD    ARSENAL    COMBINATION    FUZES. 

These  fuzes  are  point  fuzes  with  combination  time  and  percussion 
elements  for  use  with  common  shrapnel.  They  are  of  the  type  known 
as  the  ring  or  "  dial "  fuze,  in  which  the  time  train  is  set  by  turning 
a  graduated  ring  which  carries  part  of  the  time  train.  These  fuzes 
may  be  reset  as  often  as  desired. 

EHRHARDT    COMBINATION    FUZE    FOR    HIGH    EXPLOSIVE    SHRAPNEL. 

..      [Plate  V.] 

The  fuze  consists  of  the  following  parts,  assembled  as  shown  on 
the  plate : 


a.  High  explosive  head,  steel. 
6.  Closing  cap,  steel. 

c.  Plunger  sleeve,  brass. 

d.  Locking  ring,  aluminum. 

e.  Upper  time  train  ring,  aluminum. 

/.  Washer  for  upper  time  train  ring, 
felt 

g.  Graduated  time  train  ring,  alumi- 
num. 

h.  Washer  for  graduated  time  train 
ring,  aluminum. 

;'.  Fixed  stop  pin,  steel. 

fc.  Smoke  developer  hood,  pasteboard. 

/.  Smoke  developer. 

m.  Picric  acid  charge  (outer). 


n.  Picric  acid  charge  ( inner ) . 
p.  Concussion  plunger  holder,  brass. 
q.  Concussion  plunger,  brass. 
r.  Concussion   plunger   closing   screw, 
brass. 

s.  Concussion  primer. 

t.  Locking  spring,  steel. 
u.  Safety  wire,  copper. 

v.  Concussion  firing  pin,  German  sil- 
ver. 

w.  Safety  pellet,  compressed  powder. 
a'.  Filling  plug,  brass, 
ft'.  Percussion  plunger  cap,  brass. 
c'.  Percussion  plunger,  brass. 
d'.  Percussion  firing  pin,  nickel. 


41 


e'.  Upper     time     train,     compressed 

powder. 

/'.  Percussion  primer. 
g' .  Lower     time     train     compressed 

powder. 
hr.  Percussion  plunger  closing  screw, 

brass. 

/'.  Detonator  cup,  copper. 
k'.  Fulminate. 

r,  Capsule,  brass. 
m'.  Flame   channel   shoulder  bushing, 

brass. 
n'.  Flame   channel   bushing    (upper), 

brass. 


p'.  Flame   channel    bushing    (lower), 
brass. 

q'.  Bottom  closing  screw  flame  chan- 
nel bushing,  brass. 

r'.  Bottom   closing   screw,   steel. 

s'.  1  Vents     successively     leading     to 

t'.  J     upper  time  ring. 

u1 '.  Flame    channel    in    high-explosive 
head. 

vf.  Flame  channel   in  bottom   closing 
screw. 

e".  Compressed   powder   pellet   in  up- 
per time  train  vent. 
*.  Lower  time  train  vent. 


The  time  element  of  this  fuze  is  composed  principally  of  the  fol- 
lowing parts: 

The  time  or  concussion  plunger  <?,  the  locking  spring  £,  the  safety 
wire  w,  the  concussion  firing  pin  -y,  the  vents  s'  and  t'  leading  to 
upper  time  train  ring;  the  compressed  powder  pellet  62,  the  upper 
time  train  e1 ',  the  compressed  powder  pellet  g2,  the  lower  time  train 
g'  leading  to  the  flame  channel  in  the  high-explosive  head;  thence 
through  the  central  tube  to  the  base  charge. 

The  concussion  plunger  q  is  cylindrical  in  shape,  slotted,  and 
rounded  at  the  bottom  to  fit  the  locking  spring.  The  former  con- 
tains the  primer  in  a  recess  at  its  base.  The  weight  of  the  plunger 
rests  upon  the  locking  spring  and  the  safety  wire  u,  which  keeps  the 
primer  from  contact  with  the  firing  pin.  At  discharge  of  the  gun 
the  resistance  of  the  locking  spring  is  overcome,  the  safety  wire  is 
sheared  off  and  primer  is  exploded  by  contact  with  the  firing  pin. 

An  annular  groove  in  the  shape  of  a  horseshoe  is  milled  in  the 
lower  face  of  each  of  the  time  train  rings,  leaving  a  solid  portion 
between  the  ends  of  the  groove  in  each  ring.  Meal  powder  is  com- 
pressed into  these  grooves  forming  a  time  train,  the  total  length  of 
which  is  9  inches. 

The  vents  t'  consist  of  six  holes  drilled  equal  distance  from  each 
other  connected  with  each  other  by  a  semicircular  slot  turned  on 
the  outside  diameter  of  the  plunger  sleeve.  The  vent  hole  s'  is 
drilled  through  the  walls  of  the  high-explosive  head  and  is  exactly 
opposite  a  hole  in  the  inner  surface  of  the  upper  time  train  leading 
to  the  end  of  the  train  from  which  the  direction  of  burning  is  anti- 
clockwise. 

The  hole  g2  is  drilled  through  the  upper  face  of  the  lower  time 
train  ring  g  to  the  end  of  the  lower  time  train  from  which  the  direc- 
tion of  burning  is  clockwise.  The  lower  time  train  ring  is  movable 
and  is  graduated  on  its  outer  edge  in  a  clockwise  direction  from 
0  to  22.  Each  full  division  corresponding  to  one  second  time  of 
burning  in  flight;  these  divisions  are  subdivided  into  five  equal 


42 

parts  corresponding  to  one-fifth  second.  A  radial  pin  is  provided 
in  the  lower  ring  for  engagement  with  a  notch  in  the  fuze  setter 
for  setting  the  fuze.  A  line  on  the  flange  of  the  high  explosive  head 
is  the  datum  line  for  fuze  setting. 

The  action  of  the  fuze  as  a  time  fuze  is  as  follows : 

Assume  the  "  zero  "  setting  as  shown  on  the  figure.  At  discharge 
of  the  gun,  the  time  plunger  arms  and  fires  its  primer.  The  flame 
from  the  primer  passes  out  through  the  vents  t'  and  sf  igniting  the 
pellet  62,  the  end  of  the  upper  time  train  e  down  through  the  vent  g2 
to  the  end  of  the  lower  time  train  g  and  thence  through  the  channels 
u'  and  v'  and  the  central  tube  to  the  base  charge  in  the  shrapnel. 

On  time  burst,  the  head  is  forced  out  and  continues  its  flight  while 
the  balls  are  scattered.  On  impact,  the  percussion  plunger  c',  which 
is  now  free  (the  safety  pellet  w  which  holds  it  having  been  burned 
up  by  the  firing  of  the  concussion  primer  s  on  discharge  of  the  gun), 
is  thrown  forward,  coming  in  contact  with  the  percussion  firing  pin 
d' ',  thus  igniting  the  percussion  primer  /'.  The  flame  ignites  the 
fulminate  &',  this  in  turn  detonating  the  inner  picric  acid  charge  n 
and  the  outer  picric  acid  charge  m,  thus  bursting  the  head. 

It  will  be  seen  that  for  the  "  zero  "  setting  of  the  fuze  the  origin  of 
both  the  upper  and  lower  time  train  are  in  juxtaposition. 

Assume  any  other  setting,  say  12  seconds,  the  vent  g2  has  now 
changed  its  position  with  respect  to  the  vent  e2  leading  to  the  be- 
ginning of  the  upper  time  train  and  the  channel  uf  leading  to  the 
base  charge,  both  of  which  points  are  fixed  by  the  angle  subtended 
between  the  0  and  12  second  settings.  The  flame  now  passes  out 
through  the  vents  t'  and  s'  and  burns  along  the  upper  time  train 
in  anticlockwise  direction  until  the  vent  g2  is  reached,  where  it  passes 
down  to  the  beginning  of  the  lower  time  train  and  burns  back  in  a 
clockwise  direction  to  the  position  of  the  channel  u' ',  whence  it  is 
transmitted  to  the  channel  v'  and  central  tube. 

For  the  22-second  setting  the  vent  g2  leading  to  the  beginning  of 
the  lower  time  train  ring  is  opposite  the  end  of  the  upper  time  train 
and  the  end  of  the  lower  time  train  is  opposite  the  channel  u'  lead- 
ing to  the  base  charge.  It  will  now  be  seen  that  to  reach  the  base 
charge  and  burst  the  shrapnel  the  entire  length  of  time  train  in  both 
rings  must  be  burned. 

As  already  stated,  the  annular  groove  in  the  lower  face  of  each 
ring  for  the  powder  trains  do  not  form  complete  circles,  a  solid  por- 
tion being  left  between  the  ends  of  the  grooves  in  each.  This  solid 
portion  is  utilized  to  obtain  a  setting  at  which  the  fuze  can  not  be 
exploded,  known  as  the  safety  point. 

This  point  is  marked  by  a  line  on  the  outer  edge  of  the  movable 
time  train,  surmounted  by  an  "  S,"  and  is  located  about  half  way 
between  the  zero  mark  and  the  22-second  graduation.  When  this 


102614—17 


I 


CVj 


y>- 


Q>     Q) 


43 


point  i's  brought  opposite  the  line  on  the  flange  of  the  high  explosive 
head,  the  vent  g2  is  covered  by  the  solid  metal  between  the  ends  of 
the  upper  train  and  the  channel  u'  leading  to  the  base  charge  is 
covered  by  the  solid  metal  between  the  ends  of  the  lower  or  movable 
time  train. 

At  the  safety  setting  it  may  be  seen  that  the  upper  train  may 
burn  entirely  out  in  case  of  accidental  firing  of  the  time  plunger 
or  in  case  it  may  be  desired  to  burst  the  shrapnel  by  impact  or  per- 
cussion, without  the  flame  being  able  to  reach  the  base  charge. 

The  felt  washers  /  and  h  are  glued  to  the  upper  face  of  the  grad- 
uated time-train  ring  and  to  the  upper  face  of  the  flange  on  the 
high  explosive  head.  These  surfaces  are  corrugated,  as  shown,  to 
make  the  washers  adhere  more  strongly.  The  function  of  the  wash- 
ers is  to  make  a  gas  check  and  prevent  premature  action  of  the  fuzes. 

To  release  the  pressure  of  the  gases  due  to  the  burning  train  a  vent 
hole  is  drilled  into  the  upper  and  lower  time-train  ring  leading  from 
the  end  of  the  train  to  the  outside.  These  holes  are  sealed  by  alumi- 
num disks,  but  the  pressure  due  to  the  burning  trains  immediately 
opens  them. 

These  fuzes  are  issued  assembled  in  shrapnel.  For  transportation 
in  limbers  and  caissons  the  fuze  should  always  be  set  at  the  safety 
point. 

The  fuze  is  provided  with  a  waterproof  hood  of  thin  brass  her- 
metically sealed.  The  hood  must  be  stripped  off  before  setting  the 
fuze,  but  should  not  be  moved  until  the  shrapnel  is  about  to  be  fired. 

FRANKFORD    ARSENAL    COMBINATION    FUZE,    MODEL,    OF    1907    M. 

[Plate  VI.] 

This  fuze  consists  of  the  following  parts,  assembled  as  shown  in  the 
drawing : 

a.  Body,  bronze. 
a,'.  Stop  pin,  brass. 

&.  Closing  cap,  brass. 
&'.  Vents  in  closing  cap. 

c.  Upper  time-train  ring,  Tobin  bronze. 
c'.  Washer  for  time-train  ring,  gradu- 
ated, felt  cloth. 

d.  Time-train  ring,  graduated,  Tobin 

bronze. 

d'.  Washer  for  body,  felt  cloth. 
d2.  Rotating  pin,  brass. 

e.  Concussion  plunger. 

e'.  Concussion  resistance  ring,  brass. 
/.  Firing  pin,  brass. 
g.  Vent  leading  to  upper  time  train. 
h.  Compressed  powder  pellet. 
i.  Upper  time  train,  compressed  pow- 
der. 


;'.  Compressed  powder  pellet,  in  vent 
leading  to  lower  time  train. 

;'.  Compressed  powder  pellet  in  lower 
time-train  vent. 

fc.  Lower  time  train,  compressed  pow- 
der. 

I.  Brass  disk,  crimped  in  place. 

m.  Compressed  powder  pellet  in  vent  c. 

o.  Vent  leading  to  magazine. 

p.  Powder  magazine. 

q.  Percussion  plunger. 

r.  Percussion  primer. 

s.  Vents  leading  from  percussion 
primer  to  magazine. 

u.  Bottom  closing  screw,  brass. 

v.  Washer  for  closing  screw,  muslin. 

w.  Washer  for  closing  screw,  brass. 


44 

The  body  a  of  this  fuze  is  machined  from  a  bronze  casting.  The 
time-train  rings  c  and  d  are  turned  from  hard-rolled  rods  of  Tobin 
bronze.  An  annular  groove  in  the  shape  of  a  horseshoe  is  milled  in 
the  lower  face  of  each  of  the  time-train  rings.  Meal  powder  is  com- 
pressed into  these  grooves  under  a  pressure  of  66,000  pounds  per 
square  inch,  forming  a  time  train,  the  total  length  of  which  is  9 
inches. 

The  time  element  of  this  fuze  is  composed  principally  of  the  fol- 
lowing parts:  The  time  or  concussion  plunger  0,  the  concussion  re- 
sistance ring  e' ',  the  firing  pin  /,  the  vent  <?,  leading  to  the  upper 
time  train,  the  compressed  powder  pellet  A,  the  upper  time  train  •£, 
the  vent  j,  the  lower  time  train  &,  the  compressed  powder  pellet  m  in 
the  vent  o,  leading  to  the  powder  magazine  p. 

The  plunger  e  is  cylindrical  in  shape  and  contains  the  percussion 
composition  in  a  recess  at  its  base.  The  weight  of  the  plunger  rests 
upon  the  concussion- resistance  ring  e' ,  which  keeps  the  primer  from 
contact  with  the  firing  pin.  At  discharge  of  the  gun  the  resistance 
of  the  ring  is  overcome  and  the  primer  is  exploded  by  contact  with 
the  firing  pin. 

As  stated  above,  the  annular  grooves  into  which  the  meal  powder 
of  the  time  train  is  pressed  are  in  the  shape  of  a  horseshoe,  a  solid 
portion  being  left  between  the  ends  of  the  groove  in  each  ring  or 
disk. 

The  upper  time-train  ring  c  is  prevented  from  rotating  by  pins 
which  are  halved  into  the  fuze  body  and  the  inner  circumference  of 
the  ring. 

The  vent  g  is  drilled  through  the  walls  of  the  concussion-plunger 
chamber  and  is  exactly  opposite  a  hole  in  the  inner  surface  of  the 
upper  time  train  leading  to  the  end  of  the  train  from  which  the 
direction  of  burning  is  anticlockwise. 

The  hole  j  is  drilled  through  the  upper  face  of  the  lower  time-train 
ring  d  to  the  end  of  the  lower  time-train  groove,  from  which  the 
direction  of  burning  is  clockwise.  The  lower  time-train'  ring  is 
movable  and  is  graduated  on  its  outer  edge  in  a  clockwise  direction 
from  0  to  21.2,  each  full  division  corresponding  to  one  second  time  of 
burning  in  flight ;  these  divisions  are  subdivided  into  five  equal  parts 
corresponding  to  one-fifth  second.  A  radial  pin  d2  is  provided  in  the 
lower  ring  for  engagement  with  a  notch  in  the  fuze  setter  for  setting 
the  fuze.  A  line  on  the  lower  flange  of  the  fuze  stock  is  the  datum 
line  for  fuze  settings. 

The  vent  o  is  drilled  through  the  flange  of  the  fuze  stock  to  the 
powder  magazine  /?,  and  leads  to  the  same  end  of  the  lower  time 
train  as  the  vent  j — that  end  from  which  the  direction  of  burning  is 
clockwise — when  the  fuze  is  at  its  "  zero  "  setting. 


45 

The  action  of  the  fuze  as  a  time  fuze  is  as  follows: 

Assume  first  the  "  zero  "  setting  as  shown  on  the  figure.  At  dis- 
<•! large  of  the  gun  the  time  plunger  arms  and  fires  its  primer.  The 
flame  through  the  primer  passes  out  through  the  vent  ^,  igniting  the 
pellet  A,  the  end  of  the  upper  time  train  ^,  down  through  the  vent  j, 
to  the  end  of  the  lower  time  train  &,  and  thence  through  the  vent  o 
to  the  magazine  p,  the  flame  from  which  is  transmitted  to  the  base 
charge  in  the  shrapnel.  It  will  be  seen  that  for  the  "  zero  "  setting 
of  the  fuze  the  origin  of  both  upper  and  lower  time  trains  are  in 
juxtaposition.  Assume  any  other  setting,  say  12  seconds:  The  vent 
j  has  now  changed  its  position  with  respect  to  the  vent  A,  leading 
to  the  beginning  of  the  upper  time  train  and  the  vent  0,  leading  to 
the  powder  magazine  p,  both  of  which  points  are  fixed  by  the  angle 
subtended  between  the  0  and  the  12-second  settings.  The  flame 
now  passes  out  through  vent  g  and  burns  along  the  upper  time  train 
in  an  anticlockwise  direction  until  the  vent  j  is  reached,  where  it 
passes  down  to  the  beginning  of  the  lower  time  train  and  burns  back 
in  a  clockwise  direction  to  the  position  of  the  vent  0,  whence  it  is 
transmitted  by  the  pellet  of  compressed  powder  m  to  the  powder 
magazine  p. 

For  the  21.2-second  setting  the  vent  j,  leading  to  the  beginning  of 
the  lower  time  train,  is  opposite  the  end  of  the  upper  time  train, 
and  the  end  of  the  lower  time  train  is  opposite  the  vent  0,  leading 
to  the  powder  magazine.  It  will  now  be  seen  that  to  reach  the 
magazine  p  and  burst  the  shrapnel  the  entire  length  of  time  train  in 
both  rings  must  be  burned. 

As  already  stated,  the  annular  grooves  in  the  lower  face  of  each 
ring  for  the  powder  trains  do  not  form  complete  circles,  a  solid  por- 
tion being  left  between  the  ends  of  the  grooves  in  each.  This  solid 
portion  is  utilized  to  obtain  a  setting  at  which  the  fuze  can  not  be 
exploded,  known  as  the  "  safety  point." 

This  point  is  marked  by  a  line  on  the  outer  edge  of  the  movable 
time  train,  surmounted  by  an  "  S,"  and  is  located  about  halfway 
between  the  zero  mark  and  the  21.2-second  graduation.  When  this 
point  is  brought  opposite  the  line  on  the  lower  flange  of  the  fuze 
body,  the  vent  j  is  covered  by  the  solid  metal  between  the  ends  of 
the  upper  train,  and  the  vent  <?,  leading  to  the  powder  magazine  p, 
is  covered  by  the  solid  metal  between  the  ends  of  the  lower  or 
movable  time  train. 

At  the  safety  setting  it  will  be  seen  that  the  upper  train  may  burn 
entirely  out  in  case  of  accidental  firing  of  the  time  plunger,  or  in 
case  it  may  be  desired  to  burst  the  shrapnel  by  impact  or  percussion, 
without  the  flame  being  able  to  reach  the  magazine  p. 

The  cloth  washers  c'  and  df  are  glued  to  the  upper  face  of  the 
graduated  time-train  ring  and  to  the  upper  face  of  the  flange  on  the 


46 

fuze  stock.  These  surfaces  are  corrugated,  as  shown,  to  make  the 
washers  adhere  more  strongly.  The  function  of  the  washers  is  to 
make  a  gas  check  and  prevent  premature  action  of  the  fuzes. 

The  compressed  pellet  /,  in  the  vent  leading  from  the  outside  to 
the  beginning  of  the  lower  time  train,  is  to  release  the  pressure  of  the 
gases  due  to  the  burning  train.  The  gases  from  both  time  trains 
escape  into  the  outer  air  through  the  annular  spaces  shown  in  the 
illustration  and  the  vents  ~bf  in  the  closing  cap. 

The  percussion  element  of  this  fuze  as  shown  in  the  plate  consists 
of  a  percussion  plunger  q  and  an  ordinary  percussion  primer  r. 

The  system  of  vents  through  the  walls  of  the  fuze  shown  in  fig.  2 
conduct  the  flame  from  the  percussion  primer  to  the  magazine  p. 

The  bottom  closing  screw  closes  the  percussion-plunger  recess  and 
keeps  the  powder  in  the  magazine.  The  muslin  washer  v  is  coated 
with  shellac  and  held  in  place  by  the  brass  washer  10,  over  the  outer 
edge  of  which  a  projecting  lip  is  crimped. 

These  fuzes  are  issued  assembled  in  shrapnel.  For  transportation 
in  limbers  and  caissons  the  fuze  should  always  be  set  at  the  safety 
point. 

The  fuze  is  provided  with  a  waterproof  hood  of  thin  brass,  her- 
metically sealed.  The  hood  should  be  stripped  off  before  an  attempt 
is  made  to  set  the  fuze. 

MARKING   ON   AMMUNITION   PACKING   BOXES. 

Both  ends  and  sides  of  the  box  are  marked  with  conspicuous  char- 
acters to  facilitate  the  rapid  identification  of  the  ammunition  con- 
tained therein.  The  conspicuous  marking  consists  of  the  following 
symbols : 


3G* 


The  ordnance  insignia  (flaming  shell)  is  always  in  red  for  mobile 
artillery  ammunition.  The  numeral  "  3  "  refers  to  the  caliber,  and 
the  letter  "G"  differentiates  ammunition  for  the  3-inch  field  gun 
from  ammunition  for  the  3-inch  mountain  howitzer.  The  numeral 
"  3  "  and  the  letter  "  G  "  are  in  red  for  high-explosive  shrapnel  and 
in  black  for  common  steel  shell. 

The  star  when 'present  in  the  conspicuous  marking  indicates  that 
the  projectiles  are  provided  with  tracers.  A  red  star  indicates  a 
night  tracer  and  a  black  star  a  day  tracer. 


• 


47 

In  addition  to  the  conspicuous  marking  the  quantity  and  type  of 
ammunition  are  indicated  without  symbols  by  the  marking,  "  4  fixed 
common  shrapnel,"  etc.,  so  that  in  case  one  is  not  familiar  with  the 
conspicuous  marking  system  he  can  immediately  ascertain  the  key 
by  this  additional  marking.  Similarly,  the  word  "  Tracer  "  is  added 
in  amplification  of  the  star  symbol. 

Also  on  both  ends  of  the  box  the  word  "  Lot,"  followed  by  a  num- 
ber, appears.  This  refers  to  the  ammunition  lot,  and  in  case  of  any 
trouble  arising  with  regard  to  the  functioning  of  the  ammunition 
this  lot  number  should  be  quoted  in  the  report. 

On  the  sides  of  the  box  similar  markings  are  found,  accompanied 
by  a  pictorial  stenciled  symbol  indicating  the  type  of  projectile,  the 
tracers,  and  the  fact  that  the  ammunition  is  fixed. 

For  blank  ammunition  when  packed  assembled  the  numeral  "  3  " 
and  the  letter  "  G  "  are  in  blue. 

SUBCALIBER  CARTRIDGE. 

[Plate  VII.] 

The  subcaliber  cartridge  is  used  for  subcaliber  practice.  It  con- 
sists of  a  .30-caliber  rifle  barrel  21.32  inches  long,  mounted  axially 
in  a  bronze  subcaliber  cartridge  case,  and  resembles  in  weight  and 
exterior  dimensions  the  ammunition  regularly  used  with  the  gun. 
The  breech  end  of  the  rifle  barrel  is  screwed  into  the  base  of  the  sub- 
caliber  cartridge,  while  the  muzzle  end  is  threaded  to  take  the  ogival- 
shaped  head,  which  accurately  fits  the  bore  at  the  front  end  of  the 
subcaliber  cartridge  case  and  is  capable  of  longitudinal  motion  to 
allow  for  expansion  of  the  barrel.  Two  steel  ejector  springs  are  each 
assembled  to  the  base  by  an  ejector-spring  screw. 

During  subcaliber  practice  the  extractor  of  the  gun  will  be  removed 
in  order  to  prevent  the  breechblock  from  defacing  the  base  of  the 
subcaliber  cartridge.  The  subcaliber  cartridge  is  inserted  and  pushed 
home  in  the  gun.  The  subcaliber  cartridge,  caliber  .30,  is  then  in- 
serted in  the  chamber  of  the  subcaliber  barrel  until  its  rim  comes  in 
contact  with  the  ejector  springs.  The  breech  of  the  gun  is  closed, 
the  face  of  the  breechblock  coming  in  contact  with  the  subcaliber 
cartridge,  caliber  .30,  shoves  it  to  its  seat,  compressing  the  ejector 
springs.  When  the  breech  is  opened  the  ejector  springs  throw  the 
case  of  the  subcaliber  cartridge,  caliber  .30,  far  enough  to  the  rear  to 
permit  its  removal  by  the  fingers. 

The  ammunition  for  United  States  magazine  rifles  of  any  model 
must  not  be  used  in  subcaliber  cartridges,  the  primers  not  being 
adapted  for  the  blow  of  the  firing  pins  of  cannon.  A  special  caliber 
.30  cartridge  has  been  adopted  for  this  purpose,  and  requisition  for 
subcaliber  ammunition  should  call  for  "  subcaliber  cartridges,  cali- 
ber .30," 


As  the  residue  of  smokeless  powder,  if  not  completely  removed, 
corrodes  the  bore  in  a  short  time,  the  subcaliber  cartridges  should  be 
carefully  cleaned  after  use.  The  bore  should  be  cleaned  with  a  rag 
saturated  with  soda  water  (one-half  pound  sal  soda  to  1  gallon  boil- 
ing water)  and  wiped  thoroughly  dry  with  a  clean  rag.  Then  oil  the 
bore  with  a  light  coating  of  light  slushing  oil  or  other  suitable  oil. 

DRILL    CARTRIDGE. 
[Plate  VII.] 

The  "  drill  cartridge  "  is  a  dummy  cartridge  for  use  in  drilling  can- 
noneers in  the  service  of  the  gun.  It  is  a  bronze  casting  of  the  shape 
of  the  service  shrapnel  ammunition  and  is  fitted  at  the  point  with  a 
movable  ring  graduated  the  same  as  the  ring  upon  the  Frankford 
Arsenal  21-second  combination  fuze.  This  arrangement  is  for  the 
instruction  of  cannoneers  in  fuse  setting. 

SUBCALIBER    AND    DRILL    CARTRIDGE    KIT. 


The  subcaliber  and  drill  cartridge  kit  consists  of- 


3  drill  cartridges,  1  extra  base. 

1  subcaliber  cartridge. 

2  ejector  springs. 

2  ejector-spring  screws. 

1  cleaning  rod. 

1  eyepiece. 

1  extension  piece. 


1  pin  wrench. 
1  storage  chest. 
6  rotating  pins. 

1  graduated  ring  with  felt  washer. 
4  ring  screws. 

2  closing  cap  set  screws. 
6  stop  pins. 


1  bristle-cleaning  brush. 

One  subcaliber  and  drill  cartridge  kit  is  issued  for  each  gun. 

ALLOWANCE  OF  AMMUNITION. 

Shell  and  shrapnel  ammunition  is  issued  by  the  Ordnance  Depart- 
ment in  moisture-proof  tin  packing  cans  hermetically  sealed  and 
placed  in  wooden  or  metal  packing  boxes,  4  rounds  per  box.  A  load 
for  a  four-mule  Army  wagon  varies  from  23  to  28  boxes,  and  for  a 
six-mule  wagon  from  32  to  37  boxes,  depending  upon  the  condition 
of  the  roads. 

The  annual  allowance  of  ammunition  for  the  instruction  of  Field 
Artillery  is  prescribed  from  time  to  time  in  War  Department  orders. 
These  orders  give  full  information  as  to  the  allowance  of  fixed  and 
blank  ammunition  for  the  3-inch  guns,  drill  cartridges,  subcaliber 
cartridges,  revolvers,  and  shotguns  and  care  of  the  same,  disposition 
of  empty  shells,  etc. 

BLANK  AMMUNITION. 

Blank  metallic  ammunition  is  for  use  in  salute  firing,  morning  and 
evening  gun  firing,  maneuver  firing,  etc.,  and  consists  of  the  follow- 
ing components:  A  brass  cartridge  case,  a  percussion  primer,  a 
charge  of  black  powder,  and  a  tight-fitting  felt  wad. 


49 

THE   CARTRIDGE  CASE. 

The  cartridge  case  for  blank  ammunition  for  the  3-inch  field  gun 
is  identical  with  the  service  cartridge  case.  Cartridge  cases  are  issued 
unprimed,  and  primers  should  not  be  inserted  until  the  ammunition 
is  to  be  prepared  for  use. 

Cartridge  cases  that  have  become  deformed  in  service  should  be 
turned  in  to  the  posts  or  arsenals  designated  in  current  orders  for 
resizing  and  re-forming. 

THE  PRIMER. 

The  saluting  primer  (percussion)  is  used  in  the  preparation  of 
blank  metallic  ammunition  for  the  3-inch  field  gun.  The  primer 
should  be  a  tight  fit  in  the  primer  seat  in  the  cartridge  case,  and  must 
be  pressed  into  place  with  the  primer- inserting  press  provided  for  the 
purpose,  and  not  hammered  in.  No  primer  should  be  used  that  is  not 
a  tight  fit  in  its  seat  in  the  case. 

Cartridge  cases  should  be  primed  just  before  the  insertion  of  the 
powder  charge,  and  under  no  circumstances  will  primers  be  inserted 
after  the  powder  charge  has  been  inserted. 

Primers  are  issued  in  hermetically  sealed  tin  boxes,  which  should 
not  be  broken  open  until  the  primers  are  to  be  used,  as  they  deterio- 
rate when  exposed  to  atmospheric  influences. 

THE   CHARGE. 

The  charge  to  be  used  in  the  preparation  of  blank  metallic  ammu- 
nition for  the  3-inch  field  gun  is  1£  pounds  of  saluting  powder. 

PREPARATION   OF  BLANK   METALLIC   AMMUNITION. 

Blank  metallic  ammunition  will  be  assembled  at  posts  or  in  the 
field  under  the  personal  supervision  of  a  commissioned  officer,  who 
will  be  held  responsible  that  it  is  prepared  in  the  manner  prescribed. 
(G.  O.  9,  War  Dept.,  Jan.  11, 1908.) 

For  this  purpose  there  are  issued  blank-cartridge  cases,  black  pow- 
der in  bulk,  tight-fitting  felt  wads,  rubberine,  or  other  quick- drying 
paint,  primers,  etc. 

Before  assembling  the  cartridge  cases  should  be  carefully  inspected 
to  see  that  they  are  in  sound  condition  and  thoroughly  clean  and  dry. 
They  should  also  be  tested  by  trying  them  in  the  gun,  to  determine 
whether  they  have  become  deformed.  Any  cases  that  do  not  readily 
enter  the  chamber  in  the  gun  or  that  are  otherwise  seriously  deformed 
should  be  laid  aside  for  resizing.  After  inspecting  the  cartridge  cases 
the  blank  ammunition  should  be  prepared  as  follows : 

(a)  Insert  the  primers  with  the  primer-inserting  press. 

(&)  Pour  into  the  cartridge  case  the  proper  weight  of  black  powder 
and  shake  it  down  well. 


50 

(c)  Insert  the  felt  wad  and  press  it  down  hard  until  it  rests  squarely 
on  the  powder  charge. 

(d)  Give  the  upper  surface  of  the  felt  wad  and  the  inside  of  the 
cartridge  case  just  above  the  wad  a  good  coat  of  the  rubberine  or 
other  quick-drying  paint  furnished  for  the  purpose,  using  a  brush, 
and  allow  the  case  to  stand  until  this  coat  is  dry.    Then  apply  another 
coat  of  rubberine  paint  in  a  similar  manner.     The  object  of  using 
rubberine  paint,  which  is  strongly  adhesive,  is  to  thoroughly  seal  the 
joint  between  the  wad  and  the  case  to  prevent  any  powder  grains  from 
leaking  out^  and  at  the  same  time  to  firmly  hold  the  wad  in  place. 

PRECAUTIONS  TO  BE  OBSERVED. 

Firings  with  blank  metallic  ammunition  will  be  greatly  facilitated 
by  a  careful  observance  of  the  following: 

Before  all  firings  a  careful  examination  should  be  made  of  the 
assembled  rounds  to  see  that  the  felt  wads  have  not  become  displaced 
or  the  cartridge  cases  dented  or  deformed  by  careless  handling.  If 
the  cartridge  cases  have  been  properly  resized  and  are  clean,  no  diffi- 
culty should  be  experienced  in  inserting  them  in  the  gun,  provided 
the  chamber  of  the  latter  is  clean.  The  continued  insertion  of  car- 
tridge cases  that  are  not  clean  causes  an  accumulation  in  the  gun 
chamber  which  may  make  the  insertion  of  subsequent  rounds  difficult 
or  impossible. 

In  firing  blank  ammunition  the  gun  chamber  will  be  sponged  after 
each  round  with  a  damp  sponge,  to  extinguish  sparks  and  remove 
powder  residue  resulting  from  the  previous  round,  before  the  inser- 
tion of  another  round. 

Care  will  be  taken  to  see  that  the  sponges  are  not  worn  and  that 
they  thoroughly  fit  the  chamber.  The  interval  between  rounds  in 
firing  blank  ammunition  should  be  sufficient  to  allow  thorough  spong- 
ing of  the  chamber  and  examination  to  ascertain  that  all  sparks  have 
been  extinguished. 

Wads  for  the  preparation  of  blank  metallic  ammunition  are  made 
to  tightly  fit  in  the  cartridge  case.  Xo  wads  should  be  used  that  are 
not  a  tight  fit  in  the  case. 

CARE  OF  CARTRIDGE  CASES. 

As  soon  after  firing  as  practicable  the  exploded  primers  should  be 
removed  from  the  cartridge  case  by  means  of  the  decapping  tool  fur- 
nished with  the  reloading  outfit.  The  case  should  then  be  thoroughly 
washed  in  a  strong  solution  of  soft  soap  and  soda  to  remove  all 
powder  residue.  It  should  then  be  thoroughly  dried. 

Before  firing  a  salute  with  blank  metallic  ammunition  all  the 
cartridges  to  be  used  should  be  inserted  in  the  gun  to  ascertain  if  they 


51 

will  fit.  In  preparing  ammunition  for  salutes,  a  few  rounds  in  addi- 
tion to  the  required  number  should  be  prepared  for  use  in  case  of 
misfires.  Lightly  oiling  the  outside  of  cartridge  cases  just  before  use 
will  facilitate  their  insertion  and  extraction. 

If  the  cartridge  cases  are  carefully  cleaned  and  washed  immedi- 
ately after  firing,  not  only  will  less  labor  be  required  but  the  life  of 
the  cartridge  case  will  be  greatly  prolonged. 

A  good  solution  for  washing  cartridge  cases  may  be  prepared  by 
using  ingredients  in  the  following  proportions:  1  gallon  of  water, 
2£  ounces  soft  soap,  5J  ounces  soda.  The  mixture  should  be  boiled 
and  stirred  until  the  ingredients  are  entirely  dissolved. 

In  washing  cartridge  cases  this  solution  should  be  used  hot  and  in 
sufficient  quantity  to  completely  immerse  the  cases. 

Neither  acids  nor  solutions  of  acids  will  be  used  for  cleaning  car- 
tridge cases. 

THE    RELOADING    AND    CLEANING    OUTFIT. 

This  outfit  consists  of  the  following  parts,  and  is  furnished  to 
each  battery  and  to  each  post  where  a  saluting  gun  is  kept: 


Primer-inserting  press,  small. 

Bushing. 

Powder  measure,  saluting. 

Decapping  tool,  with  guide. 


Hammer. 
Case  holder. 
Case-holder  stand. 
Storage  chest. 


Cleaning  brush. 

The  bushing  is  used  in  the  primer-inserting  press  for  the  insertion 
of  new  primers. 

The  decapping  tool  and  case  holder  and  stand  are  used  for  remov- 
ing exploded  primers  from  the  cartridge  cases.  A  light  blow  on  the 
rod  with  a  piece  of  wood  or  the  bronze  hammer  generally  removes 
the  primer. 

A  powder  measure  to  suit  the  saluting  charge  for  the  gun  is  fur- 
nished, and  when  level  full  holds  the  required  charge. 

The  cleaning  brush  is  furnished  for  cleaning  the  cartridge  cases 
after  they  have  been  used  and  should  be  ordered  to  suit  the  size  of 
case  for  which  intended. 


MISFIRES    AND    HANGFIRES. 


"Misfires"  and  "hangfires"  are  of  exceedingly  rare  occurrence  with 
this  ammunition.  In  case  of  the  failure  of  the  cartridge  to  fire  when 
the  trigger  is  pulled  the  breechblock  should  not  be  opened  until  after 
the  expiration  of  at  least  one  minute.  The  gun  may  be  immediately 
recocked  without  opening  the  breech  mechanism  and  the  cartridge 
tried  again  (but  the  recocking  should  be  done  by  means  of  a  lanyard 
engaging  the  recocking  ring  of  the  cap  of  the  firing  pin)  ;  in  doing 


52 


this,  care  should  be  taken  that  all  parts  of  the  body  are  out  of  the  line 
of  recoil  of  the  gun.  Defective  cartridges  and  primers  should  be 
reported. 

FUZE  SETTERS,  MODEL  OF  1905  M. 
[Plate  VIII.] 

The  fuze  setter  is  a  device  for  the  rapid  and  accurate  setting  of 
fuzes  for  various  ranges  and  heights  of  burst. 

Ammunition  fitted  with  three  types  of  fuzes  are  now  in  service^ 
namely  : 

(a)  F.  A.  fuze,  model  of  1907. — After  exhaustion  this  type  will 
not  be  replaced. 

(b)  F.  A.  fuse,  model  of  1907  M. — This  fuze  is  the  same  as  F.  A. 
fuze,  model  of  1907,  except  that  the  fuze  is  provided  with  a  fixed  pin 
instead  of  a  slot  in  the  fuze  body,  and  the  fuze  setter  is  provided 
with  a  fixed  pin  instead  of  a  spring  plunger. 

(c)  Ehrhardt. — The  fuzes  are  assembled  in  Ehrhardt  high-explo- 
sive shrapnel. 

New  range  rings  for  F.  A.  fuzes,  models  of  1907  and  1907  M,  are 
being  issued.  These  range  rings  will  replace  all  range  rings  marked 
"  F.  A.  fuze,  model  of  1907  "  and  "  F.  A.  fuze,  model  of  1907  M." 
On  the  face  side  they  are  graduated  to  6,400  yards  and  marked 
"  Kange  ring,  model  of  1912;  for  3-inch  F.  G."  This  side  should  be 
used  with  F.  A.  fuzes,  models  of  1907  and  1907  M.  The  reverse  side 
of  these  rings  is  graduated  to  6,400  yards  and  marked  "  Ehrhardt, 
1911,"  and  will  be  used  as  indicated.  The  least  division  on  each  side 
is  50  yards,  and  they  are  figured  at  each  500  yards. 

In  assembling  the  range  ring  to  the  fuze  setter  the  accuracy  should 
be  proved  by  setting  a  fuze  with  the  fuze  setter  and  verifying  the 
result.  Cards  for  recording  the  results  of  tests  of  fuze  setters  are 
furnished  by  the  Ordnance  Department  on  which  the  following  prob- 
lems are  given.  To  check  the  fuze  setter,  set  range  ring  and  corrector 
scale  to  readings  given,  set  the  fuze  with  the  fuze  setter,  and  com- 
pare the  setting  of  the  fuze  with  the  calculated  setting  below. 

Use  shrapnel  and  not  a  drill  cartridge  in  making  the  test. 


- 
Range  ring. 

Corrector 
scale. 

Calculated  fuze  setting. 

Ehrhardt 
fuze,  1911. 

21-sec.  fuze. 

0 
2,000 
3,750 
5,500 

1! 

45.0 
30.0 

0 
5.71 
8.92 
16.76 

0 
5.99 
9.22 
16.  95 

Bracket  .Fuze  Seller 
, 


fainter  Arm  arid  Plate(Correctcr  Index) 

Range  <5"cale  Index. 
Corrector  £cale 

Corrector  Worm  Case. 

— Corrector  Worm  withJCnob. 

Jlotatiny  Pin  Notch 
V Stop 


nffe  Worm  with  CranJc 
—  Corrector  Worm  with  Jfnob 


>  -----  f/amplny  Solts  and  Mu 


Hand  Fuze  Setter. 

Range  Ring— 


\-Base 

-Rotating Pin Notch. 

-  .RangeRingCarrier 


53 

The  corrector  scale  is  graduated  into  60  equal  divisions  and  is 
numbered  each  10  divisions.  It  is  used  to  vary  the  height  of  burst 
of  shrapnel  and  to  compensate  errors  made  in  determining  the  angle 
of  sight  and  variations  in  the  rate  of  burning  of  the  time  train  of  the 
fuze.  In  use  the  battery  commander  indicates  the  corrector  reading 
desired.  The  division  corresponding  to  30  is  the  middle  of  the  scale 
and  indicates  the  normal  height  of  burst  of  3  mils  under  normal 
conditions. 

Should  it  be  desired  to  increase  the  height  of  burst  an  increased 
corrector  scale  reading  is  required,  and  for  a  lower  burst  a  decreased 
reading  is  required.  It  should  be  noted  that  an  increased  corrector 
reading  corresponds  to  a  decreased  range  and  a  decreased  corrector 
reading  corresponds  to  an  increased  range. 

THE  BRACKET  FUZE.  SETTER,   MODEL  OF    1905    M. 

The  bracket  fuze  setter  is  attached  to  the  rear  end  of  the  fuze-setter 
bracket  on  the  caisson.  It  consists  of  the  following  principal  parts: 
Base,  housing,  corrector-worm  case,  guide,  and  range  and  corrector 
worms,  rings,  and  scales. 

The  base  is  attached  to  the  fuze-setter  bracket  by  four  bolts.  The 
housing,  the  corrector- worm  case,  and  the  guide  are  each  secured  to 
the  base  by  screws.  These  are  the  fixed  parts  of  the  instrument.  The 
housing  forms  a  cover  for  the  movable  parts  and  affords  a  seat  for 
the  range  worm.  In  the  corrector-worm  case  are  formed  bearings  for 
the  corrector  worm. 

The  corrector  ring  and  the  range-ring  worm  wheel  (which  carries 
the  range  ring)  are  the  movable  parts  of  the  fuze  setter.  When 
assembled,  the  interior  surfaces  of  these  two  rings,  in  connection  with 
the  bore  of  the  fuze-setter  base,  form  a  socket,  shaped  to  fit  the 
exterior  of  the  combination  fuzes. 

Upon  a  portion  of  the  exterior  of  the  corrector  ring  is  formed  a 
segment  of  a  worm  wheel  meshing  with  the  worm  seated  in  a  fixed 
part  of  the  instrument  (the  corrector- worm  case), so  that  turning  the 
worm  rotates  the  corrector  ring.  A  notch  is  cut  in  the  inner  surface 
of  the  corrector  ring  to  take  the  rotating  pin,  which  projects  from  the 
graduated  time-train  ring  of  the  fuze.  The  pointer  arm  attached  to 
the  corrector  ring  carries  at  its  upper  end  flush  with  the  upper  surface 
of  the  fuze  setter  the  pointer  plate  which  is  an  index  for  the  corrector 
scale.  Suitable  manipulation  of  the  corrector  worm  moves  the  cor- 
rector ring  until  the  index  is  set  at  any  desired  division  of  the  scale. 

The  range-ring  worm  wheel  is  located  within  the  housing  and  is 
mounted  on  the  corrector- worm  case  and  ring,  and  the  worm  wheel 
formed  on  its  exterior  surface  meshes  with  the  range  worm,  seated  in 
bearings  in  the  housing.  The  range  ring  is  attached  by  four  screws 
to  the  upper  surface  of  the  range-ring  worm  wheel  and  located  by  a 

102614—17 5 


54 

pin.    This  ring  may  therefore  be  set  at  any  desired  reading  by  suit- 
able manipulation  of  the  range  worm. 

Some  of  the  earlier  bracket  fuze  setters  of  model  1905  are  provided 
with  two  corrector  scales,  one  for  "Ehrhardt"  and  the  other  for 
"  F.  A.  and  Krupp "  fuzes,  each  plainly  marked.  The  outer  or 
Ehrhardt  corrector  scale  is  no  longer  used  and  is  being  removed  when 
fuze  setters  are  turned  in  for  repairs.  The  inner  or  F.  A.  and  Krupp 
scale  is  attached  by  screws  to  the  housing  and  is  used  with  ammuni- 
tion having  F.  A.  fuzes,  models  of  1907  and  1907  M  and  Ehrhardt 
fuzes,  1911. 

The  range  ring  is  set  for  a  given  range  when  the  division  indicating 
that  range  is  in  line  with  the  range-scale  index,  which  is  the  central 
divison  on  the  corrector  scale  (not  the  corrector  index).  The  cor- 
rector scale  is  set  for  a  given  correction  when  the  corrector  index 
(which  is  movable)  is  opposite  the  specified  division  of  the  corrector 
scale. 

When  0  on  the  range  ring  is  set  opposite  the  range-scale  index, 
which  is  engraved  on  the  corrector  scale,  and  the  pointer-arm  index 
is  opposite  30  on  the  corrector  scale,  the  fuze  will  be  set  at  0.  When 
setting  a  fuze  to  explode  on  impact  or  for  safe  transportation  the 
"  S  "  on  the  range  ring  should  be  set  opposite  the  range-scale  index 
and  the  pointer-arm  index  set  opposite  30  on  the  corrector  scale. 
Great  care  should  be  exercised  in  making  this  setting. 

To  use  the  bracket  fuze  setter,  set  the  range  ring  and  corrector 
scale  at  the  range  and  correction  ordered  by  turning  their  respective 
worms ;  remove  the  weatherproof  cover  on  the  fuze  by  ripping  off  the 
soldering  strip ;  place  the  point  of  the  projectile  in  the  fuze  setter  with 
the  rotating  pin  of  the  graduated  time-train  ring  engaging  its  notch 
in  the  corrector  ring;  hold  the  projectile  against  the  guide,  and  while 
pressing  the  fuze  firmly  into  the  fuze-setter  socket  turn  the  projectile 
in  a  clockwise  direction  until  the  stop  brings  up  against  the  side  of  the 
fixed  stop  pin  in  the  body.  Especial  care  must  be  taken  to  always 
rotate  the  projectile  in  a  clockwise  direction. 

When  not  in  use  it  should  be  secured  in  its  traveling  position  and 
protected  by  the  fuze-setter  cover  issued  for  this  purpose.  The  earlier 
models  of  both  bracket  and  hand  fuze  setters  were  fitted  with  a 
spring  plunger  to  engage  with  a  notch  in  the  body  of  the  fuze  in  order 
to  limit  the  setting  of  the  fuze.  In  the  model  of  1905  M  the  spring 
plunger  has  been  replaced  by  a  fixed  stop. 

The  range  worm,  range-ring  worm  wheel,  corrector  worm,  and  cor- 
rector ring  should  be  removed  from  time  to  time  and  thoroughly 
cleaned  and  oiled.  To  disassemble,  remove  the  taper  pin  from  the 
crank  and  the  crank  from  the  range  worm;  withdraw  the  worm. 
Unscrew  the  four  housing  screws  and  remove  the  housing  and  the 
range-ring  worm  wheel.  Drive  out  the  taper  pin  from  the  corrector- 


55 

worm  knob ;  remove  the  knob  from  the  corrector  worm  and  withdraw 
the  corrector  worm.  Unscrew  the  worm-case  screws,  and  remove  the 
corrector-worm  case.  Remove  the  corrector  ring  from  base.  Clean 
thoroughly,  grease  the  worms  and  the  gears,  oil  the  bearings  for 
worms,  and  assemble  in  reverse  order. 

THE  HAND  FUZE  SETTER,  MODEL.  OF   1905  M. 

The  hand  fuze  setter  is  provided  for  the  same  purpose  as  the  bracket 
fuze  setter,  and  is  intended  to  supplement  the  latter.  One  hand 
fuze  setter  is  issued  in  a  leather  case  and  is  carried  in  the  trail  box 
of  each  gun.  It  is  intended  for  use  in  case  the  bracket  fuze  setter 
should  become  disabled,  or  in  case  the  gun  should  for  any  reason  be 
separated  from  its  caissons. 

The  names  of  the  parts  of  the  hand  fuze  setter  and  the  manner  in 
which  they  are  assembled  are  shown  in  Plate  VIII. 

The  corrector  scale  of  the  hand  fuze  setter  is  for  the  same  purpose 
as  that  of  the  bracket  fuze  setter,  but,  unlike  the  latter,  is  incapable 
of  adjustment  independently  of  the  range  ring.  In  use,  the  range 
and  correction  having  been  ordered,  the  graduation  line  correspond- 
ing to  the  designated  range  is  set  opposite  the  graduation  line  cor- 
responding to  the  designated  correction. 

A  new  design  of  corrector  scale  with  sliding  index  has  been  adopted 
and  will  be  issued  to  replace  all  of  the  old  design.  In  use,  the  range 
and  corrector  setting  having  been  ordered,  the  sliding  index  is  set  at 
the  designated  corrector  setting  and  the  graduation  line  correspond- 
ing to  the  range  is  set  opposite  the  fiducial  edge  of  the  index.  This 
will  require  that  whenever  the  corrector  or  range  is  changed  the 
fuze  setter  must  be  undamped  and  a  new  setting  made. 

To  use  the  hand  fuze  setter,  loosen  the  clamp  screw,  set  the  range 
ring  at  the  range  and  correction  ordered,  and  clamp;  remove  the 
waterproof  cover  of  the  fuze ;  place  the  fuze  setter  over  the  point  of 
the  projectile  and  turn  in  a  clockwise  direction  until  the  rotating 
pin  of  the  graduating  time-train  ring  engages  in  the  notch  provided 
for  it ;  then  press  firmly  down  on  the  fuze  setter  and  continue  to  turn 
in  a  clockwise  direction  until  the  stop  pin  in  the  fuze  setter  engages 
with  the  fixed  stop  pin  in  fuze  body  and  prevents  further  rotation. 
Especial  care  must  be  taken  to  rotate  the  fuze  setter  in  a  clockwise 
direction. 

The  hand  fuze  setter  should  be  disassembled  from  time  to  time  and 
thoroughly  cleaned  and  oiled.  To  disassemble :  Remove  the  corrector- 
scale  mechanism,  unscrew  the  clamp  screw,  remove  the  clamp  shoe. 
Remove  plug,  unscrew  the  base  from  the  case,  withdraw  the  range- 
ring  carrier  with  range  ring  and  handle  from  the  case.  Clean  thor- 
oughly, oil,  and  assemble  in  reverse  order.  To  turn  over  the  range 
ring  it  is  necessary  to  remove  the  handle  from  the  range-ring  carrier 


56 

by  removing  the  six  handle  screws  and  then  remove  the  four  range- 
ring  screws. 

The  corrector  scale  with  the  sliding  index  must  not  be  removed 
from  the  scale,  as  small  parts  may  be  lost  and  difficulty  will  be 
experienced  in  reassembling. 

HAND  FUZE  SETTER,   MODEL  OF    1912. 


The  hand  fuze  setter  is  a  device  for  rapid  and  accurate  setting  of 
the  fuze  for  various  ranges  and  heights  of  burst.  Plate  VIII  shows 
assembled  and  sectional  views  and  designation  of  parts.  The  prin- 
cipal parts  are  the  case,  the  range-index  mechanism,  range  mecha- 
nism, correction  mechanism,  and  guide  plate. 

The  case  forms  a  housing  for  the  movable  parts  and  provides  seats 
for  the  worm  cases  and  the  index  bar.  The  slot,  cut  in  the  top  of  the 
case,  limits  the  movement  of  the  projecting  segment  of  the  corrector- 
scale  support  which  carries  the  corrector  scale.  The  serrated  rim 
forms  a  handle  for  turning.  The  arrow  engraved  upon  the  top  and 
lower  center  edge  of  the  case  coincides  with  the  graduations  of  the 
corrector  scale.  Two  oil-hole  screws  are  located  in  the  case  directly 
under  the  serrated  rim  on  both  right  and  left  sides  and  identified  by 
the  word  "  Oil." 

The  range-index  mechanism  consists  principally  of  the  index  bar, 
range  index,  index  plunger,  and  index  spring.  The  index  bar  is 
retained  in  its  seat,  located  in  the  case  directly  above  the  range-ring 
corrector-scale  screws.  On  this  scale  is  graduated  120  equal  divisions, 
50  minutes  apart,  numbered  every  10  divisions.  Graduation  num- 
bered 30  is  the  normal  or  zero  position  and  is  indicated  by  an  arrow. 
The  word  "  Turn  "  and  an  arrow  engraved  upon  the  corrector  scale 
indicates  the  direction  the  fuze  setter  must  be  turned  when  setting 
a  fuze.  A  pointer  is  riveted  and  soldered  to  the  top  of  the  corrector 
scale  in  a  certain  position  to  coincide  with  the  graduated  line  on  the 
closing  cap  of  the  fuze. 

The  range-ring  carrier  is  seated  in  the  corrector-scale  support. 
The  worm  teeth  mesh  with  the  threads  of  the  worm  on  the  right  side 
of  the  fuze  setter.  The  slot,  which  is  cut  in  the  bottom  side  of  the 
range-ring  carrier,  engages  with  the  rotating  pin  in  the  graduated 
time-train  ring  of  the  fuze.  The  interior  is  conical  in  shape  to  suit 
the  exterior  of  the  fuze. 

The  corrector-scale  support  is  held  within  the  case  by  the  guide 
plate.  The  worm  teeth  mesh  with  the  threads  of  the  worm  on  the 
left  side  of  the  fuze  setter.  The  movement  of  the  corrector-scale 
support  is  limited  in  both  directions  by  the  slot  in  the  case.  The 
stop  pin  is  secured  in  the  interior  of  the  corrector-scale  support  by 
the  stop-pin  screw  and  engages  with  the  fixed  stop  pin  in  the  body 
of  the  fuze  to  limit  the  movement  of  the  fuze  setter. 


57 

The  worms  are  mounted  eccentrically  in  the  worm  cases  which 
when  turned  provide  an  adjustment  to  take  up  the  wear  between  the 
worm  teeth  of  the  range-ring  carrier  or  corrector-scale  support  and 
the  threads  of  their  respective  worm.  The  worm  cases  have  screw- 
driver slots  at  their  rear  ends,  which  are  provided  for  adjusting  and 
are  locked  in  position  by  the  worm-case  clamp  plugs,  which  are 
secured  by  the  worm-case  clamp  screws.  The  worm-adjusting  screws 
have  fiber  washers  fitted  in  their  ends  that  bear  upon  the  collars  of 
the  worms  for  taking  up  end  motion  and  to  provide  sufficient  fric- 
tion to  resist  accidental  turning.  A  screw-driver  slot  is  located  at 
their  front  end  for  adjusting.  The  worm-adjusting  screws  are  locked 
in  position  by  the  worm-adjusting  screw  clamp  plugs  which  are 
secured  by  the  worm-adjusting  screw  clamp  screws.  The  worm 
knobs  are  secured  to  the  worms  by  taper  pins.  The  exterior  of  the 
worm  knobs  is  straight  knurled  to  facilitate  turning.  The  guide  plate 
is  screwed  in  its  threaded  seat  in  the  bottom  of  the  case  and  retained 
in  position  by  the  guide-plate  lock  screw. 

DISASSEMBLING   AND   ASSEMBLING. 

To  disassemble  remove  the  index-bar  mechanism,  which  is  held 
in  place  by  two  index-bar  screws.  Take  out  the  three  range-ring 
screws  and  the  two  corrector-scale  screws  and  remove  the  range 
ring  and  the  corrector  scale.  Remove  the  guide-plate  lock  screw 
and  unscrew  the  guide  plate,  using  a  teat  wrench.  To  remove  the 
worm  knobs  from  the  worms  drive  out  the  taper  pins.  Loosen  the 
worm-adjusting  screw  clamp  screws  which  release  the  worm-adjust- 
ing screw  clamp  by  two  index-bar  screws  and  forms  a  slide  for  the 
range  index.  The  V-shaped  notches  in  the  index  bar  are  marked 
with  numbers  1,  2,  and  3  with  the  word  "  zone,"  which  agree  with 
the  zones  of  the  range  ring.  The  range  index  sliding  upon  the 
index  bar  is  held  in  position  by  the  index  spring  forcing  the  index 
plunger  into  the  V-shaped  notches  of  the  index  bar. 

The  range  mechanism  consists  principally  of  the  range  ring, 
range-ring  carrier,  worm,  worm  case,  worm-adjusting  screw,  and 
worm  knob. 

The  correction  mechanism  consists  principally  of  the  corrector 
scale,  corrector-scale  support,  worm,  worm  case,  worm- ad  justing 
screw,  and  worm  knob. 

The  range  ring  is  located  upon  the  range-ring  carrier  by  a  steel 
dowel  pin  and  secured  in  position  by  three  range-ring  screws.  The 
outer  zone  or  zone  3  is  graduated  for  the  "  21-second  fuze  "  and  the 
middle  zone  or  zone  2  is  graduated  for  the  "  Ehrhardt  fuze,  1911." 
Both  scales  are  graduated  for  ranges  of  6,400  yards ;  least  division  is 
50  yards  and  numbered  every  500  yards.  The  data  for  graduating 


58 

the  range  ring  is  computed  from  actual  corrected  firings  and  then  cor- 
rected for  a  suitable  height  of  burst  of  3  mils.  The  graduated 
surface  is  sand  blasted  and  lacquered. 

The  corrector  scale  is  mounted  upon  the  projected  segment  of 
the  corrector-scale  support  and  secured  by  two  plugs.  Remove  the 
worm-adjusting  screws.  The  worms  can  now  be  removed  by  turn- 
ing. The  corector-scale  support  and  range-ring  carrier  can  then  be 
removed.  To  remove  the  worm  cases,  loosen  the  worm-case  clamp 
screws,  which  release  the  worm-case  clamp  plugs. 

Assemble  in  reverse  order. 


ADJUSTMENT. 


Backlash  or  lost  motion  may  appear  between  the  collars  of  the 
worms  and  the  fiber  washers  endwise;  between  the  worm  teeth  of 
the  range-ring  carriers  or  the  corrector-scale  support  and  the  threads 
of  their  respective  worms. 

To  remove  the  end  backlash,  loosen  the  worm-adjusting  screw 
clamp  screw,  which  releases  the  worm-adjusting  screw  clamp  plug; 
then  turn  the  worm-adjusting  screws  clockwise,  using  a  screw  driver, 
until  the  end  play  is  removed  and  there  is  sufficient  friction  to  prevent 
accidental  turning  of  the  worms.  The  worm- ad  justing  screw  clamp 
plugs  must  be  firmly  clamped  after  adjusting,  by  tightening  the 
worm-adjusting  clamp  screws,  which  secures  the  worm- ad  justing 
screws  against  rotation. 

Should  backlash  appear  between  the  worm  teeth  of  the  range- 
ring  carrier  or  the  corrector-scale  support  and  the  threads  of  their 
respective  worms,  it  can  readily  be  removed  by  loosening  the  worm- 
case  clamp  screws,  which  release  the  worm-case  clamp  plugs,  and 
then  turning  the  worm  cases,  using  a  screw  driver  in  a  slot  at  the 
rear  end,  in  which  the  worms  are  eccentrically  mounted,  so  as  to 
bring  the  worms  in  closer  contact  with  the  worm  teeth.  The  worm- 
case  clamp  plugs  must  be  firmly  clamped  after  adjusting  by  tighten- 
ing the  worm-case  clamp  screws  which  secure  the  worm  cases  against 
rotation. 

OPERATION. 

First.  Set  the  range  index  on  the  index  bar  to  correspond  with 
the  fuze  to  be  used. 

Second.  Turn  the  worm  knob,  pinned  to  the  worm  and  located 
at  the  front-right  side  of  the  fuze  setter,  until  the  desired  range  on 
the  range  ring  registers  with  the  range  index. 

Third.  Turn  the  worm  knob,  pinned  to  the  worm  and  located  at 
the  front-left  side  of  the  fuze  setter,  until  the  graduated  line  on 
the  corrector  scale,  which  indicates  the  desired  correction  for  height 
of  burst,  registers  with  the  engraved  arrow  on  the  case. 


59 


The  graduation,  numbered  30  and  indicated  by  an  arrowhead,  is 
the  normal  height  of  burst  under  normal  conditions.  A  decreased 
reading  on  the  corrector  scale  decreases  the  height  of  burst  and 
increases  the  range,  and  increased  reading  increases  the  height  of 
burst  and  shortens  the  range. 

To  set  a  fuze,  remove  the  waterproof  cover,  place  the  fuze  setter 
over  the  fuze  and  turn  until  the  slot  in  the  bottom  of  the  range-ring 
carrier  engages  with  the  rotating  pin  in  the  graduated  time  train 
ring  of  the  fuze.  The  guide  plate  and  conical  interior  of  the  range- 
ring  carrier  will  then  rest  upon  the  fuze.  Turn  the  fuze  setter 
clockwise,  as  indicated  by  the  arrow  on  the  corrector  scale  until  the 
stop  pin  fastened  to  the  corrector-scale  support  engages  with  the 
fixed  stop  pin  in  the  body  of  the  fuze  and  further  motion  is  prevented. 

The  pointer,  which  is  attached  to  the  top  of  the  corrector  scale, 
should  register  with  the  gradual  line  on  the  closing  cap,  to  indicate 
that  the  stop  pin  of  the  fuze  setter  and  the  fixed-stop  pin  of  the  fuze 
are  in  contact.  This  pointer  is  added,  as  the  graduated  time  train 
ring  of  the  fuze  has  tendency  to  stick  or  to  bind  to  such  a  degree  as 
to  indicate  that  the  stop  pin  of  the  fuze  setter  and  the  fixed-stop  pin 
of  the  fuze  are  in  contact. 

Cards  for  recording  the  results  of  tests  of  the  fuze  setters  are  fur- 
nished by  the  Ordnance  Department  for  each  size  of  gun,  howitzer, 
or  mortar,  on  which  computed  problems  of  inspection  are  given  as 
indicated  below.  The  examples  given  below  are  for  3-inch  field 
gun.  The  cards  for  other  calibers  are  similar. 


Range  ring. 

Corrector 
scale. 

Computed  settings. 

Fuze  settings. 

21-sec.  fuze. 

Ehrhardt 
fuze,  1911. 

21-sec.  fuze. 

Ehrhardt 
fuze,  1911. 

0 

.2,000 
3,750 
5,500 

30 
4 
45 
30 

0 

5.99 
9.22 
16.95 

0 
5.71 
8.92 
16.76 

To  check  the  fuze  setter,  set  the  range  ring  and  corrector  scale  to 
that  tabular  readings.  Set  the  fuze  with  the  fuze  setter  and  com- 
pare the  results  with  the  computed  setting  in  the  table.  Use  shrap- 
nel and  not  a  drill  cartridge  in  making  this  test.  When  the  range 
index  registers  with  0  on  the  range  ring  and  the  corrector  scale  at  30, 
the  fuze  is  set  at  0,  and  will  explode  immediately  on  leaving  the  gun. 
When  setting  a  fuze  to  explode  on  impact,  set  the  range  index  at  S 
and  the  corrector  scale  at  30. 


CAEE   AND    PEESEEVATION. 


The  interior  of  the  fuze  setter  can  be  oiled  by  removing  the  oil- 
hole  screws ;  the  locations  are  identified  by  the  word  "  oil." 


60 


THE    3-INCH    GUN    CARRIAGE,    MODEL    OF    1902. 


Weight  of  carriage,  complete,  with  4  rounds  of  ammunition,  weighing 

75  pounds pounds—  1,685 

Weight  of  gun  and  carriage,  complete do 2,  520 

Weight  at  end  of  trail,  carriage  limbered do 115 

Diameter  of  wheels inches 56 

Width  of  track do 60 

Length  of  recoil  of  gun  on  carriage do 45 

Height  of  axis  of  gun do 40.  875 

Height  of  line  of  peep  sight do 44.  9 

Length  of  peep-sight  radius , do 36.  75 

Maximum  angle  of  elevation degrees 15 

Maximum  angle  of  depression ^_do 5 

Amount  of  traverse  of  gun  on  carriage mils 140 

Rounds  of  ammunition  carried  on  carriage 4 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS  OF  CARRIAGE. 


No. 

1 

1 
2 
2 

2 
4 
1 

1 
1 
2 
2 
8 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 

1 

1 
1 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section. 

Axle  

•      IV 

3 

Trail,  consisting  rf— 

Flasks  (right  and  left)                                       i    Form  ricrht  and  loft  Qirlo  nf  trail 

Axle  bearings  (right  and  left)    .  .  . 

Riveted  to  front  end  of  flasks,  right 
and  left. 
One  in  each  axle  bearing 

Bushings  (axle  bearing)  

Bolts  for  axle  bearing  

Clamp  bearing  to  axle 

Elevating-gear  transom  

Riveted  between  flasks 

Consisting  of— 
Transom,  front 

Forms  front  of  elevating-  gear  transom. 
Forms  rear  of  elevating-  gear  transom.  . 
Between  front  and  rear  transoms  
One  riveted  to  each  middle  transom... 
Hold  middle  transom  in  place 

Transom,  rear  

Transoms,  middle    . 

Transom  bearings  

Bolts  for  elevating-gear  transom 

Tool  box  

Riveted  between  flasks 

Consisting  of— 
Tool-box  transom,  front  

...do.... 

Tool-box  transom,  rear  

.    do 

Tool-box  bottom  

Tool  box  in  trail  

Tool-box  top  plate 

Riveted  to  top  of  flasks  and  tool-box 
transom,  front. 
Forms  top  of  tool  box 

Tool-box  cover,  with  2  hinges  and 
2  pins. 
Tool-box  fastening  

Fastened  to  lid  and  rear  transom  
At  rear  end  of  tool-box  lid... 

Consisting  of— 
Handle....  

Eyes 
li 


Clips  . 

Guides  ............................ 

Stop  .............................. 

Rear-sight  box  cover  .................  . 

Rear-sight  box  projection  .......... 

Catch  ................................  . 

Rear-sight  box  cover  hinges  and  2  pins 
Rear-sight  box  bottom  ...............  , 

Lock-chain  rivet,  with  chain  ......... 

Lock  eve  ............................. 

Rear-sight  packing,  No.  1  ............ 

Rear-sight  packing  A  .................  , 

Rear-sight  packing  B  ................. 

Wheel-guard  transom  ........ 


Rear-sight  box  and  trail  top  plate . . . 

Spade 

Spade  edge 

Spade  brace 

Spade  point 

Crosstie 


Riveted  to  tool-box  transom,  rear 

Riveted  to  tool-box  lid 

do.... 


.do. 


Forms  top  of  rear-sight  box  .......... 

Riveted  to  rear-sight  box  bottom  ..... 

Riveted  to  rear-sight  box  cover  ....... 

Riveted  to  cover  ..................... 

Forms  bottom  of  rear-sight  box  ...... 

Riveted  to  left  flask  .................. 

Riveted  to  rear-sight  box  cover  ....... 

Fastened  to  rear-sight  box  bottom  ____ 

Riveted  to  rear-sight  box  cover  ....... 

...do... 


Riveted  between  flasks  at  rear  end  of 

rear-sight  box. 

Riveted  to  top  of  flasks 

Riveted  to  ends  of  flasks 

Riveted  to  face  of  spade , 

Riveted  to  spade 

Riveted  to  spade  brace , 

Riveted  between  trail  flasks  at  spade 

end. 


61 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS  OF  CARRIAGE— Continued. 


No. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

ectiou. 

1 
1 
1 

1 
1 

1 

1 
2 

1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 

1 

1 
1 
1 

1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 

1 
1 

2 

1 
1 
1 

1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
2 
2 
1 

1 
1 
1 

Trail,  consisting  of—  Cpntinued. 

"RivfttArl  t.n  snadfi                                             

IV 

3 

Filler  (for  lunette  bracket)                       PirmAri  tr»  flnat             

Handspike  fulcrum  

Riveted  on  lunette  bracket,  spade,  and 
float. 
Riveted  between  lunette  bracket  and 
trail. 
Riveted  to  trail  cover  plate  

Lunette  bracket  reinforce      . 

Wheel  guards,  1  right,  1  left  

Riveted  to  flasks  and  wheel-guard 
transom. 
Riveted  on  float  and  spade  

Trail  handle  (right) 

Trail  handle  (left) 

do                               

Trail  seats 

Riveted  to  seat  supports  

do  

Elevating  and  traversing  lock,  consisting 
of— 
Bolt 

Fastens  hinge  to  elevating  gear  transom 
Riveted  to  elevating-gear  transom,rear. 
Pinned  to  hinge  

Hinge 

Hook 

Hook  center.  ..                 

Pinned  to  hook  

Pin 

Connects  hinge,  hook,  and  hook  center. 

iSk 

Joins  spring  and  hook  

Link  pins 

Pinned  in  link      

Lug                                                

Riveted  to  cradle  

Sponge-staff  socket 

Riveted  to  right  flask  

do  

Consisting  of— 
Hasp 

On  sponge  fastening.  .         

Bolt  

....do  

Attached  to  bolt 

Pin                                      

On  sponge  fastening  

Name  plate 

Riveted  to  tool-box  hinge  plate  

Handspike                        

On  handspike  fulcrum  

Handspike  bolt 

Secures  handspike  to  fulcrum  

In  lunette  bracket  

Padlock 

Fastened  to  chain  on  left  flask  

do                 

Cradle,  consisting  of  — 
Cradle  body 

Below  gun 

Cradle  head,  rear  (carriages  Nos.  1  to 
168). 
Cradle  head,  rear  (for  carriages  169  and 
up). 
Cradle  top  plate 

Riveted  on  body  

do  

Riveted  on  top  of  body  

Gun  slide  (right)  

Riveted  on  body  and  cover  plate  
do  

Gun  slide  (left)                             

Felt  washer 

In  cradle  head  rear  

Riveted  on  bottom  of  body  

Oil  tubes 

Riveted  on  bottom  of  body  

.  .  do  

Bracket  seat,  firing  handle  

Hiveted  on  right  side  (carriages  Nos.  1 
to  168). 
Riveted  on  right  side 

do                                

Shoulder-guard  fastenings,  1  front,  1 
rear. 

Riveted  on  left  side 

do  

Clip  filler  piece 

Riveted  on  left  side           

Shoulder-guard  brace 

Secures  shoulder  guard  to  cradle  
Riveted  on  left  side  

Rear-sight  bracket  support 

do 

Retaining-ring  bolt  fastenings 

Riveted  inside  cradle  

Spring-support  guide  (left) 

do  

Retaining  ring  with  hasp 

In  bolt  fastening                     

do  

Cradle  head  front 

Consisting  of  — 
Bushing 

In  front  cradle  head  

Handle  for  cradle  head 

Hasp  eye  .  .  . 

...do... 

62 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS  OF  CARRIAGE— Continued. 


Name  of  part. 


Location,  etc. 


Property  clas- 
sification. 


Class.   Section. 


1     Shoulder  guard 

1     Shoulder-guard  pin : 

Dust  guard,  with  4  spring  covers  and  2  re- 
coil-indicator throw  hinges. 


On  rear  end  of  cradle 

Secures  shoulder  guard  to  cradle 

4J  for  model  of  1902:  89J  for  model  of 
1305,  and  90G  for  model  of  1904  guns. 
On  cradle  guide  rails. 

Cradle  brush Riveted  to  dust  guard 

Consisting  of— 

Brush  plate !  Part  of  cradle  brush 

Rear  felt  plate ' do 

Front  felt  plate do 

Recoil  indicator In  indicator  guide 

Consisting  of— 

Guide Riveted  to  cradle 

Spring ! 

Slide.. 

Washers 

Pointer 

Recoil-indicator  throw Attached  to  dust  guard  by  recoil-indi- 
cator throw  hinge. 

Recoil-indicator  throw  hinges !  Attached  to  dust  guard 

Firing  shaft In  firing-shaft  bearing  (carriages  Nos. 

1  to  168). 

Firing-shaft  bearing Riveted  to  right  side  of  cradle 

Firing  handle,  with  spring  and  plunger. . .   On  firing  shaft  (carriages  Nos.  1  to  168). 

Firing  mechanism '  For  carriages  after  No.  168 

Consisting  of— 

Firing-handle  bracket  seat Riveted  on  right  side  of  cradle 

Firing-handle  bracket Assembled  on  bracket  seat 

Adjusting  screw !  Assembled  in  bracket 

Adjusting-screw  check  nut !  Assembled  on  screw 

Shaft  trip  collar Assembled  on  firing  shaft 

Firing-handle  hub '  Assembled  on  shaft  in  bracket 

Firing  handle '  Assembled  onhub 

with— 

Stop ;  Fastened  to  rear  cradle  head 

Plug Assembled  with  handle 

Plunger : do IV 

Spring do 

Pin do 

Bracket  studs  and  nuts Riveted  on  cradle 

Shaft  return  spring Rear  end  of  bracket 

Handle  return  spring Front  end  of  bracket 

Trip  collar  pin Secures  trip  collar  to  shaft 

Trip  latch Attached  to  trip  latch  plunger 

Trip  latch  pin Secures  trip  latch  to  plunger 

Trip  latch  spring Assembled  in  firing-handle  hub 

Firing  shaft Assembled  in  bracket 

Trip  latch  plunger Assembled  in  firing-handle  hub 

Cylinder  with  cylinder  end  screwed  in In  cradle 

Cylinder  end  washer Fits  in  cylinder  end 

Cylinder  end  stud Connects  cylinder  to  gun 

Cylinder  end  stud  nut !  On  cylinder  end  stud 

Screw  for  cylinder  end |  Prevents  cylinder  end  unscrewing 

Counter-recoil  buffer Screwed  and  pinned  on  cylinder  end 

stud. 

Cylinder  head  with  3  screw  eyes j  Front  end  of  cylinder 

Cylinder  head  washer In  cylinder  head 

Gland |  Screwed  on  head 

Lashing  wire I  Lashes,  gland,  cylinder  head  and  plug 

together. 

Rings,  packing Garlock  hydraulic  waterproof  pack- 
ing. 0.25  inch  square. 

Piston  rod,  with  plug,  screwed  in In  cylinder 

Piston At  rear  end  of  piston  rod 

Piston-rod  nut At  front  end  of  piston  rod 

Filling  plug  with  gasket Screwed  in  end  of  piston  rod 

Drain  plug Screwed  into  cylinder  head 

Drain  plug  gasket Fits  in  cylinder  head 

Spring  support In  cradle  on  cylinder 

Counter-recoil  springs do 

Outer  counter  recoil  springs do 

Inner  counter  recoil  springs do 

Separators Used  between  inner  and  outer  recoil 

springs. 

1  On  repaired  carriages  this  is  part  of  the  cradle  head,  rear. 

2  Issued  in  place  of  the  flat  counter  recoil  springs. 


63 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS  OF  CARRIAGE— Continued. 


Name  of  part. 


Location,  etc. 


Property  clas- 
sification. 


Class.   Section. 


Rocker,  complete 

Consisting  of— 

Angle 

Pintle  socket  with  bushings  and  spring 
covers. 

Traversing-gear  case 

Traversing  plate 

Traversing-plate  liner 

Azimuth  scale  with  filler  piece 

Traversing  mechanism,  complete 

Consisting  of  — 

Hand  wheel  with  handle  and  spindle. 

Traversing  shaft 

Nut 

Bushing 

Traversing-shaf t  bearing,  outer 

Cap 


On  axle  between  flasks. 


Riveted  to  rocker  angle . 


.do. 
.do. 
.do. 
.do. 


In  gear  case  on  rocker. 


Bearing  locking  pin  with  spring 

Traversing-shaft  adjusting  nut 

Traversing-shaf  t  bearing 

Taper  pins 

Traversing  link  with  bushing,  spring 
cover,  and  plate  for  closing  groove. 

Traversing-link  pivot  with  nut : 

Azimuth  pointer 

Azimuth-pointer  screws 

Elevating  mechanism,  consisting  of— 

Elevating  pin 

Inner  elevating  screw , 


On  end  of  shaft 

In  bearings  in  gear  case 

Mounted  on  shaft 

In  right  end  of  case 

Riveted  on  left  side  of  trail 

Attached  to  traversing  shaft  bearing, 

outer. 
Fits  in  traversing  shaft  bearing,  outer. 

Mounted  on  shaft 

In  left  end  of  case 

Hold  traversing  shaft  bearing  in  place . 
Between  case  and  cradle 


In  traversing  lug  on  cradle 

Attached  to  rear  clip  by  screws. 


Outer  elevating  screw. 


Elevating  gear  bracket,  with  4  bush- 
ings and  2  handy  oilers. 

Elevating  bevel  gear 

Keys 

Elevating  bevel  pinions 

Elevating  bevel  pinion  taper  pins 

Elevating  crank  shafts,  with  handles 
and  washer. 

Elevating  screw  cover 

Consisting  of— 

Large  disk 

Intermediate  disk 

Small  disk 

Body 

Axle  seats,  complete,  include — 


Secures  inner  screw  to  rocker 

Between  rocker  and  outer  elevating 
screw. 

Between  inner  ele vating  screw  and  ele- 
vating gear  bracket. 

On  bearing  in  trail  transoms 


In  elevating  gear  bracket. 

Riveted  in  bevel  gear 

Mounted  on  shafts 

Secures  pinions  to  shaft. . 
In  elevating  gear  bracket. 

Lower  end  of  bracket 


IV 


Bracket  fastenings  (right) . 
Bracket  fastenings  (left). 


Bracket  fastening  and  segment  bracket 

Seat  (right) 

Seat  (left) 

Seat  supports 

Special  bolts  and  nuts 

Special  bolt  pin 

Seat  arm  (right) 

Seat  arm  (left) 

Seat-arm  bracket  (right) 

Seat-arm  bracket  (left) 

Seat-arm  guard  (right) 


Seat-arm  guard  (left). 


Clamped  on  each  end  of  axle 

do 

Clamp  brackets  on  axle 


Seat-arm  support,  (right) 

Seat-arm  support,  (left) 

Shield-brace  bolts,  with  nuts. 


2  I  Ammunition  carriers  (right  and  left) 

Consisting  of— 

Brake  bracket  tube  (right) 

Brake  bracket  tube  (left) 

Faceplates 

Tube-support  plates 

Plate  angle 

Tube  heads  (right) 

E-'ube  heads  (left) 


Form  braces  under  seat 

For  seat  supports 

Attach  supports  to  special  bolts . 
Riveted  to  seat-arm  bracket 


.do. 


Riveted  to  right  seat 

Riveted  to  left  seat 

Riveted  to  right  seat  arm  and  shield 

brace. 
Riveted  to  left  seat  arm  and  shield 

brace. 
Supports  seat  arm  on  rear 


.do. 


Through  shield  brace,  seat  arm,  seat- 
arm  support,  and  shield-brace  clip. 
Bolted  to  bracket  fastening 


Attached  to  axle  by  tube  support 
plates  and  bracket  fastenings. 

Bolted  to  bracket  fastening 

Riveted  to  rear  end  of  tube 

Riveted  to  tube  support  plate 

do 

...do... 


For  new  work  and  repair. 


64 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS  OF  CARRIAGE— Continued. 


Name  of  part. 


Location,  etc. 


Property  clas- 
sification. 


Class.  iSection. 


Ammunition  carriers  (right  and  left)— Con. 

Consisting  of — Continued. 

Tie-rod  fastenings,  with  nuts Riveted  to  side  of  tube 

Filler  rings  (upper  and  lower) \  Inside  tubes 

Reinforce  rings do 

Filler  pieces ',  Between  tube  heads 

Apron-latch  brackets j  One  riveted  to  each  pair  of  tubes 

Apron-latch  bracket  reinforce Inside  of  tubes 

Brake-beam  tubes Connects  front  end  of  each  pair  of  tubes 

Brake-beam  guide |  In  brake-beam  tubes 

Brake-beam  fulcrum j do 

Foot  rests Front  end  of  tubes 

Foot-rest  braces do 

Tie  rods Brace  tubes  from  bracket  fastening 

Tie-rod  washers On  tie-rod  fastenings 

Tie-rod  pins Through  bracket  fastenings 

Shield  braces Brace  tubes  from  shield 

Covers,  tube,  with  hinge  pins |  Hinged  to  tubes 

Cover  latches,  tube,  with  pins j  Secure  covers 

Cover-latch  springs,  tube 

Road  brake,  complete,  includes— 

Brake  beams I  Seated  in  brake  beams  tubes 

Brake  shoes End  of  brake  beams 

Brake-shoe  tap  bolts Secure  shoes  to  beams 

Fulcrum  pins Pivots  for  beams 

Brake-rod  ends On  end  of  beams 

Brake  rods Between  brake-rod  end  and  spring 

Springs Inside  of  spring  cover 

Spring  covers Between  spring-cover  head  and  spring- 
cover  end. 

Spring-cover  heads .' Slide  on  brake  rod 

Spring-cover  ends Connect   spring   covers   with   brake 

crank  and  lever. 

Brake-rod  pins Through  beams  and  cranks , 

Crank On  end  of  brake  shaft 

Brake  lever do 

Brake-lever  catch On  lever 

Lever  hook On  brake  lever 

Brake  shaft In  bearing,  near  axle 

Bushings In  brake-shaft  bearings IV 

Segment  bracket Clamped  on  axle ' 

Segment-bracket  bolt,  with  nut 

Brake  segment  with  two  segment  racks    Riveted  to  segment  bracket 

Apron  latches,  complete,  include— 

Apron-latch  blocks Bolted  to  apron-latch  bracket,  which 

is  riveted  to  the  ammunition  tubes. 

Apron-latch  bolts  and  nuts !  Secure  block  to  bracket 

Apror -latch  pins j  Form  pivot  for  apron-latch  body 

Apron-latch  bodies Pivoted  on  block ." 

Apron-latch  levers Pivoted  on  bodies 

Apron-latch  lever  pins 

Apron-latch  plungers Seated  in  body 

Plunger  eyes Screwed  on  end  of  plunger 

Plunger-eye  pins Attach  plunger  eye  to  lever 

Apron-latch  springs In  body  around  plunger 

Apron-latch  bushings Screwed  into  body 

Apron  shield,  consisting  of— 

Apron Hinged  to  bracket  fastening 

Apron  hinges Riveted  to  apron 

Apron-hinge  pins Through  apron  hinges  and  bracket 

fastenings. 

Apron-hinge  fillers,  used  with  0.15:  Riveted  to  apron 

armor  plate. 

Apron-latch  staples ! do 

Main  shield,  complete,  consisting  of— 

Main  shield Bolted  to  bracket  fastenings  and  axle 

bearings. 

Hood Riveted  to  main  shield 

Hood  angle Riveted  to  hood 

Shutter,  peep-sight  port Hinged  to  shield , 

Shutter,  panoramic-sight  port do 

Shutter  support Riveted  to  shutter 

Shutter-latch  base do 

1  •         Shutter-latch  plunger In  shutter-latch  base 

Shutter-latch  spring do 

6  Hinge,  sight  port  shutter On  shield 

1  Hinge  pin,  sight  port  shutter In  hinges 

2  j         Filler,  shutter  hinge Between  hinge  and  shield 


65 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS  OF  CARRIAGE— Continued. 


No. 


Name  of  part. 


Main  shield,  complete,  consisting  of— 
Continued. 

Wing  nuts  (front ) 

Wing  nuts  (rear) 

Wing-nut  pins  (front) 

Wing-nut  pins  (rear) 

Wing-nut  pin  washers 

Bracket-fastening  fillers 


Shield-brace  clip  (right) 

Shield-brace  clip  (left) 

Top  shield  center  hinge  (lower  half) . 
Top  shield  outer  hinge  (lower  half) 

right. 
Top  shield  outer  hinge  (lower  half ),  left . 

Washers  for  shield  bolts 

Bolts,  1.265  grip,  with  nuts 


Bolts,  0.92  grip,  with  nuts. 
Bolts,  1.05  grip,  with  nuts 


Bolts,  0.64  grip 

Top  shield,  complete,  consisting  of— 
Top  shield 

Top  shield  center  hinge  (upper  half)... 
Top  shield  outer  hinge  (upper  half), 

right. 
Top  shield  outer  hinge  (upper  half), 

left. 


Location,  etc. 


Riveted  on  shield 
.do. 


Riveted  to  shield 

....do 

On  pins 

Bolted    in    bracket    fastening    with 
shield. 

Riveted  to  shield 

....do 

...do... 


Property  clas- 
sification. 


Class.   Section. 


.do. 


.do. 


Through  shield,  ammunition  carriers, 
bracket  fastenings,  and  washers. 

Through  shield,  bracket,  seat,  ammu- 
nition carriers,  and  washers. 

Through  shield,  bracket,  seat,  ammu- 
nition carriers,  seat-arm  support,  and 
washers. 

Through  axle  bearings,  shield,  and 
washers. 


Hinged  to  main  shield . 
Riveted  to  top  shield . 
...do... 


.do. 


1  Top  shield  center  hinge  pin . 

2  Top  shield  outer  hinge  pins . 


Top  shield  fastenings. 

Fastening  hinges 

Fastening-hinge  pins 

Range  quadrant  case  bracket,  consisting 
of— 
Bracket 


Connects  parts  of  hinges. . . 
....do 

Pivoted  to  fastening  hinge . 
Riveted  to  top  shield 


Right  spring  support 

Left  spring  support 

Range  quadrant  case,  complete,  consisting 
of— 
Lid... 


Bolted  on  rear  face  of  main  shield, 

right  side. 
Riveted  to  bracket 

...do... 


Body 

Bottom 

Box  support,  left 

Box  support,  right 

Bearing  plate,  left  (upper  and  lower) . . 

Bearing  plate,  upper,  right 

Bearing  plate,  lower,  right 

Case  hinges  (upper  half) 

Case  hinges  (lower  half) 

Hinge  pins 

Hasp  hinge 

Hasp 

Wing  nut 

Wing-nut  pin  and  washer 

Wing-nut  pin  reinforce 

Chain  eye 

Padlocks  chain 

Leather-covered  packing  blocks 

*-inch  button  head  bolts  with  nuts 

Washers 

Bolts  with  nuts 

0.375  pipes 

Springs,  quadrant  case 

Padlock 

Bolt  snap 

Panoramic  sight  case  bracket,  complete,  ! 
consisting  of— 
Bracket,  sight  case 


Swung  between  springs  by  box  sup- 
ports, in  bracket. 
do 

...do... 


Riveted  on  case 

do 

Riveted  to  left  box  support . . 
Riveted  to  right  box  support. 

do 

Riveted  on  lid 

Riveted  to  back  of  case 


Riveted  on  case  lid.. . 
Riveted  on  case  front . 
Riveted  on  case . . . 


.do. 


.do. 
.do. 


Attached  to  chain  eye 

Screwed  to  inside  of  case 

Bolt  bracket  to  seat 

Go  with  bolts 

Secure  case  to  bracket 

On  bolts 

Not  interchangeable  with  sight-case 
springs. 

Fastened  to  quadrant  case 

do 


Spring  support  (right) . 
Spring  support  (left) . . 


Bolted  on  rear  face  of  main  shield,  left 

side. 
Riveted  to  bracket 

. . .do 


IV 


66 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS  OF  CARRIAGE— Continued. 


No. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Proper 
siflcs 

ty  clas- 
ition. 

Class. 

Section, 

1 
1 

Panoramic  sight  case,  complete,  consisting 
of— 
Lid  

Suspended  between  springs  in  bracket  . 

1 

Body 

.do       .         .         

1 

Bottom  

do  

0 

B  ox  -supports 

Riveted  to  case     

2 

Riveted  to  spring  supports 

? 

.do    .  ..             

2 

Riveted  on  case  lid 

9 

Case  lunges  lower  half             

Riveted  to  back  of  case    

3 

1 

Hast)  hinge 

Riveted  on  case  lid  

1 

Hasp 

Riveted  on  case  front 

1 

Wing  nut                         

Riveted  on  case  

1 

Wing-nut  pin  and  washer 

do 

1 

Wing-nut  pin  reinforce    

do  . 

1 

do 

1 

Padlock  chain                             

Attached  to  chain  eye    

5 

Leather-covered  wood  packing  blocks 

Screwed  to  inside  of  case 

9 

i-inch  button  head  bolts  with  nuts 

Bolts  bracket  to  shield  

2 

Washers 

Go  with  nuts 

4 

Bolts  with  nuts        

Secure  case  to  bracket      

4 

0  375  pipes 

On  bolts 

8 

Springs  sight  case      .         .       

Not  interchangeable  with  quadrant- 

1 

Padlock     

case  springs. 
Fastened  to  panoramic  sight  case  

1 

Bolt  snap 

do 

1 
1 

Front  sight,  complete,  consisting  of— 
Front-si°ht  bracket 

Rests  in  socket  riveted  to  cradle    ... 

1 

Sleeve 

Threaded  to  bracket  

1 

Holder 

Supports  ring  with  cross  wires 

1 
1 

1 

Rear  sight,  complete,  consisting  of— 
Rear-sight  bracket  with  shank  socket.  . 

Rear-sight  shank 

Fastened  by  two  nuts  to  bracket  sup- 
port riveted  to  cradle. 
Constitutes  the  "rear"  sight  

>     IV 

3 

1 

Shank-socket  cover     

1 

Fitted  to  rear  sight  shank 

1 

2 
16 

Wheels,  56-inch,  complete,  consisting  of— 

8 

64 

i 

Felloe  segments 

16 

16 

Spokes  left 

? 

2 

Hub  boxes 

9 

Hub  liners 

Forced  into  hub  boxes  

2 

Outer  flanges  of  hubs 

16 

16 

Carriage-bolt  nuts 

9 

Hub  bands 

Screwed  on  hub  boxes  

? 

Lock  washers  

Between  hub  bands  and  hub  rings  

9 

Hub  caps                                     .  . 

On  end  of  hubs  

2 

Hub  latches  with  rivets 

Actuate  hub-latch  plungers 

9 

Hub-latch  springs          .         . 

2 

Hub-latch  plungers 

Lock  hub  caps  in  place  

? 

Oil  valves  *            

Slide  in  hub  caps  

2 

Washers  (oil  valve) 

2 

2 

Wheel  fastenings 

At  ends  of  axle  

9 

Consisting  of  — 
Wheel-fastening  plungers 

2 

Wheel-fastening  springs 

9 

Plugs 

1 

x 

« 

I 

I 

I 


*3M*K 


JBraJse.S'Jtoe  — 


PLATC  X 


Panoramic  Siykt •"" 


ghielaL  J3r-ace-  - 
-vPx-tesSeat 
JSraJc  soever 


Apron  Latcn\ 

Hood. 


--Braise JZever* 
JTla&h 


ran/c 
Tt~averstny  /fandiuheel 


Apron  Latch,  Bracket^ 
-  -  -^Sponge  feu  ten  ing 


JBlocJs.  Carrier---''    /  , 
Operating  .Lever--''      •'' 


JTame  7>late • 


JSarulsnifse  Fastening 


-Trail  Jfandles 
Lunette 


Lun  et  te  bracket  -  - 


/Scale 


^// 


JO          5          /O          fS         20         PS-        -70.        35        -fO      -(S        SO 


67 

DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  CARRIAGE. 
[Plates  IX  and  X.] 

The  carriage  for  the  3-inch  gun  is  of  the  type  known  as  the  long- 
recoil,  in  which  the  gun  is  permitted  a  sufficient  length  of  recoil  upon 
the  carriage  to  render  the  latter  stationary  under  firing  stresses.  The 
gun  is  mounted  upon  a  cradle  which  forms  a  housing  for  the  recoil- 
controlling  parts.  The  cradle  rests,  and  has  a  small  traversing  mo- 
tion, upon  the  rocker.  The  latter  is  journaled  upon  the  axle  and  its 
rear  end  is  supported  by  the  elevating  mechanism,  which  is  seated  in 
the  trail. 

The  principal  parts  of  the  carriage  are  the  cradle  (complete), 
trail,  elevating  gear,  traversing  mechanism,  elevating  and  traversing 
lock,  shields,  axle  seats,  ammunition  carriers,  road  brake,  and  wheels. 

CRADLE  COMPLETE. 

The  cradle  receives  the  gun,  guides  it  in  recoil,  and  forms  a  housing 
for  the  recoil-controlling  parts ;  it  consists  of  a  flange  steel  body  bent 
to  a  horseshoe  shape,  with  the  upper  edges  flanged  outward  and 
connected  by  a  top  plate  riveted  on.  The  flanges  are  bronze  lined, 
engage  the  clips  on  the  gun,  and  form  guides  for  it  in  recoil.  Riveted 
to  the  bottom  of  the  cradle  are  four  steel  forgings,  the  pintle,  trav- 
ersing lug,  rear  clip,  and  elevating  and  traversing  lock  lug.  The 
pintle  fits  the  pintle  socket  in  the  rocker  and  forms  a  bearing  upon 
which  the  cradle  is  traversed.  In  normal  position,  clips  on  either 
side  of  the  pintle  socket  engage  projections  on  the  cradle  pintle, 
while  the  cradle  rear  clip  embraces  the  rear  end  of  the  rocker,  locking 
the  two  parts  together.  The  cradle  is  disengaged  for  dismounting  by 
turning  it  through  an  angle  of  38°.  The  traversing  lug  affords  a 
point  of  attachment  for  the  traversing-link  pivot.  The  cradle  rear' 
clip,  in  addition  to  embracing  the  rear  end  of  the  rocker,  has  a  broad 
bearing  on  the  latter  directly  over  the  point  of  attachment  of  the 
elevating  screw. 

To  the  rear  end  of  the  cradle  is  riveted  a  steel  cradle  head,,  rear, 
through  which  the  cylinder  moves  in  recoil  and  projects  for  attach- 
ment to  the  recoil  lug  on  th.e  gun.  The  clearance  around  the  cylinder 
in  this  opening  is  closed  by  a  felt  washer.  The  front  end  of  the  cradle 
is  closed  by  the  cradle  head,  front,  and  retaining  ring.  The  latter 
bears  against  the  front  end  of  the  cradle  body  and  is  held  in  position 
by  two  swing  bolts,  one  on  each  side,  pivoted  to  the  cradle.  The 
cradle  head  has  on  its  outside  surface  an  interrupted  collar;  the  bore 
of  the  retaining  ring  is  finished  with  a  ring  correspondingly  inter- 
rupted. A  bushing  in  the  cradle  head,  front,  allows  the  piston  to 
return  to  its  normal  position  after  tightening  the  piston-rod  nut. 
The  cradle  head  is  assembled  in  the  retaining  ring  with  these  inter- 

102614^-17 6 


68 

rupted  parts  interlocking  and  is  held  in  that  position  by  a  hasp.  The 
cradle-head  bushing  is  bored  to  take  the  end  of  the  piston  rod,  which 
passes  through  and  is  secured  to  it  by  the  piston-rod  nut.  The 
retaining  ring  is  so  called  because  it  retains  the  counter-recoil  springs 
in  position  in  the  cradle  when  the  cylinder  is  removed.  The  cradle 
head  and  retaining  ring  are  arranged  as  described  above,  so  that  the 
head  alone  or  head  and  ring  together  may  be  quickly  dismounted  to 
permit  access  to  the  parts  within  the  cradle. 

The  cradle  is  strengthened  on  the  inside  by  two  bronze  pieces 
called  "  spring-support  guides,"  placed  in  the  angles  of  the  cradle 
and  riveted  to  its  sides  and  to  the  top  plate.  These  pieces  are 
finished  with  grooves,  which  receive  the  guide  lugs  of  the  spring 
support  mentioned  hereafter,  and  guide  the  cylinder  in  recoil  and 
counter  recoil.  To  the  exterior  of  the  cradle  are  riveted,  on  the  left 
side,  sight-bracket  supports  for  the  front  and  rear  sights  and  fasten- 
ings for  the  shoulder  guard;  on  the  right  side,  a  range-quadrant 
fastening,  a  firing-shaft  bearing  in  carriages  Nos.  1  to  168,  and  a 
recoil-indicator  guide.  All  carriages  after  No.  168  have  the  firing- 
shaft  bracket  seat.  On  soine  of  the  repaired  carriages  the  firing 
handle  bracket  seat  is  an  integral  part  of  the  cradle  head,  rear.  All 
of  these  parts,  with  others  which  are  riveted  to  the  cradle,  are  con- 
sidered integral  parts  thereof  and  are  included  in  the  designation  of 
"  one  cradle  complete." 

The  recoil-controlling  parts  of  the  carriage  (PL  XI)  include  the 
cylinder,  piston,  counter-recoil  buffer,  and  counter-recoil  springs. 

The  cylinder  lies  inside  of  the  cradle  and  is  surrounded  by  the 
counter- recoil  springs.  It  is  a  steel  tube  72.25  inches  long  and 
2.95  inches  outside  diameter.  Its  rear  end  is  closed  by  a  steel  cyl- 
inder end  which  is  screwed  and  pinned  in  place,  and  is  not  to  be 
removed  in  service.  The  cylinder  end  is  bored  through  and  tapped 
to  take  the  cylinder-end  stud,  which  projects  to  the  rear  through 
the  recoil  lug  on  the  gun,  to  which  it  is  secured  by  a  nut.  The  rear 
end  of  the  cylinder-end  stud  is  bored  and  tapped  to  permit  the 
attachment  of  the  spring  compressor.  When  assembled  to  the  cyl- 
inder, the  cylinder-end  stud  is  prevented  from  unscrewing  by  a 
small  screw  tapped  into  the  cylinder  end.  When  the  cylinder  is 
assembled  to  the  recoil  lug  on  the  gun,  a  small  pin  projects  from  the 
front  face  of  the  lug  into  one  of  five  shallow  holes  bored  for  the 
purpose  in  the  rear  face  of  the  cylinder  and  prevents  the  latter  from 
turning. 

The  front  end  of  the  cylinder-end  stud  is  reduced  in  size  and  pro- 
jects 1.875  inches  into  the  cylinder.  To  this  projection  is  screwed  and 
pinned  the  counter- recoil  buffer,  a  tapered  bronze  rod,  which  fits 
with  small  clearance  into  the  piston-rod  bore. 


69 

The  front  end  of  the  cylinder  is  closed  by  a  cylinder  head  screwed 
into  the  cylinder  to  make  an  oil- tight  joint.  It  should  be  lashed  to 
the  cylinder  with  copper  wire  to  prevent  unscrewing.  It  is  packed 
with  five  rings  of  hydraulic  waterproof  packing,  held  by  a  bronze 
gland.  On  the  exterior  of  the  front  end  of  the  cylinder  is  a  flange 
which  forms  a  shoulder  against  which  the  spring  support  bears.  The 
cylinder  should  be  held  by  a  wrench  on  the  notches  of  this  flange  in 
assembling  or  removing  the  cylinder  head.  It  should  never  be  clamped 
in  a  vise.  A  small  hole  through  the  cylinder  head  is  provided  for  the 
purpose  of  draining  the  cylinder  for  cleaning.  It  is  closed  by  means 
of  the  drain  plug. 

The  interior  of  the  cylinder  is  cylindrical.  Three  longitudinal  ribs 
or  throttling  bars  of  uniform  width  but  varying  height  extend  from 
the  rear  end  to  within  19  inches  from  the  front  end.  Notches  cut  in 
the  piston  head  form  ports  for  the  passage  of  the  liquid  from  one 
side  of  the  piston  to  the  other.  The  height  of  the  throttling  bars 
along  the  cylinder  is  calculated  so  as  to  make  the  resistance  which 
the  liquid  offers,  plus  the  resistance  of  the  springs,  constant  and 
such  that  the  recoil  will  be  checked  at  the  desired  point. 

The  piston  rod  is  of  steel,  and  is  provided  with  a  bronze  head, 
screwed  against  a -shoulder  at  the  rear  end.  The  head  has  three 
notches  cut  in  its  perimeter,  which  fit  over  the  throttling-bar  pro- 
jections on  the  cylinder  walls.  The  rear  end  of  the  piston  is  bored 
out  to  take  the  counter-recoil  buffer.  In  counter  recoil  the  oil  in 
this  bore  can  escape  only  by  a  small  clearance.  In  this  way  the 
return  of  the  gun  into  battery  is  so  eased  and  regulated  that  very 
little  shock  and  consequent  derangement  of  the  aim  of  the  piece 
occurs.  The  forward  end  of  the  rod  is  also  hollow.  Near  the  rear 
end  of  this  bore  three  radial  holes  connect  with  the  interior  of  the 
cylinder.  The  front  end  of  this  bore  is  closed  by  a  filling  plug.  The 
piston  rod  is  secured  at  its  front  end  to  the  cradle  head.  A  shoulder 
on  the  former  bears  against  the  cradle-head  bushing,  while  the  piston- 
rod  nut  is  screwed  on  the  rod  against  the  outer  face  of  the  head,  thus 
holding  the  rod  against  movement  in  either  direction. 

The  counter-recoil  springs  are  assembled  in  the  cradle  around 
the  cylinder.  Each  spring  is  made  from  a  rectangular  steel  bar 
coiled  on  edge.  The  spring  column  of  each  carriage  consists  of  three 
of  these  coils  placed  end  to  end  around  the  cylinder  and  bearing  in 
front  against  the  spring  support,  in  rear  against  the  rear  end  of  the 
cradle. 

Issued  in  place  of  flat  counter-recoil  springs: 

Three  outer  counter-recoil  springs. 
Three  inner  counter-recoil  springs. 
Two  bronze  separators. 

Each  spring  is  made  from  a  square  steel  bar. 


70 

The  separators  should  be  assembled  between  the  coils  of  the  springs 
as  indicated  on  plate.  They  should  be  used  whenever  any  of  the  new 
outer  and  inner  springs  are  used,  but  not  between  two  sections  of  the 
old  flat  springs.  In  case  one  flat  section  spring  is  to  be  replaced, 
the  springs  should  be  assembled  in  the  following  order  beginning  at 
the  rear  end  of  the  cradle :  One  outer  and  one  inner  spring,  one  sepa- 
rator, followed  by  two  flat  sections.  In  case  two  flat  section  springs 
are  to  be  replaced,  the  springs  should  be  assembled  in  the  following 
order  beginning  at  the  rear  end  of  the  cradle:  One  outer  and  one 
inner  spring,  one  separator ;  one  outer  and  one  inner  spring,  one  sepa- 
rator, and  one  flat  section  spring. 

The  spring  support  is  a  steel  ring,  which  fits  over  the  cylinder  and 
bears  against  the  shoulder  at  its  front  end.  It  has  guide  lugs  which 
run  in  grooves  in  the  spring-support  guides  of  the  cradle.  By  this 
arrangement,  in  addition  to  taking  the  spring  pressure,  the  support 
affords  a  centering  bearing  for  the  front  end  of  the  cylinder  and  pre- 
alignment  of  the  piston  rod  and  cylinder  as  the  latter  recoils  with 
the  gun.  When  the  cylinder  is  removed,  the  spring  support  is 
held  in  place  by  the  cradle  retaining  ring.  The  spring  column 
is  assembled  under  an  initial  compression  of  750  pounds,  sufficient 
to  return  the  gun  to  battery  at  15°  elevation. 


ACTION    OF    MECHANISM    DURING    RECOIL. 


The  action  of  the  carriage  when  the  gun  is  fired  is  as  follows: 
The  gun  moves  to  the  rear  45  inches  on  the  cradle,  carrying  with 
it  the  cylinder  and  compressing  the  counter-recoil  springs.  The 
piston  rod  is  attached  to  a  nonrecoiling  part  of  the  carriage,  so 
that  as  the  cylinder  moves  to  the  rear  the  oil  in  it  must  pass  from 
one  side  of  the  piston  to  the  other.  The  energy  of  recoil  of  the 
gun  is  absorbed  by  the  resistance  which  the  oil  offers  to  being  forced 
through  small  openings  past  the  piston  and  by  the  resistance  of 
the  counter-recoil  springs.  The  energy  stored  up  by  the  springs 
returns  the  gun  to  its  firing  position.  This  return  movement  is 
eased  and  regulated  by  the  counter-recoil  buffer.  The  piston-rod 
pull  and  spring  resistance  are  transmitted  to  the  carriage,  but  owing 
to  its  weight  and  the  resistance  opposed  to  the  trail  spade  by  the 
earth  the  carriage  remains  stationary. 

The  length  of  recoil  of  the  gun  upon  the  carriage  is  registered 
by  the  recoil  indicator,  a  simple  friction  slide  working  in  the  recoil- 
indicator  guide,  which  is  riveted  to  the  right  side  of  the  cradle  in 
a  convenient,  position  for  observation.  The  slide  is  actuated  by  the 
recoil-indicator  throw,  attached  to  one  of  the  recoil-indicator  throw 
hinges  on  the  dust  guard,  which  moves  in  recoil  with  the  gun.  For 
carriages  after  No.  168  the  forward  hinge  is  used.  For  carriages 
No.  1  to  No.  168,  inclusive,  the  rear  hinge  is  used.  The  length  of 


71 

recoil  is  read  from  a  scale  on  the  guide,  the  least  reading  being 
0.25  inch. 

The  gun  may  be  fired  by  a  lanyard  attached  directly  to  the  trigger 
of  the  breech  mechanism,  but  should  habitually  be  fired  by.  the 
firing  handle  on  the  cradle.  The  arrangement  on  carriages  Nos.  1 
to  168  for  this  purpose  is  as  follows :  A  firing-shaft  bearing  bracket 
is  riveted  to  the  right  side  of  the  cradle  near  its  rear  end.  The  fir- 
ing handle  is  mounted  upon  a  bronze  firing  shaft  seated  in  this 
bearing.  The  rear  end  of  the  firing  shaft  is  squared  and  projects 
into  the  squared  hole  of  the  trigger-arm  sleeve  seated  in  the  recoil 
lug  of  the  gun.  Pulling  the  firing  handle  turns  the  shaft  and  sleeve 
and  fires  the  gun,  as  described  heretofore  in  connection  with  the 
breech  mechanism.  When  released  the  spring  and  plunger  in  the 
handle  returns  it  to  firing  position. 

For  carriages  after  No.  168  the  arrangement  is  as  follows :  A  firing- 
handle  bracket  seat  is  riveted  to  the  right  side  of  the  cradle  near 
its  rear  end.  On  some  of  the  carriages  the  firing-handle  bracket 
seat  is  an  integral  part  of  the  cradle  head,  rear.  The  firing  handle 
is  mounted  upon  a  steel  firing  shaft  seated  in  a  firing-handle  bracket, 
the  whole  being  held  by  two  studs  on  the  bracket  seat.  The  rear 
end  of  the  firing  shaft  is  squared  and  projects  into  the  squared  hole 
of  the  pallet  shank  seated  in  the  recoil  lug  of  the  gun.  Pulling  the 
firing  handle  turns  the  shaft  and  shaft  trip  collar  till  the  head  of 
plunger  hits  the  adjusting  screw,  which  forces  the  plunger  and  the 
latch  upward  and  releases  the  trip  latch  from  the  trip  collar.  The 
shaft-return  spring  returns  the  shaft  to  firing  position;  the  handle- 
return  spring  returns  the  handle  to  its  normal  position.  The  firing 
handle  is  of  the  folding  type  and  has  a  projection  which  seats  in  a 
slot  in  the  handle  bracket.  Care  should  be  taken  in  assembling  the 
handle  and  shaft-return  springs,  which  are  wound  right  and  left 
hand.  The  shaft-return  spring  is  left  hand  and  is  assembled  in  the 
rear  of  the  bracket  with  the  short  end  of  the  spring  in  the  lower 
slot  of  the  bracket.  The  handle-return  spring  is  right  hand  and 
is  assembled  in  the  front  of  the  bracket  with  its  short  end  in  the 
top  slot  of  the  bracket. 

TRAIL. 

The  trail  consists  of  two  steel  flasks  of  channel  section  with  the 
flanges  turned  inward,  tied  together  by  transoms  and  plates,  as  de- 
scribed below.  To  the  front  end  of  each  flask  is  riveted  a  forged- 
steel  axle  bearing,  split  so  as  to  be  slipped  over  and  secured  to  the 
axle  by  clamping  bolts.  Near  the  forward  end,  riveted  to  the  flasks, 
are  the  front  and  rear  elevating-gear  transoms.  Between  these  two 
transoms,  bolted  to  and  supported  by  them,  are  two  elevating-gear 
transoms  (middle)  which  form  a  seat  for  the  elevating  gear. 


72 

In  rear  of  the  elevating-gear  transoms  are  the  front  and  rear  tool- 
box transoms.  Between  these  the  trail  is  provided  with  a  bottom,  to 
form  a  tool  box,  which  is  closed  by  a  hinged  lid  secured  by  a  spring- 
handle  catch.  The  portion  of  the  trail  between  the  rear  end  of  the 
tool  box  and  the  wheel-guard  transom  is  formed  into  a  box  for  the 
transportation  of  the  rear-sight  shank.  This  rear-sight  box  is  fitted 
with  suitable  packing  to  hold  the  sight  shank  in  place,  and  has  a 
lid  arranged  to  be  secured  in  closed  position  by  the  tool-box  lid  and 
fastening.  A  padlock,  attached  by  a  chain  to  the  left  flask,  serves  to 
lock  both  boxes. 

The  portion  of  the  trail  in  rear  of  the  sight-box  lid  is  closed  by  a 
top  plate,  riveted  on.  The  flasks  at  the  points  of  contact  of  the 
limber  wheels  when  making  short  turns  are  protected  by  small  plates 
called  wheel  guards,  and  are  strengthened  by  the  wheel-guard  tran- 
som. The  rear  ends  of  the  flasks  are  flanged  outward  to  give  a  firm 
bearing  and  support  to  the  spade  in  which  the  trail  terminates. 

The  spade  consists  of  a  piece  of  flange  steel  placed  crosswise  of  the 
flasks  and  riveted  to  their  flanged  ends.  Its  ends  are  supported  and 
stiffened  by  being  turned  back  at  right  angles  to  its  bearing  surface 
and  riveted  to  the  float  plate.  The  latter  is  also  riveted  to  the  upper 
flanges  of  the  flasks.  The  wings  of  the  float  project  on  either  side 
of  the  spade  to  give  sufficient  bearing  to  prevent  the  end  of  the  trail 
from  burying  itself  in  the  ground.  A  hardened-steel  spade  edge  is 
riveted  to  the  lower  edge  of  the  spade. 

A  lunette  bracket  and  a  handspike  fulcrum  are  riveted  on  the  float. 
The  lunette  is  a  steel  ring  with  a  stout  shank,  which  passes  through 
a  lug  in  the  bracket  and  is  secured  in  place  by  a  nut,  being  thus  at- 
tached so  as  to  be  easily  replaced  when  worn. 

The  handspike  is  of  the  folding  type.  When  not  in  use  it  is  turned 
over  on  the  trail  and  held  by  a  spring  fastening  riveted  to  the  top 
plate.  Two  trail  handles  are  riveted  to  the  upper  side  of  the  float. 

Two  seats  for  cannoneers  serving  the  piece  are  rigidly  attached  to 
the  trail,  one  upon  each  side,  in  a  convenient  position. 

Attachments  for  carrying  the  sponge  and  rammer  are  provided  on 
the  right  flask.  On  the  later  carriages  the  sponge  and  rammer  fasten- 
ings are  placed  so  that  the  sponge  end  is  toward  the  rear. 

A  name  plate  giving  the  number,  name  of  carriage,  model,  name 
of  manufacturer,  year  of  completion,  and  initials  of  inspector,  is 
riveted  to  the  tool-box  top  plate.  In  all  reports  and  correspondence 
the  carriage  should  be  designated  l>y  the  number  and  model  given  on 
the  name  plate. 

ELEVATING   GEAB. 

The  elevating  gear  (PL  XII)  is  of  the  double-screw  type,  and  con- 
sists of  an  inner  and  outer  elevating  screw,  an  elevating-gear  bracket. 


73 

an  elevating  bevel  gear,  two  elevating  bevel  pinions,  and  two  ele- 
vating crank  shafts.  The  inner  elevating  screw  is  a  steel  screw, 
threaded  with  a  right-hand  thread.  It  is  attached  at  its  upper  end 
by  the  elevating  pin  to  the  rear  end  of  the  rocker.  The  outer  ele- 
vating screw  is  of  bronze  and  is  threaded  on  the  exterior  with  a  left- 
hand  thread,  while  the  bore  is  threaded  with  a  right-hand  thread  to 
take  the  inner  elevating  screw.  On  the  exterior  are  also  cut  two 
longitudinal  keyways,  in  which  the  keys  of  the  bevel  gear  work. 

The  elevating-gear  bracket  is  bored  out  and  threaded  to  take  the 
outer  elevating  screw,  and  is  provided  with  two  trunnions  which  rest 
in  bearings  in  the  elevating-gear  middle  transoms  of  the  trail.  These 
trunnions  are  bored  and  bushed  to  form  bearings  for  the  elevating 
crank  shafts,  of  which  there  are  two,  one  on  each  side  of  the  trail. 
A  steel  pinion  is  pinned  and  keyed  on  the  inner  end  of  each  crank 
'shaft  and  meshes  with  a  bronze  bevel  gear  mounted  on  the  outer 
elevating  screw  in  a  seat  slotted  through  the  gear  bracket.  The  bore 
of  the  bevel  gear  is  finished  with  two  steel  keys  which  fit  into  the 
keyways  in  the  outer  screw.  This  arrangement  causes  the  outer 
screw  to  rotate  with  the  bevel  gear  and  at  the  same  time  permits  it  to 
move  longitudinally  through  the  bevel  gear. 

As  will  be  seen  from  Plate  XII,  the  revolution  of  the  crank  han- 
dles rotates  the  pinions  and  through  them  the  bevel  gear.  The 
outer  screw  turns  with  the  latter  and  moves  up  or  down  in  the 
elevatingLgear  bracket  according  to  the  direction  of  rotation.  The 
inner  screw  is  prevented  from  rotating  by  its  attachment  to  the 
rocker,  and  on  account  of  the  direction  of  its  threads  moves  into  or 
out  of  the  outer  screw  as  the  latter  is  screwed  into  or  out  of  the  gear 
bracket.  An  elevating-screw  cover  is  attached  by  spring  clips  to  the 
lower  end  of  the  bracket  to  exclude  dust  from  below.  In  travel- 
ing the  elevating  gear  should  be  run  to  the  position  of  maximum 
elevation  to  house  the  screws  in  the  elevating-gear  bracket.  In  this 
position,  when  properly  assembled,  the  top  of  the  outer  screw  and 
the  end  of  the  threaded  portion  of  the  inner  screw  are  flush  with  the 
face  of  the  gear  bracket.  The  mechanism  is  designed  to  give  a  maxi- 
mum elevation  of  15°  and  a  maximum  depression  of  5°. 

The  rocker  is  the  intermediate  part  between  the  upper  carriage,  or 
cradle,  and  the  lower  carriage,  or  trail.  It  forms  a  platform  upon 
which  the  cradle  is  moved  in  azimuth,  and  moves  with  the  cradle  rel- 
atively to  other  parts  of  the  carriage  in  elevation.  It  is  built  up  of  an 
angle,  formed  into  shape,  to  which  three  steel  forgings — the  pintle 
socket,  traversing-gear  case,  and  traversing  plate — are  riveted. 
Its  front  end  is  supported  by  the  portion  of  the  axle  between  the 
flasks ;  it  is  assembled  by  inserting  the  axle  through  two  bronze-bushed 
holes  in  the  pintle  socket  when  the  trail  is  assembled  on  the  axle. 
The  upper  portion  of  the  pintle  socket  is  formed  into  a  bronze-lined 


74 

socket  and  bearing  surface  for  the  cradle  pintle,  and  is  provided 
with  two  clips  to  take  corresponding  parts  of  the  latter.  The  rear 
end  of  the  rocker  terminates  in  the  traversing  plate,  bronze  lined  to 
form  a  bearing  for  the  cradle  rear  clip.  The  lower  side  of  the  trav- 
ersing plate  is  finished  to  take  the  head  of  the  elevating  screw,  to 
which  it  is  secured  by  the  elevating  pin.  The  traversing-gear  case, 
which  forms  a  housing  for  the  traversing  mechanism,  is  riveted  to 
the  rocker  angle  in  front  of  the  traversing  plate. 

TRAVERSING  MECHANISM. 

The  traversing  mechanism  (PI.  XIII)  consists  of  a  shaft,  called 
the  traversing  shaft,  mounted  in  bearings  in  the  traversing-gear  case, 
and  a  traversing  nut  moving  longitudinally  on  the  shaft,  but  re- 
strained from  turning  with  it  by  its  bearings  in  the  gear  case.  A 
cylindrical  lug  on  top  of  the  nut  fits  in  a  hole  in  a  bronze  traversing 
link,  the  right  end-  of  which  is  pivoted  by  the  traversing-link  pivot 
to  the  traversing  lug  on  the  under  side  of  the  cradle.  This  pivot  is 
secured  to  the  cradle-traversing  lug  by  a  nut  and  split  pin.  The  left 
bearing  of  the  traversing  shaft  is  split  for  the  purpose  of  assembling 
and  rests  between  two  collars  on  the  shaft.  The  bearing  with  the 
shaft  in  place  is  slipped  into  its  seat  in  the  gear  case,  where  it  is  held 
in  position  by  two  pins. 

For  new  work  and  repairs. — The  traversing-shaft  bearing  is  made 
in  one  piece.  One  of  the  collars  on  the  shaft  has  been  removed,  in 
order  that  the  bearing  may  be  slipped  in  position  on  the  shaft.  The 
shaft  is  threaded  to  take  a  traversing-shaft  adjusting  nut.  Two 
(special)  taper  pins  hold  the  bearing  in  position. 

The  traversing  shaft  extends  to  the  left  of  the  rocker  and  termi- 
nates in  a  traversing  handwheel.  When  the  handwheel  is  turned 
the  screw  threads  of  the  shaft  compel  the  nut  to  move  along  it, 
since  the  nut  is  prevented  from  rotating  by  its  bearings  in  the  gear 
case,  and  longitudinal  motion  of  the  shaft  is  prevented  by  its  left 
bearing.  The  motion  of  the  nut  is  communicated  through  the  link 
to  the  cradle;  the  amount  of  motion  thus  provided  for  is  140  mils, 
70  on  each  side  of  the  axis  of  the  carriage.  An  azimuth  scale  riveted 
to  the  rocker  and  a  pointer  attached  to  the  cradle  show  the  position 
of  the  gun  in  azimuth;  the  scale  is  graduated  to  a  least  reading  of 
5  mils. 

ELEVATING    AND    TRAVERSING    LOCK. 

To  relieve  the  pointing  mechanism  from  all  strains  in  traveling,  an 
elevating  and  traversing  lock  is  provided,  by  which  the  cradle  may 
be  securely  locked  to  the  trail.  This  lock  consists  of  a  stout  hook 
hinged  to  the  rear  elevating-gear  transom  in  such  a  position  as  to 
engage  the  elevating  and  traversing  lock  lug  riveted  to  the  under 


^ 


^ 


75 

side  of  the  cradle  at  its  rear  end.     The  hook  is  arranged  to  be  held 
in  either  the  locked  or  unlocked  position  by  a  steel  spring. 

THE     SHIELDS. 

The  shield  for  the  protection  of  the  crew  is  an  armor  plate,  0.15 
inch  thick,  made  in  three  parts — the  apron,  the  main  shield,  and  the 
top  shield.  These  shield  plates  were  originally  made  0.2  inch  thick, 
and  in  order  that  the  new  shields  may  be  interchangeable  with  the 
older  ones,  four  bracket-fastening  filler  pieces  and  four  apron-hinge 
filler  pieces,  each  0.05  inch  thick,  are  provided  with  the  new  shield 
for  all  carriages  to  which  they  may  be  fitted. 

The  apron  is  hinged  under  the  axle  and  reaches  to  within  5  inches 
of  the  ground.  For  traveling  it  is  swung  up  under  the  ammunition- 
carrier  tubes  and  is  held  by  two  apron  latches,  which  are  attached  to 
brackets  riveted  to  the  tubes.  The  main  shield  is  rigidly  attached  by 
bolts  to  the  bracket  fastenings  and  to  lugs  on  the  trail-axle  bearings, 
and  is  braced  by  two  shield  braces  reaching  from  its  upper  corners 
to  the  ammunition-carrier  tubes.  It  has  two  wing  nuts  for  securing 
the  top  shield  when  folded  down,  and  has  a  sighting  port  and  a  gun 
port.  The  latter  is  made  a  minimum  port  and  the  shield  is  stiffened 
by  a  hood  riveted  to  its  front  face.  The  main  shield  reaches  from 
the  axle  to  4  inches  below  the  tops  of  the  wheels. 
.  The  top  shield  is  hinged  to  the  main  shield,  has  a  panoramic 
sight  port  and  is  provided  with  two  fastenings  which  secure  it  in 
either  the  raised  or  folded  position.  The  upper  edge  of  the  top  shield 
is  62  inches  from  the  ground,  sufficient  to  afford  protection  from  long- 
range  or  high-angle  fire  to  cannoneers  on  the  trail  seats. 

The  panoramic  and  open  sight  ports  are  provided  with  shutters, 
hinged  to  the  main  shield.  The  open  sight  port  shutter  has  a  sup- 
port which  bears  upon  the  main  shield  and  holds  the  shutter  in  an 
open  position.  The  shutter  of  the  panoramic  sight  port,  when  open, 
rests  upon  the  open  sight  port  shutter.  When  closed  the  panoramic 
sight  port  shutter  is  held  in  position  by  a  latch. 

For  the  protection  of  the  cannoneer  sighting  the  gun  a  shoulder 
guard  is  attached  to  the  left  side  of  the  cradle  at  the  rear  end.  The 
fastenings  for  the  guard  are  riveted  to  the  cradle,  but  the  guard 
itself  is  detachable  and  is  secured  in  place  by  a  steel  pin. 

A  sheet-steel  box,  with  leather-lined  packing  blocks  called  the 
"panoramic-sight  case,"  attached  to  the  rear  face  (left  side)  of  the 
main  shield,  provides  a  place  for  the  panoramic  sight  in  traveling. 
This  box  has  a  hinged  lid,  secured  by  a  hasp  and  wing  nut,  and  is 
provided  with  the  usual  padlock  with  chain  for  locking  the  box.  The 
sight-case  bracket  is  fastened  to  the  shield  by  five  bolts.  The 
sight  case  is  supported  between  springs  compressed  between  sup- 
ports on  the  bracket  and  held  in  place  by  bolts  acting  as  spring  rods. 


76 

The  mounting  is  thus  such  that  the  sight  is  well  protected  from  in- 
jury due  to  shocks  and  jars. 

A  similar  case,  called  the  range  quadrant  case,  is  attached  to  the 
right  side  of  the  main  shield  by  means  similar  to  those  just  described 
and  is  provided  for  the  safe  transportation  of  the  range  quadrant. 

A  sheet-steel  dust  guard,  assembled  on  the  cradle  between  the 
locking  hoop  and  clip  of  the  gun,  covers  and  protects  the  guide  rails 
from  dust  and  dirt.  The  dust  guard  is  fitted  at  its  forward  end  with 
a  bristle  brush  and  felt  wiper,  which  sweep  the  upper  surface  of  the 
cradle  at  each  stroke  of  recoil  and  counter  recoil. 

All  working  and  bearing  surfaces  of  the  carriage  require  oiling; 
those  not  directly  accessible  for  this  purpose  are  provided  with  oil 
holes  closed  by  spring  covers  or  handy  oilers. 

AXLE  SEATS. 

Each  axle  seat  and  each  pair  of  ammunition- carrier  tubes  is  sup- 
ported by  two  steel  bracket  fastenings,  which  are  secured  upon  the 
axle  by  bolts  and  are  prevented  from  turning  by  the  axle  keys.  A 
steel  plate,  called  a  "tube-support  plate,"  perforated  with  two 
flanged  holes,  is  bolted  to  these  bracket  fastenings.  Two  plate 
angles  are  riveted  to  the  tube-support  plate  in  order  to  make  it  more 
rigid.  Two  4-inch  steel  tubes  are  riveted  to  the  flanges  of  these 
holes  and  project  to  the  front,  where  their  ends  are  riveted  to  a 
brake-beam  tube  and  fashioned  to  form  a  foot  rest  for  the  cannoneers. 
This  brake-beam  tube  is  fitted  to  form  fulcrum  and  guide  bearings 
for  the  road  brake  beams.  The  forward  ends  of  the  ammunition 
carriers  are  braced  by  tie-rods  from  the  lower  side  of  the  axle  bracket 
fastenings  and  by  a  shield  brace  to  the  shield  and  the  upper  ends  of 
the  seat  arm  and  seat-arm  support. 

An  apron-latch  bracket  is  located  between  each  pair  of  ammunition 
tubes  and  firmly  riveted  to  them.  The  apron-latch  body  is  pivoted 
on  a  block  bolted  to  this  bracket;  the  lower  end  of  the  latch  body  is 
formed  into  a  hook  which  engages  a  latch  staple  riveted  to  the  apron 
shield  and  holds  the  latter  in  its  traveling  position.  To  prevent  acci- 
dental disengagement  of  the  hook  from  the  staple,  the  opening  of  the 
hook  is  closed  by  a  plunger  seated  in  the  latch  body  and  pressed 
outward  into  action  by  a  coiled  spring.  An  apron-latch  lever  is 
provided  for  withdrawing  the  plunger  from  the  hook  opening  when 
it  is  desired  to  disengage  the  hook  from  the  staple. 

The  axle  seats,  formed  of  flange  steel,  are  bolted  at  the  rear  to  the 
tube-support  plate ;  at  the  front  it  is  supported  by  the  seat  support, 
the  two  ends  of  which  are  bent  back  and  bolted  to  the  axle  bracket 
fastening.  Each  seat  is  provided  with  a  wheel  guard,  formed  of  two 
small  steel  tubes,  called  the  "seat  arm"  and  "seat-arm  support," 


77 

and  of  a  sheet-steel  piece,  called  the  "  seat-arm  guard,"  secured  to  the 
seat  arm  and  the  shield  brace.  The  top  shield,  folded  down  for 
traveling,  serves  as  a  back  rest  for  the  cannoneers  on  the  axle  seats. 

AMMUNITION  CABKIEES. 

The  ammunition  carrier  tubes  project  to  the  rear  over  the  axle  and 
under  the  seat,  and  are  fitted  inside  with  bearings  to  take  each  a 
round  of  ammunition.  Their  rear  ends  are  closed  by  a  hinged  cover 
secured  by  a  spring  latch. 

ROAD    BBAKE. 

The  brake  beams  are  pivoted  on  fulcrum  pins  in  bearings  in  the 
brake-beam  tubes  at  the  front  ends  of  the  ammunition  carriers. 
Cast-iron  brake  shoes  are  attached  by  tap  bolts  to  the  outer  ends  of 
the  beams.  To  their  inner  ends  are  pinned  brake  rod  ends,  into 
which  the  brake  rods  are  screwed.  The  brake-rod  spring  slips  over 
the  rear  end  of  the  brake  rod  and  abuts  against  a  shoulder  upon 
it.  The  spring  is  covered  by  a  tube  called  the  "  spring  cover,"  in- 
closed at  each  end  by  bronze  pieces,  called  the  "  spring-cover  head  " 
and  "  spring-cover  end."  The  spring  is  compressed  between  the 
spring-cover  end  and  the  shoulder  on  the-  brake  rod,  while  the  rod 
is  arranged  to  have  a  short  longitudinal  movement  against  the  pres- 
sure of  the  spring.  The  spring-cover  ends  are  pinned  to  cranks 
on  squared  ends  of  the  brake  shaft,  which  is  mounted  in  lugs  project- 
ing to  the  front  from  the  trail  axle  bearings.  The  brake  lever  (which 
serves  as  the  crank  at  the  right  end  of  the  shaft)  is  double,  one  arm 
projecting  to  the  rear  through  a  slot  in  the  main  shield,  while  the 
other  is  conveniently  placed  for  use  from  the  right  axle  seat.  When 
the  brakes  are  set,  the  lever  is  held  by  engaging  in  the  teeth  of  the 
rack  on  the  brake  segment.  The  latter  is  a  flange  steel  piece,  with  a 
flange  in  which  are  riveted  two  hardened  tool-steel  racks,  riveted  to 
a  brake  segment  bracket,  which  is  clamped  and  keyed  to  the  axle. 
The  levers  are  made  of  spring  steel.  Adjustment  to  compensate 
for  wear  of  the  brake  shoes  is  provided  for  by  the  distance  which 
the  brake  rods  are  screwed  into  the  brake  rod  ends.  The  tension  of 
the  brake  rod  spring  is  regulated  by  screwing  the  spring-cover  end 
into  or  out  of  the  spring  cover,  thus  shortening  or  lengthening  the 
spring  space  in  the  cover.  The  brake  is  to  be  used  as  a  firing  as  well 
as  a  road  brake. 

THE    WHEELS. 

The  wheels  are  a  modified  form  of  the  Archibald  pattern,  56  inches 
in  diameter,  with  3-inch  tires.  The  hub  consists  of  a  forged  steel 
hub  box  and  hub  ring  assembled  with  eight  carriage  bolts  through  the 
flanges  and  with  a  bronze  hub  cap  screwed  on  the  outer  end  of  the 
hub  box.  The  hub  band  is  screwed  on  the  hub  box.  A  lock  washer 
is  placed  between  the  hub  ring  and  the  hub  band,  preventing  the 
latter  from  unscrewing.  The  hub  band  should  be  screwed  up  as 
102614—17 7 


78 

tightly  as  possible  with  the  wrench  and  finally  forced  by  striking 
the  end  of  the  wrench  with  a  wooden  block  or  mallet.  The  bronze 
hub  cap  is  screwed  on  the  hub  box  and  is  locked  with  the  hub-latch 
plunger,  which  is  withdrawn  and  held  in  the  disengaged  position  by 
the  hub  latch  when  the  hub  cap  is  to  be  unscrewed.  Assembled  to 
the  hub  cap  and  projecting  into  the  axle  arm  is  an  oil  valve,  through 
which  the  wheel  is  oiled  without  removal.  The  hub  box  is  fitted 
with  a  bronze  liner,  forced  into  place.  The  liners  are  removable. 
The  tire  is  shrunk  on  and  secured  to  the  felloe  by  eight  tire  bolts. 

The  wheel  fastening  consists  of  a  bronze  yoke  fitting  in  the  outer 
end  of  the  axle  arm  and  is  accessible  when  the  hub  cap  is  removed. 

The  axle  is  hollow  and  forged  from  a  single  piece  of  steel ;  the  keys, 
solid  with  the  axle,  hold  the  axle  bearing,  bracket  fastenings,  and 
segment  bracket  in  their  places. 

The  axle  arms  make  an  angle  of  1°  11.5'  with  the  axle.  This  brings 
the  lowest  spoke  of  each  wheel  vertical. 

DISMOUNTING   AND  ASSEMBLING   GUN   AND   CARRIAGE. 

To  remove  the  recoil  indicator. — The  ends  of  the  clips  of  the  recoil- 
indicator  guide  are  bent  down  to  form  stops  to  hold  the  indicator 
in  place.  To  remove  the  indicator,  these  parts  are  opened  up  suffi- 
ciently to  permit  sliding  the  indicator  out  of  the  guide.  When  the 
indicator  is  assembled,  these  clips  should  always  be  closed  down  to 
prevent  its  loss. 

To  dismount  the  gun. — Remove  the  recoil-indicator  throw,  unscrew 
the  cylinder-end  stud  nut,  and  shove  the  gun  to  the  rear  until  the 
clips  are  free  from  the  guides. 

To  mount  the  gun. — Shove  the  piece  from  the  rear  over  the  cradle 
guides  with  the  clips  engaging  the  guides.  Assemble  the  cylinder- 
end  stud  nut,  taking  care  that  the  locking  stud  on  the  recoil  lug 
enters  one  of  the  recesses  provided  for  it  in  the  end  of  the  cylinder. 
Assemble  the  recoil-indicator  throw.  The  dust  guard  should  be 
assembled  with  the  gun. 

In  moving  the  gun  on  or  off  of  the  cradle  particular  care  must  be 
taken  to  support  the  breech  end  so  that  the  gun  clips  remain  in  line 
with  the  gun  slides.  The  firing  shaft  is  also  quite  liable  to  injury 
during  this  maneuver,  and  care  should  be  taken  to  prevent  its  being 
struck  by  the  muzzle  of  the  gun  or  by  implements  in  the  hands  of 
the  cannoneers.  The  cradle  should  be  placed  at  the  desired  elevation 
and  azimuth  before  beginning  either  of  these  maneuvers  and  not 
changed  during  its  progress,  since  the  working  of  either  the  elevating 
or  traversing  mechanisms  when  the  gun  is  only  part  way  in  battery 
brings  an  excessive  and  unnecessary  strain  and  wear  upon  those 
parts. 

To  dismount  the  cylinder. — Bring  the  gun  to  approximately  zero 
degrees  elevation ;  unscrew  the  cylinder-end  stud  nut  and  the  piston- 


79 

rod  nut ;  remove  the  cradle  head  front.    The  cylinder  is  now  free  and 
may  be  pulled  out  to  the  front. 

To  assemble  the  cylinder. — The  springs  and  retaining  ring  being 
in  assembled  position,  shove  the  cylinder  (turned  so  that  the  drain 
plug  in  cylinder  head  comes  on  top)  into  its  seat  from  the  front, 
\v i th  the  projecting  stud  on  the  recoil  lug  of  the  gun  entering  one  of 
the  recesses  provided  for  it  in  the  cylinder  end;  assemble  the  cradle 
head:  screw  in  place  the  piston-rod  nut  and  cylinder-end  stud  nut. 

Be  sure  that  the  projecting  stud  on  the  gun  enters  one  of  the  holes 
for  it  in  the  cylinder  end  before  screwing  the  cylinder-end  stud  nut 
up  all  the  way. 

To  dismount  the  springs. — Bring  the  gun  to  approximately  zero 
degrees  elevation ;  unscrew  the  cylinder-end  stud  nut  and  the  piston- 
rod  nut ;  shove  the  gun  about  1  inch  from  battery ;  attach  the  sleeve 
end  of  the  spring  compressor  ~to  the  cylinder-end  stud  and  put 
sufficient  strain  on  the  compressor  to  relieve  the  retaining  ring  from 
spring  pressure;  then  remove  retaining  ring  (and  cradle  head)  by 
loosening  and  swinging  aside  the  retaining- ring  bolts;  ease  off  on  the 
spring  compressor  until  the  springs  are  free. 

To  assemble  the  double  counter -recoil  springs. — With  the  cradle  at 
maximum  elevation  and  the  trail  horizontal,  place  one  outer  and  one 
inner  spring  in  the  cradle  until  the  front  ends  are  about  2  inches  in ; 
set  up  a  separator  against  the  forward  end  of  these  sections  and 
enter  the  second  outer  and  inner  springs,  keeping  the  separator 
upheld  between  the  sections;  similarly  when  the  outer  end  of  the 
second  section  is  2  inches  inside  the  cradle  set  up  the  second  sepa- 
rator ;  place  the  third  outer  and  inner  sections  on  the  recoil  cylinder. 
Screw  the  spring  centering  tool  onto  the  cylinder-end  stud,  the  small 
end  pointing  rearward ;  pass  the  sleeve  end  of  the  spring  compressor 
through  the  gun  lug  and  the  inner  springs  and  attach  it  to  the  cylin- 
der-end stud.  Enter  the  rear  end  of  the  cylinder  in  the  spring  at  the 
front  end  of  the  cradle  and  push  the  cylinder  back  until  the  springs 
are  at  free  height,  keeping  the  spring  compressor  taut.  Attach  the 
block  and  fall  carried  in  the  battery  .wagon  to  the  spade  of  the  car- 
riage or  to  some  improvised  support  and  connect  it  to  the  spring 
compressor;  put  sufficient  strain  on  the  spring  compressor  to  bring 
the  spring  column  to  its  assembled  height. 

As  the  spring  column  approaches  its  assembled  height  the  spring 
support  must  be  turned  so  that  its  guide  lugs  properly  enter  in  the 
spring-support  guide  grooves  in  the  cradle;  assemble  the  retaining 
ring,  disconnect  the  spring  compressor  and  the  spring  centering  tool 
from  the  cylinder-end  stud;  push  the  gun  back  into  battery  and 
assemble  the  cylinder-end  stud  nut.  When  the  retaining  ring  is 
assembled  the  nuts  for  the  retaining  ring  bolts  should  be  screwed  up 
until  they  just  come  into  contact  with  the  retaining  ring.  If  these 
nuts  are  screwed  up  too  tight  they  will  deform  the  retaining  ring, 


80 

with  the  result  that  it  becomes  difficult  to  assemble  and  dismount 
the  cradle  head.  A  wrench  is  provided  for  turning  the  spring  sup- 
port to  its  proper  position. 

To  assemble  the  single  counter -recoil  spring. — The  same  method  is 
followed  except  that  no  separators  are  used.  The  spring  compressor 
is  provided  with  a  second  -eye  at  its  large  end  which  may  be  used  in 
case  the  sleeve  end  should  become  broken;  in  case  this  end  is  used, 
however,  it  will  be  necessary  to  pass  the  compressor  through  the 
cradle  from  front  to  rear,  through  the  gun  lug.  For  disconnecting 
the  compressor  the  method  used  is  identical  to  that  previously 
described. 

The  cylinder-end  stud  nut  should  never  be  removed  when  the  gun  is 
at  an  elevation,  and  the  gun  should  not  be  elevated  when  the  cylinder- 
end  stud  nut  is  not  in  place.  To  prevent  the  cylinder-end  stud  from 
rotating  a  screw  for  the  cylinder  end  is  provided.  This  screw  for  the 
cylinder  end  must  be  removed  before  attempting  to  unscrew  the  cyl- 
inder-end stud. 

The  springs  are  assembled  under  an  initial  load  of  over  750  pounds ; 
a  pull  of  more  than  750  pounds  must  therefore  be  exerted  upon  the 
spring  compressor  in  assembling  them.  This  can  be  done  by  passing 
a,  handspike  through  the  loop  at  the  rear  end  of  the  compresser  and 
making  use  of  the  services  of  the  entire  gun  crew,  or  the  block  and 
tackle  may  be  used  as  described  above.  To  avoid  the  possibility  of 
injury  to  the  gun  crew  in  compressing  or  releasing  the  springs,  all 
should  be  required  to  keep  arms  and  bodies  away  from  the  front  of 
the  spring  column  during  these  operations. 

To  fill  the  recoil  cylinder. — //  the  cylinder  is  not  completely  filled, 
loss  of  stability  will  occur  and  higher  stresses  than  normal  will  be  de- 
veloped in  the  carriage;  -for  this  reason  the  cylinder  should  be  -filled 
with  the  greatest  care;  a  commissioned  officer  should  himself  verify 
that  the  cylinder  is  full  and  that  no  air  is  left  in  it,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  the  void  noted  below.  The  easiest  way  to  fill  the  cylinder  is 
when  it  is  disassembled  from  the  carriage.  If  assembled  to  the  car- 
riage bring  the  gun  to  its  maximum  elevation  and  remove  both  -filling 
and  drain  plugs.  It  is  necessary  that  the  drain-plug  hole  should  be 
located  on  top  of  the  cylinder.  Fill  through  the  hole  in  the  piston 
rod.  Allow  a  few  minutes  for  the  air  to  escape  and  the  oil  to  settle. 
Refill  and  repeat  two  or  three  times.  When  satisfied  that  the  cylin- 
der is  entirely  full  of  oil,  insert  both  plugs,  and  depress  the  gun  to  its 
'maximum  depression.  After  a  few  minutes  elevate  again  to  maxi- 
mum elevation  and  unscrew  both  plugs.  Now  refill  as  described 
above.  When  entirely  full  allow  not  more  than  2  cubic  inches  (about 
one-fourth  of  a  gill]  of  the  oil  to  escape;  insert  both  plugs  and  lash 
them  with  copper  wire. 

It  may  happen  that  after  firing  a  few  rounds  the  gun  will  not  re- 
turn to  battery.  This  may  be  due  to,  first,  weakness  of  springs; 


81 

second,  stuffing-box  gland  being  screwed  up  too  tightly;  or,  third, 
the  oil  having  expanded,  due  to  heat. 

In  either  case  the  cause  must  be  ascertained  and  remedied ;  if  due 
to  expansion  of  oil  it  is  proven  by  the  fact  that  the  gun  can  not  be 
pushed  into  battery  by  force  exerted  on  the  breech  of  the  gun.  In 
that  case  elevate  the  gun  to  its  maximum  elevation  and  remove  the 
filling  plug.  The  oil  will  now  escape,  permitting  the  gun  to  return 
to  battery. 

About  9  pints  of  oil  are  required  for  filling  the  recoil  cylinder. 
Hydroline  oil  of  a  specific  gravity  of  0.85  is  furnished  by  the  Ord- 
nance Department  for  use  in  these  cylinders;  it  is  characterized  by 
its  low  freezing  point  and  by  its  noncorrosive  action  on  metals.  The 
oil  used  in  the  cylinder  should  be  clean  and  free  from  grit  and  dirt; 
to  insure  this  it  should  be  strained  through  a  clean  piece  of  linen  or 
muslin  before  using.  In  emergencies  water  may  be  used  in  the  cyl- 
inder. This  should  be  done  only  when  absolutely  necessary,  and 
never  in  freezing  weather,  and  as  soon  as  practicable  the  cylinder 
should  be  emptied,  cleaned,  and  thoroughly  dried  and  -filled  with 
hydroline  oil. 

To  pack  the  stuffing  box. — The  stuffing  box  is  packed  with  five 
rings  of  Garlock's  hydraulic  waterproof  packing,  0.25  inch  square. 
The  packing  is  issued  cut  into  rings  of  such  size  that  the  ends  meet 
around  the  piston  rod.  The  latter  being  assembled,  each  ring, 
placed  so  as  to  break  joints  with  preceding  one,  is  forced  in  succes- 
sion into  its  seat  by  a  packing  tool  of  copper  or  hard  wood,  one  end 
of  which  is  shaped  like  a  carpenter's  gouge  and  the  other  end  forms 
a  handle  strong  enough  to  stand  light  taps  from  a  hammer.  Such 
a  tool  may  be  readily  improvised  by  the  battery  artificer.  After  the 
five  rings  are  firmly  seated  in  the  box,  screw  the  gland  down  on  the 
packing. 

In  assembling  the  gland  be  sure  that  at  least  four  of  its  threads 
are  engaged  with  the  threads  of  the  cylinder  head ;  otherwise  the 
threads  of  the  gland  may  be  stripped  in  firing.  With  new  packing 
it  may  be  found  difficult  to  insert  more  than  four  rings  and  secure 
sufficient  engagement  of  the  gland.  In  such  a  case  the  box  should 
be  packed  with  four  rings  and  the  piece  fired  a  few  rounds,  after 
which  the  fifth  ring  should  be  inserted. 

Adjustment  of  the  gland. — The  adjustment  of  the  gland  will 
require  the  exercise  of  some  judgment.  If  screwed  up  too  tight, 
the  fractional  resistance  of  the  packing  on  the  piston  rod  will  be  so 
much  increased  that  the  counter-recoil  springs  may  fail  to  return  the 
gun  to  battery,  especially  at  high  angles  of  elevation.  It  should  be 
screwed  up  just  tight  enough  to  prevent  the  leakage  of  oil  through 
the  stuffing  box.  Ordinarily  this  can  be  done  by  hand,  but  in  cases 
where  hand  power  is  not  sufficient  the  wrench  provided  for  the  pur- 


82 

pose  should  be  used.  When  its  proper  adjustment  is  determined,  the 
gland  should  be  lashed  with  copper  wire  to  prevent  it  from  screwing 
up  or  unscrewing. 

To  remove  the  piston  rod. — Unscrew  the  gland  sufficiently  to 
release  the  pressure  of  the  packing  upon  the  rod ;  unscrew  and  remove 
the  cylinder  head.  The  rod  may  then  be  withdrawn  from  the  cylin- 
der. In  dismounting  and  assembling  the  cylinder  head  (and  also  the 
cylinder-end  stud),  the  cylinder  should  be  held  from  turning  by  a 
spanner  applied  to  the  head  retainer  or  flange  on  the  front  end  of 
the  cylinder.  It  should  never  be  clamped  in  a  vise,  as  its  walls  are 
thin  and  not  intended  to  withstand  such  usage. 

To  remove  the  counter-recoil  buffer. — Remove  the  cylinder-end 
stud  screw ;  unscrew  and  remove  the  cylinder-end  stud ;  the  counter- 
recoil  buffer  is  attached  to  the  latter. 

The  necessity  for  dismounting  parts  of  the  cylinder  will  seldom 
arise.  It  should  be  done  only  in  the  presence  of  a  commissioned 
officer,  who  should  see  that  the  parts  are  handled  with  the  greatest 
care.  In  assembling,  the  parts  should  be  thoroughly  cleaned,  as 
the  clearances  in  the  cylinder  are  very  small,  and  the  presence  of 
small  foreign  particles  may  interfere  with  the  proper  working  of 
the  assembled  parts.  The  cylinder  head  should  be  set  up  hard  with 
a  wrench  and  then  lashed  with  copper  wire  to  prevent  unscrewing. 

To  dismount  the  traversing  mechanism. — Traverse  the  cradle  (muz- 
zle end)  to  its  extreme  left  position;  remove  the  nut  which  secures 
the  traversing-link  pivot  to  the  cradle  lug;  remove  the  traversing- 
link  pivot  from  below;  turn  the  link  so  as  to  clear  the  heads  of 
the  traversing  shaft-bearing  pins  and  remove  these  pins;  unscrew 
the  worm  shaft  from  the  nut  and  at  the  same  time  withdraw  the 
shaft  with  its  left  bearing  from  the  gear  case.  Now  move  the  cradle 
in  azimuth  to  its  extreme  right  position;  slip  the  link  off  of  the 
nut  and  remove  the  nut  from  the  gear  case.  To  dismount  the  left 
bearing  of  the  shafts  equipped  with  the  adjusting  nut  and  one 
piece  bearing,  all  that  is  necessary  is  to  remove  the  adjusting  nut 
and  slip  the  bearing  off  the  shaft.  To  assemble  the  traversing  mech- 
anism, the  above  operations  are  reversed.  In  certain  carriages  of 
earlier  manufacture  (Nos.  1  to  10  and  19  to  26,  inclusive,  Rock 
Island  Arsenal)  the  foot  rest  at  the  front  end  of  the  ammunition 
tube  prevents  the  cradle  from  being  traversed  far  enough  to  the 
right  to  permit  the  removal  of  the  traversing .  link  by  the  method 
just  given.  For  such  carriages  the  traversing-link  pivot,  travers- 
ing shaft,  and  traversing-shaft  bearing  may  be  dismounted  as  stated, 
but  the  right  ammunition  carrier  must  be  removed  from  the  car- 
riage before  the  cradle  can  be  traversed  far  enough  to  permit  the 
removal  of  the  link. 

To  dismount  the  elevating  screws. — Remove  the  elevating  pin; 
unscrew  the  inner  screw  by  hand ;  remove  the  elevating-screw  cover ; 


83 

remove  the  outer  screw  by  screwing  it  down  through  the. elevating- 
gear  bracket. 

To  dismount  the  pinions  and  bevel  gear. — Remove  the  taper  split 
pin  in  the  pinion  hub,  after  which  the  crank  shaft  may  be  withdrawn 
and  the  pinion  removed  from  its  seat.  The  bevel  gear  may  then 
be  removed  by  dismounting  the  screws  as  above. 

To  dismount  the  elevating -gear  bracket. — Free  the  mechanism  from 
the  rocker  by  removing  the  elevating  pin;  dismount  the  pinions 
and  crank  shafts  as  above;  remove  the  eight  elevating-gear  transom 
bolts;  the  bracket  and  transoms  are  then  free  and  may  be  removed 
from  the  trail. 

To  assemble  the  elevating  mechanism. — The  operations  just  de- 
scribed are  reversed.  The  following  should  be  noted:  The  pinions 
are  a  close  fit  on  the  crank  shafts,  and  especial  care  should  be  taken 
not  to  burr  the  parts  in  assembling.  When  properly  located,  the  two 
crank-shaft  handles  balance  each  other.  This  condition  obtains  when 
they  are  simultaneously  horizontal  and  both  pointing  to  the  front  or 
both  pointing  to  the  rear.  As  the  outer  screw  is  assembled  in  the 
gear  bracket  from  below,  the  bevel  gear  should  be  put  in  place  with 
its  key  engaging  the  keyways  of  the  screw.  Before  attaching  the 
inner  screw  to  the  rocker  both  screws  should  be  run  down  to  be  sure 
that  the  upper  ends  of  the  threaded  parts  of  the  screws  are  flush  with 
the  face  of  the  gear  bracket.  If  this  condition  is  not  fulfilled  the' 
mechanism  will  not  give  the  maximum  elevation  and  depression  for 
which  designed  and  will  not  house  properly  in  traveling. 

To  remove  the  shields. — The  main  shield  is  freed  from  the  carriage 
by  removing  the  bolts  which  secure  it  to  the  bracket  fastenings,  axle- 
bearing  lugs,  and  shield  braces.  The  apron  is  detached  by  removing 
the  apron-hinge  pins. 

To  remove  the  apron  latch. — Remove  the  bolt  which  secures  the 
apron-latch  block  to  the  bracket  riveted  to  the  ammunition  tubes. 
The  block,  with  latch,  can  then  be  slipped  to  the  front,  clear  of  the 
bracket. 

To  dismount  the  cradle. — Remove  the  traversing  gear  (it  will  suf- 
fice to  remove  the  traversing-link  pivot  and  to  remove  the  handwheel 
from  the  traversing  shaft) ;  remove  the  three  shield  bolts  and  shield- 
brace  bolt ;  slip  end  of  shield  brace  from  tie-rod  fastening ;  raise  the 
right  axle  seat  (and  for  carriages  of  earlier  manufacture,  as  Nos.  1  to 
10  and  19  to  26,  R.  I.  A.,  the  right  ammunition  carrier)  as  described 
below ;  swing  the  rear  end  of  the  cradle  38°  to  the  left,  and  then  lift 
it  clear  of  the  carriage. 

To  remove  the  road  brake. — The  brake  rods  are  dismounted  by 
removing  the  brake-rod  pins  which  attach  the  front  ends  of  the 
rods  to  the  brake  beams  and  the  rear  ends  to  the  brake  crank  and  the 
brake  lever. 


84 

The  brake-beam  fulcrum  pins  are  removed  by  driving  them  upward 
out  of  their  seats;  the  brake  beams  are  then  free  and  may  be  removed 
from  the  carriage ;  the  brake  shoe  is  freed  from  the  beam  by  unscrew- 
ing the  brake-shoe  tap  bolts. 

The  brake  crank  may  be  slipped  off  the  left  end  of  the  brake  shaft 
after  removal  of  the  split  pin.  The  brake  lever  is  dismounted  by 
moving  the  brake  shaft  a  short  distance  to  the  left  through  its  bear- 
ings ;  by  a  continuation  of  the  movement  to  the  left  the  brake  shaft  is 
removed  from  the  carriage. 

The  brake  segment  is  dismounted  by  removing  the  segment-bracket 
clamping  bolt  and  slipping  the  bracket  off  of  the  axle  (the  right 
ammunition  carrier  having  first  been  dismounted  as  described  below). 

To  assemble  the  road  brake. — The  operations  just  described  are 
reversed.  The  following  should  be  noted:  The  brake  beams,  with 
shoes  attached,  are  rights  and  lefts,  and  are  properly  assembled  when 
the  shoe  has  a  full  bearing  upon  the  tire.  Keversing  the  shoe  upon 
the  beam  changes  the  combination  from  a  right  to  a  left,  or  vice 
versa.  The  brake  crank  when  correctly  assembled  on  the  brake  shaft 
is  parallel  to  the  crank  end  of  the  brake  lever.  The  tension  of  the 
brake  rod  spring  is  regulated  by  removing  the  split  pin,  which  passes 
through  the  spring  cover,  and  screwing  the  spring-cover  end  into 
or  out  of  the  spring  cover.  The  tension  of  the  spring  is  increased 
by  screwing  the  end  into  the  cover.  The  length  of  the  brake  rod 
should  be  adjusted  by  screwing  the  front  end  of  the  rod  into  or  out 
of  the  piece  attaching  the  rod  to  the  brake  beam. 

To  adjust  the  road  brake. — The  brake  rods  are  disconnected  from 
the  brake  beams.  The  brake  shoes  are  placed  with  the  clearance 
from  the  tire  desired  and  the  brake  lever  with  handles  in  extreme 
forward  (released)  position.  The  length  of  the  brake  rods  should 
then  be  adjusted  to  correspond.  Should  test  show  that  one  shoe 
bears  harder  on  one  wheel  than  the  other,  the  brake  rod  of  the  latter 
should  be  lengthened. 

To  remove  a  7mb  liner. — Remove  the  wheel  from  the  axle  and  drive 
the  liner  out  by  striking  with  a  heavy  hammer  or  sledge  upon  the 
hub-liner  driving  tool  (a  bronze  tool  carried  in  the  forge  limber) 
placed  against  the  small  end  of  the  liner. 

To  remove  a  wheel. — First  remove  the  hub  cap.  then  the  wheel  fas- 
tening, and  then  the  wheel. 

To  remove  a  hub  cap. — First  lift  the  hub  latch  which  removes  the 
hub-latch  plunger  from  the  hub  band  and  then  unscrew  the  hub  cap 
by  turning  it  to  the  left. 

To  remove  a  wheel  fastening. — First  lift  the  wheel-fastening 
plunger  until  it  is  clear  of  the  axle  and  then  lift  the  wheel  fastening 
off  of  the  axle. 

To  remove  the  axle  seats  and  ammunition  carriers. — The  wheels, 
wheel  fastenings,  and  shields  having  been  dismounted,  remove  one  of 


85 

the  brake  rod  pins  to  free  the  brake  beam ;  then  remove  the  bracket- 
fastening  clamp  bolts  and  slip  the  bracket  fastenings,  with  axle  seats 
and  ammunition  tubes  attached,  off  of  the  axle. 

To  remove  the  axle  seats. — It  is  sometimes  desired  to  remove  the 
axle  seat  without  the  ammunition  carrier,  and  thus  avoid  dismount- 
ing shields  and  wheels.  This  may  be  done  by  removing  the  three 
bolts  which  hold  the  rear  edge  of  the  seat  proper,  the  two  special 
bolts  which  hold  seat  support  in  bracket  fastening,  the  bolt  at  the 
upper  end  of  the  shield  brace,  and  the  tie-rod  fastening  nut  at  the 
lower  end  of  the  shield  brace.  The  seat,  with  seat  support,  seat  arm, 
seat-arm  support,  seat-arm  guard,  and  shield  brace  attached,  is  then 
free  and  may  be  removed  from  the  carriage. 

To  dismount  the  trail  and  rocker. — The  wheel,  wheel  fastening, 
shields,  axle  seat,  etc.,  having  been  removed  as  described  above, 
remove  the  axle-bearing  bolts  and  slip  trail  and  rocker  off  the  axle. 

The  parts  of  this  carriage  in  general  are  made  with  sufficient  clear- 
ance to  permit  of  the  assemblage  of  any  part  without  the  use  of  force. 
In  assembling  them  no  part  should  be  directly  struck  with  a  hammer. 
If  resort  to  force  is  necessary,  a  piece  of  wood  or  copper  should 
be  interposed  between  the  hammer  and  the  part  struck.  All  nuts 
are  provided  with  split  pins  as  keepers.  The  split  pin  must,  of 
course,  be  removed  to  remove  the  nut,  and  when  the  nut  is  assembled 
the  split  pin  should  be  inserted  and  properly  opened.  Certain  parts 
are  lashed  with  wire  to  prevent  unscrewing.  A  spool  of  copper  wire 
is  provided  in  the  tool  box  for  this  purpose.  A  pair  of  wire-cutting 
pliers  is  also  provided  for  use  in  pulling  split  pins,  cutting  wire 
lashings,  etc. 

CARE    AND    CLEANING    OF    RECOIL    CYLINDERS    AND    OTHER    PARTS    OF 

CARRIAGE. 

The  carriage  must  be  properly  cleaned  and  cared  for  to  insure  its 
working  correctly.  The  officers  responsible  for  the  efficiency  of  the 
battery  should  familiarize  themselves  with  the  carriage  mechanism 
and  with  the  foregoing  instructions  as  to  the  methods  of  mounting 
and  dismounting  the  various  parts,  and  should  see  that  the  carriage 
is  properly  handled,  cleaned,  and  cared  for.  The  following  general 
directions  for  its  care  and  cleaning  are  given : 

The  recoil  cylinder  should  be  emptied  and  refilled  once  every  three 
months,  and  thoroughly  cleaned  once  every  six  months,  or  oftener  if 
the  conditions  require  it.  The  cylinder  is  most  readily  emptied  and 
filled  when  removed  from  the  carriage.  For  cleaning  it  is  dis- 
mounted and  the  cylinder  head,  counter  recoil  buffer,  and  piston  rod 
removed,  as  heretofore  described.  The  interior  of  the  cylinder,  the 
piston,  the  counter  recoil  buffer,  and  the  stuffing  box  should  then  be 
thoroughly  cleaned  by  the  use  of  cotton  waste  and  coal  oil  and 
wiped  dry  with  cotton  waste.  The  removal  of  the  packing  is  not 


86 

necessary  in  cleaning.  The  cylinder  bore  should  be  carefully  in- 
spected, and  if  any  rust  has  formed  it  should  be  removed  with 
coal  oil,  using,  if  necessary,  -fine  emery  cloth.  The  latter  must  be 
used  with  great  care  to  prevent  any  increase  in  the  clearance  be- 
tween the  cylinder  and  piston.  If  rubbing,  burring,  or  scoring  of 
the  parts  is  noted,  the  rough  spots  should  be  carefully  smoothed  down 
by  a  skilled  workman  with  a  dead-smooth  file  or  with  emery  cloth, 
and  the  cause  of  the  roughness  ascertained  and  removed.  Where 
unusual  rubbing  or  scoring  has  occurred,  the  facts  will  be  reported  to 
the  officer  of  the  Ordnance  Department  charged  with  the  duty  of 
keeping  the  battery  in  repair  for  his  information  and  action. 

The  parts  should  be  reassembled  immediately  after  cleaning  and 
inspection,  and  the  cylinder  filled  with  the  hydroline  oil  issued  for 
that  purpose.  The  piston  should  be  moved  back  and  forth  in  the 
cylinder  by  hand  to  make  sure  that  all  parts  are  correctly  assembled 
and  are  without  interference.  The  cylinder  should  then  be  mounted 
in  the  carriage  and  the  gun  pulled  from  battery  by  hand  and  per- 
mitted to  counter  recoil  rapidly  to  insure  that  all  parts  are  in  proper 
position  for  firing.  This  should  never  be  done,  however,  unless  the 
cylinder  is  known  to  be  filled  with  oil.  In  reassembling  the  parts  the 
condition  of  the  vulcanized-fiber  washers  between  cylinder  head  and 
cylinder  and  cylinder-end  stud  and  cylinder  end  should  be  noted: 
they  should  be  replaced  whenever  necessary  to  prevent  leakage.  In 
removing  and  inserting  the  piston  rod  care  should  be  taken  to  keep 
it  central  in  the  cylinder,  so  as  not  to  bind,  burr,  or  spring  any  parts. 
The  dismounting  and  reassembling  of  the  parts  of  the  cylinder  should 
in  every  case  be  supervised  by  a  commissioned  officer.  Before  firing, 
an  inspection  should  be  made  to  ascertain  that  the  different  parts, 
especially  the  piston  rod  and  cylinder-end  stud  nuts,  are  correctly 
assembled. 

The  recoil-cylinder  oil  should  be  stored  in  the  closed  cans  pro- 
vided for  the  purpose,  and  be  carefully  protected  from  dirt,  sand,  or 
water.  Oil  withdrawn  from  cylinders  and  containing  any  sediment 
must  not  be  used  again  until  it  has  been  allowed  to  settle  for  not 
less  than  24  hours.  When  sediment  has  thus  been  permitted  to  settle, 
great  care  must  be  taken  not  to  disturb  it  in  removing  the  oil.  To 
insure  the  cleanliness  of  all  cylinder  oil  it  should  be  strained  through 
a  clean  piece  of  linen  or  muslin  before  using. 

The  exterior  of  the  cylinder  should  be  kept  well  oiled  and  free  from 
rust  or  dirt,  and  an  inspection  made  at  least  once  each  month  to  ascer- 
tain its  condition.  Where  rust  has  formed  it  should  be  removed  with 
coal  oil  and,  if  necessary,  emery  cloth.  For  shipment  or  storage, 
or  where  the  carriage  is  to  stand  without  firing  for  extended  periods, 
the  cylinder  should  be  coated  with  the  light  slushing  oil  used  for  the 
bores  of  guns. 


87 

The  counter-recoil  springs  should  be  dismounted  at  least  once  every 
six  months  and  be  thoroughly  cleaned.  All  rust  should  be  removed 
and  the  springs  well  oiled  before  reassembling.  When  the  springs 
are  dismounted  the  interior  of  the  cradle  should  be  cleaned  and  exam- 
ined for  defective  riveting,  missing  rivet  heads,  and  scoring.  The 
condition  of  the  spring-support  guides  should  be  noted  and  all  burrs 
or  scores  carefully  smoothed  off. 

The  recoil  guide  rails  of  the  cradle  should  be  kept  well  lubricated. 
Immediately  before  beginning  to  fire,  they  should  be  oiled  through 
all  the  oil  holes  of  the  gun  and  dust  guard.  Lack  of  proper  lubrica- 
tion of  these  guide  rails  is  the  most  frequent  cause  of  failure  of  gun 
to  return  fully  into  battery. 

The  contact  surfaces  between  cradle  and  rocker  should  be  kept 
clean,  thoroughly  oiled,  and  free  from  rust.  If  indications  of  rust- 
ing, cutting,  or  scoring  of  these  surfaces  appear,  the  cradle  should  be 
dismounted,  the  rust  removed,  and  the  rough  spots  smoothed  away. 

The  elevating  and  traversing  mechanisms  should  be  dismounted 
at  least  once  every  six  months  for  thorough  cleaning  and  overhauling. 
They  should  be  kept  well  oiled  and  should  work  easily.  If  at  any 
time  either  mechanism  works  harder  than  usual,  it  should  be  imme- 
diately overhauled  and  the  cause  discovered  and  removed. 

In  traveling,  the  cradle  should  be  locked  to  the  trail  by  means  of 
the  elevating  and  traversing  lock,  so  as  to  relieve  the  pointing 
mechanisms  of  all  travel  stresses. 

The  wheels  and  wheel  fastenings  should  be  dismounted  period- 
ically and  the  fastenings,  hub  boxes,  axle  arms,  and  axle  bore  cleaned 
and  examined.  All  roughness  due  to  scoring  or  cutting  should  be 
smoothed  off. 

-  The  hollow  part  of  the  axle  acts  as  a  reservoir  for  the  oil  to  lubri- 
cate the  wheel  bearings.  Experience  will  show  how  much  oil  is 
needed,  but  enough  should  be  used  to  insure  t{iat  the  oil  will  pass 
through  the  axle  arms  to  the  hub  caps. 

The  nuts  on  the  hub  bolts  should  be  tightened  monthly  during  the 
first  year  of  service  and  twice  a  year  thereafter.  The  ends  of  the 
bolts  should  be  lightly  riveted  over  to  prevent  the  nut  from  un- 
screwing. When  the  hub  bolts  are  tightened,  the  hub  band  should 
be  screwed  up  as  tightly  as  possible  against  the  lock  washer  at  the 
outer  end  of  the  hub  ring. 

The  importance  of  strict  compliance  with  these  instructions  can  not 
be  overestimated.  The  wooden  parts  of  the  wheels  are  made  of 
thoroughly  seasoned  materials,  and  the  hub  bolts  and  bands,  when 
the  wheels  are  issued,  are  properly  tightened ;  but  all  wood  is  suscepti- 
ble to  change  with  atmospheric  conditions,  so  that  the  spokes  speedily 
become  loose,  and  if  the  wheel  is  used  in  this  condition  it  will  rapidly 
be  made  unserviceable  and  may  be  damaged  beyond  repair. 


88 

THE    3-INCH    GUN    LIMBER,    MODEL,   OF    1902. 

[Plate  XIV.] 
WEIGHTS,   DIMENSIONS,   ETC. 

Weight,  complete,  empty . pounds 964 

Weight  of  tools  and  equipment  carried do 101 

Weight  of  ammunition  carried - do 675 

Weight,  completely  equipped  and  loaded do 1,  740 

Weight  of  gun,  carriage,  and  limber,  completely  equipped  and  with  40 

rounds  of  ammunition pounds 4,  260 

Rounds  of  ammunition  carried  in  limber  chest number 36 

Diameter  of  wheels inches__  56 

Width  of  track do____  60 

Free  height  under  limber  (and  carriage) do 22 

Turning  angle  with  carriage degrees—  80 

Turning  angle  with  caisson do 75 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS. 


No. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section. 

2 

1 
1 

1 

1 

1 

1 
1 
1 
1 

2 

1 
1 

1 

1 

6 
2 
2 

Wheels  and  wheel  fastenings 

Same  as  on  carriage 

1 
VI 

3 

Axle 

Middle  rail  (upper  and  lower  half)  
Consisting  of— 
Pole  clamp  
Pole-prop  oracket  

Riveted  to  axle  

Riveted  to  middle  rail 

Riveted  to  pole  clamp  and  middle  rail 
with  limber  prop  in  place. 
In  pole  clamp 

Pole-clamp  bolt 

Pole-clamp  nut  

Pole  pin 

Secures  pole  in  seat 

Pole-pin  reinforce  

Riveted  to  lower  half  of  middle  rail  
Riveted  between  upper  and  lower  half, 
of  middle  rail. 
Riveted  to  middle  rail  with  side  rails.  . 
Riveted  to  middle  rail 

Pole  stop 

Separating  pieces  

Doubletree  strap 

Doubletree  bolt  

In  bolt  clamp  and  doubletree  strap  

Doubletree  nut 

Side  rail  (right)  

Riveted  to  axle  and  middle  rail 

Consisting  of  — 
Reinforce  plate,  front  

Riveted  to  side  rail  

Reinforce  plates,  rear 

do 

Sleeves.  .  .                ...%... 

....  do  

Step  

do 

Pole-prop  Docket 

do 

Side  rail  (left) 

Riveted  to  axle  and  middle  rail 

Consisting  of— 
Reinforce  plate  front 

Riveted  to  side  rail 

Reinforce  plates,  rear 

do 

Sleeves 

do 

Step  

..  do   

Pole-prop  support 

do                       ... 

Strap  fastener  

Riveted  to  side  rail,  for  pole-prop  strap. 
Riveted  to  middle  rail 

Name  plate  

Limber  prop 

Assembled  to  middle  rail  by  means  of 
pole-clamp  eye. 

Consisting  of— 
Limber-prop  foot  

Limber-prop  eye 

Pinned  to  top  of  prop     *  . 

Chain 

Secured  to  prop  foot 

Prop  tube  

Hinged  to  pole  by  prop  eye  

Prop-chain  fastening  . 

Riveted  to  chain 

Prop-chain  eye  

Riveted  to  prop  tube  

Tie-rod,  rear  (right) 

Brace  middle  rail  from  axle  .  .  . 

Tie-rod,  rear  (left) 

do 

Tie-rods,  front  

do            

Tie-rod  clamp  (right) 

On  fl.-rln  arms 

Tie-rod  clamp  (left)  do  

Tie-rod  pins.       .   .       .                                          Fasten  finds  of  tift-rnds               

Doubletree  rods 

From  doubletree  to  axle 

Doubletree  rod  Dins.  .  . 

Secure  rods  to  tie-rod  damns... 

89 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS— Continued. 


No. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section. 

1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 

1 
10 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
il 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

2 
1 
I 
I 
1 
2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 
2 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
8 
4 
4 

1 
1 

4 
4 
4 

Foot  rest,  consisting  of  

Riveted  to  foot  rest 

IV 

3 

Angle  piece  (left) 

do 

..  do  

Pick-handle  rest  large  end 

do                   

do  

Pick  pocket  nee'dle  end 

do                

Pick  head  lower  strap  fastener  

do....,  

do      

do                      

...do       

do                      

Pintle  with  bearing,  complete,  consisting 
of— 
Pintle 

Seated  in  pintle  bearing 

Pintle  latch 

On  pintle         

Pintle  latch  pin  with  split  pin  
Pintle  latch  spring 

Forms  pivot  of  latch 

On  pintle  

Pintle  bearing  (in  two  parts) 

Rear  end  of  middle  rail 

Pintle  spring 

In  pintle  bearing  

Pintle  spring  pin 

do 

Pintle  bearing  bolts  with  nuts 

Secures  bearings  to  middle  rail 

Doubletree 

On  doubletree  bolt 

Consisting  of— 
D  oubletree  body  with  reinforce  

Riveted  together 

Separators             ..         

Nipple  separator 

Double  hook  (right)      

Renewable 

Double  hook  (left) 

Nipple  nut 

Pole,  complete,  consisting  of  — 
Pole  body 

Riveted,  in  body 

Neck-yoke  counter  stop  spring 

Bears  on  neck-yoke  counter  stop  . 

Neck-yoke  counter  stop  pin  
Neck-yoke  counter  stop 

Riveted  in  body 

Hinges  on  counter  stop  pin  .  .  . 

Riveted  to  body 

Neck-yoke  chafing  plate 

Riveted  to  upper  side  of  body    .  .  . 

Inside  of  body 

Neck-yoke  stop  rivet  separator 

..  do  

Pole  pin  bushing  
Butt  reinforce                       

do  

Riveted  to  inside  of  body  

Ammunition  chest,  complete,  consisting 
of  — 
Door  chains                          

Attached  to  chest  door  

Shot  bolt  (right) 

On  chest  door 

Shot  bolt  (left)                     

do  

Shot-bolt  bracket  (right) 

Riveted  to  door 

Shot-bolt  bracket  (left)      

do  

Shot-bolt  stops 

do             

Padlock 

Fastened  to  chain 

Padlock  chain                             ... 

Fastened  to  door  

Lock  hinge 

Riveted  to  door 

Lock  hasp                             

Hinged  to  door  

Hinse  Bin 

Lock  cam                

Riveted  to  top  of  chest  

Lock  bolt 

In  lock  hasp          .  . 

On  lock  bolt 

Lock  handle 

.do             .... 

Handrail  tubes    

Riveted  on  handrail  brackets  so  as  to 
make  rights  and  lefts. 
Riveted  on  chest 

Handrail  forward  bracket  (right) 

Handrail  forward  bracket  (left)       

do.     

Handrail  rear  bracket  (right) 

do 

Handrail  rear  bracket  (left)  

do  

Bucket  holder 

Riveted  to  top  of  chest,  forms  seat.  ..  . 

Chest  rail  (right) 

Riveted  to  bottom  of  chest 

Chest  rail  (left)    -  .  . 

do  

Washers 

On  chest-rail  rivets                         .  . 

Chest-rait  connections  

Riveted  to  chest  

Connection  pins 

Fit  through  side  rails  and  chest-rail 
connections. 

Body  lower  plate 

Body,  upper  plate 

Door  hinges  male 

Riveted  to  door 

Door  hinges  female 

Riveted  to  chest  bottom 

Door-hinge  pins.  .  . 

Fit  in  door  hinges.  .  . 

1  The  components  are  for  the  steel  pole,  which  will  be  issued  to  replace  the  wooden  pole  when  the  latter 
becomes  unserviceable  and  the  present  supply  of  wooden  poles  is  exhausted. 


90 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS— Continued. 


No. 


7 


Name  of  part. 


Location,  etc. 


Ammunition  chest,  complete,  consisting 
of— Continued. 

Door-chain  fasteners Riveted  on  d9or 

Diaphragm  angles Riveted  on  diaphragms. 

Filler  piece  (right) ;  Under  shot-bolt  bracket 

Filler  piece  (left) i do 

Pa  ilock  staple !  Riveted  to  door 

Chest -front  reinforce Rivetei  to  chest  front. . 

Front  diaphragm Riveted  to  chest  body. . , 

Mi  Idle  diaphragm | do 

Rear  diaphragm I do 


Dis 
Stiffener . 

Chest  front 

Door 

Door  frame 

Ammunition-chest  connecting  pieces . 
Reinforce  pieces 


Hatchet-blade  bracket 

Hatchet-handle  fastener 

Pick  pocket,  chisel  end 

Ax-hea  1  bracket 

Sho  v-el-blade  bracket 

Lantern  bracket,  consisting  of— 

Lantern-bracket  bo  ly 

Lantern-bracket  bottom 

Lantern-strap  fasteners 

Grip-strap  fasteners 

Strap  fasteners  for  paulin  strap. . 
Rope-strap  fasteners 


Rope-strap  fasteners  (special) . 

Strap  fastener  for  ax  strap 

Shovel-handle  bracket. . . . 


Connects  front  and  middle  diaphragms 

Riveted  to  chest  body 

....do 

Hinged  to  chest  bo  ly 

Riveted  to  door 

Connects  rear  and  middle  diaphragms. 

Brazed  on  ammunition-chest  connect- 
ing pieces. 

Riveted  to  chest 

...do.... 

....do 

...do 

...do.... 


Property  clas- 
sification. 


Class.    Section. 


....do 

Riveted  to  body 

do 

Rivete  I  to  chest 

Rivete  d  to  bucket  holder 

Riveted  to  chest;  8  are  for  blanket 

straps. 
Riveted  to  chest 


Riveted  to  foot  rest  and  middle  rail 


IV 


DESCRIPTION  OF  THE   3-INCH  GUN  LIMBER,  MODEL  OF    1902. 
[Plate  XIV.] 

The  limber  is  of  metal  throughout,  excepting  the  spokes  and  felloes 
of  the  wheels.  The  principal  parts  are  the  wheels,  axle,  frame, 
ammunition  chest,  pole,  doubletree,  singletrees,  and  neck  yoke. 

The  wheels  and  wheel  fastenings  are  the  same  as,  and  interchange- 
able with,  those  used  on  the  carriage.  The  axle  is  hollow  and  is 
made  of  a  single  piece  of  forged  steel.  The  axle  arms  and  the  grooves 
for  the  wheel  fastenings  are  finished  to  the  same  shape  and  size  as 
those  of  the  carriage  axle.  The  axle  body  is  provided  with  lugs,  to 
which  the  middle  and  side  rails  of  the  frame  are  riveted. 

The  frame  consists  of  a  middle  and  two  side  rails  riveted  to  the 
axle  lugs  and  braced  as  shown  on  the  drawings.  The  middle  rail  is 
in  the  form  of  a  split  cylinder,  one  half  passing  below  and  the  other 
half  above  the  axle.  The  two  halves  are  united  in  front  to  form  a 
pole  seat  and  in  rear  to  form  a  seat  for  the  pintle  bearing.  Two 
lugs  are  provided  on  the  axle  near  each  axle  arm.  Tie-rods,  two  in 
front  and  two  in  rear,  are  pinned  to  these  lugs  and  attached  to  the 
front  and  rear  ends  of  the  middle  rail.  The  tie-rods  are  assembled 
under  tension  and  rigidly  brace  the  pole  and  pintle  seat.  To  the 
front  end  of  the  middle  rail  is  riveted  the  pole  clamp — a  steel  collar, 


91 

split  on  one  side  ana  provided  with  a  clamping  bolt  for  drawing  the 
two  halves  of  the  middle  rail  firmly  about  the  pole.  A  seat  for  the 
doubletree  is  formed  on  top  of  the  pole  clamp;  the  doubletree  bolt 
projects  up  through  this  seat  and  through  the  doubletree ;  its  upper 
end  is  threaded  for  a  nut  and  braced  back  to  the  middle  rail  by  the 
doubletree  strap.  Kiveted  to  the  lower  side  of  the  clamp  is  the  prop 
bracket,  which  is  connected  to  the  prop  by  the  prop  eye.  When  not 
in  use  this  prop  is  swung  up  under  the  frame  by  a  chain  attached 
to  its  lower  end  and  reaching  up  through  the  foot  rest  and  is  held 
in  that  position  by  hooking  the  free  end  of  the  chain  over  a  button 
provided  for  the  purpose. 

The  pintle  bearing  is  of  bronze,  made  in  halves  and  bored  out  to 
take  the  pintle  shank.  The  two  halves  of  the  bearing,  with  the  pintle 
in  its  seat,  are  assembled  and  held  in  the  rear  end  of  the  middle  rail 
by  two  pintle-bearing  bolts.  The  pintle  has  a  swiveling  motion  of 
360°  upon  its  shank,  but  is  kept  in  its  normal  position  by  the  pintle 
spring  in  the  pintle  bearing,  which  bears  upon  a  flattened  seat  on  the 
front  end  of  the  shank.  The  lunette  is  retained  upon  the  pintle 
hook  by  a  pintle  latch.  The  latter  is  pivoted  by  the  pintle-latch 
pin  upon  the  end  of  the  pintle  horn  and  is  arranged  to  be  held  in 
either  the  open  or  closed  position  by  the  pintle-latch  spring.  The 
latch  is  opened  by  the  lunette  in  entering  it  upon  the  pintle  hook, 
but  must  be  closed  by  hand.  The  spring  is  peened  in  its  seat,  but 
may  readily  be  driven  out  and  a  new  one  inserted,  if  required. 

The  side  rails  are  of  channel  shape,  divided  at  the  front,  one 
branch  being  led  forward  and  secured  to  the  middle  rail  near  the 
pole  seat,  while  the  other  branch  is  utilized  as  a  foot-rest  support. 
The  foot  rest  is  a  perforated  steel  plate  formed  to  shape  and  riveted 
to  the  middle  and  side  rails  in  front  of  the  ammunition  chest.  The 
latter  is  secured  to  and  supported  by  the  side  rails.  For  this  pur- 
pose four  connection  lugs  are  riveted  to  and  project  blown  ward  from 
two  chest  rails  on  the  bottom  of  the  chest.  The  connections  fit  into 
four  slots  made  in  the  top  of  the  side  rails  and  are  held  in  place  by 
connection  pins  passing  through  both  pieces.  The  rear  ends  of  the 
side  rails  project  slightly  beyond  the  chest  to  form  steps  for  the  use 
of  the  cannoneers  in  mounting. 

The  doubletree  and  singletrees  are  formed  of  flange  steel.  The 
hole  in  the  former  for  the  doubletree  bolt  is  bushed  with  a  bronze 
nipple  held  in  place  by  a  steel  nut,  and  may  be  replaced  when  worn. 
Two  doubletree  rods  reach  from  the  ends  of  the  doubletree  to  the 
tie-rod  clamps  on  the  axle  to  which  they  are  pinned.  The  neck  yoke 
is  now  made  of  steel  sleeves  and  rings. 

The  pole  is  now  made  of  steel  and  is  prevented  from  turning  in  its 
seat  by  a  pole  pin.  To  the  front  end  of  the  pole  is  riveted  a  pole 
plug  and  a  neck-yoke  stop.  Just  forward  of  the  neck-yoke  stop  is 
102614—17 8 


92 

the  neck-yoke  counterstop,  which,  with  its  spring,  is  hinged  to  the 
pole  body  and  works  through  a  slot  cut  in  the  under  side  of  the  pole. 
A  pole  prop  is  hinged  to  the  rear  end  of  the  pole  and  when  not  in  use 
it  is  secured  by  fastenings  under  the  limber  frame  and  the  prop- 
chain  button  on  the  foot  rest. 

The  ammunition  chest  is  a  rectangular  steel  box  built  up  of  sheet 
steel,  formed  to  shape  and  riveted  together.  The  front  of  the  chest 
is  flanged  all  around  and  riveted  through  the  flanges  to  the  body  of 
the  chest.  The  chest  door  is  hinged  at  the  bottom  and  swings  down- 
ward and  to  the  rear  to  an  approximately  horizontal  position,  where 
it  is  held  by  two  door  chains.  The  front  of  the  chest  and  the  door 
are  strengthened  by  vertical  corrugations  pressed  into  the  metal, 
those  in  the  chest  door  serving  as  shields  for  the  primers'  of  the  car- 
tridges. The  door  is  held  in  its  closed  position«by  a  shot  bolt  at  each 
of  the  upper  corners  and  by  a  chest  door  lock  in  the  middle.  Each 
shot  bolt  slides  in  a  shot-bolt  bracket  formed  of  sheet  steel  and  riveted 
to  the  door;  the  end  of  the  bolt  engages  in  an  eye  lug  projecting  from 
the  body  of  the  chest.  The  shot  bolt  on  the  right  is  provided  with 
an  eye,  by  which  it  may  be  locked  by  a  spring  padlock  to  a  staple 
riveted  to  the  door.  The  padlock  is  attached  by  a  chain  to  the  lock 
staple.  The  chest  door  lock  at  the  middle  of  the  door  comprises  a 
hasp  hinged  to  the  door  and  engaging  over  a  cam  lug  riveted  to  the 
top  of  the  chest.  A  spring-lock  bolt  in  the  hasp  automatically  secures 
the  hasp  to  the  cam  when  the  former  is  thrown  into  position. 

Inside  of  the  chest  the  cartridges  are  supported  by  three  vertical 
diaphragms,  flanged  all  around  and  riveted  to  the  body  of  the  chest. 
Each  of  the  diaphragms  is  perforated  with  39  flanged  holes. 

Corresponding  holes  in  the  middle  and  rear  diaphragms  are  con- 
nected by  conical  brass  tubes,  called  connecting  pieces,  which  are 
cut  away  on  top  to  reduce  weight.  These  connecting  pieces  support 
the  front  end  of  the  cartridge  case  and  enable  empty  cases  to  be 
carried.  The  rear  end  of  the  connecting  piece  is  turned  over  the 
rear  face  of  the  flange  of  the  perforation  in  the  rear  diaphragm, 
and  forms  a  stop  for  the  rim  of  the  cartridge  case.  The  chest  door 
closes  against  the  head  of  the  case  so  that  the  cartridge  is  firmly  held 
in  position.  Suitable  finger  clearances  are  cut  in  the  flange  of  each 
cartridge  hole  in  the  rear  diaphragm  to  enable  the  fingers  to  get  a 
good  hold  on  the  rim  of  the  case  in  withdrawing  it  from  the  chest. 

To  the  under  side  and  front  of  the  chest  are  riveted  two  rails  to 
which  the  connections  for  securing  the  chest  to  the  frame  are  fas- 
tened. Seats  for  three  cannoneers  are  provided  by  a  perforated  metal 
bucket  holder,  riveted  to  and  slightly  raised  above  the  chest  top. 
The  paulin  issued  with  each  limber  serves  as  a  seat  cushion,  and  is 
held  in  place  by  three  paulin  straps  suitably  fastened.  The  watering 
buckets  are  carried  in  suitable  compartments  provided  for  them 


93 

between  the  seat  and  the  chest.  At  each  end  of  the  seat  is  a  handrail 
which  projects  above  the  top  of  the  chest  and  is  securely  riveted  to 
its  ends.  To  the  front  of  the  chest  are  riveted  a  bracket  for  a  lan- 
tern and  fasteners  for  four  picket-rope  straps  for  securing  two  picket 
ropes.  (One  picket  rope  is  issued  for  light  batteries;  two  picket 
ropes  are  issued  for  horse  batteries.)  Fasteners  are  also  provided 
on  the  front  of  the  chest  for  three  grip  straps  for  the  use  of  the  can- 
noneers on  the  chest  seat.  Brackets  for  carrying  an  ax,  a  shovel, 
and  pole  prop  are  provided  under  the  limber.  The  shovel  is  carried 
on  the  right,  the  ax  on  the  left  side  of  the  middle  rail,  with  handles 
to  the  front.  The  blade  brackets  for  these  implements  are  riveted 
to  the  bottom  of  the  chest,  the  handle  brackets  to  foot  rest  and  lim- 
ber frame.  The  pole-prop  brackets  are  attached  to  the  side  rails  just 
in  rear  of  the  axle.  The  pickax  rests  in  brackets  on  the  foot  rest 
with  handle  pointing  to  the  right  and  lying  along  the  rear  edge  of 
the  foot  rest  under  the  lantern  bracket  and  picket  rope.  The  hatchet 
is  carried  in  two  brackets  riveted  to  the  left  end  of  the  chest.  All 
of  these  implements  are  secured  in  their  brackets  by  leather  straps, 
which  are  held  by  strap  fasteners  provided  for  that  purpose.  With 
each  limber  are  issued  three  oil  cans,  each  of  the  general  form  of  a 
cartridge  and  of  a  capacity  of  approximately  two-thirds  of  a  gallon. 
They  are  intended  for  hydroline,  lubricating,  and  coal  oil,  and  are  to 
be  carried  inside  the  chest  in  the  central  vertical  row  of  cartridge 
holes. 

A  name  plate  is  attached  to  the  middle  rail  of  each  limber  near 
the  pintle  seat,  giving  number,  name  of  carriage,  model,  name  of 
manufacturer,  year  of  completion,  and  initials  of  inspector.  In  all 
reports  and  correspondence  the  limber  should  ~be  designated  by  the 
number,  name,  etc.,  as  given  thereon.  As  repairs  to  implement  at- 
tachments and  other  parts  of  limbers  may  from  time  to  time  be 
required,  the  parts  needed  should  be  referred  to  by  the  names  given 
on  the  drawings  or  in  the  nomenclature  of  parts  herein. 

THE  3-INCH   GUN   CAISSON,   MODEL  OF   1902. 

[Plates  XV  and  XVI.] 
WEIGHTS.    DIMENSIONS,    ETC. 

Weight,  empty,  without  implements  and  ammunition pounds 1, 424 

Weight  of  tools  and  equipment  carried do 84 

Weight  of  ammunition  carried do 1,  312.  5 

Weight,  complete,  equipped  and  loaded do 2,820 

Weight  with  limber,  completely  equipped  and  with  106  rounds  of  am- 
munition  pounds__  4,560 

Rounds  of  ammunition  carried number__        70 

Diameter  of  wheels inches 56 

Width  of  track do 60 

Free  height  under  caisson do 22.  5 

Turning  angle __degrees__        75 


94 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS. 


Name  of  part. 


Location,  etc. 


Property  clas- 
sification. 


Class. 


jSect 


ion. 


Wheels Same  as  on  carriage . 

Wheel  fastenings,  complete do. 

Axle 

Middle-rail  angle  (right) Riveted  to  axle  and  side  rail 

Middle-rail  angle  (left) do. 

Middle-rail  plate Riveted  to  middle-rail  angles 

Side  rail  (right) '  Riveted  to  axle  lugs 

Side  rail  (left) ! do 

Fillerplates Riveted  to  side-rail  flanges 

Pintle  with  bearing,  complete,  consisting 
of— 

Pintle Seated  in  pintle  bearing 

Pintle  latch On  pintle 

Pintle-latch  pin,  with  split  pin Forms  pivot  of  latch 

Pintle-latch  spring On  pintle ~ 

Pintle  bearing  (in  two  parts) Rear  end  of  middle  rail 

Pintle  spring In  pintle  bearing 

Pintle-spring  pin do 

Pintle-bearing  bolts  with  nuts I  Secures  bearing  to  middle  rail . 

Name  plate I  Riveted  near  rear  end  of  side  rails.. 

Fuze-setter  bracket  rod  lug |  Riveted  to  right  side  rail 

Brake  channel |  Fastened  to  side  rails 

Channel  supports Fasten  channel  to  side  rails 

Cross  brace Riveted  to  side  rails 

Frame  handle  (right) Front  end  of  side  rails 

Frame  handle  (left) do 

Frame  reinforce  plate do 

Lunette  bracket do 

Lunette  bracket  filler  plate Under  lunette  bracket 

Lunette,  with  nut Secured  in  lunette  bracket 

Caisson  prop,  complete On  front  end  of  side  rails 

Consisting  of— 

Prop  eye  (right) Riveted  to  right  tube 

Prop  eye  (left) Riveted  to  left  tube 

Prop  tubes Supports  pole 

Prop  foot Riveted  to  lower  ends  of  tubes 

Fastening  pin Through  prop  eyes 

Fastening-pin  washer  nut On  fastening  pin 

Fastening  nut Secures  prop  to  vehicle 

Prop-chain  clamps I  On  prop  tubes IV 

Prop  chains Secured  to  prop 

Prop  hook On  chain i 

Prop-chain  button Riveted  into  lunette  bracket 

Prop-chain  guides Riveted  to  cross  brace 

Box  bottom  (right) Riveted  to  ends  of  brake  channel . 

Box  bottom  (left) do 

Brake-box  fillers do 

Brake-beam  guide  (right) Riveted  to  brake  channel 

Brake-beam  guide  (left) do 

Front-brake  brace  (right) Brake  channel  to  side  rails 

Front-brake  brace  (left) do 

Rear-brake  brace  (right) do 

Rear-brake  brace  (left) do 

Brake  beams Seated  in  brake  boxes 

Brake  shoes -. On  end  of  brake  beams 

Brake-shoe  tap  bolts  (short) Secure  shoes  to  beams 

Brake-beam  pins Form  pivots 

Brake-rod  ends Connects  rods  to  brake  beams  — 

Brake  rods Connect  beams  to  cranks 

Including — 

Brake-rod  springs On  brake  rods 

Brake-spring  covers do 

Brake-spring-cover  heads do 

Brake-spring-cover  ends do 

Brake-rod  pins Secure  rods  to  beams  and  cranks . 

Brake  cranks j  On  brake  shaft 

Brake-crank  bolts,  with  nuts Clamp  cranks  on  shaft 

Brake  shaft,  with  two  keys In  shaft  bearings  on  axle 

Brake-shaft  bearings Riveted  to  axle  lugs 

Brake-shaft  bushings ! 

Brake-segment  bracket Clamped  on  right  end  of  axle 

Brake-segment  bushing On  brake-segment  bracket 

Brake-segment  bracket  bolt,  and  nut i  Clamps  bracket  to  axle 

Brake  segment I  Riveted  to  bracket 

Brake-segment  brace Riveted  to  brake  segment 

Brake-segment  guard Riveted  to  segment 

Segment  rack do 

Front  separator Between  segment  and  guard _ . 

Rear  separator ' do, ' 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS— Continued. 


No. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Propert 
sffica 

Class. 

!$^ 

Section. 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2  i 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 

1 

1  i 
1 
1 
1 

2 

2 

9 
2 
70 

140 
1 
1 
3 
1 
1 
1 
3 
3 
1 
4 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
4 
2 
1 
1 
1 
3 
4 
1 
1 
1 
2 
2 
2 
2 
1 
1 

1 
2 
2 
2 

2 
4 
1 
1 
4 

Rear-separator  bolt 

Through  rear  separator 

IV 

Brake  lever 

On  end  of  shaft  

Brake-lever  catch 

Riveted  on  brake  lever 

Spare-pole  fastening 

On  caisson  prop  pin  

F*ast8ning  nut        " 

On  spare-pole  fastening 

Fastening  washers  ..  . 

On  spare  pole  

Spare-pole  bracket 

Riveted  to  middle  rail     .  . 

Spare-pole  rest 

Riveted  to  brake  channel 

Pick-mattock  bracket  . 

do...                                    

Shovel-handle  support 

Riveted  to  cross  brace 

Strap  fasteners  for  pick  mattock  

Riveted  to  pick-mattock  bracket  and 
brake  channel. 

Riveted  to  bottom  plate 

Ammunition  chest,  complete,  consisting 
of— 
Top  plate 

Bottom  plate  

Riveted  to  chest  rails     .              

Rear  diaphragm 

Riveted  to  chest 

Middle  diaphragm  

do... 

Front  diaphragm  ... 

do 

Front-diaphragm  braces  (1  right,  1  left) 
Middle-diaphragm    braces    (1    right, 
Rear-diaphragm  braces  (1  right,!  left) 
Diaphragm  tees,  long 

Riveted  to  front  plate,  front   dia- 
phragm, and  bottom  plate. 
Riveted  to  front  and!"  middle   dia- 
phragms, and  bottom  plate  . 
Riveted   to    middle   and   rear   dia- 
phragms, and  bottom  plate. 
Riveted  to  diaphragm 

Diaphragm  tees,  short  

Riveted  to  rear  diaphragms  

Connecting  pieces. 

Rolled  into  rear  "and"  middle   dia- 
phragms. 
Soldered  on  connecting  pieces  .  . 

Reinforce'pieces  

Front  plate 

Riveted  to  angle 

1  by  1  by  0.125  chest  angle... 

Riveted  to  bo3y 

Chest-front  braces 

Riveted  to  front  plate 

Ax-head  bracket  

..  do... 

Ax-handle  support 

do 

Ax-strap  fastener  

do 

Grip-strap  fasteners 

Riveted  to  chest 

Paulin-strap  fasteners  

do 

Shovel  support 

Riveted  to  bottom  of  chest 

Reinforce  washers  

Under  rivet  heads  for  pick-mattock 
handle  support  and  shovel  support. 

Pick-mattock  handle  support  

Wrench  holder  for  spanner  wrench  
Wrench  holder  for  spanner  wrench 

Riveted  to  left  side  of  chest 

do 

Wrench  holder  for  nut  wrench  

do 

Wrench  holder  for  nut  wrench 

do 

Strap  fasteners  for  wrenches  

Riveted  to  chest  

Chest  rail  (right)  .  . 

Riveted  to  bottom  plate 

Chest  rail  (left)  

do  ..  .         

Filler  pieces  

Riveted  to  chest  body  and  chest  rails.  . 
Riveted  to  chest  rails 

Apron  latch  hinge  (right) 

Apron  latch  hinge  (left)  . 

do 

Foot  rest 

do 

Handrail  shanks  

Riveted  to  sides  of  chest  

Handrails 

Riveted  to  handrail  shanks 

Door  prop  guide  (right)  

Riveted  to  sides  of  chest  

Door  prop  guide  (left) 

do 

Door  plate 

Door  tees  

Riveted  to  inside  of  door 

Door  tees 

do 

Angle  

do                                       

Lock  bar  (right) 

Lock-bar  hinges  riveted  to  chest 

Lock  bar  (left)  .  . 

do                                  

Padlock  chain  rivets 

On  lock  bars 

Wing  nuts  

Fastened  to  door  plate  

Wing  nut  pins  .... 

Riveted  to  door  plate 

Wing  nut  pin  washers  

On  pins           

Padlock  with  chain  and  bolt  snap  
Chain  with  two  chain  rings  and  bolt 
snap. 
Padlock  chain  staple. 

Attached  to  lock  bar 

do 

Riveted  to  bottom  plate 

D  oor  prop  studs  .  .  . 

Riveted  to  door  plate  

Nuts.  ...  

For  studs                         

Door  props 

Pivoted  on  studs 

Door  prop  rivets  

Door  hinge  pins 

Fasten  door  plate  to  chest 

Door  handle 

Riveted  to  door  plate 

Fuze  setter  latch  hinge 

do  

Lock  bar  hinges.  .  . 

Riveted  to  bottom  plate.... 

96 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS— Continued. 


Name  of  part. 


Location,  etc. 


3ropertv  cL 
sification. 


clas- 


Class.    Section. 


Ammunition  chest,  complete,  consisting 
of— Continued. 

Door  hinges,  male Riveted  to  door  plate 

Door  hinges,  female Riveted  to  top  plate 

Apron,  complete,  consisting  of— 

Apron Hinged  under  axle 

E  nd  hinge  filler  pieces Riveted  to  apron 

Center  hinge  (right) do 

Center  hinge  (left) do 

End  hinge  (right) do 

End  hinge  (left) do 

Apron  staple  (right) j do 

Apron  staple  (left) ! do 

Hinge  pins Secure  apron  to  axle 

Hinge  pins Secure  apron  and  fuze-setter  bracket 

to  axle. 

Apron  latches,  complete Pivoted  on  hinges  on  chest  rails 

Consisting  of — 

Hinge  pins !  Attach  latch  body  to  hinge 

Latch  bodies 

Latch  levers Pivoted  on  bodies 

Lever  pins Form  pivots  for  levers 

Latch  plungers ,  Seated  in  body 

Latch  clevises Screwed  on  end  of  plunger 

Latch  clevis  pins Attach  clevis  to  lever 

Latch  springs In  body  around  plunger 

Latch  bushings Screwed  into  body 

Fuze-setter  bracket !  Attached  to  axle  brackets  by  apron-          T v 

hinge  pins. 
Consisting  of— 
Upper  rod Pinned  to  bracket-rod  lug  and  to  lower 

rod. 
Lower  rod Pinned  to  upper  rod  and  to  fuze-setter 

bracket. 

Fuze-setter  bracket  end  (left) Hinged  to  axle  bracket 

Fuze-setter  bracket  end  (right) i do. 

Fuze-setter  bracket  arm  (right) Riveted  to  fuze-setter  bracket  end 

(right). 
Fuze-setter  bracket  arm  (left) Riveted  to  fuze-setter  bracket  end 

Pins For  upper  and  lower  rod 

Separator Riveted  to  fuze-setter  bracket  arms. . . .  ] 

Staple I do ! 

Fuze-setter  latch,  complete Pinned  to  hinge  on  chest  door  plate . .  J 

Consisting  of — 

Latch  body I do 

Hinge  pin j  Attaches  body  to  door  plate 

Latch  lever Pivoted  on  body 

Lever  pin !  Attaches  lever  to  body 

Latch  plunger !  Seated  in  body 

Latch  clevis !  Screwed  on  end  of  plunger 

Latch  clevis  pin !  Attaches  clevis  to  lever 

Latch  spring !  In  body  around  plunger I 

Latch  bushing j  Screwed  into  body I 

NOTE. — Parts  of  apron  latches  and  J 
fuze-setter  latches   are   not   inter- 
changeable,   and    requisitions    for 
spare  parts  should  state  specifically 
for  which  latch  required. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  THE   CAISSON. 
[Plates  XV  and  XVI.] 

The  caisson  is  made  of  metal  throughout,  with  the  exception  of 
parts  of  the  wheels.  The  principal  parts  are  the  wheels,  axle,  frame, 
road  brakes,  and  ammunition  chest. 

The  wheels  and  wheel  fastenings  are  interchangeable  with  those  of 
the  carriage  and  limber.  The  axle  is  similar  in  design,  but  larger  in 


nj  ° 

^o 

!   o    o 
o    q 

\ 

SF* 

v>J 

X 

_ 

Caisson.  JProjo 


— -Z,  unelte -Bracket 
frame  J-fartdle 

-Frame Reinforce  fiaie 

,  — (fross  33r£ice 


-Front.  JlraJre  ^S 


9eeeeeG9e©eeeeeee©eGeeeeeoeeo,eee© 
o  e  o0e  eeeeQeoeeeeeeeeeeeee  e1®  e  e  e'o.eo  o 


eeeeeeee Q  e  ©eeeeeeeeeeeeGeeeeeeoGe 
©  ©  Q  QOG  ©  e  Q  Q  e  9  e  e  ©  G  e  e  G  e  ©  e  ©  e  G  %»  9  Q  e  9 ' o  e  e  e 
e  e  e  e  e  e  e  9Q©  »••••••.••••••••  ©0©  9  9  ©9  e  e  9 


OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO  O!O  O  O  O 

oooooooooooooooooooooooooooo  o'o  o  o  o 

o        o  rw    n  f o      . — .o    fPFtt  Q o o     i— i    o   ~-ffa  o        o 


A.mm  u  toil  ton  (Jhest-^ ), 

/l-f    r 


picfe  JEails- 


^-—FlnUe 


Caisson 

02.   4-         8       J2      J6       £0     24     28      32       36 

"'I    i    i     i     i    i    i    i     i     i    I    I    i    i     i    i     i    i    i    i 


.  f£B.  ff, 


CLASS  36  -DMSIONZ-DRAWINGI! 


97 

section  than  the  limber  axle,  and  differs  from  it  also  in  the  location 
of  the  lugs  for  the  attachment  of  the  frame  and  apron  hinges. 

The  frame  is  diamond  shaped  and  consists  principally  of  two  steel 
side  rails  of  channel  section  riveted  to  lugs  on  the  axle  and  meeting 
in  front  of  it  at  the  lunette  and  in  rear  at  the  pintle.  Opposite  the 
front  part  of  the  wheels  the  two  side  rails  are  connected  by  a  4-inch 
steel  channel,  which  forms  a  support  for  the  road-brake  beams.  The 
middle  rail  is  formed  of  two  steel  angles  riveted  to  lugs  on  the  lower 
side  of  the  axle.  In  rear  of  the  axle  the  middle  rail  braces  the  two 
side  rails  at  the  point  where  they  meet  to  form  the  pintle  seat;  in 
front  the  two  parts  of  the  middle  rail  extend  diagonally  forward  and 
are  secured  to  the  side  rails  at  the  brake  channel. 

The  pintle  bearing  and  pintle  of  the  caisson  are  in  all  respects  sim- 
ilar to  and  interchangeable  with  like  parts  of  the  limber.  The  front 
ends  of  the  side  rails  are  brought  together  and  securely  riveted  to 
each  other  and  to  the  frame  reinforce  plate  and  the  lunette  bracket. 
To  the  latter  a  lunette,  interchangeable  with  the  one  on  the  carriage, 
is  assembled  by  the  lunette  nut.  Two  frame  handles  are  attached  to 
the  frame  at  the  lunette  bracket.  A  stout  cross  brace  of  channel 
shape  is  riveted  to  and  strengthens  the  side  rails  at  the  point  of  con- 
tact of  the  limber  wheels  in  making  short  turns.  A  caisson  prop, 
formed  of  two  steel  tubes  united  by  a  bronze  foot,  is  hinged  on  a  prop 
pin  which  passes  through  the  side  rails  and  lunette  bracket.  When 
not  in  use  the  prop  is  swung  up  under  the  spare-pole  body  and  is 
held  in  that  position  by  chains  leading  from  the  prop  legs  through 
guides  on  the  cross  brace  and  uniting  in  a  hook  which  is  engaged 
over  a  button  riveted  into  the  top  of  the  lunette  bracket. 

The  caisson  road  brake  is  modeled  after  that  of  the  carriage,  all 
parts  as  far  as  possible  being  interchangeable.  The  ends  of  the 
brake  channel  are  braced  front  and  rear  to  the  side  rails,  and  on 
their  lower  side  is  formed  a  box  in  which  the  brake  beams  are  pivoted. 
The  brake-box  bottoms  project  to  the  front  and  form  steps  for  the 
cannoneers  in  mounting.  The  outer  ends  of  the  beams  carry  brake 
shoes  attached  by  tap  bolts;  the  inner  ends  are  supported  by  brake- 
beam  guides  riveted  to  the  brake  channel.  The  front  end  of  the  brake 
rod  is  screwed  into  a  piece,  called  the  brake-rod  end,  which  is  pinned 
to  the  brake  beam.  The  brake-rod  spring  slips  over  the  rear  end  of 
the  brake  rod  and  abuts  against  a  shoulder  upon  it.  The  brake 
spring  is  covered  by  a  tube  called  the  brake-spring  cover,  inclosed  at 
each  end  by  bronze  pieces,  called  the  brake-spring-cover  head  and 
brake-spring-cover  end.  The  spring  is  compressed  between  the 
brake-spring-cover  end  and  the  shoulder  on  the  brake  rod,  while  the 
rod  is  arranged  to  have  a  short  longitudinal  movement  against  the 
pressure  of  the  spring.  The  brake-spring-cover  end  is  pinned  to 
cranks  on  the  brake  shaft.  This  elastic  brake  rod  is  in  all  respects 


98 

similar  to  that  upon  the  carriage,  and  all  parts  (excepting  the  rod 
proper)  are  interchangeable  with  like  parts  of  the  carriage  brake. 

The  cranks  are  secured  on  the  brake  shaft  by  clamp  bolts  and  are 
keyed  to  prevent  turning.  The  shaft  is  assembled  in  three  bearings 
riveted  to  the  axle  lugs.  The  brake  lever  is  mounted  on  the  right 
end  of  the  shaft,  is  held  in  place  by  the  brake  guard,  and  extends 
upward  and  forward  in  a  convenient  position  for  use  by  a  cannoneer 
seated  on  the  chest.  A  brake  segment  bracket  is  clamped  and  keyed 
to  the  axle  and  has  riveted  to  it  a  tool  steel  segmental  rack  provided 
with  ratchet  teeth.  The  brake  is  set  by  engaging  the  brake-lever 
catch  in  the  rack  on  this  segment. 

The  caisson  ammunition  chest  is  a  rectangular  steel  box  built  up 
of  flange  steel,  formed  to  shape  and  riveted  together  in  a  manner 
similar  to  the  limber  chest,  but  is  larger,  making  provision  for  70 
rounds  of  ammunition  arranged  in  five  horizontal  rows  of  14  rounds 
each.  Caissons  having  serial  numbers  1141  to  1284  inclusive  have 
provision  for  56  rounds  of  ammunition  only,  arranged  in  four  hori- 
zontal rows  of  14  rounds  each.  The  front  of  the  chest  is  made  of 
armor  plate,  0.15  inch  thick.  A  steel  angle  is  riveted  to  the  armor 
plate  all  around  its  edge,  and  the  projecting  leg  of  the  angle  riveted 
to  the  body  of  the  chest.  Three  steel  tees,  placed  vertically  and 
riveted  to  the  inside  of  the  front  plate,  gives  stiffness  to  the  latter. 

Inside  the  chest  the  cartridges  are  supported  by  three  vertical 
diaphragms  flanged  all  around  and  riveted  to  the  body  of  the  chest. 
Each  diaphragm  is  perforated  with  70  flanged  cartridge  holes.  Cor- 
responding holes  in  the  middle  and  rear  diaphragms  are  connected 
by  conical  brass  connecting  pieces,  which  are  in  all  respects  similar 
to  those  used  in  the  limber  chest.  The  diaphragms  are  rigidly  braced 
to  each  other  and  to  the  chest  front  and  bottom  by  six  diaphragm 
braces  riveted  in  place  over  the  side  rails. 

To  the  front  and  middle  diaphragms  are  riveted  vertically  three 
long  steel  tees.  To  the  rear  diaphragm  three  long  and  two  short  steel 
tees  are  riveted.  For  caissons  not  equipped  with  diaphragm  braces, 
the  rear  diaphragm  has  five  steel  tees.  For  caissons  carrying  only  56 
rounds  of  ammunition  three  long  steel  tees  are  riveted  to  each  dia- 
phragm. 

The  chest  door  is  made  of  armor  plate,  0.15  inch  thick.  It  is 
hinged  to  the  body  of  the  chest  at  the  top  by  four  hinges  and  is  held 
closed  by  two  lock  bars  hinged  to  the  bottom  of  the  chest.  A  hasp 
and  two  eccentric  lugs  are  formed  upon  each  of  these  bars;  in  locking 
the  door  the  lugs  come  into  contact  with  its  lower  edge,  pressing  it 
forward,  while  the  hasp  engages  a  wing  nut  on  its  rear  face.  The 
left  lock-bar  hasp  has  a  spring  padlock  attached  by  a  chain;  the 
left  bar  hasp  is  fitted  with  a  bolt  snap  which  when  snapped  in  the 
wing-nut  eye  serves  to  lock  the  hasp  in  position. 


99 

Seven  steel  tees  are  riveted  to  the  inner  face  of  the  door.  These 
tees  are  spaced  so  that  with  the  door  closed  the  vertical  leg  of  the  T 
falls  between  each  alternate  row  of  cartridges  and  the  horizontal 
legs  press  against  the  heads  of  the  cartridges.  The  rims  of  the 
cartridge  cases  are  thus  firmly  held  between  the  rear  diaphragm  and 
the  door  tees,  which,  in  addition  to  forming  stiffeners  for  the  door, 
provide  clearances  between  the  door  plate  and  the  cartridge  percus- 
sion cap  for  the  protection  of  the  latter.  The  lower  edge  of  the  door 
is  also  stiffened  by  a  steel  angle,  running  its  entire  length. 

The  door  opens  upward  to  the  rear,  swinging  through  an  arc  of 
120°  to  its  open  position,  where  it  is  held  at  each  end  by  a  door  prop. 
One  end  of  each  prop  runs  in  a  door-prop  guide  riveted  to  the  end  of 
the  chest;  the  other  end  of  the  prop  is  secured  by  a  nut  on  a  door- 
prop  stud  riveted  to  the  door.  As  the  door  is  thrown  open  the  props 
catch  in  notches  in  the  guides  and  hold  it  in  the  open  position;  to 
close  the  door  the  props  must  be  released  by  hand  from  the  guide 
notches. 

The  top  of  the  chest  forms  a  seat  for  cannoneers  and  has  a  hand- 
rail at  each  end.  To  strap  fasteners  riveted  to  the  front  and  top  of 
the  chest  are  attached  three  grip  straps  for  the  use  of  the  cannoneers 
and  three  paulin  straps  for  securing  the  paulin,  which  serves  as  a 
seat  cushion.  To  the  bottom  of  the  chest  are  riveted  two  chest  rails 
of  channel  section,  which  fit  over  and  are  riveted  to  the  caisson  side 
rails.  On  all  caissons  manufactured  after  November  11,  1911,  and 
on  all  completely  overhauled  after  that  date,  steel  filler  pieces  and  a 
filler  plate  are  riveted  to  each  side  rail.  On  these  pieces  the  chest  rail 
rests,  thus  taking  the  shear  strain  off  of  the  rivets  in  the  side  flanges 
of  the  chest  rail  and  side  rail.  The  chest  rails  extend  to  the  front 
and  are  divided  and  bent  up  to  support  the. foot  rest,  a  perforated 
sheet-metal  plate  formed  to  shape  and  riveted  on.  To  the  rear  ends 
of  the  chest  rails  are  riveted  hinges  for  the  apron  latches,  which  sup- 
port the  apron  in  traveling  position. 

An  apron  shield,  made  of  armor  plate  0.2  inch  thick  (0.15  inch 
in  later  type),  is  hinged  under  the  axle  and  arranged  so  as  to  be 
lowered  into  position  in  action  or  drawn  up  to  clear  obstructions  in 
traveling.  This  apron-shield  plate  when  lowered  reaches  from  the. 
axle  to  within  5.5  inches  of  the  ground  and,  in  connection  with  the 
armored  front  and  door  of  the  chest,  affords  protection  from  small- 
arm  and  shrapnel  fire  to  the  ammunition  servers  in  rear  of  the 
caisson.  The  caisson-apron  plate,  the  chest  door  plate,  and  the 
chest  front  plate  are  made  of  the  same  quality  of  material  as  the 
carriage  shields.  For  the  attachment  of  the  apron  to  the  caisson 
axle  four  sets  of  hinge  lugs  are  formed  on  the  axle,  and  the  apron  is 
attached  by  hinges  to  these  lugs.  It  is  slightly  convex  to  the  front, 
so  that  when  swung  up  for  traveling  it  clears  the  spare  pole  carried 


100 

under  the  caisson  frame.  For  traveling,  the  apron  is  drawn  up  to 
the  rear,  as  stated,  and  is  held  by  two  apron  latches. 

Each  apron  latch  consists  principally  of  a  latch  body,  lever, 
plunger,  and  spring.  The  apron-latch  body  is  supported  by  a  hinge 
pin  passing  through  the  apron-latch  hinge  riveted  to  the  rear  end  of 
the  chest  rail ;  the  lower  end  of  the  latch  body  terminates  in  a  hook, 
which  engages  the  latch  staple  riveted  to  the  apron  shield  and  holds 
the  latter  in  traveling  position.  To  prevent  accidental  disengage- 
ment of  hook  from  staple,  the  opening  of  the  hook  is  closed  by  a 
plunger  seated  in  the  latch  body  and  pressed  outward  into  action  by  a 
coiled  spring.  An  apron-latch  lever  is  provided  for  withdrawing  the 
plunger  from  the  hook  when  it  is  desired  to  disengage  the  hook  from 
the  staple. 

The  fuze-setter  bracket  consists  of  two  angle  irons,  pivoted  at  the 
front  upon  the  two  apron-hinge  pins  on  the  right  side  of  the  caisson 
and  united  at  the  rear  to  form  a  seat,  to  which  the  fuze  setter  is 
securely  bolted.  A  staple  is  riveted  to  the  bracket  near  its  lower  end, 
and  a  fuze-setter  latch  pivoted  upon  a  hinge  or  support  on  the  chest 
door  is  arranged  to  engage  this  staple  and  hold  the  bracket  with  fuze 
setter  in  traveling  position.  For  use,  the  fuze  setter  with  bracket  is 
swung  down  and  supported  by  a  jointed  rod  extending  from  the 
lower  end  of  the  bracket  to  the  right  side  rail.  This  jointed  rod  or 
brace  consists  of  upper  and  lower  rods  pinned  together;  the  upper 
rod  is  also  pinned  to  the  bracket-rod  lug  on  the  side  rail  and  the  lower 
rod  to  the  bracket  itself.  This  flexible  connection  enables  the  rod 
to  fold  up  when  the  bracket  is  swung  up  for  traveling. 

The  fuze-setter  latch  is  of  the  same  general  design  as  the  caisson- 
apron  latch  described  above,  but  the  parts  of  the  two  latches  are  not 
interchangeable.  The  fuze-setter  latch  body  is  attached  by  a  hinge 
pin  to  a  hinge  riveted  to  the  rear  face  of  the  chest  door. 

For  batteries  equipped  with  wooden  poles,  a  spare-pole  body  is 
carried  under  the  caisson  frame  on  each  of  four  caissons.  The  small 
end  of  the  pole  rests  in  a  leather-covered  bracket  called  the  spare-pole 
bracket,  which  is  riveted  to  the  middle  rail  directly  under  the  axle; 
the  large  end  is  held  in  place  by  the  spare-pole  fastening,  a  swing- 
ing bolt,  the  upper  end  of  which  is  located  in  the  lunette  bracket 
and  held  in  place  by  the  fastening  pin ;  near  the  center  of  the  pole 
a  third  point  of  support,  the  spare-pole  rest,  which  is  riveted  to 
the  brake  channel,  holds  the  pole  rigidly  in  place.  A  long-handled 
shovel  is  carried,  with  the  blade  resting  in  the  shovel  support,  riv- 
eted to  the  bottom  of  the  chest,  and  with  the  handle  supported  by 
the  shovel-handle  support,  attached  to  the  frame  cross  brace.  The 
pick-mattock  head  is  held  by  a  bracket  riveted  on  the  brake  channel. 
The  handle  projects  to  the  rear  through  a  pick-mattock  handle 
bracket  riveted  to  the  bottom  of  the  chest.  The  ax  is  carried  in 


101 


brackets  riveted  to  the  front  and  the  twoVreiicHes  in  bVacke'ts  riv- 
eted to  the  left  end  of  the  chest.  All  of  these  implements  are  se- 
cured in  their  brackets  by  leather  straps,  engaging  in  strap  fasteners 
riveted  to  various  parts  of  the  caisson. 

A  name  plate  is  attached  to  each  caisson  near  the  pintle,  giving 
the  number,  name  of  carriage,  model,  name  of  manufaturer,  year 
of  completion,  and  initials  of  inspector.  In  all  reports  and  corre- 
spondence the  caisson  should  be  designated  by  the  number,  name, 
model,  etc.,  given  on  this  name  plate.  In  requests  for  spare  parts 
for  repairs,  etc.,  the  parts  should  be  asked  for  by  the  names  given 
on  the  plates  or  in  the  paragraph  giving  nomenclature  of  parts  in 
this  handbook. 


THE  3-INCH  GUN  CAISSON  LIMBER,  MODEL  OF  1916. 

[Plates  XVII  and  XVIII. ] 
WEIGHTS,  DIMENSIONS,   ETC. 

Weight  complete,  empty pounds—      987 

Weight  of  tools  and  equipment  carried  (oil  cans  filled) do 113 

Weight  of  ammunition  carried do 675 

Weight,  completely  equipped  and  loaded do 1,  775 

Weight  of  gun,  carriage,  model  of  1902,  and  limber,  model  of  1916,  com- 
pletely equipped  and  with  40  rounds  of  ammunition pounds—  4,  295 

Rounds  of  ammunition  carried  in  limber  chest number—         36 

Diameter  of  wheels - inches—         56 

Width  of  track do 60 

Free  height  under  limber  (carriage,  model  of  1902=22) do 24 

Turning  angle  with  carriage,  model  of  1902 degrees—         80 

Turning  angle  with  caisson do 81 

NOTE. — The  3-inch  gun  carriage,  model  of  1916,  will  not  be  used  with  the  3-inch  gun 
limber,  model  of  1902,  or  the  3-inch  caisson  limber,  model  of  1916,  on  account  of  the 
excessive  weight  of  the  1916  gun  carriage.  A  special  carriage  limber  will  be  provided 
for  the  1916  carriage. 

NOMENCLATURE    OF   PARTS. 
[Parts  not  enumerated  in  the  following  list  are  the  same  as  those  for  the  3-inch  gun  limber,  model  of  1902. 


No. 


Name  of  part. 


Location,  etc. 


Property  clas- 
sification. 


Class.   Section. 


Middle  rail  (upper  and  lower  half) Riveted  to  chest  bottom 

Consisting  of— 

Doubletree  bolt In  top  of  pole  clamp 

Doubletree  nut On  doubletree  bolt 

Doubletree  strap !  Riveted  to  middle  rail 

Pole  clamp ' do 

Pole  clamp  bolt In  pole  clamp 

Pole  clamp  nut On  pole  clamp  bolt 

Pole  pin Secures  pole  in  seat 

Pole  pin  reinforce  plate Riveted  to  middle  rail  at  pin. . 

Pole  stop ;  Riveted  in  middle  rail 

Prop  bracket i  Riveted  to  pole  clamp 

Axle  bracket,  right :  Clamped  to  axle,  right  end 

Axle  bracket,  left Clamped  to  axle,  left  end 

Side  rail,right Riveted  to  axle  bracket,  right . 

Side  rail,  left i  Riveted  to  axle  bracket,  left... 


IV 


102 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PAKTS— Continued. 


No. 


Name  of  part. 


Location,  etc. 


Name  plate.. 
Limber  prop. 


Consisting  of— 

Prop  chain 

Prop  chain  fastening. 

Prop  chain  handle. . . 

Prop  eye 

Prop  foot 

Prop  tube 

Front  tie  rod,  right 

Front  tie  rod,  left 

Rear  tie  rod,  right 

Rear  tie  rod,  left 

Tie  rod  pins 

Doubletree  rods 

Chains,  doubletree  rod . . . 

Foot  rest 

Consisting  of— 


Riveted  to  middle  rail  near  pintle 

Assembled  to  middle  rail  by  means  of 
prop  bracket 


Property  clas- 
sification. 


Class.    Section. 


Fastened  to  prop  tube. . 
Riveted  to  prop  tube. . . 

On  free  end  of  chain 

In  top  end  of  prop  tube. 
In  lower  end  of  tube. 


Hinged  to  pole  clamp  by  prop  eye. 

Ties  middle  rail  and  axle  bracket. . 

...do 


.do. 
.do. 


Fasten  ends  of  tie  rods 

From  doubletree  to  axle  brackets.. 


Foot-rest  plates. 
ifor< 


Hole  reinforce 

Pick  handle  fastener. ..I..'..'..'..'.'.'.'.'... 

Pick-mattock  point  guard 

Pole  prop  pocket 

Pole  prop  support 

Prop  chain  button 

Prop  chain  button  rivet 

Shovel  handle  support 

Strap  fastener  No.  1 

Strap  fastener  No.  2 

Pintle  with  bearing,  complete 

Consisting  of: 

Guide  bolt 

Lock  plates 

Pintle ;... 

Pintle  bearing 

Pintle  bearing  bolts 

Pintle  bearing  guide 

Pintle  bearing  spring 

Pintle  latch 

Pintle  latch  pin 

Pintle  latch  spring 

Pintle  nut 

Pole  supporting  spring 

Sleeve 

Spring  rod 

Spring  rod  nut 

Spring  rod  pin 

Trunnion  bolts 

Pole  cjmplete,  consisting  of: 

Butt  reinforce 

Neck  yoke  chafing  plate 

Neck  yoke  counter  stop 

Neck  yoke  counter  stop  pin 

Neck  yoke  counter  stop  spring 

Neck  yoke  stop 

Pole  body 

Pole  plug 

Pole  pin  bushing 

Ammunition  chest,  complete,  consisting  of: 

Ammunition  chest  connecting  pieces . . 


Axe  handle  support 

Axe  head  fastener 

Bottom  plate,  right 

Bottom  plate,  left 

Bucket  holder 

Bucket  holder  transoms,  right. 
Bucket  holder  transoms,  left. . 

Chains,  door 

Chains,  No.  11 

Diaphragm  reinforces 

Door 

Door  chain  fasteners 

Door  frame 

Door  hinges,  male 

Door  hinges,  female 


Riveted  to  side  rails. 


Riveted  to  front  of  foot  rest 

Riveted  to  foot  rest  at  prop  chain 

Riveted  on  foot  rest 

Riveted  to  foot  rest 

...do... 


.do. 

.do. 

.do. 


Riveted  under  foot  rest... 
For  pick-ax  strap 

At  rear  end  of  middle  rail . 


In  middle  rail  behind  axle 

Lock  trunnion  and  pintle  bearing  bolts 

Seated  in  pintle  bearing 

Pivoted  in  guide 

Bolt  guide  to  middle  rail 

In  rear  end  of  middle  rail 

In  pintle  bearing 

On  pintle 

Pins  latch  to  pintle 

On  pintle 

On  pintle  shank 

Around  spring  rod 

On  pintle  shank 

In  middle  rail  behind  axle 

On  spring  rod 


Pivots  spring  rod  to  pintle  bearing 

In  pintle  bearing  guide 


On  rear  end  of  pole... 
On  pole  at  neck  yoke. 
At  front  end  of  pole . . 


..do. 


.do. 
.do. 


Seated  in  front  end  of  middle  rail 

In  front  end  of  pole 

In  pole  body  at  pin 


Rolled .  into   rear   and   middle   dia- 
phragms. 
Riveted  to  right  side  of  chest 


.do. 


Forms  part  of  chest  bottom 

do 

Riveted  to  bucket  holder  transoms 

Riveted  to  top  of  chest 


.do. 


Fastened  to  door  and  handrail  shanks.; 

Fastened  to  door 

Riveted  to  diaphragms  at  side  rails 

Forms  back  of  chest \ 

Riveted  to  door 

....do 

....do 

Riveted  to  bottom  of  chest 


IV 


CD 


a: 


si 

--    UJ 

s 


rO 


103 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS— Continued. 


No. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section. 

4 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
2 
2 
2 
1 
2 
2 

78 
4 
16 
3 
3 
1 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 

Ammunition  chest,  complete,  consisting 
of—  Continued. 
Door  hinge  pins 

In  hinges 

IV 

3 

Front  diaphragm  . 

Inside  chest    .     ... 

Front  plate 

Forms  front  of  chest 

Front  transom,  right  

Riveted  to  diaphragms  

Front  transom,  left 

do 

Hand  rail  forward  bracket,  right  

Riveted  to  side  of  chest  .  . 

Hand  rail  forward  bracket,  left 

....do  

Hand  rail  rear  bracket,  right 

do 

Hand  rail  rear  bracket  left 

do 

Hand  rail  tubes  

Riveted  to  hand  rail  brackets 

Hatchet  blade  bracket 

Riveted  to  left  side  of  chest 

Hatchet  handle  fastener  

....do  

Lantern  bracket  body  

Riveted  to  front  plate 

Lantern  bracket  bottom 

Riveted  to  bracket  body 

Lantern  strap  fasteners  

do     

Lock  bars  

Hinged  in  lock  bar  bearings 

Lock  bar  bearings,  right 

Riveted  to  top  plate 

Lock  bar  bearings,  left  

...  do 

Middle  diaphragm  

Inside  chest 

Middle  transoms,  right 

Riveted  to  diaphragms 

Middle  transoms,  left  

..    do 

Padlock,  No.  850. 

Chained  to  door 

Pick  guard,  chisel  point  

Riveted  to  left  side  of  chest 

Rear  diaphragm  

Inside  chest 

Rear  transom,  inner,  right 

Riveted  to  diaphragms 

Rear  transom,  inner,  left  

do                  .... 

Rear  transom,  outer,  right 

do 

Rear  transom,  outer  left 

do 

Reinforce  pieces  

Soldered  to  connecting  pieces  
For  axe  and  paulin  straps 

Strap  fasteners,  No.  1   . 

Strap  fasteners,  No  5 

For  blanket  and  picket  rope  straps  
For  grip  and  paulin  straps 

Strap  fasteners,  No.  7  

Strap  fasteners,  No.  12 

For  hatchet  and  shovel  straps  

Top  plate 

Top  plate  front  fillers..  . 

Riveted  to  side  rails 

Top  plate  rear  fillers 

do 

Wing  nuts 

Wing  nut  pins  

Riveted  to  door  plate 

Wing  nut  pin  washers 

On  wing  nut  pins 

DESCRIPTION  OF  THE   3-INCH   GUN   CAISSON   LIMBER,   MODEL  OF    1916. 
[Plates  XVII  and  XVIII.]     • 

As  in  the  3-inch  gun  limber,  model  of  1902,  the  model  of  1916 
limber  is  of  metal  throughout,  excepting  the  spokes  and  felloes  of 
the  wheels.  The  principal  parts  of  the  limber  are  the  wheels,  axle, 
frame,  ammunition  chest,  pole,  doubletree,  singletrees,  and  neck  yoke. 
Of  these  parts  all  are  the  same  as  described  for  the  earlier  model  of 
limber  except  the  frame  and  ammunition  chest. 

The  frame  consists  of  a  middle  and  two  side  rails.  The  middle 
rail  is  in  the  form  of  a  split  cylinder,  one  half  passing  below  and 
the  other  half  above  the  axle.  The  two  halves  are  united  in  front 
to  form  a  pole  seat  and  in  rear  to  form  a  seat  for  the  pintle-bearing 
guide.  Two  axle  brackets  are  clamped  about  the  axle  near  the  axle 
arms  with  two  bolts  each,  and  are  provided  with  lugs.  Tie  rods, 
two  in  front  and  two  in  rear,  are  pinned  to  these  lugs  and  attached 
to  the  front  and  rear  ends  of  the  middle  rail,  thus  rigidly  bracing 
the  pole  and  pintle  seat.  To  the  front  end  of  the  middle  rail  is 
102614 — 17— — n 


104 

riveted  the  pole  clamp,  a  steel  collar,  split  on  one  side  and  provided 
with  a  clamping  bolt  for  drawing  the  two  halves  of  the  middle 
rail  firmly  about  the  pole.  A  seat  for  the  doubletree  is  formed  on 
top  of  the  pole  clamp;  the  doubletree  bolt  projects  up  through  this 
seat  and  through  the  doubletree;  its  upper  end  is  threaded  for  a 
nut  and  is  braced  back  to  the  middle  rail  by  a  doubletree  strap. 
Riveted  to  the  lower  side  of  the  pole  clamp  is  the  prop  bracket,  which 
is  connected  to  the  prop,  a  steel  tube  provided  with  a  bronze  foot, 
by  the  prop  eye.  When  not  in  use,  this  prop  is  swung  up  under  the 
frame  by  a  chain,  which  is  attached  to  the  lower  end  of  the  tube 
by  a  prop-chain  fastening,  and  reaches  up  through  the  foot  rest, 
where  it  terminates  in  a  prop-chain  handle.  It  is  held  in  the  raised 
position  by  hooking  the  handle  over  a  prop-chain  button  provided  on 
the  foot  rest  for  that  purpose. 

When  limbered  up  with  another  vehicle,  this  limber  has  in  its 
pintle  and  pintle  bearing  an  automatic  pole  support.  The  pintle 
hook  has  a  lug  formed  on  its  lower  side,  which  projects  backward 
and  bears  against  the  underside  of  the  lunette  on  the  drawn  vehicle, 
thus  preventing  the  vertical  rotation  of  the  pintle.  The  pintle- 
bearing  guide  is  a  steel  yoke  fixed  in  the  rear  end  of  the  middle  rail. 
The  pintle  bearing  is  of  bronze,  pivoted  to  the  guide  by  two  trunnion 
bolts;  it  is  bored  out  to  receive  the  shank  of  the  pintle  and  is  counter- 
bored  in  front  for  the  pintle-bearing  spring.  The  latter,  assembled 
about  a  sleeve  fitting  over  the  pintle  shank,  is  compressed  between  a 
pintle  nut  and  the  pintle  bearing,  and  absorbs  the  shock  of  starting. 
The  sleeve  checks  the  movement  of  the  pintle  nut  before  the  spring 
becomes  compressed  solid.  On  top  of  the  pintle  bearing  is  formed 
a  lug,  to  which  is  pinned  one  end  of  a  spring  rod,  the  other  end  of 
which  is  threaded  for  a  spring  rod  nut  and  slotted  to  receive  a  guide 
bolt  that  passes  through  the  middle  rail  near  the  axle.  This  spring 
rod,  guided  in  the  rear  by  a  vertical  wall  of  the  pintle-bearing  guide, 
through  which  it  passes,  and  in  the  front  by  the  guide  bolt  through 
the  slot,  as  stated,  is  drawn  backward  by  the  relative  action  of  the 
pintle  bearing  on  its  trunnions,  and  in  doing  so  compresses  the  pole- 
supporting  spring,  which  is  assembled  about  it,  between  the  spring 
rod  nut  and  the  vertical  wall  of  the  pintle-bearing  guide.  When  the 
limber  pole  is  dropped,  the  pintle  tends  to  rise.  Being  held  down, 
however,  by  the  lunette  in  it,  the  pintle  bearing  is  forced  to  swing 
on  its  trunnion  bolts  and  draw  the  spring  rod  backward,  thus  com- 
pressing the  pole-supporting  spring  until  the  reaction  of  the  spring 
is  sufficient  to  support  the  pole. 

The  pintle  has  a  swiveling  motion  of  360°  upon  its  shank.  The 
lunette  of  the  drawn  vehicle  is  retained  upon  the  pintle  hook  by 
a  pintle  latch.  The  latter  is  pivoted  upon  the  end  of  the  pintle 


105 

horn  and  is  arranged  to  be  held  in  either  the  open  or  closed  position 
by  the  pintle  latch  spring.  The  latch  is  opened  by  the  entering 
lunette  but  must  be  closed  by  hand.  The  spring  is  peened  in  its 
seat  but  may  readily  be  driven  out  and  a  new.  one  inserted  if  required. 

The  side  rails  are  of  channel  shape,  fitting  down  over  the  axle 
brackets  and  riveted  thereto.  The  rear  ends  project  slightly  be- 
hind the  chest  to  form  steps  for  the  use  of  cannoneers  in  mount- 
ing; the  front  ends  are  bent  up  to  support  the  foot  rest.  To  the 
middle  portions  are  riveted  the  chest,  which  they  support,  and  of 
which  they  form  a  part  of  the  bottom.  The  foot  rest  is  a  perfo- 
rated sheet  of  flange  steel  formed  to  shape  and  riveted  to  the  side 
rails. 

The  ammunition  chest  is  a  rectangular  steel  box  built  up  of  sheet 
steel,  formed  to  shape  and  riveted  together.  The  front  plate  is 
flanged  all  around  and  is  riveted  through  the  flanges  to  the  top 
plate,  which  forms  the  top,  sides,  and  part  of  the  bottom  of  the 
chest.  The  remainder  of  the  bottom  is  formed  by  two  bottom 
plates  and  by  the  side  rails.  The  door  is  made  of  a  steel  plate 
riveted  to  a  frame,  which  consists  of  a  steel  angle  around  the  top 
and  sides  of  the  plate  welded  to  a  flat  steel  bar  along  the  bot- 
tom edge  of  the  plate.  The  door  is  hinged  at  the  bottom  and  swings 
downward  and  to  the  rear  to  an  approximately  horizontal  position, 
where  it  is  held  by  two  door  chains,  attached  to  the  handrail  shanks, 
and  to  the  door  by  door-chain  fasteners. 

The  front  plate  and  the  door  of  the  chest  are  strengthened  by 
vertical  corrugations  pressed  into  the  metal,  those  in  the  chest  door 
serving  as  shields  for  the  primers  of  the  cartridges.  The  door  is 
held  in  its  closed  position  by  two  lock  bars,  each  hinged  in  two 
lock-bar  bearings  riveted  to  the  top  of  the  chest.  A  hasp  and  two 
eccentric  lugs  are  formed  upon  each  of  these  bars;  in  locking  the 
door  the  lugs  come  into  contact  with  the  projecting  leg  of  the  upper 
door  angle,  pressing  it  inward,  while  the  hasp  engages  a  wing  nut 
riveted  to  the  door  plate.  The  right  lock-bar  hasp  has  a  spring 
padlock  and  a  bolt  snap  attached  by  a  chain  to  the  door;  the  left 
one  is  fitted  only  with  the  bolt  snap,"  which,  when  snapped  in  the 
wing-nut  eye,  serves  to  lock  the  hasp  in  position.  A  door  handle 
is  also  riveted  to  the  right  side  of  the  door  plate. 

Inside  the  chest  the  cartridges  are  supported  by  three  vertical  dia- 
phragms, flanged  all  around  and  riveted  to  the  body  of  the  chest. 
Each  diaphragm  is  perforated  with  39  flanged  holes.  BetAveen  the 
diaphragms^  riveted  to  them  and  supporting  them,  are  10  vertical 
plates  called  transoms,  the  lower  ends  of  which  are  riveted  to  the 
middle  and  side  rails.  Other  than  as  described  the  interior  of  the 
chest  is  the  same  as  in  the  limber  model  of  1902. 


106 

On  top  of  the  chest,  seats  for  three  cannoneers  are  provided  by 
a  perforated  sheet-metal  bucket  holder,  supported  by  four  bucket- 
holder  transoms.  The  watering  buckets  are  carried  in  the  compart- 
ments thus  provided  for  them  between  the  seat  and  the  chest.  The 
paulin  issued  with  each  limber  serves  as  a  seat  cushion,  and  is  held 
in  place  by  three  paulin  straps  attached  to  strap  fasteners,  which  are 
riveted  to  the  bucket  holder  and  the  front  of  the  chest.  At  each  side 
of  the  seat  is  a  handrail,  which  projects  above  the  top  of  the  chest, 
and  which  is  riveted  to  the  sides  of  the  chest  by  means  of  handrail 
shanks.  In  strap  fasteners  riveted  to  the  top  of  the  chest  behind 
the  bucket  holder  are  four  blanket  straps. 

To  the  front  plate  of  the  chest  are  riveted  a  bracket  for  a  lantern 
and  fasteners  for  four  picket-rope  straps  that  secure  two  picket- 
ropes.  To  the  paulin- strap  fasteners  riveted  to  the  front  of  the  chest 
are  also  attached  three  grip  straps  for  the  use  of  cannoneers  on  the 
chest  seat.  Under  the  foot  rest  is  riveted  a  shovel  handle  support 
and  under  the  chest  are  strap  fasteners  for  a  shovel-blade  strap, 
which  carry  a  short-handled  shovel.  On  the  right  side  of  the  chest 
are  riveted  an  ax-head  fastener.,  an  ax-handle  support,  and  a  strap 
fastener,  for  carrying  an  ax,  the  handle  to  the  front.  On  the  left  side 
of  the  chest  are  riveted  a  hatchet-blade  bracket,  a  hatchet-handle 
fastener,  and  a  strap  fastener  for  securing  a  hatchet.  Riveted  to  the 
foot  rest  are  a  pick-head  fastener,  a  pick-handle  fastener,  a  pick- 
mattock  point  guard,  a  pole-prop  support,  a  pole-prop  pocket,  and 
the  necessary  strap  fasteners  for  carrying  a  pickax  and  a  pole  prop. 
The  head  of  the  pickax  projects  slightly  over  the  left  side  of  the  foot 
res^  and  the  ax  end  is  supported  by  a  pick  guard,  chisel  end,  riveted 
to  the  left  side  of  the  chest.  The  pole  prop  is  the  shape  of  a  pair 
of  tongs  and  is  used  to  prop  up  the  end  of  the  pole  to  relieve  the 
horses  of  the  weight  on  the  neck  yoke. 

With  each  limber  are  issued  three  oil  cans,  each  of  the  general 
form  of  a  cartridge  and  of  a  capacity  of  approximately  two-thirds 
of  a  gallon.  They  are  intended  for  hydroline,  lubricating,  and  coal 
oil,  and  are  to  be  carried  inside  the  chest  in  the  central  vertical  row 
of  cartridge  holes. 

A  name  plate  is  riveted  to  the  middle  rail  of  each  limber  near  the 
pintle  seat,  giving  number,  name  of  limber,  model,  name  of  manufac- 
turer, year  of  completion,  and  initials  of  inspector.  In  all  reports 
and  correspondence  the  limber  should  ~be  designated  l>y  the  number, 
name,  etc.,  as  given  on  the  name  plate.  As  repairs  to  implement 
attachments  and  other  parts  of  the  limber  may  from  time  to  time  be 
required,  the  parts  needed  should  be  referred  to  by  the  names  given 
on  the  drawings  or  in  the  nomenclature  of  parts. 


107 


THE   3-INCH   GUN   CAISSON,  MODEL  OF   1916. 

[Plates  XIX,  XX,  and  XXI.] 

WEIGHTS,  DIMENSIONS,  ETC. 

Weight  empty,  without  implements  and  ammunition.. pounds 1,  384 

Weight  of  tools  and  equipment  carried do 53.  5 

Weight  of  ammunition  carried do 1,  312.  5 

Weight,  completely  equipped  and  loaded do 2,  750 

Weight  with  limber,  completely  equipped  and  with  106  rounds  of  am- 
munition  pounds 4,  525 

Rounds  of  ammunition  carried number 70 

Diameter  of  wheels inches 56 

Width  of  track do 60 

Free  height  under  caisson do 21 

Turning  angle degrees 81 

NOMENCLATURE   OF  PARTS. 
[Parts  not  enumerated  in  the  following  list  are  the  same  as  those  for  the  3-inch  gun  caisson,  model  of  1902.] 


No. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

PH5S£- 

Class. 

Section. 

1 

1 
2 
2 

2 
2 
2 

2 
2 
16 

Middle  rail,  complete  

Riveted  to  bottom  of  chest 

IV 

3 

Consisting  of  — 
Apron-hinge  Ing,  center  

Piveted  to  middle  rail  .  . 

Chain-guide  pins 

At  wheel  guards 

End  reinforces  

On  front  end  of  middle  rail      

Frame  handle,  right  ... 

Riveted  to  front  end  of  middle  rail  .... 
do  

Frame  handle,  left  

Fuze-setter  bracket  lug,  inner.  . 

r  iveted  to  middle  rail 

Lunette,  with  nut  and  lock  washer  
Lunette  bracket  

Secured  in  lunette  bracket  

T\  iveted  to  front  end  of  middle  rail  .... 
Riveted  to  bottom  of  chest 

Middle  rail  ris;ht 

Middle  rail,  left  

.      do.. 

Middle-rail  top  plate.  .  . 

T  iveted  to  middle  rails 

Middle-rail  transom 

Braces  middle  rail  at  wheel  guards  .... 
On  middle-rail  top  cover  plate 

Name  plate  

Prop  cnain  guides 

R  iveted  to  middle  rail 

Prop-chain  button 

Shovel-blade  bracket.  .  .  . 

R  iveted  to  middle  rail 

Tie-rod  sleeve 

Covers  front  tie-rod  bolt 

Wheel  guards  

T  iveted  to  middle  rail 

Tie  rods..        .         .        ... 

Bolted  to  middle  and  side  rails 

Side  rails  complete 

Consisting  of— 
Apron-lunge  lugs,  end 

Axle  brackets  

Clamped  on  axle 

Belleville  springs 

On  spring  rods  below  axle  brackets  
T>  iveted  to  right  side  rail 

Brake  crank-shaft  bearing,  right  

Brake  crank-shaft  bearing,  left  

Riveted  to  left  side  rail  

Caisson-carrying  springs  

On  spring  bolts  in  side  rails  .   . 

Fuze-setter  bracket  lug,  outer.  . 

Riveted  to  side  rail  left 

Side  rail,  right. 

Rides  on  axle  bracket 

Side  rail,  left  

do 

Side-rail  liners  

Riveted  to  side  rails 

Spring  bolts 

Spi  ing-bolt  nuts  

On  ends  of  rear  spring  bolts 

Pintle,  with  bearing  complete  

Hear  end  of  middle  rail  .  . 

Consisting  of— 
Pintle.... 

Seated  in  pintle  bearing 

Pintle  bearing  

Rear  end  of  middle  rail 

Pintle  bearing  bolts,  with  nuts.  .  . 

Bolt  pintle  bearing  to  middle  rail  
On  pintle 

Pintle  latch  

Pintle-latch  spring  .  . 

do 

Pintle  spring 

Pintie  spring  seat  

do 

Spring  plunger 

do 

Pin,  type  A  .. 

Pivots  latch  to  pintle  ... 

108 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS— Continued. 


Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section. 

Caisson  prop,  complete 

On  front  end  of  middle  rail  

IV 

3 

Consisting  of— 

Sp.cn  red  to  nron 

Prop-chain  clamps                                   On  prop  tubes 

Prop  eye  right                                       j  Riveted  to  right  tube  

Prop  eye  left                                             Riveted  to  left  tube  

Prop  foot 

In  lower  ends  of  tubes  

On  chain                                       .  .  . 

Prop  tubes 

Support  middle  rail  

Pins  prop  eves  to  middle  rail  

Washer  nut 

On  fastening  pin  

Ammunition  chest,  complete,  consisting 
of— 
Ammunition-chest  connecting  pieces.  . 

Axe  handle  supports 

Connect  rear  and  middle  diaphragm 
perforations. 
Riveted  to  chest  back  

Axe  head  bracket 

do                                             .  . 

Chains  No.  11 

Fasten  bolt  snaps  to  door  j 

Chest  angle 

Riveted  to  chest  back  and  body.  ..  .     1 

Chest  back 

Forms  back  of  chest  1 

Chest  top 

Forms  top  and  sides  of  chest  

Diaphragm  reinforces        .         

Support  diaphragms  over  side  rails  
Hinged  to  top  of  chest  in  front  

Door 

Door  angle                       

Riveted  to  lower  edge  of  door  inside.  .  . 
Riveted  to  door         

Door  handle 

Door  hinges  male 

do 

Door  hinges  female 

Riveted  to  top  of  chest  

Door  hinge  pins 

Pin  male  to  female  hinges        

Door  prop 

Holds  door  open  

Door-prop  guide  right 

On  left  side  of  chest               

Connects  prop  to  guide 

Door-prop  stud 

Fastens  prop  to  door         

Door  tees 

Riveted  on  inside  of  door 

Front  diaphragm 

Riveted  in  chest                    

Front  transom  inner  right 

Braces  diaphragms  to  middle  rail  .  . 

Front  transom'  inner  left 

do                                  

Front  transom  outer  right 

Braces  diaphragms  to  side  rail  

Front  transom  outer,  left 

do  .  .   .                   

Handrails 

Riveted  to  handrail  shanks            .  .  . 

Handrail  shanks 

Riveted  to  sides  of  chest  

Intermediate  bottom  plate  right 

Forms  part  of  chest  bottom     

do 

Lock  bars 

In  lock-bar  hinges  

Lock-bar  hinges 

Riveted  to  chest  door          

Riveted  in  chest 

Middle  transoms  left 

do                                

Forms  part  of  chest  bottom             .  .  *. 

do 

Padlock  No  8oO 

Chained  to  door                

Riveted  to  side  of  chest 

Rear  diaphragm 

Riveted  in  chest               

Rear  transom,  outer,  right  
Rear  transom  outer  left 

Riveted  to  diaphragms              .     

do    .           

Rear  transom  inner  right 

do                        

do                                          

Soldered  on  connecting  pieces 

Reinforce  washers 

Under  door  prop  guide  rivets  

Riveted  on  chest                     

Wing  nut  pins 

Fasten  wing  nuts  to  door  

Wing  nut  pin  washers 

Under  wing  nut  pins              

Riveted  to  chest  back 

Foot  rest  complete 

Riveted  to  middle  rail"  and  chest  

Consisting  of— 

On  right  side  of  foot  rest 

On  left  side  of  foot  rest 

Apron  latch  base  reinforces 

On  apron  latch  bases           

Foot  rest  

Riveted  to  middle  rail  and  chest  
Braces  foot  rest  to  side  of  chest  

Foot  rest  brace,  right 

Foot  rest  brace  left 

do                      

Foot  rest  corner  brace  

Braces  rear  left  corner  of  foot  rest  
Riveted  to  foot  rest  at  brace 

Foot  rest  reinforce  left 

do                   

Fuze  setter  latch  base 

Riveted  to  front  of  foot  rest  

Lock  bar  stons... 

Riveted  on  foot  rest.  .  . 

iltfin 


CD 
O) 


LUNETTE 

mop    FOOT- 
CAISSON    mop 


-BRAKE    3HA/T 
-DOOR    PROP 
-56   WHEEL 
-FOOT  REST   BRACE 
-FOOT  REST 


FUZE,  SETTER  LATCH  HANDLE 


PAULIN     STRAP- 

BRAKE     BAND  BODY 

BRAKE    BAND  CLIP 

DOOR    HIM6E , 

1  i 

SEGMENT     GUARD -,    ]    | 

LEVER  CATCH--,    !    i 
LEVER--,    I       i   ; 


o  o  o  o  o  o  jo  o  oo  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  oj  o  oolooooooooooooj 
oooooo;oooooooooooooo'Ooo!oooooooooooo 
ooooooioooooooooooooc'ooolooooooooooool 


oooooo;oooooooooooooo!ooo|ooooooooooo.o 
o«o  o  o  o  o  10  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o!  o  o  o;  o  e  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  0.0 
o°o  oooo|oooooooooocooo'oooioooooooo"oo  ojo 
o«o  o  o  o  o  jo  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o!  o  o  o|  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o»o 
o  o  Q-p  o  OjO  o  o  o  o  ckp  ooooooo'oo  ojxj  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  g-p  o  o  I 

>  O  Cfo     d>  O     /^: 


AMMUNITIOM  CHEST >      ', 

AXE  HANDLE  SUPPORT ! 

— PICK-MATTOCK  STRAP 
—PICK-MATTOCK   BRACKET 
—  PICK-MATTOCK 


AH*  JJO  BRACKET--'   i 


-AXE    STRAP 

—  AXE    HANDLE 

TIE   ROO 

--MIDDLE    RAIL 

PINTLE     LATCH    SPRIH6 

PINTLE     LATCH 

PINTLE 


3  INCH    GUN  CAI550N  MODEL   OF  1916 
PLAN 


109 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS-Continued. 


No. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section. 

1 

2 
2 
4 
4 
2 
4 
2 

!} 

'    2 

ij 

i 
i 

6 

f    2 

4 
r  2 

f{ 

2 

i 

2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
1 

1 
1 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 

1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

Band  brake,  complete,  consisting  of— 
\djusting  links 

Pinned  to  brake  band  ends  

IV 

3 

Pinned  to  brake  shafts    

Band  clips                                        .  . 

Riveted  to  brake  hangers  

Band  guides 

Riveted  to  brake  band  bodies  

Brake  band  bodies            

Around  brake  drums  

Brake  band  ends 

Riveted  to  brake  band  bodies  

Brake  band  linings 

Inside  brake  band  bodies  

Keyed  to  brake  crank  shaft          .  . 

Brake  crank  shaft 

In  bearings  on  side  rails  

Brake  drums 

Bolted  to  wheels  at  hubs 

Brake  hanger  right 

Clamped  to  axle,  right  end  

Brake  hanger  left 

Clamped  to  axle  left  end             .  . 

Brake  lever 

On  right  end  of  brake  lever  shaft  

Brake-lever  catch 

On  lever                     .                      .  . 

In  bearing  and  in  crank  shaft 

Brake-lever  shaft  bearing 

Bolted  to  chest  and  foot  rest           .  . 

Brake  pins  

Pin  brake-band  ends  to  brake  shaft.  .  . 
Connect   brake  cranks   and   cranks, 
outer. 
On  brake  rods 

Brake  rods 

Brake-rod  ends 

Brake  shafts  

Supported  bv  brake  hangers  

Cranks,  outer 

Fixed  on  brake  shafts 

Segment  guard  

Riveted  to  chest  side  and  foot  rest  
do  

Segment  rack 

Separators  

Separate  guard  and  rack  

Apron,  complete    . 

Hinged  under  chest     ...              .  . 

Consisting  of— 
Apron  

Pinned  to  hinge  lugs  

Apron  hinges 

Riveted  on  apron  *" 

Apron-latch  staples 

do  

Apron  latches,  complete  

Consisting  of— 
Latch  bodies    . 

Pivoted  on  bases  on  foot  rest 

Pinned  to  bases  .. 

Latch  springs  

In  body  around  plunger  

Latch  handles 

Pivoted  on  bodies  

Plungers 

Seated  in  bodies 

Pins,  type  A  

Pin  bodies  to  bases  

Pins,  type  A 

Pin  handles  to  bodies 

Fuze-setter  bracket,  complete 

Hinged  to  middle  and  side  rails  

Consisting  of  — 
Fuze-setter  bracket  arm  right 

Riveted  to  bracket  end  right 

Fuze-setter  bracket  arm  left 

Riveted  to  bracket  end,  left  

Fuze-setter  bracket  end  right 

Pinned  to  lug  inner 

Fuze-setter  bracket  end'  left 

Fuze-setter  bracket  separator 

Between  ends'  of  bracket  arms        .  . 

Fuze-setter  rod  lower 

Pinned  to  bracket  separator 

Fuze-setter  rod,  upper 

Pinned  to  latch  base     

Fuze-setter  latch  complete 

Pivoted  on  base  on  foot  rest 

Consisting  of— 
Latch  body 

Pinned  to  base    

Latch  spring 

In  body  around  plunger 

Latch  handle        .... 

Pivoted  on  body  

Plunger.  . 

Seated  in  body 

Pin  type  A 

Pin,  type  A  ... 

Pins  handle  to  body           

DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  3-INCH  GUN  CAISSON,  MODEL  OF  1916. 
[Plates  XIX,  XX,  and  XXI.] 

As  in  the  3-inch  gun  caisson,  model  of  1902,  the  model  of  1916 
caisson  is  made  of  metal  throughout,  with  the  exception  of  the  fel- 
loes and  spokes  of  the  wheels.  The  principal  parts  of  the  caisson 
are  the  wheels,  axle,  frame,  brakes,  and  ammunition  chest. 

The  wheels  and  wheel  fastenings  are  interchangeable  with  those 
of  the  carriage  and  limber.  The  axle  is  similar  in  design  and  equal 
in  cross  section  to  the  limber  axle,  but  differs  from  it  in  the  size 
and  location  of  the  lugs  for  the  axle  brackets  and  in  the  lugs  for 
the  brake  hangers. 


110 

The  frame  consists  principally  of  two  side  rails  and  a  middle 
rail,  braced  by  two  tie  rods  and  also  by  the  ammunition  chest,  to 
which  they  are  riveted,  and  of  which  they  form  a  part  of  the  bottom. 
The  tie  rods,  one  on  each  side  of  the  middle  rail,  are  bolted  at  their 
ends  to  the  middle  rail,  opposite  the  front  and  rear  parts  of  the 
wheels,  and  to  the  side  rails  near  the  axle.  The  middle  rail  is  made 
of  two  pressed  steel  channels  connected  by  a  top  cover  plate,  with 
the  flanges  overlapping  in  the  rear  to  form  a  pintle  seat,  the  front 
ends  being  securely  riveted  tq  a  lunette  bracket.  In  the  latter  a 
lunette  is  assembled  by  a  lunette  nut. 

The  side  rails  are  of  cast  steel,  the  length  of  the  chest.  Each  has 
two  pairs  of  vertical  guides  that  straddle  the  axle,  fitted  with  bronze 
liners  in  which  the  axle  bracket  slides.  Above  and  between  these 
liners  the  side  rail  is  bored  out  and  tapped  for  the  spring  rod  and 
counterbored  for  the  caisson  carrying  spring.  Clamped  to  the  axle  at 
each  side  rail  with  two  fillister-head  screws  is  an  axle  bracket,  upon 
which  are  formed  two  lugs,  bored  out  for  the  spring  rod  and  coun- 
terbored for  the  caisson  carrying  spring.  These  lugs  slide  up  and 
down  between  the  side  rail  liners  and  hold  the  chest  from  lateral 
and  longitudinal  motion  with  respect  to  the  axle.  The  four  caisson 
carrying  springs,  assembled  upon  spring  rods,  are  compressed  be- 
tween these  lugs  and  the  side  rail,  thus  supporting  the  chest  on  the 
axle  and  allowing  it  0.75  inch  of  movement.  The  upper  end  of  each 
spring  rod  is  screwed  into  the  threaded  portion  of  the  side  rail, 
where  it  is  prevented  from  turning  by  a  rivet ;  the  lower  end  extends 
below  the  axle  bracket  lugs,  where  there  are  assembled  upon  it  four 
Belleville  springs,  rings  of  flat  spring  steel,  cupped  to  give  them  a 
slight  spring  action,  held  in  place  by  a  nut  on  the  lower  end  of  the 
rod.  When  the  caisson  is  traveling  over  rough  road  the  rebound 
of  the  chest  from  the  caisson  carrying  springs  is  met  by  the  action 
of  the  Belleville  springs,  which  are  compressed  between  the  spring 
rod  nuts  and  the  axle  bracket  lugs,  a  maximum  upward  spring  motion 
of  0.25  inch  being  thus  available. 

The  nuts  on  the  .two  front  spring  rods  are  made  to  serve  as  and 
are  called  apron  hinge  lugs,  end.  To  these  two  lugs  are  pinned 
the  end  apron  hinges.  An  apron  hinge  lug,  center,  made  of  flange 
steel  and  riveted  to  the  middle  rail,  supports  the  remaining  two  of 
the  four  hinges  by  which  the  apron  is  hung.  The  apron  itself  is 
made  of  armor  plate  0.15  inch  thick  and  may  be  lowered  into  posi- 
tion in  action  or  swung  up  to  clear  obstructions  in  traveling.  When 
lowered  it  reaches  from  the  axle  to  within  4.5  inches  from  the  ground, 
and,  in  connection  with  the  armored  back  and  door  of  the  chest, 
affords  protection  from  small-arm  and  shrapnel  fire  to  the  ammuni- 
tion servers  in  rear  of  the  caisson.  The  apron,  chest  door,  and 
chest  back  are  made  of  the  same  quality  of  material  as  the  carriage 


Ill 

shields.  For  traveling,  the  apron  is  drawn  up  to  the  front  and  held 
by  two  apron  latches. 

Each  apron  latch  consists  principally  of  a  latch  body,  handle, 
plunger,  and  spring.  The  apron  latch  body  is  pinned  to  an  apron 
latch  base  riveted  to  the  side  of  the  foot  rest;  the  lower  end  of  the 
latch  body  terminates  in  a  hook,  which  engages  an  apron  latch 
staple  riveted  to  the  apron  and  holds  the  latter  in  traveling  position. 
To  retain  the  staple  in  the  hook,  the  opening  of  the  hook  is  closed 
by  a  plunger  seated  in  the  latch  body  and  pressed  outward  into  action 
by  a  coiled  spring.  By  pressing  the  apron  latch  handle  down  with 
the  hand,  the  plunger  is  first  withdrawn  from  the  hook,  and  then 
the  hook  is  pushed  backward,  disengaging  it  from  the  apron  latch 
staple. 

The  pintle  bearing  is  of  bronze,  bored  out  to  take  the  pintle  shank, 
and  is  held  in  place  by  two  bolts  through  the  middle  rail.  The 
pintle  has  a  swiveling  motion  of  360°  upon  its  shank,  but  is  kept 
in  its  normal  position  by  the  pintle  spring  in  the  pintle  bearing, 
which  presses  a  spring  plunger  against  a  flattened  seat  on  the  shank. 
The  lunette  of  the  drawn  vehicle  is  retained  upon  the  pintle  hook 
by  a  pintle  latch,  which  is  pivoted  by  a  pin  upon  the  end  of  the 
pintle  horn  and  is  held  in  either  the  open  or  the  closed  position  by 
the  pintle-latch  spring.  Both  the  pintle  latch  and  the  pintle-latch 
spring  are  interchangeable  with  those  on  the  limber.  The  latch  is 
opened  by  the  entering  lunette,  but  must  be  closed  by  hand.  The 
spring  is  peened  in  its  seat,  but  may  readily  be  driven  out  and  a  new 
one  inserted,  if  desired. 

Near  the  front  end  of  the  middle  rail  and  riveted  thereto  are 
two  frame  handles  and  two  wheel  guards,  the  purpose  of  the  latter 
being  to  present  a  wearing  surface  against  which  the  limber  wheels 
may  rub  in  turning  short,  thus  saving  damage  to  the  middle  rail. 
Between  the  wheel  guards,  inside  the  middle  rail,  which  it  braces,  is  a 
stiffener  called  a  middle-rail  transom.  A  caisson  prop,  formed  of 
two  steel  tubes  united  by  a  bronze  foot,  is  hinged  on  a  prop  pin 
which  passes  through  the  middle  rail  and  lunette  bracket.  When 
not  in  use,  the  prop  is  swung  up  against  the  middle  rail  and  is  held 
in  that  position  by  chains  leading  from  the  prop  legs  through  guides 
on  the  middle  rail,  and  uniting  in  a  hook,  which  is  engaged  over  a 
button  riveted  to  the  middle-rail  top  cover  plate. 

The  caisson  band  brake  is  similar  to  that  on  the  3-inch  gun  car- 
riage, model  of  1916,  and  on  the  two  vehicles  the  brake  drum, 
brake-band  lining,  brake-band  end,  band  clip,  band  guide,  adjusting 
nut,  and  adjusting  link  are  interchangeable.  The  brake-band  bodies 
differ  only  in  the  placing  of  rivet  holes  for  the  band  guides. 

Bolted  to  the  hub  of  each  wheel,  and  revolving  with  it,  is  a  brake 
drum  of  cast  iron,  shaped  somewhat  like  a  pulley,  about  the  periphery 


112 

of  which  is  a  brake  band,  consisting  of  a  steel  band  comprising  about 
nine-tenths  of  a  complete  circumference,  and  lined  with  a  strip  of 
Raybestos  or  equivalent  material.  The  brake-band  ends,  each  with  a 
pair  of  jaws  formed  on  it,  are  riveted  to  the  terminals  of  the  brake 
band.  To  prevent  the  band  from  shifting  or  slipping  off  the  drum, 
two  small  blocks,  called  brake-band  guides,  are  riveted  to  the  band 
body  and  work  in  brake-band  clips.  These  are  bronze  castings  radial 
from  the  axle,  and  are  riveted  to  a  brake  hanger.  The  latter  is  a 
strut  with  a  collar  formed  on  one  end,  which  is  clamped  on  the  axle 
by  a  bolt ;  the  other  end  carries  the  brake  shaft. 

On  the  outer  end  of  the  brake  shaft  is  formed  a  crank,  one  arm 
of  which  is  pinned  in  the  jaws  of  the  upper  brake-band  end,  while 
the  other  arm  is  connected  to  the  lower  brake-band  end  by  an  adjust- 
ing nut  and  link,  which  may  be  shortened  or  lengthened  by  screwing 
the  nut  in  or  out  of  the  link.  The  inner  end  of  the  brake  shaft  is 
made  square  and  carries  the  crank,  outer,  which  is  connected  to  the 
brake  crank  by  a  brake  rod  with  two  adjustable  brake-rod  ends. 
The  two  brake  cranks  are  actuated  by  a  brake-crank  shaft,  one  of 
them  being  integral  with  it,  the  other  being  assembled  to  it  by  two 
feathers  and  a  pin.  The  ends  of  the  crank  shaft  are  supported  just 
inside  the  cranks  by  brake-crank  shaft  bearings,  riveted  to  the  side 
rails;  the  middle  receives  support  from  the  flanged  holes  in  the 
middle  rail  through  which  it  passes.  Assembled  in  the  brake-crank 
shaft,  which  is  tubular  and  has  two  diametrically  opposite  slots  cut 
its  entire  length,  is  a  solid  brake-lever  shaft,  feathered  only  a  few 
inches  at  its  inner  end,  which  extends  to  the  middle  of  the  crank 
shaft.  Thus  the  torsional  force  in  the  lever  shaft  is  transmitted  to 
the  crank  shaft  at  the  middle,  thereby  equalizing  the  effect  on  the 
two  cranks.  The  brake-lever  shaft,  square  on  the  right  end  to  receive 
the  brake  lever,  has  its  outer  bearing  in  a  triangular  brake-lever  shaft 
bearing,  which  is  bolted  to  the  chest  side,  the  bottom  plate,  outer, 
and  the  foot  rest;  the  inner  end  is  carried  in  the  crank  shaft,  as 
stated.  The  brake  lever  is  placed  convenient  to  the  cannoneer  riding 
on  the  right  side,  as  it  is  just  in  front  and  to  the  right  of  the  chest, 
extending  forward  and  upward  from  the  end  of  the  brake-lever 
shaft.  It  has  an  angular  travel  of  about  60°.  For  holding  it  in 
any  set  position,  it  carries  a  brake-lever  catch,  riveted  near  the  lower 
end,  which  engages  in  the  teeth  of  a  segment  rack,  which,  together 
with  a  similar  quadrant  of  flange  steel,  called  a  segment  guard,  is 
riveted  to  the  side  of  the  chest  and  the  foot  rest.  The  rack  and  the 
tooth  of  the  catch  are  case-hardened.  Two  separators  at  the  ends 
of  the  segment  hold  the  rack  and  the  guard  sufficiently  apart  for  the 
lever  to  work  between  them. 

When  the  brake  lever  is  pulled  up  to  a  set  position,  the  torsion 
produced  in  the  brake-lever  shaft  is  communicated  to  the  brake- 


113 

crank  shaft,  and  through'  it  to  the  brake  cranks.  These,  in  turning, 
pull  forward  the  cranks,  outer,  by  means  of  the  brake  rods.  The 
cranks,  outer,  turn  the  brake  shafts,  which,  by  means  of  the  crank 
arms  on  their  outer  ends,  draw  the  terminals  of  the  brake  bands 
closer  together,  clamping  them  tighter  upon  the  revolving  brake 
drums,  and  the  resulting  friction  retards  the  rotation  of  the  wheels. 

The  caisson  ammunition  chest  is  a  rectangular  steel  box  built  up  of 
flange  steel,  formed  to  shape  and  riveted  together  in  a  manner  simi- 
lar to  the  limber  chest,  but  is  larger,  making  provision  for  TO  rounds 
of  ammunition  arranged  in  5  horizontal  rows  of  14  rounds  each. 
The  top  and  sides  of  the  chest  are  comprised  in  one  piece  of  flange 
steel,  and  the  bottom  is  made  up  of  four  pieces,  two  outside  the  side 
rails,  and  two  between  the  middle  and  side  rails,  called  outer  bottom 
plates,  and  intermediate  bottom  plates,  respectively.  The  back  of  the 
chest  is  made  of  armor  plate  0.15  inch  thick.  A  steel  angle  is  riveted 
to  the  armor  plate  all  around  its  edge,  and  the  projecting  leg  of  the 
angle  is  riveted  to  the  body  of  the  chest. 

Inside  the  chest  the  cartridges  are  supported  by  three  vertical 
diaphragms,  flanged  all  around  and  riveted  to  the  body  of  the  chest. 
Each  diaphragm  is  perforated  with  70  flanged  cartridge  holes.  Cor- 
responding holes  in  the  front  and  middle  diaphragms  are  connected 
by  cylindrical  brass  connecting  pieces  similar  in  all  respects  to  those 
used  in  the  limber  chest.  The  diaphragms  are  rigidly  braced  to  each 
other  and  to  the  caisson  frame  by  12  transoms,  which  are  securely 
riveted  to  the  diaphragms,  the  middle  and  side  rails,  and  also  to  the 
chest  back,  which  they  serve  to  stiffen.  Riveted  to  the  bottom  of  the 
rear  and  middle  diaphragms  and  to  the  top  of  the  side  rails  are 
four  diaphragm  reinforces  made  of  flange  steel  angle,  which  help  to 
transmit  the  load  from  the  diaphragms  to  the  side  rails. 

The  chest  door  is  made  of  armor  plate  0.15  inch  thick.  It  is  hinged 
to  the  body  of  the  chest  at  the  top  by  four  hinges,  at  each  of  which, 
inside  the  chest,  is  a  hinge  reinforce  riveted  to  the  chest  top  and 
middle  and  front  diaphragms.  The  door  is  held  closed  by  two  lock 
bars  hinged  to  the  bottom  of  the  door.  A  hasp  and  two  eccentric 
lugs  are  formed  upon  each  of  these  bars;  in  locking  the  door  these 
lugs  bear  against  an  equal  number  of  lock-bar  stops  riveted  to  the 
foot  rest,  thus  pressing  the  door  shut,  while  the  hasp  engages  a  wing 
nut  higher  up  on  the  door.  The  right  lock  bar  may  be  locked  in  po- 
sition either  by  a  spring  padlock  or  a  bolt  snap,  both  of  which  are 
fastened  by  a  chain  to  the  door  near  the  wing  nut  and  engage  in  the 
eye  of  the  latter ;  the  left  lock  bar  has  only  the  bolt  snap  so  attached. 

Seven  steel  tees  are  riveted  to  the  inner  face  of  the  door.  These 
tees  are  spaced  so  that  with  the  door  closed  the  vertical  leg  of  a  T 
falls  between  each  alternate  row  of  cartridges,  and  the  horizontal 

102614—17 10 


114 

legs  press  against  the  heads  of  the  cartridges.  The  rims  of  the  car- 
tridge cases  are  thus  firmly  held  between  the  front  diaphragm  and 
the  door  tees,  which,  in  addition  to  forming  stiffeners  for  the  door, 
provide  clearances  between  the  door  plate  and  the  cartridge  percus- 
sion cap,  for  the  protection  of  the  latter.  The  lower  edge  of  the  door 
is  also  stiffened  by  a  steel  angle  running  its  entire  length. 

The  door  opens  upward  and  forward,  swinging  through  an  arc  of 
120°  to  its  open  position,  where  it  is  held  by  a  door  prop  on  the 
left  side  of  the  chest.  One  end  of  the  prop  is  secured  with  a  nut  on 
a  door-prop  stud  riveted  to  the  door;  the  other  end  runs  in  a  door- 
prop  guide  riveted  to  the  side  of  the  chest.  As  the  door  is  thrown 
open,  the  props  catch  in  notches  in  the  guides  and  hold  it  in  the 
open  position ;  to  close  the  door  the  props  must  be  released  by  hand 
from  the  guide  notches.  A  door  handle  is  riveted  in  the  middle  of 
the  door  at  its  lower  edge. 

The  top  of  the  chest  forms  a  seat  for  cannoneers  and  has  a  hand- 
rail at  each  side.  To  one  set  of  strap  fasteners  riveted  to  the  door 
are  attached  three  grip  straps  for  the  use  of  the  cannoneers;  and 
to  another  set  riveted  to  the  top  of  the  chest  are  attached  three 
paulin  straps  for  securing  the  paulin,  which  serves  as  a  seat  cushion. 
In  front  of  the  chest  is  provided  a  foot  rest,  a  perforated  sheet-metal 
plate  the  width  of  the  chest,  formed  to  shape  and  riveted  on;  it  is 
supported  by  the  middle  rail  and  by  a  foot-rest  brace  at  each  side, 
extending  from  the  front  corners  of  the  foot  rest  up  and  back  to 
the  sides  of  the  chest.  The  rear  corners  are  strengthened,  on  the 
right  side  by  the  brake  lever  shaft  bearing,  and  on  the  left  side  by 
a  foot-rest  corner  brace,  which  is  riveted  to  the  side  of  the  foot  rest 
and  to  the  chest. 

The  fuze-setter  bracket  consists  of  two  angle  irons  united  in  the 
front  to  a  bronze  fuze-setter  bracket  separator,  forming  a  seat,  to 
which  the  fuze  setter  is  securely  bolted.  In  the  rear  the  angles  are 
hinged  to  brackets — one  outer,  which  is  riveted  to  the  side  rail,  and 
one  inner,  which  is  riveted  to  the  middle  rail.  A  fuze-setter  latch, 
pinned  to  a  fuze-setter  latch  base,  which  latter  is  riveted  to  the  front 
of  the  foot  rest,  engages  a  pin  in  the  bronze  separator  mentioned 
above,  and  thus  holds  the  bracket  with  fuze  setter  in  traveling  posi- 
tion. For  use  the  fuze  setter  with  bracket  is  released  from  the  latch 
and  swung  down  and  supported  by  a  jointed  rod  extending  from  the 
separator  to  the  fuze-setter  latch  base.  This  jointed  rod  consists  of 
an  upper  and  a  lower  rod  pinned  together,  and  also  pinned  at  both 
ends,  the  flexibility  of  the  connection  allowing  the  rod  to  fold  up 
when  the  bracket  is  swung  up  for  traveling. 

The  fuze-setter  latch  is  the  same  as,  and  the  parts  are  interchange- 
able with,  the  apron  latch  described  above,  with  the  exception  of  the 
handle,  which,  on  the  fuze-setter  latch,  is  designed  as  a  finger  hold 


115 

to  be  lifted  in  releasing.  This  arrangement  obviates  the  possibility 
of  dropping  down  the  fuze  setter  by  accident. 

A  long-handled  shovel  is  carried  under  the  middle  rail,  the  end  of 
the  handle  resting  in  the  lunette  bracket,  while  the  blade  rests  in  a 
bracket  riveted  to  the  sides  of  the  middle  rail  under  the  foot  rest. 
The  shovel  is  secured  in  position  and  held  tightly  against  the  middle 
rail  by  a  leather  strap  passed  around  the  handle  near  the  blade  and 
attached  to  the  tie-rod  bolt  sleeve.  On  the  back  of  the  chest  are 
carried  an  ax,  resting  in  an  ax-head  bracket  and  an  ax-handle  sup- 
port ;  a  pick  mattock,  resting  in  a  pick-mattock  head  bracket  and  an 
ax-handle  support,  the  handle  being  prevented  from  coming  out  of 
the  head  by  a  pick-mattock  handle  stop,  riveted  to  the  side  of  the 
chest;  and  a  spanner  and  a  wrench,  each  carried  in  two  wrench 
holders.  These  brackets  are  all  riveted  to  the  chest  back,  and  all 
the  implements  are  secured  by  leather  straps,  engaging  in  strap 
fasteners  riveted  to  the  chest  back,  those  for  the  wrenches,  how- 
ever, being  riveted  to  the  intermediate  bottom  plates.  " 

A  name  plate  is  attached  to  each  caisson  on  the  middle-rail  top 
cover  plate  just  in  front  of  the  foot  rest,  which  gives  the  number, 
name  of  caisson,  model,  name  of  manufacturer,  year  of  completion, 
and  initials  of  inspector. 

In  all  reports  and  correspondence  the  caisson  should  be  designated 
by  the  number,  name,  model,  etc.,  given  on  this  name  plate.  In 
requests  for  spare  parts  for  repairs,  etc.,  the  parts  should  be  asked 
for  by  the  names  given  on  the  plates  or  in  the  paragraph  giving 
nomenclature  of  parts  in  this  handbook. 

CONVERTED  3-INCH  LIMBER,  MODEL,  OF  1908. 

[Plate  XXII.] 
WEIGHTS,  DIMENSIONS,   ETC. 

Weight,  complete,  empty pounds 1,  050 

Weight  of  tools  and  equipment i do 135 

Weight  of  ammunition  carried do 770 

Weight,  completely  equipped  and  loaded do 1,955 

Weight  of  gun,  carriage,  and  limber,  completely  equipped  with  45  rounds 

of  ammunition pounds 4, 475 

Rounds  of  ammunition  carried  in  limber  chest 41 

Diameter  of  wheels inches 57.75 

Width  of  track do 60 

Free  height  under  limber  (and  carriage) do 22 

Turning  angle  with  carriage degrees 73 

Turning  angle  with  caisson do 75 


116 

NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS. 


No. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
2 
1 
1 
4 

2 

1 

22 
16 
12 
1 
50 
4 

1 
2 
1 
1 
2 
2 
1 
2 
1 

1 

2 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
2 
I 
I 
2 

1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
3 
1 
1 
2 
2 
8 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
2 
2 

1 
1 

1 
1 
1 

Assembling  bolt 

On  rear  part  of  frame         

»      IV 

3 

Ax  chafing  plate 

Screwed  to  chest 

Ax-handle  support 

Bolted  to  top  of  chest  

Ax  pocket 

do 

Bearing  plate  2  inches  wide 

Screwed  to  door        

do 

For  pintle  bearing 

Bolt'  0  75  inch  by  5  6  inches 

...  do 

Bolt,  steel,  square  head  machine,  0.375  inch 
by  2  inches. 
Bolt  snap  0  625  inch 

Secures  hand  rail  to  chest 

For  rear  door 

Bushing 

Forced  in  rear  part  of  pole  

Carriage  bolts: 
0.187  (A)  inch  bv  1  .  25  inches  
0  187  (-rV)  inch  bv  1  5  inches 

For  chest                                                i 

do  

0  25  inch  bv  3  25  inches 

do 

0  25  inch  by  1  5  inches 

Secures  ax-handle  support  to  chest  
For  door  attachments          ! 

0  312  (fa)  inch  by  1  5  inches 

0  312  (•&)  inch  bv  2  75  inches 

For  door  prop  guide 

Cartridge  case  packing,  intermediate: 
With  finger  notches  at  A 

In  chest 

With  finger  notches  at  B 

do 

Cartridge  case  packing  upper 

do 

Cartridge  case  packing  lower             .  . 

do  

For  doubletree                  

Chain  2  52  feet  long 

For  chest  door                                          j 

Chain  ring 

Chain  rivets 

Riveted  to  chest  door 

Chest  back  plate 

Bolted  to  rear  part  of  chest  

Chest  bodv 

Secured  to  frame                    

Ch€st  bracket  right 

Riveted  to  side  rails  

Chest  bracket  left 

do                        

Chest  straps 

Bolt  chest  to  frame 

Clamp  bolt  and  nut 

On  sheathing  clamp      

Copper  sheathing 

On  pole        "                                   -      - 

Corner  iron 

Corner  post   right 

do                                    

Corner  post  left 

do       

Cover 

do                                

Cross  rail    .  . 

Riveted  to  side  and  middle  rails  

Crown  nuts: 
0  625  inch 

For  chest  strap  bolts             

0.75  inch 

For  pintle  bearing  bolts  

Door  woodwork  complete 

On  rear  of  chest 

Door  hanlle 

On  door    j 

Door  hinge  center  door  strap 

Bolted  to  chest                 

Door  hinge  center  lid  strap 

do 

Door  hinge,  end,  door  strap 

.do       

Door  hinge  en1!  lid  strap 

do 

Part  of  door 

Door  jamb,  left 

do                             

Door  prop  ... 

Attached  to  chest  door  and  door-prop 
guide. 
Bolted  to  side  of  chest    

Door-prop  guide  right 

Door-nrop  guide  left 

do 

Doubletree 

Fits  on  doubletree  bolt  and  strap  

Door-prop  rivet  

Connect  door  prop  to  door  prop  stud  .  . 
Bolted  to  chest                                         ' 

Doubletree  bolt  brace 

Fits  on  doubletree  bolt  and  strap  j 

Dowel  oak  0  375  d 

For  door  jamb 

En  1  and  stav  hook,  right 

On  doubletree  

Eni  and  stay  hook  left 

do                     

End  bracket 

On  footboard 

Eni  link 

On  doubletree  chain  

Filler  piece 

On  chest 

Footboard  

Secured  to  front  of  frame  

Footboard  compartment,  right  

LTnder  footboard  

do 

Footboard  compartment  left 

Footboard  hinge 

Riveted  to  footboard  

Footboard  latch  and  strap  
Front  stay 

On  footboard 

Bolted  to  front  of  chest 

Handrail 

Bolted  to  side  of  chest  

Hatchet  blade  bracket: 
Boiy 

Bolted  to  front  of  chest 

Haniie  rest 

do       

Hatchet  hanlle  rest 

do                                           ... 

Lantern  bracket  body 

do 

Lantern  bracket  bottom  

Riveted  to  lantern  body..., 

117 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS-Contlnued. 


No. 

2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
1 
1 
4 
2 
2 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

52 
24 
8 
54 
4 
10 
2 
6 
1 
4 
8 
8 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
4 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
2 
2 

4 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section 

Lantern  strap  fastener 

On  lantern  bracket  body.  1 

IV 

On  end  of  axle 

Linchpin  and  clasp 

Linch  washer                              

Lock  bar  right 

On  chest  door.        

Lock  bar  left 

do                                      

Lock  bar  hinge  .           

Bolted  to  bottom  of  chest  

Lock-bar  plate  2  42"  long 

On  chest     

Lock-bar  plate  2  75"  long 

do                                          .... 

Middle-rail  bracket  right 

Riveted  to  middle  rail 

Middle-rail  bracket  left                      ^ 

do                             

Middle  rail 

Seated  on  axle 

Middle-rail  brace  rear 

do 

Secures  axle  to  middle  rail 

Middle-rail  understrap  bolt 

Riveted  to  middle  rail 

Neck-yoke  stop                          

Secured  to  understrap  of  pole  

0  187  (-%)  inch 

0  25  inch                               " 

do                               .         

0  25  inch 

For  tire  bolt 

0  312  (-fe)  inch. 

For  carriage  bolt          

0  375  inch 

For  machine  bolt 

0  375  inch 

For  tie  rod                

0  5  inch 

For  door  prop  stud  . 

0  625  inch 

0  75  inch 

For  doubletree  bolt     .        

Packing  corner  iron 

Screwed  to  corner  of  packing 

Packing  support,  middle  2  16  wide  

Between  chest  packing  

Packing  support  middle  2  25  wide 

do 

Secured  to  side  of  chest 

Packing  support  side  left 

do                                     

Padlock  No  850 

On  chest  door 

Pick  mattock  bracket 

Riveted  under  rear  of  frame  

Pick  mattock  handle  support 

do 

Pickax  support  

Riveted  to  side  rail  

Pintle 

Fits  in  pintle  bearing 

Pintle  bearing  

Bolted  to  middle  rail  

Pintle  latch 

Pinned  to  pintle 

Pintle  latch  pin 

Joins  pintle  latch  to  pintle 

Pintle  latch  spring  .                      .  . 

On  pintle  latch    .        

Plate 

Bolted  to  chest  door    . 

Pole  body  

Secured  to  frame  

Pole  bolt 

On  middle  rail 

Pole  ferrule  

On  front  end  of  pole  

Pole  pad  

do                      

Pole  pad  band 

Attached  to  pole  pad 

Riveted  to  side  rail 

Pole-prop  carrier,  left  .  .  . 

do 

Pole  stop 

Riveted  to  middle  rail 

Projectile  packing,  intermediate  

Inchest...         .        

Projectile  packing,  upper    . 

do 

Projectile  packing  lower 

do 

Prop  chain  

Attached  to  prop  .  . 

Prop-chain  button  . 

Riveted  to  foot  board,  . 

Prop-chain  fastening 

Riveted  to  prop  tube 

Prop-chain  handle  .... 

Secured  to  prop  chain. 

Prop  eye 

Pinned  to  top  of  prop  . 

Prop  foot  

Pinned  to  bottom  of  prop  

Prop  tube... 

Forms  body  of  prop  .  . 

Rear  brace,  right 

Riveted  to  side  and  middle  rails 

Rear  brace,  left  

.do  ..           ... 

Separator  .  .  . 

On  doubletree 

Sheathing  clamp 

Clamped  to  pole 

Shovel  blade  bracket.  .  . 

Secured  under  frame  .... 

Shovel  handle  bracket      . 

do 

Side  rail,  right 

Part  of  frame 

Side  rail,  left.. 

do. 

Side  rail  and  chest  bolt,  front 

Joins  side  rail  to  chest 

Side  rail  and  chest  bolt  nut 

On  side  rail  and  chest  bolt 

Side  rail  brace  rod,  forward.... 

Riveted  to  side  and  middle  rails... 

Side  rail  filler  plate,  right 

Riveted  to  side  rail 

Side  rail  filler  plate,  left  

do  

Side  rail  understrap,  right.  .  . 

.do... 

do  

do 

Side  rail  understrap,  left 

dn 

Side  rail  understrap  bolt  .  .  , 

118 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS-Continued. 


No. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section. 

4 

2 
1 

4 
2 

1 
2 
3 
12 
9 
8 
2 
66 
2 
2 
10 
8 
2 
2 
2 
2 

Side  rail  washer. 

On  side  rail  understrap  bolts  ; 

IV 

3 

Split  ri-»s: 
0.  093  (A)  inch  by  0.75  inch  

0.156  (&)  imch  by  1  inch  ...           ... 

0.156  (A)  inch  by  1.5  inches 

Staples 

On  side  rails.... 

Strap  fasteners: 
No  1 

No  2 

No  3 

No.  5..., 

No  10 

Tie  rod  18  inches  long 

Secure  packing  to  chest 

Tie  rod,  42.3  inches  long  .  . 

.do  

Washer  brass 

For  No.  6  wood  screw. 

Washer  leather 

For  wheel 

Washer,  steel  

For  0.187  (fV)  inch  rivets  

Washer  steel,  0  375  inch 

For  tie  rods  .  . 

Washer  steel  0  5  inch 

do 

Wheels,  complete  

Wing  nut  . 

On  wing  nut  pin.  . 

Wing  nut  pin  washer 

do 

Riveted  to  chest  body 

DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  CONVERTED   3-INCH  LIMBER,   MODEL  OF    1908. 

[Plate  XXII.] 

The  limber  is  of  metal  throughout  except  the  chest  body,  pole, 
footboards,  and  spokes  and  felloes  of  the  wheels.  The  principal  parts 
are  the  ammunition  chest,  axle,  frame,  pole,  doubletree,  singletrees, 
neck  yoke,  and  wheels. 

The  ammunition  chest  is  a  rectangular  wooden  box  with  alumin- 
ium and  wooden  packing  for  holding  41  rounds  of  ammunition  and 
three  oil  cans.  A  steel  back  plate  is  riveted  to  the  rear  of  the  chest 
which  is  perforated  and  forms  a  stop  for  the  rims  of  the  cartridge 
cases.  The  chest  door  is  hinged  at  the  bottom  and  opens  downward 
and  to  the  rear.  A  door  prop  and  various  implement  fastenings  are 
attached  to  the  chest.  The  chest  is  covered  with  heavy  cotton  duck. 

The  axle  is  hollow  and  of  wrought  tubular  steel,  3  inches  in  diame- 
ter, f-inch  walls.  Upon  it  are  shrunk  three  square  forgings  with 
chamfered  corners.  One  of  these  6  inches  long  is  at  the  middle  of  the 
axle  and  one  9f  inches  long  is  at  each  end  inside  the  wheel  spindles, 
the  outer  part  forming  the  shoulders. 

The  frame,  which  consists  of  a  middle  rail,  two  side  rails,  and 
braces,  is  seated  upon  the  squared  part  of  the  axle  and  is  secured 
thereto  by  understraps. 

The  pole  is  of  wood  and  has  a  copper  sheathing,  a  leather  pole 
pad  on  the  forward  end  and  a  neck-yoke  stop  on  its  underside.  The 
pole  is  also  provided  with  a  folding  prop. 


Ill) 


The  doubletree  is  made  of  steel  and  is  mounted  upon  the  double- 
tree bolt.  This  bolt  is  part  of  the  doubletree  bolt  strap,  being  forged 
solid  therewith. 

The  singletrees  are  of  steel  and  shaped  similar  to  the  doubletree. 

The  wheels  are  of  the  Archibald  pattern,  57f  inches  in  diameter. 

CONVERTED    3-INCH    CAISSON,    MODEL    OF    1908. 

.  [Plate  XXIII.] 
WEIGHTS,  DIMENSIONS,  ETC. 

Weight,  empty,  without  implements  and  ammunition pounds 1,  300 

Weight  of  tools  and  equipment  carried do 90 

Weight  of  ammunition  carried do 825 

Weight,  complete,  equipped  and  loaded ^ do 2,  215 

Weight  with  limber,  completely  equipped  and  with  44  rounds  of  am- 
munition  pounds 4, 170 

Rounds  of  ammunition  carried number 44 

Diameter  of  wheels inches 57.  75 

Width  of  track do 60 

Free  height  under  caisson do 24 

Turning  angle degrees 75 

NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS. 


No. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section. 

1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
2 
2 
2 
1 
2 
1 
1 

2 
4 
1 

2 
8 

2 
2 
1 
1 

1 

1 
1 
1 
1 

1 
1 

2 

Ammunition  chest  (woodwork,  complete). 
Apron 

On  top  of  frame 

,    rv 

3 

Hinged  under  frame 

Apron  hinge,  center. 

Riveted  to  -apron 

Apron  hinge,  side  right 

do 

Apron  hinge,  side,  left  

do  

\pron-hinge  bracket,  center  right 

Riveted  to  middle  rail 

Apron-hinge  bracket  center  left 

do 

Apron-hinge  bracket,  side 

Riveted  to  siderail  . 

A.pron  staple 

Riveted  on  apron 

Arm  attachment  (brake) 

Bolted  to  bralce  arm  .    . 

Arm  attachment  screw  bolt 

Bolts  arm  attachment  to  brake  arm.  .  . 
Top  of  chest  

Ax  chafing  plato  

Ax-handle  support 

Ax-pocket  body 

do 

Ax-handle  rest  

do  

Axle 

Bearing  plate,  2  inches  wide... 

Screwed  to  door.  .  . 

Bearing  plate,  2.5  inches  wide 

do     .  . 

Blocking  (middle  rail)  

Over  axle  in  middle  rail  

Blocking  (side  rail) 

Over  axle  in  side  rail 

Bolt,  steel,  square  head,  machine,  0.375 
inch  by  2  inches. 
Bolt  snap,  0.625  inch 

Connect  hand  rails  to  chest  

On  chains  riveted  to  door 

Bracket  

Between  under  strap  and  middle  rail.. 
Riveted  to  siderail  right 

Bracket  hinge 

Bracket-hinge  bolt,  right  

Bolts  arm  of  fuze-setter  bracket  to 
bracket. 
Bolts  arm  of  fuze-setter  bracket  to 
middle  rail. 
Hinged  on  brake-arm  hinge  bolt  
do 

Bracket-hinge  bolt,  left 

Brake  arm,  right  ... 

Brake  arm  left 

Brake-arm  hinge  boit  

Hinges  brake  arms  to  middle  rail  
Riveted  to  left  brake  arm  ... 

Brake-arm  hi^ge  pie  "6 

Brake  lever,  right  

Riveted  on  brake  segment  bracket.  left. 
Riveted  on  brake-segment  bracket, 
right. 
Holds  brake  levers  on  segment  brack- 
ets. 

Brake  lever,  left  

Brake  lever  bolt  and  nut 

120 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS— Continued. 


No. 

1 

1 
1 
1 
2 
2 
2 

13 

12 
6 
35 

7 
6 
12 
36 
6 
4 
1 

2 

1 
1 
2 
4 
2 
1 
2 

4 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
2 

2 
6 

8 
1 
3 
1 

1 

1 

2 
2 
1 

2 
4 
1 
1 
1 
2 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section. 

Brake  segment  right 

Riveted   to   brake-segment  bracket, 
right. 
Riveted  to  brake-segment  bracket,  left. 
Clamped  to  axle 

IV 

3 

I 

Brake  segment  left 

Brake-segment  bracket  left             

.do  

Brake-segment  bracket  bolt 

Clamps  segments  to  axle 

Brake  shoe                                 

Bolted  to  Drake  arm  

Brake-shoe  screw  bolts                        

Bolt  shoes  to  brake  arms  .        

Bolts  (carriage): 
0  187  (A)  inch  by  1  25  inches 

0  187  (A)  inch  by  1  5  inches     

0  187  (A^  inch  by  2  25  inches 

0  25  inch  by  1  25  inches    .          

0  25  inch  by  1  5  inches                      . 

0  25  inch  by  2  25  inches 

0  25  inch  by  2  5  inches                    

0  25  inch  by  3  25  inches 

0  312  (A)  inch  by  1  5  inches  

0  312  (A,  )  inch  by  1  75  inches 

0  312  (A)  inch  by  2  75  inches 

Cartridge  case  packing 

In  chest,  intermediate  with  finger 
notches  at  A. 
In  chest,  intermediate  with   finger 
notches  at  B. 

Do                         .                   

Cartridge-case  packing  lower 

do                                     

Chain  2  52  feet  long 

[Connected  together  and  riveted  to 
f    chest. 
Screwed  onto  packing  

Chain  ring                                           

Chain  rivet 

Chest  back  plate                              

Chest  strap 

Screwed  to  side  of  chest,  bolted  to  side 
rail. 
Screwed  to  corners  of  packing  

Corner  iron 

Inside  chest  rear  right  side 

Corner  post  left 

Inside  chest,  rear,  left  side  

On  top  of  chest 

Cover  leather  (for  pole  strap)               

Cross  rail  front 

Bolted  to  side  rails  and  mi  idle  rail  
Bolted  to  rear  ends  side  rails  

Cross  rail  ,  rear               

Crown  nut  0  625  inch 

On  side  rail  and  chest  bolt,  front  .  . 

Door  (woodwork  complete) 

Rear  of  chest 

Door  end  plate 

Bolted  to  outer  face  of  door  

Door  handle 

do                               

Door  hinge,  center,  door  strap 

do       

Door  hinge  center  lid  strap 

Bolted  to  underside  of  lid  top  

Door  hinge  end  door  strap 

Bolted  to  outer  face  of  door. 

Door  hinge  end  lid  strap 

Bolted  to  underside  of  lid  top  

Door  joint  right 

Rear  end  of  right  side  of  chest 

Door  joint,  left 

Rear  end  of  left  side  of  chest  

Door  plate  right 

Bolted  to  outer  face  of  door 

Door  plate,  left 

do  

D  oor  pr  op  A  —  1  7  .562  (  1  7  A-inch) 

On  door  prop  studs  

Door  prop  guide,  right  

Riveted  to  outside  of  chest,  right  side.. 
Riveted  to  outside  of  chest,  left  side.  .  . 
Runs  in  door  prop  guide  attached  to 
end  of  door  prop. 
Riveted  to  end  of  door  

Door  prop  guiie,  left 

Door  prop  sliding  rivet  

Door  prop  stud,  H=.4  inch 

Trowel  fl  375  ifioh 

In  door  joints 

Filler  piece         

At  ends  of  packings  

Footboard 

Secured  to  footboard  brackets  . 

Footboard  bracket  

Secured  to  middle  and  side  rails  
Riveted  to  front  of  middle  rail,  right 
side. 
Riveted  to  front  of  middle  rail,  left 
side. 
Inner  face  of  front  of  chest 

Frame  handle,  right 

Frame  handle,  left  

Front  shield 

Front  shield  cleat,  bottom  

Bolted  tobottom  of  chest,bears  against 
front  shield, 
do            

Front  shield  cleat  side 

Front  stay 

Bolted  to  front  of  chest 

Fuze  setter  bracket  (2  pieces) 

Attached  to  side  rail  and  middle  rail, 
under  right  side  of  chest. 
Bolted  to  <?ides  of  chest 

Hand  rail 

Hand  rail  reinforce 

Between  chest  and  hand  rails 

Hanger 

Pivoted  in  hanger  clip 

Hanger  bolster  .  . 

Riveted  to  middle  rail     

Hanger  clip 

Riveted  to  rear  cross  rail 

Hanger  filler  plate... 

Riveted  on  brake  arms. 

121 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS— Continued. 


No. 

2 

2 
4 
4 
1 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
1 

1 

1 
4 
1 
1 

1 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 

1 

1 
1 
1 

1 

31 
61 
46 
2 

8 

8 
10 
10 
2 
3 
1 
2 
2 
4 
8 
8 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

2 
2 

2 
3 

1 
3 
1 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section. 

Hanger  pin     

Pins  link  to  hanger,  other  pins  hanger 
to  hanger  clip. 
Bolte  1  to  brake  arms     .    .         

IV 

3 

Bolt  hanger  strap  to  brake  arms  

In  apron  hinges     

Riveted  in  lunette  

Riveted  to  rear  cross  rail  

Latch  handle                          

Assembled    and    pivoted    in    latch 
bracket. 

Secures  wheel  on  axle  

Latch  hook 

Latch  lock 

Latch  pin                            

Latch  spring 

Linch  pin 

In  h'nch  pin                    

Link 

Pivoted  in  hanger  clip  and  fuze  setter 
bracket. 

Lock  bar  (right) 

Lock  bar  (left) 

do                                           

Lock-bar  hinge                             

Bolted  to  bottom  of  chest  

Lunette 

Secured  in  front  of  middle  rail  

Middle  rail  (in  halves)            

Riveted  and  bolted,  forms  main  part 
of  frame. 
Passes  through  middle  rail  and  middle 
rail  bracket,  intermediate. 
Riveted  to  middle  rail  and  cross  rail 
front, 
do                                   

Middle-rail  bolt,  .625  inch  by  6.25  inches.  .  . 
Middle-rail  bracket,  front,  right  

Middle-rail  bracket  front  left 

Middle-rail  bracket  intermediate,  right.  .  . 

do  

Middle-rail  bracket  intermediate  left 

do                                     

Middle-rail  bracket  rear  right  

Riveted  to  middle  rail  and  cross  rail 
rear  right  side. 
Riveted  to  middle  rail  and  cross  rail 
rear  left  side. 
Riveted  inside  middle  rail  at  prop- 
chain  guide, 
do                                   

Middle-rail  bracket  rear  left 

Middle-rail  reinforce  left 

Middle-rail  separator        

Between  parts  of  middle  rail  

Middle-rail  top  plate 

Riveted  to  middle  rail  and  side  rails.  .  . 
Secure  wedges  and  filler  pieces  to  chest 
sides  and  packings. 
Attached  to  left  side  rail 

Nails                        

Nuts,  steel,  for  carriage  bolts: 
0  187  (-j^)  inch 

0  312  (•&)  inch 

Nut,  steel,  special,  0.5  inch  (for  door  prop 
stud). 
Nut,  steel,  square,  0.375  inch  (for  machine 
bolt). 
Nuts,  steel,  standard: 
0  25  inch  (for  tire  bolt) 

0  375  inch  .                           

0  5  inch 

0  5  inch  for  bracket-hinge  bolt,  left  .... 

0  625  inch 

0  625  inch  for  brake  arm  hinge  bolt  .... 

0.625  inch,  for  spare  pole  fastening  bolt. 
0.625  inch,  for  understrap  bolt  

Packing  corner  iron 

On  corners  of  packing           

Packing  support  middle  A  —  2  16 

Between  packing 

Packing  support  middle  A=225 

do                                  

Packing  support  side  right 

At  right  ends  of  packings 

Packing  support,  side  left 

At  left  ends  of  packings  

Padlock  No.  850  with  clevis  and  clevis  rivet 
Pick-mattock  guard  

Fastened  to  padlock  chain 

Front  of  chest  

Pick-mattock  support 

do 

Pin,  bronze  

Connects  end  of  link  with  separator  in 
fuze  setter  bracket. 

In  latch  lock 

Pins,  steel: 
0  156  (&)  inch  D 

0.187  (•&)  inch,  D.  ..;... 

In  brake-lever  bolt  

0.25  inch,  D. 

In  latch  handle  .  .                         

0.375  inch,  D 

Hinge  pins  connecting  lid  straps  and 
door  straps. 
Riveted  on  rear  of  middle  rail  
In  supports  in  chest                     ...  . 

Pole  strap... 

Projectile  packing,  intermediate 

Projectile  packing,  upper.  .  , 

...do... 

122 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS— Continued. 


No. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section. 

1 

2 

1 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
2 

2 
3 
2 
4 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
6 
4 
2 
4 
4 
10 
4 
1 
42 
10 
18 
6 
4 
4 
10 
14 
2 
28 
12 
2 

4 
2 
4 
2 
2 
2 

1 

1 
1 
1 

1 

2 
2 
1 

1 

1 

1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 

Projectile  packing  lower 

In  supports  in  chest   

IV 

3 

i 

Prop  chain,  A—  29.75                        

Connected  to  prop-chain  eyes  and  prop 
hook. 
Assembled  in  lunette 

Prop-chain  clamp  .                      

On  prop  tubes  

Prop-chain  guide 

Riveted  to  middle  rail  top  plate  

Prop  eye  right 

Riveted  in  prop  tube,  upper  end  

Prop  eye,  left  

do  

Prop  foot.                                               .  . 

Riveted  to  lower  ends  of  prop  tubes.  .1 
Connected  to  upper  ends  of  prop  chains 
Connects  prop  eyes  to  middle  rail  

Prop  hook 

Prop-pin  washer     . 

On  end  of  prop  pin  

Prop  tube 

Riveted  to  lower  ends  of  prop  tubes.  .  . 
Connect  linchpin  spring  with  linchpin  .  ; 

Rivet,  Norway  iron,  countersunk  head 
0.187  (•&)  by  0.875  inch. 
Rivets,  steel,  button-head: 
0  187  (A)  by  0  375  inch 

0  187  (-ff)  by  0.5  inch.. 

0  187  (-jSj)  by  0  812  (ff  ^  inch 

0  187  (VU)  bv  0  875  inch 

0  187  (^)  inch  by  1  562  (l-fr)  inches 

0  187  (-^r)  inch  by  1  625  inches 

0.25  by  0.875  inch  

0  25  by  0  937  (•&)  inch 

0  25  inch  bv  1  125  inches 

0  25  inch  by  1  625  inches 

0  25  inch  by  1  937  (lf|)  inches 

0  312  (W)  inch  by  1  187  (1-H)  inches 

0  312  (-B)  inch  by  1.25  inches 

0  312  (^)  inch  by  1  312  (Iff)  inches 

0  375  by  0  875  inch 

0.375  by  1  inch. 

0  375  inch  by  1  25  inches 

0  375  inch  by  1  375  inches 

0  375  inch  by  1.437  (1W)  inches 

0  375  inch  by  1  5  inches 

0.375  inch  bv  1.625  inches  . 

0  375  inch  by  1  687  (1^)  inches 

0.375  inch  by  1.812  (lf&)  inches  

0.375  inch  by  1.875  inches 

0  5  inch  by  1  125  inches 

0.5  inch  by  1.187  (1-fr)  inches.  .  .  . 

0.5  inch  by  1.625  inches 

0  5  inch  by  1  687  (1H)  inches 

0.5  inch  bv  1.75  inches 

Rivets,  steel,  countersunk  head: 
0.187  (^)  inch  by  1.25  inches  

0.312  (A)  inch  by  1.937  (Hf  )  inches  . 

0  375  inch  by  1  25  inches 

Rods.... 

Connected  to  brake  levers  and  springs.1 
Connect  rod  and  brake  levers  

Rod  bolt 

Screw,  steel,  countersunk  head,  0.25  by 
0.5  inch  standard. 
Separator 

Riveted  between  arms  of  fuze  setter 
bracket. 
Riveted  to  footboard  

Shovel-blade  bracket  . 

Shovel-handle  pocket 

Riveted  to  middle  rail.  .  .  . 

Side  rail,  right  

Connected  to  right  ends  of  cross  rails 
and  right  side  of  middle  rail. 
Connected  to  left  ends  of  cross  rails  and 
left  side  of  middle  rail. 
Secures  front  of  chest  to  side  rails  

Side  rail  left 

Side  rail  and  chest  bolt,  front 

Side  rail  and  chest  bolt  nut  

On  side  rail  and  chest  bolt  ,  front  

Side-rail  bracket  front  right 

Riveted'  to  cross-rail  front  and  right 
side  rail. 
Riveted  to  cross-rail  front  and  left  side 
rail. 
Riveted  to  cross-rail  rear  and  right  side 
rail. 
Riveted  to  cross-rail  rear  and  left  side 
rail. 
Riveted  to  right  side  rail  

Side-rail  bracket  ,  front  left  

Side-rail  bracket  ,  rear  right  

Side-rail  bracket  rear  left 

Side-rail  reinforce,  right     .          . 

Side-rail  reinforce  left 

Riveted  to  left  side  rail 

Side-rail  top  plate,  right  

Riveted  to  top  of  right  side  rail  at  bend  . 
Riveted  top  of  left  side  rail  at  bend  
On  brake-arm  hinge  bolt 

Side-rail  top  plate,  left   . 

Sleeve 

Spare  pole  fastenings         ...                .  . 

Bolted  on  middle,  rail  

Srare  pole  fastening  bolt,  A  =4.  .  . 

Holds  pole  in  fastening.  .. 

123 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS— Continued. 


No. 


Name  of  part. 


Location,  etc. 


Property  clas- 
sification. 


Class.    Section. 


Spare  pole  fastening  bolt,  A=5.5. 
Split  pins: 

0.093  (A)  by  0.75  inch 

0.125  by  0.75  inch 

0.125  by  0.875  inch 

0.125  by  1  inch 

0.156  (A)  by  0.75  inch 

0.156  (A)  by  1.5  inches 

0.187  (A)  by  0.875  inch 

Springs , 


Joins  fastening  to  middle  rails . 


Spring  assembling  bolts . 


Connected  with  arm  attachments  and 

rods. 
Connect  springs  to  arm  attachments 

and  rods. 


1  on  chest  top,  2  on  chest  front 

Chest  front 

Chest  top  and  middle  rail 

Connect  packing  to  chest 

do 

Connect  chest  straps  to  chest 

Bolted  to  middle  rail,  holds  axle 

Holds  understrap  to  middle  rail 


On  axle 

On  brake  arm  hinge  bolt . 


Strap  fasteners: 

No.l 

No.3 

No. 10 , 

Tie  rods,  A=18 

Tie  rods,  A=42.3 , 

Tire  bolts,  0.25  inch  by  3  inches 

Understrap 

Understrap  bolts 

Wagon-box  rivets: 

0. 187  (A)  inch  by  1.312(1  A)  inches  .. 

0.187  (A)  inch  by  2.375  inches , 

0.25  inch  by  1.75  inches 

0.25  inch  by  2.437  (2^)  inches 

0.25  inch  by  3 .375  inches 

0.312  (A)  inch  by  1.937  (1H )  inches 

Washers,  leather,  for  wheel 

Washer,  steel 

do i  On  bracket  hinge  bolt 

Washers,  steel,  0.375  inch |  On  tie  rods 

Washers ,  steel,  0.5  inch ! do 

Washers,  steel On  tire  bolts  for  chest  straps 

do Under  shovel  blade  bracket  rivet 

Wedges Between  filler  pins  and  side  of  chest . . . 

Wheels,  complete Same  as  on  carriage 

Wing  nuts 

Wing-nut  pin  washers f  Assembled  and  attached  to  chest  door . 

Wing-nut  studs 

Wood  screws,  brass,  round  head: 

0.75  inch,  No.  6 

0.125  inch,  No.  10 

Wood  screws,  steel: 

0.75'inch,  No.  6 

1  inch,  No.  6 

1  inch,  No.  8 

1.25  inches,  No.  12 

2.75  inches,  No.  14 


2. 75  inches,  No.  14. 


On  bracket  hinge  bolt. 


IV 


DESCRIPTION   OF   THE    CONVERTED    3 -INCH    CAISSON,    MODEL,   OF    1908. 

[Plate  XXIII.] 

The  construction  of  the  caisson  is  very  similar  to  that  of  the  lim- 
ber. The  side  and  middle  rails  are  longer  and  the  latter  terminate  at 
the  front  in  a  lunette  by  which  the  caisson  is  coupled  to  its  limber. 
The  caisson  is  furnished  with  two  lever  road  brakes,  each  of  which 
operates  separately,  so  that  either  or  both  wheels  can  be  affected. 
The  brake  arms,  steel  angles,  are  pivoted  at  the  middle  rail  by  the 
brake  arm  hinge  bolt  and  extend  out  to  the  rear  of  the  wheels.  They 
are  supported  by  a  hanger  strap  on  the  side  rails.  On  the  outer  ends 
are  cast-iron  brake  shoes. 


124 

A  spare  pole  is  carried  under  the  middle  rail  on  each  of  four  cais- 
sons in  a  battery. 

A  fuze-setter  bracket  which  is  made  of  steel  is  hinged  to  the  side 
and  middle  rails.  ' 

3-INCH  GUN  AND  3.8-INCH  HOWITZER,  FORGE  LIMBER, 

MODEL   OF    1902. 

WEIGHTS,    DIMENSIONS,    ETC. 

Weight,  empty,  without  equipment pounds 958 

Weight,  complete,  equipped  and  loaded do 1,  577 

Weight  of  forge  limber  and  battery  wagon,  both  complete,  equipped  and 

loaded pounds 4,324 

Diameter  of  wheels inches 56 

Width  of  track do 60 

Free  height  under  limber do 26.  5 

Turning  angle  with  battery  wagon degrees —        75 

NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS. 
[Parts  not  enumerated  in  the  following  list  are  the  same  as  those  for  the  3-inch  gun  limber,  model  of  1902.] 


No. 

1 

1 
1 
1 
2 
2 
2 
2 

1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

1 
1 
1 

1 
4 
4 
4 
2 
1 
1 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section. 

Forge  limber  chest,  complete,  consisting 
of— 
Back  and  left  end 

Part,  nfbnrlv    . 

IV 

9 

Front  and  right  end                                   .  .  .do  

Bottom  do  

Lid                              Hinged  to  body  

Lid  stiffener                                              On  lid 

Chest-rail  filler  pieces                               Riveted  to  body  and  chest  rail  

Outer  left-hand  partition                         Part  of  body 

Corner-tie  pieces                 '                            ^°                          -  -  

Filler  pieces                                       .  . 

Part  of  body  under  hand-rail  brackets.  . 
TCivfitpd  to  bodv  

Shot-bolt  stops 

Shot-bolt  bracket  (right)                                ^°                                -  - 

Shot-boH  bracket  (left)  . 

do  

do                    

Hasp       ...                                 

do  

Hasp  hinge 

Riveted  to  lid  

In  hinge                 

Riveted  to  body                .                ... 

Chest  rail  (right) 

do  

Chest  rail  (left) 

do                             

Shot  bolt  (right)  .                            .  .. 

In  brackets  on  chest  body  

Shot  bolt  (left) 

Shot-bolt  hasp  (right) 

Riveted  to  lid                    

Shot-bolt  hasp  (left) 

do                                       

Riveted  to  chest  body  

Riveted  on  pin                

On  pin  

Padlock,  with  chain  and  bolt  snap  

Eye  rivet  on  chest  body       

Riveted  to  lid  and  body  

Riveted  to  bodv  of  chest                    .  . 

Connect  hand-rail  brackets  

Riveted  to  lid                  

Riveted  to  chest  partition  

Riveted  on  lid-Drop  bracket  

Lid-nron  rivet  .  . 

Rivets  lid  prop*  to  bracket  

125 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS-Continued. 


Name  of  part. 


Location,  etc. 


Prop 


ition. 


Class.   Section. 


Forge  limber  chest,  complete,  consisting 
of— Continued. 
Lid-prop  sliding  rivet 


Riveted  on  lid  prop . 


Ratchet-drill  fastening,  No.  1 

Ratchet-drill  fastening,  No.  2 

Forge-legs  fastening,  No.  1 !  Riveted  to  inner  right-hand  partition. 


Riveted  to  outer  right-hand  partition 
Riveted  to  inside  of  chest  back 


Forge-legs  fastening,  No.  2 
Screw-wrench  fastening,  No.  1 
Screw-wrench  fastening,  No.  2 
Chisel  (cold  iron)  fastening) . .. 

Chisel  (hot  iron)  fastening 

Flatter  fastening 

Hand-hammer  fastening 

Fore  punch  and  creaser  fastenings 

Shoeing-rasp  fastening,  No.  1.. 
Shoeing-rasp  fastening,  No.  2. . 

Flat  bastard  file  fastening 

Taps  and  dies  fastening,  No.  1 


Taps  and  dies  fastening,  No.  2.. 

Square  fastening,  No.  1 

Square  fastening,  No.  2 

Square  fastening,  No.  3 


Riveting  hammer  fastening 

Shoeing  hammer  fastening 

Clinching  iron  fastening 

Hardie  fastening 

Oiler  fastening 

Portable  forge  fastenings 

Forge  gear  wheel  fastening,  No.  1 

Forge  gear  wheel  fastening,  No.  2 

Anvil  fastenings 

Sledge  handle  bracket 

Ax  head  bracket 

Front  oil-can  supports 

Middle  oil-can  supports 

Rear  oil-can  supports 

Oil-can  support  cover 

Sash  cord 

Oil-can  support  latches 

Latch  pins 

Oil-can  support  latch  springs. 


do. 


Wooden  packing  for  forge  (4  blocks). . . 

Wooden  packing  for  anvil 

Wooden  packing  for  small  tools 

Wooden  packing  for  rivet  sets 

Wooden  linings  for  horseshoe  compart- 
ment, bottom. 

Wooden  linings  for  horseshoe  compart- 
ment, side. 

Wooden  linings  for  horseshoe  compart- 
ment, end. 

Packing  strap,  rivet  set , 

Oil-can  support  hinges 

Cover  hinge  pins , 

Foot  rest,  complete 


Foot-rest  liner 

Sledge  holder 

Sledge  strap  fasteners. 
Name  plate 


Riveted  to  outer  right-hand  partition. 

do 

Riveted  to  inside  of  right  end 

do 

do 

Riveted  to  outer  right-hand  partition. 

Riveted  to  inside  of  left  end 

Riveted  to  inner  right-hand  partition. 

do 

Riveted  to  inner  left-hand  partition. . 
Riveted  to  inside  of  back  of  chest  near 

left  end. 
Riveted  to  inside  of  front  ol  chest  near 

left  end. 
Riveted  to  underside  of  lid  near  center, 

front. 
Riveted  to  underside  of  lid  near  center, 

rear. 
Riveted  to  underside  of  lid  near  right 

end,  rear. 
Riveted  to  outer  right-hand  partition. 

do 

do 

Riveted  to  inside  of  right  end 

Screwed  to  anvil  block 

Riveted  to  underside  of  lid 

Riveted  to  inner  left-hand  partition . . 
Riveted  to  lid-prop  bracket  and  lid. . 

Riveted  to  lid 

Riveted  to  bottom  of  chest 

....do 

....do 

....do 

....do 

Hinged  to  rear  oil-can  supports 

Fastened  to  oil-can  support  cover 

On  covers 


On  latches . 
In  chest. . . 


.do. 
.do. 
.do. 
.do. 


.do. 


.do. 


On  packing  for  rivet  sets 

Riveted  to  rear  oil-can  supports 

Connects  hinge  and  cover 

Same  as  for  3-inch  gun  limber,  except 
modification  for  carrying  sledge. 

Riveted  to  foot  rest 

....do 

....do 

On  rear  end  of  middle  rail . . . 


IV 


NOTE. — Other  implement  fastenings  and  bucket  holder  the  same  as  on  3-inch  gun  limber. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  3 -INCH  GUN  AND  3. 8 -INCH  HOWITZER  FORGE  LIMBER, 

MODEL  OF  1902. 

The  3-inch  gun  and  3.8-inch  howitzer  forge  limber,  model  of  1902, 
differs  from  the  3-inch  gun  limber,  model  of  1902,  only  in  the  construc- 
tion of  the  chest  and  foot  rest,  which  are  fitted  to  carry  the  tools  and 
102614—17 11 


126 

supplies  pertaining  to  a  farrier's  shop,  with  the  addition  of  some 
machinist's  tools.  The  limber  frame  in  all  its  parts  is  the  same  as 
those  of  the  other  limbers  in  the  battery,  and  the  chest  is  attached  to 
the  frame  in  a  similar  manner. 

The  forge-limber  chest  is  a  rectangular  flange-steel  box  with  chest 
lid  on  top.  The  lid  is  flanged  all  around,  fitting  over  the  body  of 
the  chest  to  make  it  water-tight.  It  is  secured  in  front  to  the  body  of 
the  chest  by  four  hinges,  and  in  rear  it  is  held  in  its  closed  position 
by  a  shot  bolt  at  each  corner  and  by  a  hasp  and  wing  nut  in  the 
middle.  The  shot  bolts  are  seated  in  brackets  riveted  to  the  chest, 
while  the  shot-bolt  eyes  are  riveted  to  the  lid;  the  hasp  is  hinged 
to  a  hasp-hinge  plate  riveted  to  the  lid,  and  the  wing  nut  is  attached 
to  the  wing-nut  pin,  riveted  to  the  body  of  the  chest.  A  spring  pad- 
lock, fastened  by  chain  and  staple  to  the  chest,  may  be  passed  through 
the  eye  of  the  wing  nut  to  lock  the  chest  lid  when  closed.  Outside 
on  top  is  a  raised  seat,  fastened  to  the  chest  lid,  with  spaces  under- 
neath for  carrying  three  watering  buckets.  The  seat  has  a  handrail 
at  each  end  riveted  to  the  chest  body.  Various  strap  fasteners  for 
paulin  straps,  grip  straps,  picket-rope  straps,  etc.,  and  brackets  for 
carrying  all  the  implements  carried  on  other  limbers  are  provided  and 
are  in  all  respects  similar  to  those  heretofore  described  for  the  3-inch 
gun  limber,  except  the  ax-head  bracket,  which  is  slightly  modified. 

(One  picket  rope  is  issued  for  light  batteries;  two  picket  ropes  are 
issued  for  horse  batteries.) 

Arrangements  are  also  provided  for  carrying  on  each  forge-limber 
chest  one  sledge  and  two  oil  cans.  The  sledge  rests  in  a  sledge  holder 
riveted  on  the  right  end  of  the  foot  rest,  with  the  handle  projecting  to 
the  rear  through  a  sledge-handle  bracket  riveted  to  the  bottom  of  the 
chest.  The  oil  cans  are  carried  one  under  each  end  of  the  chest.  For 
this  purpose,  for  each  can  three  flange-steel  brackets,  called  the  front, 
middle,  and  rear  oil-can  supports,  are  riveted  to  the  bottom  of  the 
chest.  The  can  is  placed  in  the  supports  from  the  rear,  and  is  re- 
tained in  place  by.  a  bronze  cover  on  the  rear  bracket.  This  cover  is 
hinged  at  the  bottom  and  held  in  close  position  by  a  spring  latch. 
If  desired,  the  latch  may  be  more  firmly  secured  in  locking  position 
by  a  split  pin.  The  oil  cans  are  similar  to  those  carried  on  the 
3-inch  gun  limber. 

Inside,  the  forge  chest  is  divided  into  five  compartments  by  four 
vertical  partitions  reaching  from  front  to  rear.  The  end  compart- 
ments are  comparatively  narrow  and  are  fitted  with  fastenings  for 
carrying  smith's  and  machinist's  tools,  each  so  that  it  can  be  taken 
out  without  removing  any  other.  The  compartments  next  to  the 
tool  compartments  are  wider  and  are  subdivided  by  lateral  partitions 
forming  two  compartments  for  horseshoes  and  two  for  horseshoe 
nails,  with  a  total  capacity  for  300  pounds  of  horseshoes  and  50 


127 


pounds  of  nails.  The  horseshoes  are  carried  loose  in  the  compart- 
ment, which  is  wood  lined;  the  horseshoe  nails  may  also  be  carried 
loose,  though  the  nail  compartments  are  made  of  the  proper  size  to 
take  the  25-pound  box  of  nails  as  issued.  All  of  the  partitions  in 
the  chest  are  made  of  flange  steel,  flanged  on  three  sides  and  riveted 
through  the  flanges  to  the  chest.  The  middle  compartment  is  fitted 
to  take  the  field  forge  in  front,  the  anvil  in  rear,  and  several  small 
tools  in  brackets  on  the  walls.  The  anvil  is  bedded  in  a  wooden  seat 
on  the  bottom  of  the  chest,  and  with  the  forge  is  held  in  place  by- 
cleats  on  the  chest  lid.  The  latter  is  held  in  its  open  position  by  ai 
lid  prop,  which  is  hinged  to  a  lid-prop  bracket  riveted  to  the  under- 
side of  the  lid  and  having  at  its  other  end  a  button  running  in  a 
lid-prop  guide  riveted  to  one  of  the  chest  partitions. 

FORGE  LJMBER,  MODEL  OF    1902   MI. 

The  forge  limber,  model  of  1902  Mi.,  is  the  same  as  the  forge  lim- 
ber, model  of  1902,  except  that  it  has  the  identical  automatic  pole 
support  used  on  the  caisson  limber,  model  of  1916. 

CONVERTED   3-INCH  FORGE   LIMBER,   MODEL   OF   1908. 

WEIGHTS,    DIMENSIONS,    ETC. 

Weight,  empty,  without  equipment pounds 936 

Weight  complete,  equipped  and  loaded do 1,  555 

Weight  of  forge  limber  and  battery  wagon,  both  complete,  equipped  and 

loaded pounds—  5,  965 

Diameter  of  wheels inches 57.  75 

Width  of  track do 60 

Free  height  under  limber do 27 

Turning  angle  with  battery  wagon degrees —        73 

NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS. 


No. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section. 

2 
1 
2 
1 

1 
1 
1 
2 
2 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 

Anvil  fastening 

In  chest 

IV 

9 

Anvil  packing 

...  .do  

Assembling  bolt  0  625  by  6  375 

Through  middle  rail  

Ax  chafing  plate       .                  

Screwed  to  top  of  chest  

Ax-handle  support 

Riveted  to  top  of  chest  

Ax  pocket  

Screwed  and  bolted  to  top  of  chest  

Body 

Handle  rest 

Axle 

Back  stay 

Riveted  to  chest  

Back-stay  staple 

On  middle  rail  

Bolt  snap 

On  lock  chain                                 

Bracexod  upper 

Bolted  to  side  and  middle  rails  

do  

Bushing 

Forced  in  rear  end  of  pole     

Chain 

Fastened  to  side  rails  

Chain  with  chain  rings 

Fastened  to  chest,  for  bolt  snap  

Chest  body 

Bolted  to  frame     .        

Chest  lid 

Hinged  to  chest  body  

Clamp  bolt  and  nut  .  .  . 

On  sheathing  clamp  

128 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS— Continued. 


No. 

1 

10 
2 
4 
3 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

1 
1 

1 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 

2 
1 
2 
1 
1 
2 
2 
4 
2 
1 

1 

1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 

1 
1 
1 

2 
2 

2 
2 
6 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

11 
2 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 
IV 

Section. 

Cold-chise1  bracket 

In  chest  

Copper  sheathing 

On  pole            

CoTXDer  washers  "** 

Corner  plate  bottom                                      1  On  corner  of  chest  

Corner  plate  vertical 

do                                ............. 

Cross  rail 

Riveted  to  side  and  middle  rails  

T)ie-chest  filler  block 

In  chest                                                  ' 

do 

Die-chest  support  front 

do  

Die-chest  support  rear 

do 

Doubletree 

Bolted  to  middle  rail 

Doubletree  strap  and  bolt 

Fastened  to  middle  rail  

Doubletree-bolt  brace  

On  doubletree  bolt  and  fastened  to 
middle  rail. 
In  chest 

Driving-tool  retainer 

End  and  stay  hook  right 

On  doubletree 

End  and  stay  hook,  left    

do  

End  bracket 

On  footboard 

End  link...           

On  doubletree  chain  

File-handle  attachment 

Screwed  in  chest  . 

Flatter  fastening 

do 

Footboard                   

Secured  to  front  of  frame  

Footboard  compartment: 
Right 

Under  footboard 

Left.                       

do    

Footboard  hinge 

Riveted  to  footboard 

Footboard  latch  and  strap     

On  footboard  ' 

Forge  chest  bolt 

Bolts  through  front  stay 

Forge  handle  bracket 

Fastened  in  chest 

Forge  handle  support 

do 

Front  stay 

Riveted  to  front  of  chest 

Handle                                          .  . 

Riveted  to  sides  of  chest  ... 

Handle  reinforce  plate 

Riveted  inside  of  chest 

Handle  support  .         .      .  .         

Screwed  in  chest  .  .          .                  . 

Hasp 

Fastened  to  lid 

Hatchet  blade  bracket: 
Body 

Fastened  to  front  of  chest 

Handle  rest  

.do  i 

Hatchet  handle  rest  .                 

do 

Hinge  (with  hinge  strap) 

Fastened  to  lid  and  chest  body              I 

Horseshoer's  tongs  bracket  

Fastened  in  chest 

Hot  chisel  fastening 

do 

Lantern  bracket  body  

Riveted  to  lantern  bracket  support  
Riveted  to  lantern  bracket  body  
Riveted  to  front  of  chest     

Lantern  bracket  bottom 

Lantern  bracket  support  

Lantern  strap  fastener 

Riveted  to  lantern  bracket  body 

Lid  prop,  upper  

Fastened  to  lid  prop  bracket  

Lid  prop  lower 

Fastened  to  lid  prop  plate  pivot 

Lid  prop  bracket 

Riveted  to  lid 

Lid  prop  bracket  pivot  

A  ssembled  with  lid  prop  bracket 

Lid  prop  plate 

Riveted  to  chest  body 

Lid  prop  plate  pivot     

Assembled  with  lid  prop  plate 

Lid  prop  strap  hinge  pin 

Assembled  with  lid  props,  upper  and 
lower. 
In  ends  of  axle 

Linch  pin                  .  .      

Linch  pin  and  clasp 

Linch  pin  spring      

Fastened  to  linch  pin 

Linch  washer    " 

On  end  of  axle 

Lock  washers  

Middle  bracket 

On  foot  board                                          i 

Middle  rail  

Seated  on  axle  

Middle  rail  brace 

Riveted  to  middle  rail 

Middle  rail  bracket  right 

do 

Middle  rail  bracket,  left     

do 

Middle  rail  understrap 

Bolted  to  middle  rail 

Middle  rail  understrap  bolt,  front  

In  middle  rail  

Middle  rail  understrap  bolt  rear 

do 

Name  plate  

Riveted  to  front  cross  member  of  frame  . 
Fastened  to  under  side  of  pole 

Neck-yoke  stop 

.625  

687  (11/16) 

Oiler  fastening  

In  chest  

Padlock     .  . 

rhained  to  chest 

Padlock  staple 

On  chest  body 

Pickax  support  .  . 

Pick  mattock  bracket  .  .  . 

Riveted  under  frame  ... 

129 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS— Continued. 


No. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section. 

1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
4 
1 
4 
2 
1 
1 

1 
1 

2 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
4 
1 
1 
1 
2 
29 
15 
13 
43 
4 
1 
1 
2 
1 
2 
2 

13 

1 
2 

Pick  mattock  handle  support 

Riveted   to  footboard  compartment, 
left. 
Fastened  in  chest  

•      IV 

9 

Pincers  and  nippers  fastening 

Bolted  to  middle  rail 

Pintle  key 

Chained  to  frame 

Pintle  key  chain 

Pole  body 

Fastened  to  frame 

Pole  bolt 

Fits  in  front  end  of  middle  rail     .  . 

Pole  pad 

Fastened  to  pole 

Pole  pad  band.  . 

do  

Pole  prop  carrier  right 

Riveted  to  side  rail  right 

Pole  prop  carrier,  left 

Riveted  to  side  rail,  left  

Pole  stop 

Riveted  to  middle  rail 

Portable  forge  packing,  right 

In  chest  

Portable  forge  packing  left 

do    . 

Prop  bracket  

Riveted  on  doubletree  strap  

Prop  chain 

Attached  to  prop  and  footboard 

Prop  chain  button  

Riveted  to  footboard  

Prop  chain  button  rivet 

do  

Prop  chain  fastening 

On  prop 

Prop  chain  guard 

On  footboard  

Prop  chain  handle 

On  end  of  chain 

Prop  eye  

Fastened  in  prop  bracket  

Prop  foot 

Pinned  to  prop  tube 

Prop  tube...  . 

Pinned  to  prop  eye  

Ratchet  handle  keeper 

Screwed  in  chest 

Ratchet  head  guide 

do 

Round  punch  and  pritchel  bracket 

..  .  do 

Safe  plate       ....                                   .     . 

Riveted  to  rear  of  chest      

Separator 

Riveted  in  doubletree 

Sheathing  clamp 

Bolted  on  pole      

Shim  for  19C  . 

In  chest 

Shim  for  19D 

do 

Shovel  blade  bracket 

Riveted  to  frame 

Shovel  handle  bracket  

Riveted   to  footboard  compartment, 
right. 
Seated  on  axle 

Side  rail  right 

Side  rail  left 

....  do  ..              

Side  rail'  bolt,  front  

Bolts  side  rail  arid  understrap  together  . 
do...    .                   ... 

Side  rail  bolt,  rear 

Side  rail  brace  bolt 

Bolts  brace  to  side  rail 

Side-rail  filler  plate  right 

Riveted  to  side  rail 

Side-rail  filler  plate  left 

do 

Side-rail  understrap,  right 

Bolted  to  side  rail,  right    . 

Side-rail  understrap  left 

Bolted  to  side  rail  left 

Side-rail  washers 

On  side  rails  understrap  bolts  

Sledge  holder 

Attached  to  footboard    . 

Square  bracket  

Screwed  to  underside  of  lid  

Square  stop 

.do    .  .                                   . 

Staples 

Riveted  on  side  rails 

Strap  fastener. 

Fastened  on  chest  body  

Tacks,  bronze 

On  pole  body     . 

Tacks  copper 

On  chest  body 

Tool  attachments 

In  chest                 

Transom  rods  and  washers 

Through  chest  body 

Turnbuckle. 

On  turnbuckle  pivot  

Turnbuckle  pivot  and  washer 

Riveted  on  back  of  chest  body  

Turnbuckle  pivot-plate  rivets 

Turnbuckle  safe  plate 

Riveted  on  inside  of  chest,  rear  

Washers,  leather  (for  wheel) 

Washers,  steel  (for  0.187  inch  OrV  inch)  b 
wagon  box  rivets). 
Washers,  steel  (for  0.25  inch  D  wagon  box 
rivets). 
Wearing  shoe 

On  chest  body 

On  pintle  .              

Wheels  (complete) 

DESCRIPTION  OF  THE   CONVERTED    3 -INCH  FORGE  LIMBER,   MODEL  OF   1908. 

The  forge  limber  is  constructed  in  the  same  manner  as  the  con- 
verted limber  for  the  carriage  or  caisson  except  that  the  packing 
for  ammunition  and  oil  cans  is  omitted.  The  forge  limber  carries 


130 

all  the  blacksmiths'  tools  except  the  anvil,  vise,  and  sledge.  Various 
fastenings  are  secured  to  the  outside  of  the  chest  for  carrying  im- 
plements. 

3-INCH   GUN   BATTERY   WAGON,   MODEL,   OF    1902. 

[Plate  XXIV.] 


Weight  of  battery  wagon,  empty - pounds 1,244 

Weight  of  battery  wagon,  completely  equipped  and  loaded do 2,  747 

Weight  of  forge  limber  and  battery  wagon,  both  completely  equipped  and 

loaded pounds 4,  324 

Diameter  of  wheels • inches 56 

Width  of  track do 60 

Free  height  under  battery  wagon do 26 

Turning  angle degrees—        75 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS. 


No. 


Name  of  part. 


Location,  etc. 


Property  clas- 
sification. 


Class.   Section. 


2  Wheels Same  as  on  carriage 

2  Wheel  fastenings,  complete do 

Axle 

Axle  block,  center 1  Between  axle  and  body 

Axle-block  end  (right) I do 

Axle-block  end  (left) 1 do 

Middle  brace  (right) I  Riveted  to  axle  and  rail 

Middle  brace  (left) ! do 

Side  rail  (rieht) Riveted  to  axle  lugs 

1  Side  rail  (left) do 

1  Name  plate Riveted  on  left  side  rail 

1  Foot  rest On  foot-rest  brackets 

2  Foot-rest  brackets,  outer  (right  and  left) . .    Bolted  to  front  of  body. . . : 

2     Foot-rest  brackets,  inner,  with  4  bolts  and   do 

nuts. 

2     Foot-rest  supports  (right  and  left) Tie  outer  corner  of  foot  rest  to  end 

stiffeners. 

1  Brake  channel Fastened  to  side  rails 

2  Channel  supports do 

2     Outer  channel  supports do 

Box  bottom  (right) Riveted  to  ends  of  brake  channel 

Box  bottom  (left) do 

Brake-box  fillers do 

Brake-beam  guide  (right) Riveted  to  brake  channel IV 

Brake-beam  guide  (left) do 

Front  brake  brace  (right) Braces  channel  to  side  rail . 

Front  brake  brace  (left) do 

Rear  brake  brace  (right) do 

Rear  brake  brace  (left) do 

Cross  brace Riveted  to  side  rails 

Cover Over  top  of  body 

!  Frame  reinforce  plate i  Front  end  of  side  rail 
Frame  handle,  right do 
Lunette  bracket do 

i  Lunette  bracket  filler  plates Riveted  to  bracket 

Lunette In  lunette  bracket 

Lunette  nut I  On  lunette 

Battery  wagon  prop,  complete j  Pivoted  to  lunette  bracket 

Consisting  of— 
1  Prop  eye  (left) 

1  Prop  eye  (right) 

Prop  tubes I  All  parts  of  prop  are  pinned  or  riveted 

2     SSSSk-itaii:::::^::::::::::::   to°ether- 

Prop  hook 

2  Prop  chains  and  2  rings I 

2     Prop-chain  guide i  Riveted  to  cross  brace. 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS-Continued. 


No. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section. 

1 

1 
1 
2 
2 
4 
2 
3 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
6 
2 
2 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

4 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
5 
1 
1 
1 

1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
6 
1 
1 
1 
1 
3 
1 
1 
1 
3 
2 
1 
1 
1 
6 
1 
1 
1 

1 
4 
2 
2 

1 
2 
« 
3 

Prop-chain  button 

Riveted  to  lunette  bracket 

IV 

9 

Prop  fastening  pin  

Attaches  prop  to  lunette  bracket  

Prop-fastening  washer  nut 

Brake  beams  

Brake  shoes  

On  ends  of  brake  beams    

Brake-shoe  tap  bolts 

Connect  shoe  to  beam 

Brake-rod  ends  

Brake  rods 

Brake-rod  springs  

Brake-spring  covers  . 

Brake-spring  cover  heads 

Brake-spring  cover  ends    ... 

Brake-rod  pins 

Brake  cranks 

On  brake  shaft 

Brake-crank  bolts  and  nuts  

Join  cranks  to  brake  rods  ....... 

Brake-shaft  bearings 

On  brake  shaft 

Brake-shaft  bushings    

In  bearings  

Brake-shaft  bearing,  right 

Riveted  to  axle  lug 

Brake  shaft 

In  bearings  on  axle 

Brake-shaft  crank  

On  right  end  of  brake  shaft  .  ....  .  .. 

Brake  lever 

On  pivot  on  wagon  body 

Lever  rod  

Connects  brake-shaft  crank  and  brake 
lever. 
Riveted  to  forward  lid 

Handrail  brackets 

Handrails    

On  handrail  brackets    ........  ...... 

Brake-lever  catch 

On  brake  lever 

Brake-lever  pivot  

Riveted  on  wagon  body    

Brake-lever  pivot  backing 

do 

Brake-pivot  washer  

On  pivot  .                 

Brake  bolts  . 

Fasten  pivot  to  side  of  chest  ......  . 

Brake  segment 

Attached  to  wagon  body 

Segment  rack  . 

Riveted  to  brake  segment  

Brake-segment  bolt  washer 

Through  brake  segment,  guard,  upper 
separator,  and  body. 
Attached  to  segment         .           .... 

Brake  guard  .  .  . 

Brake-segment  separators  upper 

Between  segment  and  guard 

Brake-segment  separator,  lower  •  . 

do                                    

Oil-can  front  support 

Riveted  to  side  rails  rear  of  axle  .  . 

Oil-can  middle  support  

do                       

Oil-can  rear  support 

do 

Oil-can  support  bolts    

Tie  supports  to  wagon  body  

"Oil-can  bar 

Hinged  to  left  side  rail  

Oil-can  bar  buffer 

On  oil-can  bar 

Oil-can  bar  bracket  

Riveted  to  left  side  rail  

Oil-can  bar  staple 

In  bracket 

Oil-can  locking  plates  

On  oil-can  bar  

Oil-can  bar  catch 

Riveted  to  right  side  rail  

Padlock  chain  and  bolt  snap 

For  locking  bar  on  catch 

Filler  plate             

Riveted  to  right  side  rail  

Oil-can  slats  wooden 

On  oil-can  supports 

Oil-can  slats  wooden 

do 

Oil-can  slat,  wooden  (right)  . 

do 

Oil-can  slat  wooden  (left) 

do 

Wagon  body,  woodwork  ,  

Washers  square 

Under  heads  of  oil-can  support  bolts... 
Horizontally  through  center  of  body... 
Horizontally  across  top  of  body 

Center  tie-rod  

Top  tie-rod 

Vertical  tie-rod,  with  4  nuts  and  2  washers. 
Side  strap  (right)  

Vertically  through  center  of  body  
Vertically  on  sides  of  body 

Side  strap  (left) 

Corner  iron,  rear  end  (right  outside)  

Rear  corners  of  body  

do    .   .           

Corner  iron  rear  end  (right  inside) 

do 

Corner  iron,  rear  end  (left  inside). 

do  

Corner  iron  outside,  front  right 

Front  corners  of  body 

Corner  iron,  outside,  front  left  

do  .. 

Corner  iron,  inside,  front  right    ...  . 

.    do    

Corner  iron,  inside  front  left 

do 

Body  fastening  plates,  with  nuts  

Fasten  to  side  rails      

Lid  stiffeners  

Tee  irons  riveted  to  lids 

End  stiffeners,  with  nuts  and  washers  
Vertical  tie-rod  washer  

Riveted  to  ends  and  extends  through 
sides  on  new  work;  end  tie-rods  on 
repair  work. 
V-shaped  washer  near  lower  end  of  rod. 
Screwed  to  upper  floor 

Floor  plate  (spare  breech  mechanism  chest) 
Hinges  for  rear  door. 

Hinge  door  to  oody     .               

Hinges,  lid 

For  lids 

Hasps... 

For  securing  lids  and  rear  door  .  .  . 

132 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS— Continued. 


Name  of  part. 


Location,  etc. 


Property  clas- 
sification. 


Class.   Section. 


Riveted  to  rear  door 

Riveted  to  lids 

For  securing  lids  and  rear  door. 

Screwed  to  chest 

For  attaching  padlock 

Riveted  to  chest 

For  lids 

For  locking  lids  and  rear  door . . 

For  lids 

For  rear  door 

At  corners  of  rear  door 

....do 

Screwed  to  rear  door 

....do 

Screwed  to  wagon  body 

Screwed  to  rear  door 

For  rear  door 

Riveted  to  rear  door 

do. 


Hasp  rivets 

Hasp  plate 

Hasp  plates 

Hasp  staples 

Hasp-staple  plates 

Lock-chain  staples 

Lock-chain  staple  plates 

Bolt  snaps 

Padlocks,  with  clevises  and  rivets. . . 

3-inch  chains  for  padlocks 

5-inch  chain  for  padlock 

Shot  bolt  (right) 

Shot  bolt  (left) 

Shot-bolt  bracket  (right) 

Shot-bolt  bracket  (left) 

Shot-bolt  eyes 

Shot-bolt  stops 

Chains 

Chain  fastening  for  door  (right) 

Chain  fastening  for  door  (left) 

Chain  fastening  for  body  (right) I  Attached  to  body 

Chain  fastening  for  body  (left) ] .  „ .  .do 

Spare  wheel  supports ~ 

Spare-wheel-support  caps 

Cap-hinge  pins 

Spare-wneel-support  bolts,  washers,  and 
nuts. 

Lock  pins  for  spare-wheel  supports 

Spare-wheel  fastenings 

Consisting  of— 

Spare-wheel  fastening  staples 

Spare-wheel  fastening  hinges  (male). . . 

Spare-wheel  fastening  hinges  (female) . 

Spare-wheel  fastening  hooks 

Spare-wheel  fastening  pins 

Thongs 

Reinforce  plates 

Wheel-cleat  fastenings 

Wheel-cleat  strap  bolts 

Wheel  cleats,  wooden 

I  id-prop  plates  (right) 

Lid-prop  plates  (left) 

Lid  props 

Lid-prop  pins 

Grindstone  packing  "A" 

Grindstone  packing  "  B  " 

Grindstone  packing  "C" 

Grindstone  lower  packing 

Grindstone  frame  pedestal 

Grindstone  leg  bracket,  right  end 

Grindstone  leg  bracket,  left  end 

Grindstone  packing  nut 

Packing  stud 

Jackscrew  base  packing 

Jackscrew  handle  packings 

Strap  fasteners ; 

Grip-strap  fasteners,  No.  5 

Paulin-strap  fasteners.  No.  10 


Bolted  on  top  of  body. . . 

On  support 

For  support 

Secure  supports  to  body. 

In  spare-wheel  supports. 
Fastened  to  body 


IV 


For  spare-wheel  fastenings 

Under  wheel-cleat  fastenings 

Secure  cleats  to  side  of  body 

Bolt  straps  to  body 

On  sides  of  body 

Screwed  to  inside  of  body 

....do 

Hold  top  lids  open 

Hold  lid  props  to  underside  of  lid. 

On  underside  of  rear  lid 

....do 

....do 

On  upper  floor  of  body 

On  lower  packing 

On  rear  end  of  body 

....do 

On  packing  stud 

In  lower  packing 

On  upper  floor  of  body 

....do 

....do 

On  body 

....do 


[Plate  XXIV.] 

The  wheels,  wheel  fastenings,  lunette,  lunette  bracket,  frame 
handle,  frame  reinforce  plate,  channel  support,  brake  braces,  brake- 
box  bottoms,  brake-box  filler  plates,  brake-beam  guides,  brake  beams, 
brake  shoes,  brake-shoe  tap  bolts,  brake-beam  pins,  brake-rod  ends, 
brake  rods,  brake  springs,  spring  covers,  cover  heads,  cover  ends, 
brake-rod  pins,  brake  cranks  with  bolts,  and  two  of  the  brake-shaft 


133 

bearings  are  similar  to  and  interchangeable  with  corresponding  parts 
of  the  caisson.  The  frame  consists  of  two  side  rails  fastened  together 
at  the  front  to  form  a  seat  for  the  lunette  bracket  and  projecting 
directly  to  the  rear  beyond  the  axle.  The  middle  braces  are  fastened 
to  lugs  near  the  center  on  the  axle  and  to  the  side  rails  at  the  brake 
channel  connection.  At  the  front  end  of  the  frame  the  left  handle 
is  omitted  to  permit  the  attachment  of  a  forge  vise,  which  is  securely 
fastened  and  remains  in  place  in  traveling.  The  prop  is  pivoted  on 
a  pin  through  the  lunette  bracket  and  is  A -shaped  to  afford  greater 
steadiness  to  the  unlimbered  frame  when  the  vise  is  used.  For  travel- 
ing the  prop  is  drawn  under  the  side  rails  by  means  of  a  chain  at- 
tached to  the  prop  crossbar  and  leading  through  a  chain  guide  on 
the  frame  brace  to  a  button  on  the  lunette  bracket. 

The  brake  shoes,  beams,  boxes,  guides,  brake  rods,  cranks,  and 
shaft  bearings  are  interchangeable  with  those  of  the  caisson.  The 
brake  shaft  is  assembled  in  the  bearings  with  its  right  end  supported 
in  a  special  bearing  riveted  to  the  right  lug  of  the  axle.  A  brake 
crank  is  secured  upon  the  right  end  of  the  shaft  and  is  connected  by 
the  lever  rod  with  the  brake  lever,  which  is  mounted  upon  a  lever 
pivot  firmly  attached  to  the  right  side  of  the  battery-wagon  body  on 
a  diagonal  side  brace  front  near  its  front  end.  A  brake  segment  with 
ratchet  teeth  is  also  fastened  to  the  battery-wagon  body.  The  brake 
is  set  by  raising  the  lever  and  engaging  it  in  the  segment  rack.  When 
released  the  weight  of  the  lever  holds  the  brakes  unlocked.  A  brake 
guard  upon  the  brake  segment  guides  the  lever  in  its  motion. 

The  wagon  body  is  of  wood  and  is  attached  to  the  side  rails  of  the 
frame  by  four  bolts  and  nuts.  The  interior  of  the  body  is  divided 
into  four  compartments,  of  which  the  largest  is  entered  from  either 
end  on  top,  the  openings  being  covered  by  hinged  lids.  The  other 
three  compartments  are  in  the  lower  rear  portion  of  the  body,  and 
are  entered  by  a  door  at  the  rear  end  opening  downward.  Of  the 
three  compartments,  the  right  one  is  for  the  saddler's  chest,  the  left 
one  for  the  carpenter's  chest,  and  the  middle  one  is  for  the  cleaning 
materials  and  small-stores  chest.  The  door  to  these  compartments 
is  held  in  closed  position  by  a  shot  bolt  at  each  corner  and  by  a  hasp 
hinged  to  the  door  at  the  center,  secured  over  a  staple  riveted  to  the 
wagon  body.  The  lids  on  top  of  the  body  are  similarly  secured  by 
hasp  and  staple,  and  each  is  provided  with  a  spring  padlock  attached 
by  a  chain  to  the  body.  The  door  in  the  rear  has  two  door  chains  to 
hold  it  in  a  horizontal  position  when  open;  the  lids  on  top  are  pro- 
vided with  lid  props,  one  at  each  end  of  each  lid.  These  lid  props 
are  hinged  to  lid-prop  lugs  fastened  to  the  lid  and  having  at  their 
other  ends  buttons  which  work  in  guides  fastened  to  the  inner  walls 
of  the  body.  The  sides  of  the  body  are  framed  and  braced  to  the 
bottom,  and  are  cross  braced  within  by  means  of  side  straps,  a  ver- 


134 

tical  and  a  horizontal  tie  rod,  and  two  transverse  braces,  to  give 
sufficient  strength  for  carrying  two  spare  wheels.  These  are  secured 
in  an  upright  position,  one  at  each  side,  over  the  axle.  The  inner 
end  of  the  wheel  hub  rests  in  a  bronze  spare- wheel  support  on  top  of 
the  wagon  body,  and  the  wheel  is  further  secured  by  two  spare-wheel 
fastenings  attached  to  the  sides. 

Axle  blocks  are  added  between  the  chest  bottom  and  the  axle  for 
additional  support  under  the  spare  wheels.  A  perforated  foot  rest  is 
bolted  to  the  front  end  of  the  chest  and  supported  by  two  foot-rest 
brackets,  inner,  two  foot-rest  brackets,  outer,  and  tie  rods  at  each 
end  called  foot-rest  supports.  Two  handrail  brackets  with  hand- 
rails are  riveted  on  each  end  of  the  front  lid  and  two  grip  straps  are 
provided  on  the  front  of  the  chest.  Two  paulin  straps  are  secured 
in  fasteners  to  the  front  lid  of  the  body.  Two  grip  straps  are  secured 
in  fasteners  to  the  front  of  the  wagon  body. 

The  grindstone  and  frame,  the  jackscrew,  and  the  packing  chest 
containing  the  spare  breech  mechanism,  are  carried  in  suitable  fas- 
tenings inside  of  the  wagon  body  and  over  the  compartments  for 
saddler's  and  carpenter's  chests. 

In  rear  of  the  axle  under  the  wagon  body  are  carried  three  oil 
cans,  each  of  a  capacity  of  5  gallons.  For  this  purpose  transverse 
metal  straps  are  riveted  to  the  side  rails  and  support  longitudinal 
wooden  slats  upon  which  the  cans  rest.  The  cans  are  made  of  heavy 
sheet  brass.  Each  is  provided  with  a  filling  hole  on  top  and  with  a 
special  stopcock  closed  by  a  nozzle  screw  plug  at  the  rear  end.  The 
stopcock  is  placed  so  that  oil  may  be  conveniently  drawn  from  the 
can  without  removing  the  latter  from  the  wagon.  A  wooden  bar 
bears  against  the  rear  end  of  the  cans  and  holds  them  in  place. 

The  carpenter's  chest  is  an  iron-bound  wooden  chest  and  contains  a 
complete  assortment  of  carpenter's  tools,  so  arranged  that  each  tool 
can  be  taken  from  its  place  in  the  box  without  removing  any  other. 
The  saddler's  chest  is  a  combined  tool  chest  and  stitching  horse.  For 
the  latter  purpose  the  box  forming  the  seat  rests  upon  four  hinged 
legs,  cross  braced  to  each  other.  The  stitching  clamp  is  secured  in  a 
socket  on  one  end  of  the  chest,  while  the  door  swinging  open  on  the 
left  side  brings  the  tools  into  convenient  reach  of  the  saddler.  For 
transportation  the  clamp  is  removed  from  its  seat  and  placed  within 
the  chest,  the  legs  are  folded  over  against  each  end  and  held  by  the  leg 
braces,  permitting  the  chest  to  be  carried  in  a  small  compartment. 
Both  the  carpenter's  and  the  saddler's  chests  are  provided  with 
handles  and  locks. 

The  middle  compartment  at  the  rear  of  the  wagon  body  takes  a 
wooden  chest  with  a  hinged  lid  containing  perishable  material  and 
various  small  stores  for  the  .artificer's  use.  Included  in  these  items 
are  sal  soda,  thread,  wax,  nails,  buckles,  screws,  tacks,  rivets,  burrs, 
etc. 


135 

One  chest  for  spare  sights  is  issued  to  each  battery  and  is  trans- 
ported in  the  battery  or  store  wagon.  This  chest  provides  for  the 
safe  packing  of  one  front  sight,  complete,  with  bracket;  one  rear- 
sight  bracket,  with  shank  socket;  one  shank,  complete;  one  pano- 
ramic sight;  one  range  quadrant;  one  combined  teat  wrench  and 
screw  driver;  one  bore  sight,  breech,  and  one  bore  sight,  muzzle, 
complete. 

For  batteries  equipped  with  steel  poles,  a  spare  pole  is  carried 
under  the  frame  of  the  battery  and  store  wagons. 

CONVERTED  3-INCH  BATTERY  WAGON,  MODEL,  OF  1908. 

[Plate  XXV.] 
WEIGHTS,  DIMENSIONS,  ETC. 


Weight  of  battery  wagon,  empty pounds 1,  244 

Weight  of  battery,  completely  equipped  and  loaded do 4,  410 

Weight  of  forge  limber  and  battery  wagon,  both  completely  equipped  and 

loaded pounds 5,  965 

Diameter  of  wheels inches 57.  75 

Width  of  track do 60 

Free  height  under  battery  wagon do 26 

Turning   angle degrees 73 

NOMENCLATURE   OF  PARTS. 


No. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section. 

1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
15 

3 
2 
1 

2 

4 
2 

2 
1 
1 

2 
2 
2 
2 
2 

2 
1 
1 

2 
2 
2- 

2 
2 

2 
2 
1 
2 

Axle.. 

Fastened,  beneath  frame 

IV 

9 

Brake  arm,  right  

^Underneath  rear  cross  bar  and  bolted 
/    at  middle  rail. 
Bolted  to  brake  arm  

Brake  arm,  left  

Brake  arm  attachments  

Arm  hinge  piece  

Riveted  to  brake  arm,  right 

Bolts,  0.25  by  2.5 

Assembled  with  carpenter's  and  sad- 
dler's chests. 
Assembled  with  saddler's  chest 

Bolts,  0.25  by  2  

Bearing  strips. 

On  bottom  of  chest 

Blocking 

Between  axle  and  middle  rail 

do  

Between  axle  and  side  rails 

Body  tie  strap  ... 

Thrnnirh  p.pnt,pr  nfp.hp.st 

Body  woodwork  Bolter!  to  frame.  . 

Bolt  snap... 

On  padlock  chains 

Brake  arm  bolt 

Bolts  brake  arm  attachment  to  brake 
arm. 
Riveted  to  brake  guard 

Brake  guard  stop  spring 

Brake  lever,  left  

Pinned  on  brake  lever  pivot,  left  
Pinned  on  brake  lever  pivot,  right.  .  .  . 

Rivfitp.rl  tn  bralrp.  Ip.vpr 

Brake  lever,  right  . 

Brake  lever  catch 

Brake  lever  pivot  '  Riveted  to  side  of  chest 

Brake  lever  pivot  backing                              Rivp.tp.ri  tn  insirip  nf  php.st. 

Brake  link  . 

Pinned  to  brake  lever  and  spring  
Assembled  with  brake  lever  and  brake 
link. 

Fits  nn  hraVp  IPVPT  -nivnt 

Brake  link  pin...  . 

Brake  pivot  washer 

Brake  segment,  right..                                   Riveted  and  bolted  to  chest 

Brake  segment  ,  left       .                                        r\  n 

Brake  segment'bolt 

Holds  brake  segment  to  chest 

Brake  segment  guard  

Riveted  and  bolted  to  brake  segment  .  . 
Fits  through  brake  segment  and  brake 
segment  guard. 
Riveted  to  brake  segment 

Brake  segment  stud 

Brake  segment  stop  spring.  . 

Brake  separator. 

Fits  on  brake  segment  bolt  between 
brake  segment  and  guard. 
Bolted  on  end  of  brake  arm.  .  . 

Brake  shoes  

Brake  shoe  screw  bolts  .  . 

Holds  shoe  to  arm 

Brass  turnbuckle  .  . 

Riveted  to  body  rear 

Cap  hinge  pin... 

Fits  in  spare  wheel  support.  .  , 

136 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS— Continued. 


No. 

4 
2 

4 

2 
4 
8 
1 
1 

1 

1 

2 
2 
1 
2 

1 
1 
1 
3 

1 
1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
4 
4 

4 
8 
1 
2 
2 
8 
2 
4 
4 
2 
2 
2 
2 
4 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 

2 

4 
4 
1 

4 

6 

8 
3 

4 

7 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section. 

Carriage  bolts: 
0  187  inch  (•&  )  by  2  375  inches  

B  olt  jack-screw  handle  packing  to  chest 
Bolt  jackscrew  base  packing  to  chest.  . 
Fastened  to  side  of  chest  body  

IV 

9 

Center  bolt                                           

Chest  cleat                           

Bolted  to  chest  body,  for  fastening 
saddler's  and  carpenter's  chests. 
Bolted  to  chest  body    

do 

Chain                                                        

Fastens  bolt  snap  to  body  

Part  of  bolt  snap  fastening  

L/nain  ring  -----  

Screwed  to  cover  board                 

Riveted  and  screwed  to  rear  right, 
lower  corner  of  chest. 
Riveted  and  screwed  to  rear  left,  lower 
corner  of  chest. 
Stretched  and  fastened  over  top  of 
chest  body  and  lids. 
One  at  each  end  of  chest  body  

Cover                                              

Screwed  to  cover  board  in  chest  body. 
Fastened  to  cover  board     

Front  bolt                                             

On  inside  of  body  fastened  to  side  of 
chest  body. 
Front  end  of  chest  body           

do                                

Riveted  to  side  and  middle  rails  
Screwed  to  front  door  and  front  of  chest 
body. 
Fastened  to  bottom  of  chest,  front  end  . 
do                                     

Front  end  attachment  right     

Front  middle-rail  bracket  right      

Riveted  to  middle  rail  and  front  cross- 
bar, 
do 

Riveted  to  front  crossbar  and  side  rail, 
right. 
Riveted  to  front  crossbar  and  side  rail, 
left. 
Fastened  to  cover  board  

Front  side-rail  bracket  left 

Screwed  to  front  lid          

Hanger  bolster                     

Bolted  to  side  rail  and  rear  crossbar.  .  . 
do 

Two  fastened  to  front  door,  one  to  front 
lid  and  one  to  rear  lid. 
Fastened  to  chest  body  
Fit  into  oil-can  carrier  strap  hinges  
Bolted  to  cover  board 

Hasp  staple                

Jackscrew  handle  packing  

do       

Joint  bolt 

Assemble  with  body  

Lid  hinge           

Fastened  to  lids  and  chest  top  

Lid  prop  left 

Screwed  to  lid  and  chest  body  

Lid  prop  rivet    

Lid  DroD  rivet  washer 

Lid  prop  stop                                                  Screwed  to  chest  body  

Linch  pin                                Fits  in  axle  

Linch-pin  springs 

Fastened  in  linch  pin  

On  ends  of  axle                   .                ... 

Screwed  to  chest  body 

Factfp.nprl  in  snn.rfi  wheel  sur>r>ort_  . 

Lunette                  Riveted  to  end  of  middle  rail  i 

Lunette  prop  attachment  front 

Fastened  to  rear  end  of  chest  body  • 

Hn 

Lunette  prop  attachment  rear 

Middle  rail                              .                        Fastened  to  axle  

Middle  rail  bolt                                             !                              

Middle  rail  reinforce  right                              TMirptpH  tn  miHrnfi  rail 

Middle  rail  reinforce  left 

do             

Middle  rail  separator 

Fit  on  middle  rail  bolt  

Name  plate 

Nuts,  steel,  special: 
0  5-inch 

For  end  tie  rod 

0  5-inch 

For  spring  assembling  bolt  

0  656-inch  (fi) 

For  rear  bolster  bolt    .                .... 

0  5-inch  hexagonal,  0.875-inch  flats 

Nuts,  steel,  standard: 
0  187  inch  (A) 

TTnr  parriapp.  hnlt. 

0  375-inch                                                1  For  spare  wheel  fastening  bolt  

0  375-inch                                                    For  center  and  front  bolts      

0  5-inch                                                        For  brake  segment  bolt 

0.625-inch..                                                                         

137 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS— Continued. 


No. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Section. 

2 

4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
2 
3 
1 
2 

1 

1 

1 

"1 

1 

1 

120 
1 
1 

1 
1 
1 

1 

8 
4 

4 
4 

4 
4 
4 

8 
4 
2 
8 
2 

4 
4 

2 
8 
2 
4 
2 

4 

2 
1 
1 
2 
1 
120 
2 
2 
2 
6 
4 
2 
2 
1 
4 
2 
4 
4 
4 
18 

Beneath  frame,  left  and  right  sides 
front. 

IV 

9 

Consisting  of: 

Oil  can  carrier  slat 

Oil  can  lid  packing                               .     .  . 

Padlock 

Chained  to  chest  body  

do  

Pin 

Driven  in  spare  wheel  lock  pin  

Rear  bolster  bolt 

Rear  cross  bar 

Riveted  to  side  and  middle  rail  

Rear  end  attachment  

Fastened  to  bottom  rear  center  of 
chest  body. 
Riveted  to  middle  rail  and  rear  cross 
bar. 
.do  

Rear  middle  rail  bracket,  right  

Rear  middle  rail  bracket,  left 

Rear  side  rail  bracket,  right  

Riveted  to  side  rail,  right  and  rear 
cross  bar. 
Riveted  to  side  rail,  left  and  rear  cross 
bar. 

Rear  side  rail  bracket  left    . 

Screws,  brass,  round-head,  0.75-inch,  No.  6. 
Side  rail  right 

Seated  on  axle  

Side  rail  left 

do 

Side  rail  reinforce,  right 

Riveted  to  side  rail,  right  

Side  rail  reinforce  left 

Riveted  to  side  rail,  left 

Sleeve       

Fits  on  rear  bolster,  bolt  

Spare  wheel  chafe  plate  right 

Screwed  and  riveted  to  chest  body, 
right  side. 
Screwed  and  riveted  to  chest  body, 
left  side. 
On  chest  body  sides  

Spare  wheel  chafe  plate,  left 

Spare  wheel  fastening  bolt     

Spare  wheel  fastening  bracket 

Bolted  on  chest  body  sides  

Spare  wheel  fastening  chain 

Fastened  to  chest  body  sides  . 

Spare  wheel  fastening  hinge,  male 

Assembled  with  spare  wheel  fastening 
bracket, 
do 

Spare  wheel  fastening  hinge  female 

Spare  wheel  fastening  hinge'pin 

do  

Spare  wheel  fastening  link  '.  

Assembled  with  spare  wheel  fastening 
bracket. 

Spare  wheel  fastening  pin 

Spare  wheel  fastening  reinforce 

Bolted  on  inside  of  body  .  . 

Spare  wheel  support  . 

Bolted  on  chest  body  

Spare  wheel  support  bolt,  nut,  and  washer. 
Spare  wheel  support  cap  

On  chest  body  top  

Assembled  with  spare  wheel  support  .  . 

Split  pins: 
0.093  inch  (^)  by  0.5  inch 

0  093  inch  (^)  by  0  625  inch 

0.187  inch  ta)  by  1.125  inches 

0  125  inch  by  1  25  inches 

0  312  inch  (-fs)  by  1  5  inches 

0.375  inch  by  4  inches 

Spring 

Bolted  to  brake  link  and  brake  arm 
attachment. 
In  brake  link  and  brake  arm  attach- 
ment. 
Bolted  to  cover  board  

Spring  assembling  bolt  

Strap  fastener. 

Turnbuckle  stud 

Riveted  on  rear  board  of  chest    

Understrap  

Bolted  to  middle  rail  

Understrap  bolt 

Upper  tie  rod  and  nut 

Through  chest  body 

Washer,  brass. 

For  No.  6  wood  screw  

Washer,  leather 

For  wheel              

Washer,  steel 

For  brake  segment  stud 

Washer,  steel  . 

For  rear  bolster  bolt  

Washer,  steel 

For  0.187  inch  (T\)  carriage  bolt  

Washer  special 

Washer,  steel. 

For  0.312  inch  (•&  inch)  D  stud  

Washer,  steel 

Washer  steel 

For  turnbuckle  stud                           

Washer,  steel,  special 

For  end  tie  rod  ,  

Wheels,  complete 

Wing  nuts 

On  wing  nut  pin                          

Wing  nut  pin... 

Riveted  in  oil  can  carrier  bracket  

Wire  staples 

138 

DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  CONVERTED  3-INCH  BATTERY  WAGON,  MODEL  OF  1908. 

[Plate  XXV.] 

The  principal  parts  of  the  battery  wagon  are  the  body,  axle,  road 
brakes,  and  wheels. 

The  body,  which  is  made  of  wood  and  bolted  to  the  frame  as  shown 
on  plate  XXV,  is  provided  with  interior  compartments.  Three  doors 
are  provided  for  the  body,  two  on  top,  at  the  front  and  rear  ends,  and 
one  in  front  of  body.  Strengthening  braces  of  wood  and  steel  are 
provided.  Spare  wheel  supports  and  spare  wheel  fastenings  are  se- 
cured to  the  top  and  side  of  the  body  for  transportation  of  spare 
wheels.  Suitable  hinges,  hasps,  padlocks,  etc.,  are  provided  for  the 
body.  In  the  compartments  are  carried  the  grindstone  and  can  of 
oil,  secured  by  a  permanent  packing;  and  tools,  spare  parts,  and  small 
stores. 

The  axle,  frame,  and  road  brakes  are  similar  in  construction  to 
those  of  the  caisson.  The  wheels  are  the  same  as  used  on  the  con- 
verted limber  and  caisson. 

3-INCH  GUN  AND  3.8-INCH  HOWITZER,  STORE  LIMBER, 

MODEL   OF    1902. 

WEIGHTS,  DIMENSIONS,  ETC. 

Weight  of  store  limber,  empty pounds—      955 

Weight  of  store  limber,  completely  equipped  and  loaded do 1, 106 

Weight  of  store  limber  and  store  wagon,  both  completely  equipped  and 

loaded pounds—  4,008 

Diameter  of  wheels — inches —        56 

Width  of  track __do__  60 

Free  height  under  limber __do__  26. 5 

Turning  angle  with  store  wagon degrees —        75 

The  store  limber,  model  of  1902,  is  substantially  the  same  as  the 
forge  limber,  model  of  1902  except  that  the  chest  is  fitted  with  com- 
partments for  carrying  the  following  battery  fire-control  equipment : 

10  battery  commanders'  rulers,  wooden.1 
1  battery  commander's  telescope  and  mount  in  case. 
1  battery  commander's  telescope  tripod  in  case. 
*      5  flash  lights  with  hoods. 
16  flash  lights  without  hoods. 

1  steel  tape,  100  feet. 

2  time  interval  recorders,  with  chains. 

Fire-control  equipment  furnished  by  the  Signal  Corps. 
The  compartments  for  telephones,  field  glasses,  battery  command- 
er's telescope,  and  battery  case  are  padded  to  protect  the  contents 
from  injury. 

STORE  LIMBER,  MODEL  OF  1902  Mi. 

The  store  limber,  model  of  1902  Mi,  is  the  same  as  the  store  limber, 
model  of  1902,  except  that  it  has  the  identical  automatic  pole  sup- 
port used  on  the  caisson  limber,  model  of  1916. 

1  Metal  B.  C.  rulers  with  cases  may  be  retained  until  supply  is  exhausted. 


102614—17 12 


139 

THE  STORE  WAGON,  MODEL  OF  1902. 

WEIGHTS,  DIMENSIONS,  ETC. 

Weight  of  store  wagon,  empty — pounds —  1, 19O 

Weight  of  store  wagon,  completely  equipped  and  loaded —do 2,  902 

Diameter  of  wheels __inches__        56 

Width  of  track __do__  60 

Free  height  under  store  wagon do 26 

Turning  angle i __degrees__        75 

The  store  wagon,  model  of  1902,  is  the  same  as  the  battery  wagonr 
model  of  1902,  with  these  exceptions:  The  vise  is  omitted,  and  a 
frame  handle  is  attached  in  its  place;  the  store-wagon  body  forms  a 
single  compartment,  with  two  doors  on  top,  the  tool-box  compartments 
of  the  battery-wagon  body  and  the  door  opening  into  them  being 
omitted.  A  crowbar  support,  front,  takes  the  two  left  inside  rivets 
for  the  cross  brace,  and  a  crowbar  support,  rear,  is  riveted  to  the 
chest  bottom  in  front  of  the  axle.  A  strap  fastener  with  a  strap  on 
the  left  side  rail  secures  the  crowbar  in  the  supports.  Arrangements 
similar  to  those  of  the  battery  wagon  are  made  for  carrying  two- 
spare  wheels  and  three  oil  cans.  The  store  wagon  is  intended  pri- 
marily for  carrying  such  stores,  spare  parts,  and  materials  as  can 
not  be  carried  in  the  battery  wagon,  and,  in  addition,  such  stores 
as  may  be  designated  by  proper  authority. 

The  battery  and  store  wagons,  model  of  1902,  which  are  now  in 
service  are  being  modified  as  they  are  turned  in  to  an  arsenal  for 
repair  or  alteration.  The  main  modifications  are  the  addition  of 
a  foot  rest  at  the  front  of  the  chest,  transferring  the  brake  system 
from  the  rear  to  the  front  of  the  vehicle,  and  adding  handrails,  grip 
and  paulin  straps  to  the  chest.  Axle  blocks  are  added  to  support 
the  chest  under  the  spare  wheels. 

3-INCH  GUN  BATTERY  AND  STORE  WAGONS,  MODELS 

OF  1902  Mi. 

WEIGHTS,  DIMENSIONS,  ETC. 

Weight  of  battery  wagon,  empty pounds 1,444 

Weight  of  battery  wagon,  completely  equipped  and  loaded do 2,  947 

Weight  of  forge  limber  and  battery  wagon,  both  completely  equipped 

and  loaded pounds 4,  524 

Weight  of  store  wagon,  empty do 1,  390 

Weight  of  store  wagon,  completely  equipped  and  loaded do 3, 102 

Weight  of  store  limber  and  store  wagon,  both  completely  equipped  and 

loaded pounds—  4,208 

Diameter  of  wheel inches 56 

Width  of  track do 60 

Free  height  under  wagons do 24.  5 

Turning  angle  with  limbers degrees 75 

Weight  (approximate)  at  lunette  of  both  wagons,  loaded -pounds 112 


140 


NOMENCLATURE    OF   PARTS. 


fl  . 

o  a 

«H   §) 
0>  53 

S2 
.... 

2 

1 

1 

2 

* 

8 
2 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
4 

-6 
2 

1 

1 
:2 
1 

1 
2 
2 
2 
4 
2 

2 

1 
1 

"ie" 

16 
4 

"i" 
"2" 

2 

"2" 
2 
1 

"*4 

Number  on 
battery  wagon. 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
2 
2 
8 
8 
2 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
4 

6 
2 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
2 
2 
2 

2 

2 
2 

1 

1 
16 
16 
2 
2 
2 
4 
1 

1 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

2 
1 

"Y 

3 
1 
1 
1 
2 

In  grindstone  packing  "A" 

1 
IV 

J 

<) 

Axle 

Bearing  plate  (transverse  brake) 

At  upper  ends  of  transverse  braces  
Riveted  to  brake  channel  .  .  . 

Brake-beam  guide,  right  

Brake-beam  guide  left                  .  . 

do  

Brake-beam  pin 

Brake  beam                   

Hinged  in  brake  box  

Brake  bolt 

In  brake-lever  pivot  backing 

Brake-bolt  nuts       

On  bolts  

Brake-box  filler               

Riveted  to  end  of  brake  channel 

Brake  channel 

Fastened  to  side  rail 

Brake  crank  .        

On  brake  shaft  

Brake  guard                                  .  . 

Attached  to  segment 

Brake  lever 

On  brake-lever  pivot 

Brake-lever  catch       

On  brake  lever  ...           

Brake-lever  pivot 

Riveted  on  wagon  body 

do 

Brake-lever  lower  filler 

Between  pivot  and  box  body 

Brake-pivot  side  filler 

do 

Brake  rod                          .           .... 

Connects  brake  beam  and  brace  crank. 
On  end  of  brake  rods  and  connecting 
rod. 

Brake-rod  end 

Brake-rod  pin 

Brake-rod  spring 

Inside  of  brake-spring  cover 

Brake  segment               .      ... 

Upper  end  bolted  to  box;  bodv     

Brake-segment  brace 

Supports  lower  end  of  brake  segment  .  . 
In  bearings  on  axle    

Brake  shaft              

Brake-shaft  bearing 

On  brake  shaft 

Brake-shaft  bearing,  right  

do  

Brake-shaft  crank 

On  right  end  of  brake  shaft           .... 

Brake-shaft  bushing 

In  brake-shaft  bearing 

Brake-shaft  bushing,  right    .  .      .  . 

In  brake-shaft  bearing,  right          

Brake  shoe 

On  outer  end  of  brake  beam 

Brake-shoe  tap  bolts       

Fasten  brake  shoe  to  beam  

Brake-spring  cover 

Connects  brake-spring  cover  head  and 
end. 
Screwed  into  brake-spring  cover    

Brake-spring  cover  end 

Brake-spring  cover  head  

On  brake  rod  and  screwed  into  brake- 
spring  cover. 
Riveted  to  end  of  brake  channel 

Box  bottom  left 

do 

Box  front 

Front  of  battery-  wagon  body  

Cap  screw  flat  head 

Attach  spare-wheel  fastenings 

Screw  cap,  hex  head 

do  

Chain  (door) 

In  chain  fastenings 

Chain  fastenings  (body),  1  right,  1  left. 
Chain  fastenings  (door) 

Bolted  to  corner  irons,  rear  

Riveted  to  door 

Channel  support    

Fastened  to  side  rails  

Cleat,  inner  ^ 

On  cover  board,  locates  chest  for  spare 
breech  mechanism. 
do  

Cleat,  outer 

Brake  rod  

Connects  brake  shaft  crank  and  brake 
lever. 
On  box  body  
do 

Corner  iron,  inner  (rear),  right  
Corner  iron  inner  (rear)  left 

Corner  iron^  inner  (front),  right 

.do.   ... 

Corner  iron'  inner  (front)'  left 

do 

Corner  iron,  outer  (rear),  right 

Bolted  through  box  body  to  corner 
irons,  inner, 
do 

Corner  iron  outer  (rear)  left 

Corner  iron,  outer  (front),  ri^ht 

.  .  .do  

Corner  iron  outer  (front)  left 

do 

Cover 

Over  ton  of  box  bodv.  .  . 

Cover  board                                             1  Over  nartitions       

Cross  brace 

Riveted  to  side  rails 

Cross  rail,  front                   

Under  front  of  floor  body  

Cross  rail,  intermediate 

Under  middle  of  floor  body 

Cross  rail,  rear  '.  

Under  rear  of  floor  body  

Crowbar  support,  front 

Riveted  to  left  side  rail    

Crowbar  support  rear 

Riveted  to  floor  (underneath) 

Door  boards      

In  door  bodv    

Door  hinge  plate 

Attached  to  floor  of  battery  wagon  
Riveted  to  door  of  battery  wagon  

do                                . 

Door  hinge,  strap,  center  ,  .  .  . 

Door  hinge  strap  outer  left 

do 

End  strap  

On  box  front  of  batterv  wagon  and 
front  and  tail  boards  of  store  wagon. 

141 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS-Continue  1. 


Number  on  I 
store  wagon.  | 

Number  on  I 
battery  wagon.  1 

Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

1 
6 

1 

1 
1 
1 
2 

1 

1 
1 

1 

| 

1 

. 

"~4 
2 

"2" 
2 
2 
2 
2 
1 
1 

"e" 

8 
2 

2 

"io" 
"e" 

6 

4 
4 
2 
2 
4 
1 
2 
2 
2 

2 
1 
1 

1 
6 
1 

3 

1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 

j 
1 

I 

i 
i 

4 
1 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
4 
2 
1 
2 
3 
2 
3 
3 
1 
1 
1 

1 
1 

3 
6 

8 
2 

2 

1 
2 

10 
4 
6 
6 

4 
4 
2 
2 
4 

2 
3 
3 

2 
1 
1 

In  floor  body 

IV 

» 

Floor  board  intermediate 

do                                

Floor  board,  left                       

..do  

Floor  cleat  right 

Screwed  to  floor 

Floor  cleat,  left  

..  do... 

Floor  cleat,  front,  right  .  .            

do     . 

Floor  cleat  Iront  left 

do                          

Floor  cleat,  rear,  right  

do  .    ,  

Floor  cleat  rear  left                     .  . 

do                    

Floor  plate  

1  in  cover  board  at  chest  lor  spare 
breech  mechanism;  2  in  side  boards 
at  packing  chest  for  supplies. 
Between  brake  guard  and  side  board.  . 
R  iveted  to  right  side  rail  at  lock  bar.  .  . 
On  brackets                                     .  - 

Filler  block... 

Filler  plate 

Foot  rest 

Bolted  to  front  of  body 

Foot-rest  bracket,  outer,  right  

do  

Foot-rest  bracket,  outer,  left  

do     

Foot-rest  support,  right 

Tie  outer  corner  of  foot  rest  to  end 
stiffener. 
do                  

Frame  handle  right 

On  front  end  of  side  rail            

Frame  handle,  left  

do          

Frame  reinforced  plate      .  . 

/do                                

Front  board 

Front  of  ''tore-wagon  bodv 

Front  brake  brace,  right 

Braces  channel  to  side  rail  

Front  brake  brace,  left  

do  

Grindstone-frame  pedestal  

Grindstone-leg  bracket,  right  end  
Grindstone-leg  bracket,  left  end  

Riveted  to  tailboard  

do      

Grindstone  lower  packing  ... 

Screwed  to  cover  board  

Grindstone  packing  "A." 

Bolted  to  forward  lid 

Grindstone  packing  "  B  ".  . 

do                 

Grindstone  packing  "C"  

do  

Grindstone  packing  nut 

G  rindstone  packing  stud 

In  lower  packing                   

Handrail  bracket 

On  lid 

Handrail  tube 

On  brackets                 

Hasp  plate  (door) 

Riveted  to  door                                 .  . 

Hasp  plate  (lid)  

Riveted  to  lid         

Hasp 

Assembled  to  hasp  plates  

Hasp  rari 

In  lid  body 

Hasp  staple  

R  iveted  to  staple  plate  i 

Hasp-staple  plate 

Riveted  to  from  and  tail  boards. 

Hinge  board,  front  

Top  of  box         

Hinge  board,  rear  

.do  

Hinge  board  brace,  front,  right  

Riveted  on  underside  of  hinge  board, 
front, 
do 

Hinge  board  brace,  front,  left 

Hinge  board  brace,  rear,  right  

Riveted  on  underside  of  hinge  board, 
rear. 

do                                                     ' 

Hinge  board  brace  rear  left 

Hinge  rivet  (door) 

in  hinge        

Hinge  rivet  (lid) 

Joins  plate  and  strap 

Hinge  rivet  (spare  wheel  fastening  bar) 
Hinge  rivet   (spare  wheel  support 
swing  bolts). 
Hinge  rivet   (spare   wheel  support 
stud) 
Jackscrew-base  packing.  .  . 

In  hinge  

...do  

do                      

On  cover  board  

Jackscrew-handte  packing 

do 

Lid  boards  *.  

In  lid  bodv  

Lid  brace.. 

F  iveted  on  underside  of  lids 

Lid  hinge  plate 

On  top  rail 

Lid  hinge  strap  

On  lid     .           

Li  d  prop 

Hinged  to  lid 

Lid  prop  pin  

Screwed  into  lid  hinge  straps  

Lid  prop  plate,  right  .  . 

Screwed  to  sideboard 

Lid  prop  plate  left 

do 

Lid  prop  rivet  

In  lid  prop         

Lock  chain  .  . 

For  locking  oil  can  bar  on  catch 

Lock-chain  ring 

Or  lock  chain 

Lock-chain  staple  

Riveted  to  staple  plate  ... 

Lock-chain  staple  plate 

Screwed  to  front  and  tailboards  and 
door  of  battery  wagon. 
On  tie-rod  vertical  

Lock  washer  

Lunette 

In  lunette  bracket 

Lunette  bracket  .  .  . 

Front  end  of  side  rail.  .. 

142 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS— Continued. 


Number  on 
store  wagon. 

Number  on 
battery  wagon. 

I 
Name  of  part. 

Location,  etc. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
16 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
3 
3 
2 
1 
1 
6 
1 
1 
1 
3 

"Y 

1 
4 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
2 
8 
6 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 

.... 
1 

2 
1 
1 

1 
1 
16 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
3 
3 
2 

3 

1 

1 
1 
1 
2 
I 

2 
1 
1 

1 
1 
1 
2 
2 
8 
6 

3 

7 
2 
10 
4 

4 

Lunette-bracket  filler  plate 

Riveted  to  bracket           

IV 

9 

Lunette  nut 

On  lunette 

Middle  brace,  right  

Riveted  to  axle  and  rail.  .  . 

Middle  brace  left 

dn 

Name  plate                                              Riveted  on  left  side  rail  . 

Oil-can  bar 

Hinged  to  left  side  rail 

Oil-can  bar  catch 

Riveted  to  right  side  rail 

Oil-can  bar  bracket 

On  oil-can  bar 

Oil-can  bar  buffer 

do 

Oil-can  bar  staple     ... 

In  bracket                   

Oil-can  locking  plate 

On  oil-can  bar 

Oil-can  slats  (rectangular)  

On  oil-can  supports     

Oil-can  sla*  s  (T  shaped) 

do 

Oil-can  slat,  right  (  L  shaped)  

do 

Oil-can  slat  left  (  L  shaped) 

do                                ... 

Tie  supports  to  wagon  body 

Oil-can  support  front 

Riveted  to  side  rails  rear  of  axle 

do                  

Oil-can  support  rear 

do                                

Padlock  with  1  bolt  snap,  1  chain, 
and  1  chain  ring. 
Padlock  with  2  chain  rings  andtl 
chain. 
Partition  front 

On  chest  for  lids  and  for  lock  bar  

On  chest  for  door 

Transversely  in  box 

Partition  right 

Longitudinally  in  box  

Partition,  left  

do        

Prop  chain 

All  parts  of  the  prop  are  pinned  or 
riveted  together. 

Fasten  to  side  rails      

Prop-chain  button 

Prop-chain  ring 

Prop-chain  guide 

Prop  foot                 

Prop  eye  right 

Prop  eye,  left            

Prop  fastening  pin 

Prop  hook-               

Prop  tube 

Prop  chain  clamp  

Rail  bolts 

Rail-bolt  brackets  

Riveted  to  side  rails  

Rear  board 

Rear  of  box                

Rear-brake  brace  ,  right  

Braces  channel  to  side  rail  

Rear-brake  brace  left 

do                       

Reinforce  (brake  segment  brace) 

Inside  front  board  (box  front)  . 

Segment  rack 

Riveted  to  brake  segment  

Separator  

Between  brake  segment  and  brake 
guard. 
At  corner  of  door         .  ... 

Shot  bolt  left 

Shot  bolt  right 

do 

Shot-bolt  bracket  left                             Screwed  to  rear  door      

Shot-bolt  bracket,  right     .    .                       do                  

Shot-bolt  eve                                           On  corner  iron  rear      

Shot-bolt  stop                                          Screwed  to  rear  door  

Side  bra°e  front  left                               On  sideboard           

Side  brace  front,  right     .    ..                      do          

Side  brace  rear  left                              '         do                   

Side  brace,  rear,  right  do          

Side-brace  rear  clip,  left  >         do        

Side-brace  rear  clip  right                      •         do                   

Side  board  left                                        Side  of  box 

Side  board  right        .                                   do                

Side  rail  left                                            "Ri-o-Atp.rtt.na-vip.1nps-    .  . 

Side  rail  right 

do               

Side  strap 

Inside  of  sideboards  

Slip  tongues  (door) 

Tn  door  boards  .  . 

Slip  tongues  (floor)                                   In  floor  boards             

Slip  tongues  (lid)                                     In  lid  boards               

Slip  tongues  (sideboard)                         Tn  eirip>->rmrH<5 

Spare-wheel  fastening  bar 

On  side  braces  front  and  rear 

Spare-wheel  fastening  base  

Spare-  wheel  fastening  clip 

Spare-  wheel  fastening  swing  bolt  
Spare-wheel  fastening  stud 

Riveted  to  brake  channel  

Spare-  wheel  fastening  nut  

Spare-pole  rest 

Spare-pole  fastening  bolt.  .  . 

Fits  through  spare-pole  support,  front. 

143 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  PARTS— Continued. 


Number  on  1 
store  wagon.  ! 

Number  on  1 
battery  wagon,  j 

Name  of  part. 

Property  clas- 
sification. 

Class. 

Seo- 
tion. 

1 
1 
1 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
1 
2 

"4" 
2 

.... 

1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 

1 
1 
1 

1 
6 
2 
1 
2 
2 
2 

"2" 

1 
1 
1 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 

"2" 
2 
4 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 

1 
1 
1 

1 
6 
2 
1 

f 

1 

! 

Riveted  to  lunette  bracket 

IV 

9 

Spare-pole  support  rear 

Riveted  to  pad  on  axle  

Spare-pole  support  cap  

Bolted  to  spare-pole  support,  rear  
In  spare-pole  support,  rear  ............ 

Spare-pole  support  bolt 

On  top  rail  of  box       ................. 

Spare-wheel  support  cap  

Spare-wheel  support  clip  

Spare-wheel  support  stud  
Spare-wheel  support  swing  bolt  

On  left-side  rail                        ... 

Spare-  wheel  support  nut         

Strap  fastener  crowbar 

On  box  body 

Strap  fastener  jackscrew 

On  cover  board      

Strap  fastener  paulin 

On  box  body 

Stiff  ener              

Riveted  to  front  and  tail  boards  

Supply-chest  supports  (right  and  left)  . 
Tailboard 

Screwed  on  sideboards 

Rear  of  box 

Tie-rod  end  (front)    ... 

At  upper  edge  of  front  board  

Tie-rod  end  (rear) 

At  upper  edge  of  tailboard 

Tie-rod,  center  

Horizontal  rod  through  center  of  box.  . 
Under  top-rail        

Tie-rod,  upper 

Tie-rod  vertical 

Vertical  rod  through  middle  of  box  — 
Top  of  box  

Top  rail                 

Transverse  brace,  left 

Inside,  from  middle  of  floor  to  spare- 
wheel  supports. 
do          

Transverse  brace,  right  

Vertical  tie-rod  washer 

At  transverse  braces 

Washer  (brake)  

Under  head  of  upper  brake  segment 
bolt. 
On  brake-lever  pivot 

Washer  (brake  lever) 

Washer  (oil-can  bolt)  

Under  heads  of  oil-can  bolts  

Wheels 

On  axle 

Wheel  rest 

On  wheel-rest  supports 

1  Wheel-rest  support   .  .      .          .  . 

On  axle        ..    ..             

Wheel-support  strap,  front,  left  

1  From  spare-wheel  supports  to  wheel- 
1    support  tie-plates. 

Wheel-support  strap,  front,  right  
Wheel-support  strap,  rear,  left 

Wheel-support  strap,  rear,  right  
Wheel-support  tie  plate  .  . 

Under  axle       

In  replacements  of  wooden  parts  of  these  wagons  it  will  be  neces- 
sary to  change  locations  of  hasps  slightly  in  certain  cases,  as  well  as 
make  necessary  fittings.,  due  to  the  fact  that  wooden  parts  warp  and 
shrink  in  service  and  in  store,  and  can  not  be  made  completely 
interchangeable. 

3-INCH  GUN  AND  3.8-INCH  HOWITZER  BATTERY  WAGON, 
MODEL,  OF   1902   Ml. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  PARTS  WHICH  DIFFER  FROM  THE  BATTERY  WAGON,  MODEL 

OF    1902. 

The  chest,  with  attachments,  is  much  stronger,  braced  better,  and 
is  secured  more  satisfactorily  to  the  frame. 

The  weight  of  the  spare  wheels  is  carried  directly  by  the  axle 
instead  of  at  the  top  of  the  chest. 

The  parts  of  the  chest  are  belted  and  screwed  together,  so  that  they 
may  be  readily  disassembled  if  necessary. 

The  floor  is  made  of  matched  poplar  boards  instead  of  paneling, 
and  is  raised  and  supported  above  the  frame  by  means  of  a  channel 
steel-wheel  rest  above  the  axle  and  two  parallel  oak  cross  rails  in 
front  and  two  cross  rails  in  the  rear.  Angles  are  riveted  to  the 
frame  to  take  the  eight  rail  bolts  which  secure  the  chest  to  the  frame. 


144 


The  ends  of  the  wheel  rest  project  beyond  the  sides  of  the  body 
and  lie  on  bronze  wheel-rest  supports  above  the  axle.  Wheel-sup- 
port straps,  front  and  rear,  extend  from  the  spare-wheel  supports, 
and  they  are  bolted  to  the  inside  of  the  body  and  pass  below  the 
axle,  to  which  they  are  clamped  by  the  wheel-support  tie-plates. 

Two  additional  tie-rods  are  across  the  center  of  the  chest  at  the 
top.  The  corners  of  the  chest  are  not  dovetailed  but  reinforced  by 
corner  irons,  inner  and  outer.  Side  straps  are  bolted  through  the 
intermediate  cross  rails. 

The  door  and  lids  are  made  of  matched  poplar  boards  except  the 
hasp  rail  of  the  lids,  which  is  of  oak. 

In  the  forward  part  of  the  wagon  on  the  floor  are  cleats  which 
locate  the  chest  for  spare  sights  and  the  packing  chest  for  spare 
parts. 

By  means  of  supply-chest  supports,  which  serve  as  guides  on 
the  inside  of  the  sideboards  of  the  wagon,  the  packing  chest  for 
supplies  may  be  drawn  to  the  front  as  an  open  drawer  when  it 
clears  the  lid  of  the  wagon  and  then  slid  back  under  the  top  of 
the  wagon  in  the  closed  position.  It  is  held  in  the  latter  place 
by  means  of  barrel  bolts  locking  in  two  floor  plates.  A  list  of 
contents  is  on  the  inside  of  the  supply  chest  at  the  rear. 

3-INCH  GUN  AND  3.8-INCH  HOWITZER  STORE  WAGON, 
MODEL  OF  1902  Mi. 

The  store  wagon,  model  of  1902  Mi,  is  the  same  as  the  battery 
wagon,  model  of  1902  Mi,  with  the  exceptions  noted  under  the  dif- 
ferences between  the  store  and  battery  wagons,  model  of  1902. 

CYCLOMETER. 

The  store  limber  of  each  3-inch  gun  battery  is  fitted  with  a  de- 
vice which  registers  the  number  of  miles  traveled.  This  instru- 
ment, called  a  cyclometer,  is  mounted  on  the  left  tie-rod  clamp  at 
the  rear  of  the  axle  and  is  composed  of  a  star  wheel  and  shaft 
actuating  a  train  of  gears  which  bring  figures  representing  0.1  mile 
to  9,999.9  miles  before  a  glass  window  in  the  usual  manner  of  such 
meters. 

A  tally  pin  riveted  to  the  wheel  hub  strikes  the  star  wheel  and 
moves  it  one  tooth  at  each  revolution  of  the  wheel. 

A  special  tie-rod  clamp  is  issued  with  the  cyclometer  for  all 
batteries. 

NOMENCLATURE   OF   CYCLOMETER   PARTS. 


1  bracket  (on  special  tie-rod  clamp). 

1  cover. 

1  stop. 

1  spring. 

1  tally  shaft. 

1  washer  (felt). 


1  counter. 

1  case  (for counter). 

4  case  screws. 

3  bracket  screws. 

4  cover  bolts  with  nuts  and  split  pins. 
1  tally  pin. 


145 


PADLOCKS  AND  BOLT  SNAPS. 

The  padlocks  furnished  for  each  separate  vehicle,  as  carriage,  forge 
limber,  battery  wagon,  store  limber,  or  store  wagon,  excepting  the 
limbers  and  caissons,  will  have  keys  interchangeable  for  all  locks  of 
that  particular  vehicle  but  differing  from  all  others. 

Limbers  and  caissons  are  furnished  with  a  lock,  marked  "  AMMU- 
NITION," which  has  only  one  key,  these  being  universally  inter- 
changeable. 

Bolt  snaps  for  temporarily  securing  doors,  etc.^  are  placed  where 
no  shot  bolts  are  provided. 

.       THE   ARTILLERY   HARNESS. 

I  Plate  XXVI.] 

The  component  parts  of  the  artillery  harness  are  given  in  the  table 
below.  Plate  XVIII  shows  the  harness  for  the  off  wheel  and  off  lead 
horses.  The  nomenclature  corresponding  to  the  numbers  on  the  plate 
will  be  found  in  the  table. 


No. 
on 
Plate 
XVIII. 

Component  parts. 

Wheel. 

Lead. 

Near 
horse. 

Off 
horse. 

Near 
horse. 

Off 
horse. 

1-4 

1 
2 
3 
4 

8,9 

8 
9 
2-7 

5 
6 
2 

3 

7 

10-19 

10 
11 
12 
16 
19 
13 
14 
16 
17 

Backstrap  and  crupper  complete 

1 

1 
1 
1 
4 
1 

1 

1 

1 
1 
4 
1 

Consisting  of— 
Body  and  hip  straps 

Crupper  dock  

Ivoin  strap 

Trace  loops 

Backstrap  hook  

Belly  band  complete 

1 

1 
2 
2 
1 

1 
2 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 

2 
1 
2 
2 
1 

1 

2 
2 

1 

1 
2 
2 
1 

1 
2 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
2 
2 
1 

1 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

Consisting  of— 
Belly  band                     ....           

Holding  down  strap 

Holding  down  strap  hook  

Breast  strap,  complete 

Consisting  of— 
Breast  strap  .              

Breast-strap  hooks 

Breeching,  complete    

Consisting  of  — 
Backstrap  (1)  and  hip  straps  (4) 

Body  .                  .        ....           

Crupper  dock 

Backstrap  hook-  

Side  strap  hooks 

Loin  s,trap 

Side  straps 

Trace  loops 

Bridle,  complete  (old  model)  

1 
2 
2 

1 

1 
2 
2 

Consisting  of— 
Brow  band  

Brow-band  ornaments 

Check  pieces  

Coupling  strap  

Connecting  strap 

Crownpiece  

1 
1 
1 
1 

1 

1 

1 

Snaffle  bit1.. 

Reins  (pairs) 

Throatlatch  .  .  . 

Property 
classification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

IV 

8 

Twenty  curb  bits  with  chains  are  issued  for  use  in  place  of  snaffle  bits  on  fractious  draft  horses. 


146 


No. 

on 
Plate 
XVIII. 

Component  parts. 

Wheel. 

Lead. 

Near   '     Off 
horse,     horse. 

Near        Off 
horse,     horse. 

10 
11 
13 
18 
14 
16 
45 
20 
21 
40 
22,23 

23 
21,25 

24 
25 
26-33 

27 

15 
28 
29 

42 

43 
44 
30 
31 
32 
33 
34 
35 
36 

i 

37 

38 

39 
41 

Bridle,  complete  (new  model),  consisting  of— 
Brow  band  .   .                                 

1 
2 

1 

I 

2 

1 
1 

1 
1 

-t 

1             1 
2              2 
1 

{• 

1 

Brow-band  ornaments 

Crown  piece  

Coupling  strap 

Snaffle  bit  *  

1 
1 
1 
I 

Reins  .                         

Crown  piece  strap 

Collar  ,  steel  
Hame  tug  (a  part  of  the  collar)  .... 

Collar  strap 

1 

1 

1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
j 

2 
1 

1 

1 
1 

1 

1 

1 
1 

2 

i 
i 
i 

2 
1 
1 

1 
1 

1 

1 

1               1 

1               1 
2              2  j 
1             .1 
1  1           1 
1              1 
1              1 
1              1 
2              2 
1               1 

Halter,  comp'ete       '           

Consisting  of— 
Crown  strap      

Cheek  piece 

Crown  chape 

Nose  band           -  

Chin  strap 

Throat  band   

Throat  strap 

Halter  square 

Tie  rope                                    

Martingale  comp'ete 

Consisting  of  — 
Martingale 

Cincha  strap    

Saddle,  complete                                   

1               1 

Consisting  of— 
Cinchas,  with  reinforces  and  loops  

Cinchas  without  reinforces  and  loops. 

1               1 

1  i 

Lead-rein  roller  and  strap 

1 

1 
1 

2 
2 
1 
2 
1 
2 
2 
1 
2 

Quarter  straps  ,  including  rings,  safes,  and 
cincha  straps  (side) 

2 
1 
1 

2 
3 
1 



2              2| 
1               1 

1               1 

2              2 
3               2 
1               1 
2 

Quarter  strap,  cantle  

Quarter  strap  pommel 

Cincha  strap,  a  part  of  the  saddle  quarter 
strap 

Coat  strap  33-inch  (pommel) 

Coat  strap,  45-inch  (oantle)  

Coat  strap  60-inch 

Saddletree,  leather-covered  

1 
2 
2 

1               1 
2              2 
2              2 
1 
2 
2  i            2 

Stirrups  (nickel  steel) 

Stirrup  straps 

Saddlebags,  pairs      ...      .             ... 

Saddlebag  side  straps 

Traces  lead  model  of  1908 

Consisting  of— 
1  trace  body 

1  trace  cover                 .         

3  links 

1  chain             .           

1  toggle 

2  sockets  

2  cones 

2  filler  pieces  

Traces,  wheel,  model  of  1908 

2 

2 

Consisting  of— 
1  trace  body  

1  trace  cover 

1  ring  

2  sockets  

2  links  

2  chains  ...        

2  toggles 

2  cones  

2  filler  pieces 

Mogul  spring  assembled 

1  loop  hook  

1  ring 

1 

1  locking  strap  

Trace  chain,  body 

2              2 
1 

Whip 

1 

Sweat  leathers  

2 
1 

..... 

2  !  

1               1 

Blanket  2 

Property 
classification. 


IV 


1  Twenty  curb  bits  with  chains  are  issued  for  use  in  place  of  snaffb  bits  on  fractious  draft  horses. 

2  In  submitting;  and  in  filling  requisitions,  unless  it  is  specifically  stated  that  saddle  blankets  are  wanted, 
they  will  not  be  included. 


147 

STEEL  COLLARS. 

SIZES    AND    DIRECTION    FOB    FITTING. 

Steel  collars  are  made  in  the  following  sizes:  2  A,  2  B,  4  A,  4  B, 
5,  5  A,  5  B,  6,  6  A,  6  B,  7,  7  A,  7  B,  and  8  A.  The  number  and  shape 
of  the  collar  are  stamped  on  the  front  side  under  the  extension  bolt. 
The  A  and  B  shapes  have  straighter  sides  than  the  numbers  without 
letters.  When  issued  with  harness,  unless  otherwise  ordered,  20  per 
cent  of  the  collars  are  No.  4  A,  30  per  cent  No.  5,  and  40  per  cent 
No.  5  A,  and  10  per  cent  No.  6.  In  requisitions,  the  size  of  collars 
desired  should  be  given. 

The  steel  collar  pads  are  made  in  seven  different  sizes:  No.  0  is 
4  inches  wide,  No.  1  is  4.5  inches,  No.  2  is  5  inches,  etc.,  to  No.  6, 
which  is  7  inches  wide.  The  pad  connections  are  also  furnished  in 
seven  sizes,  from  No.  0  to  No.  6.  For  the  plain  number  of  collar 
(5,  6,  or  7)  the  regular  adjustment  requires  a  pad  connection  of  the 
same  number  as  the  pad.  The  A  and  B  shapes  have  straighter  sides 
and  take  a  pad  connection  two  sizes  larger  than  the  pad — that  is,  it 
would  take  a  No.  3  connection  with  a  No.  1  pad,  etc.,  for  the  regular 
adjustment  in  these  shapes.  When  the  collar  is  very  wide  at  the  top 
and  narrow  at  the  bottom  the  size  of  the  pad  connection  must  be 
increased  one  or  two  numbers  to  allow  the  collar  to  close  easily  at 
the  bottom.  In  the  reverse  case,  a  smaller  pad  connection  should  be 
used.  The  collar  pads  are  numbered  on  the  front  inner  side.  The 
pad  connections  are  numbered  on  the  side  having  the  round  holes, 
which  side  must  be  kept  to  the  front  on  the  collar.  In  requisitions 
for  collar  pads  and  pad  connections  the  sizes  desired  must  ~be  stated. 

The  buckle  is  made  in  two  sizes.  No.  2  is  1  inch  longer  than  No. 
1,  and  is  used  with  the  larger  sizes  of  collar  pad. 

The  correct  adjustment  and  fitting  of  collars  is  of  the  utmost  im- 
portance. The  variety  of  sizes  and  shapes  of  collars,  pads,  pad  con- 
nections, and  buckles  issued  by  the  Ordnance  Department  is  sufficient 
to  enable  any  horse  to  be  correctly  fitted.  Efficient  supervision  by 
officers  of  the  fitting  of  collars  and  of  the  adjustment  of  the  point 
of  draft  (trace  plate)  is  required  to  secure  proper  results. 


148 


Table  of  dimensions. 

SIZE  OF  COLLARS  FITTED  WITH  NO.  3  PADS. 


Number 
of  collar. 

Length 
of  collar 
inside. 

Width  6 
inches 
down 
from  top. 

Width 
inches 
down 
from  tof 

J 

. 

Width 
at 
draft. 

Number 
of  collar. 

Length 
of  collar 
inside. 

Width  6 
inches 
down 
from  top. 

Width  8 
inches 
down 
from  top. 

Width 
at 
draft. 

2A... 

Inches. 
18 

Inches. 
6i 

Inches. 

1\ 

Inches. 
m 

6. 

Inches. 
22$ 

Inches. 
7| 

Inches. 

Inches. 

2B... 

18 

3 

0 

8 

6  A 

7 

71 

qf 

4  A... 

19* 

7 

7' 

6  B...  . 

22j 

7 

74 

g| 

4B... 

igf 

61 

7j 

7     . 

24 

71 

n? 

10^ 

5.. 

21 

7f 

I 

7  A 

24 

7 

72 

qi 

5  A... 

21 

1\ 

9 

7B 

24 

7 

7  » 

10 

5B  

21 

6§ 

1\ 

gl 

8  A 

25i 

7 

JF 

of 

SIZE  OF  COLLARS  FITTED  WITH  NO.  1  PADS. 


2A... 

Mi 

5 

5j 

7 

6-.. 

21 

6i 

7J 

S-l 

2B  

16£ 

4 

& 

| 

6  A 

21 

6 

Bj 

8J 

4  A... 

18 

5 

| 

7 

6  B 

21 

ft 

8' 

4  B 

18 

5 

gj 

7 

7 

fit 

7| 

g 

5 

g 

7j 

g 

7  A 

991 

.£ 

6J 

8 

5  A 

19! 

5^ 

i 

7 

7  B 

2^1 

~| 

6i 

8 

5B  

19i 

5j 

5: 

7 

8  A 

24 

5^ 

8j 

fi 

The  tajble  of  dimensions  gives  the  largest  and  smallest  size  that 
each  collar  can  be  made  with  the  No.  3  and  No.  1  pads.  Adding 
one-half  inch  in  length  and  width  to  the  smallest  dimensions  given 
in  the  table  will  give  the  size  of  the  collars  when  fitted  with  the 
No.  2  pads.  These  examples  are  given  to  show  the  three  regular 
adjustments  in  each  size  of  collar,  but  these  dimensions  can  be  varied 
to  suit  the  different  shapes  of  necks.  The  largest  pad  can  be  put 
in  the  top  of  the  collar  and  the  bottom  taken  in  to  its  smallest  dimen- 
sions, or  the  smallest  pad  can  be  put  in  the  top  and  the  bottom  left 
out.  While  each  collar  can  be  lengthened  or  shortened  and  taken  in 
or  let  out  at  the  bottom  by  means  of  the  adjustments  provided,  the 
width  at  the  top  can  not  be  changed  without  using  a  larger  or 
smaller  pad. 

In  fitting  irregular  shapes  none  of  the  connections  may  give  just 
the  proper  tension  on  the  pad.  In  such  a  case  use  the  one  that  comes 
nearest  and  straighten  or  bend  the  extension  at  the  top.  When  the 
collar  is  required  to  be  widened  at  top  to  relieve  the  pressure  on  the  pad 
and  make  it  lock  easily  at  the  bottom,  open  the  collar  wide  and  place 
a  round  piece  of  hard  wood  or  iron,  1  inch  in  diameter  and  2  inches 
long,  between  the  connection  and  collar  side  close  up  to  the  hinge; 
then  press  the  sides  together  and  bend  both  sides  alike,  so  that  they 
will  be  the  same  length  at  the  bottom.  Do  not  let  the  fulcrum  rest  on 
the  pad,  for  it  will  bend  it.  If  the  collar  sides  require  straightening 
to  close  them  tighter  on  the  pad  and  give  more  tension  on  the  latch  at 
the  bottom,  open  the  collar  at  the  bottom,  hook  the  wrench  over  the 
top  of  collar  side,  and  press  down  the  lever,  treating  both  sides  alike. 


I  *1 


c 


PLATE  XXVIII. 


Collar  Lifting  Device. 


ZI6I02 


I 


149 

Both  of  these  operations  can  be  performed  with  the  collar  put  to- 
gether. 

Parts  furnished  for  the  repair  of  the  collars  with  the  correct  names 
of  the  parts  are  shown  on  Plate  XXVII. 

Canvas  collar  pads  are  not  part  of  the  artillery  harness,  but  are 
furnished  upon  requisition.  They  are  made  in  sizes  Nos.  2,  3,  45  5, 
and  6,  as  called  for;  if  no  size  is  called  for,  they  are  made  in  equal 
proportions  of  Nos.  4,  5,  and  6. 

COLLAR-LIFTING  DEVICE. 
[Plate  XXVIII.] 

This  is  a  simple  device  for  lifting  the  steel  collar  from  the  horse's 
neck,  when,  for  any  reason,  the  neck  becomes  sore.  The  straps 
securing  it  to  the  hame  tugs  afford  easy  attachments  to  or  removal 
from  the  collar.  By  supporting  the  collar  by  canvas  pads  in  front 
and  in  rear  of  the  collar,  the  pressure  is  removed  from  the  surface 
of  the  neck  directly  beneath  the  collar^  and  the  weight  is  more  evenly, 
distributed  along  the  neck.  In  case  of  necessity,  such  a  device, 
made  by  the  organization  mechanic,  will  allow  wyorking  a  horse  when 
suffering  with  a  sore  neck. 

BREAST    COLLAR    HARNESS. 

The  component  parts  of  the  Breast  Collar  Harness  are  given  in 
the  table  below.  Plate  XXIX  shows  the  harness  for  the  off  wheel 
horse  and  the  off  lead  swing  horse.  The  nomenclature  as  given  in 
the  table  is  also  given  and  the  particular  parts  designated  on  the 
plate. 

The  essential  difference  between  the  two  harness  sets  as  shown  on 
Plates  XXVI  and  XXIX  is  in  the  harness  used  upon  the  neck, 
shoulders,  and  breast.  Instead  of  a  steel  collar  clasped  about  the 
neck  and  held  in  place  by  a  collar  strap  and  hame  tugs,  a  leather 
strap  stretching  across  the  breast  and  supported  by  a  strap  run- 
ning over  the  neck  is  used  with  the  Breast  Collar  Harness.  At 
either  end  the  breast  collar  is  toggled  to  the  trace;  in  front  it  is  held 
down  by  a  chokestrap  which  passes  between  the  forelegs  and  is 
buckled  around  the  cincha.  On  the  wheel  horse,  the  neck  strap  and 
neck-yoke  neck  strap  are  held  in  a  collar  pad  which  is  hooked  to  the 
pommel  by  the  pad  strap  and  pad-strap  hook.  The  neck-yoke  neck 
strap  encircles  the  neck  and  is  fastened  to  the  yoke  pole. 

102614—17 13 


150 

COMPONENT   PARTS. 


Wheel. 

Lead. 

Property 
classification. 

Near 
horse. 

Off 
horse. 

Near 
horse. 

Off 
horse. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

1 

1 
2 
1 
1 
4 
1 

1 
1 
1 

1 

1 
2 
1 

,      IV 

8 

Consists  of: 
Body 

Crupper  dock 

Loin  strap 

Trace  loops                 ..          

Backstrap  hook 

Breast  collar,  complete,  consists  of: 
Breast  collar                                  -.     .  . 

1 

1 
1 

1 
1 

Chokestrap 

Neck  strap    

Collar  pad  assembled 

Body 

Buckle  chapes                 

Pad  strap  with  hook 

Neck-yoke  neck  strap  

1 

1 
1 
4 
1 
1 
2 
2 
2 
1 

1 
2 
1 
1 

1 
4 

1 
2 
2 
2 
1 

1 
2 
1 
1 
1 

Breeching,  complete,  consists  of: 
Body 

Backstrap  

Hip  straps 

Backstrap  hook  

Crupper  dock                                   ... 

Si  je  straps 

Side-strap  hooks  „  

Trace  loops 

Loin  strap  

Bridle,  complete  (model  of  1913),  consists  of: 
Brow  band 

1 

2 
1 
1 

1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 

Brow-band  ornaments  

Crownpiece. 

Crownpiece  strap  

Coupling  strap 

Reins 

1 

1 
2 

2 

1 

1 
1 

1 

1 
1 

1 
2 

1 
1 
2 

1 
1 

1 

1 
1 

1 
2 

1 
1 
2 

Snaffle  bit  l  .              .                

Halter,  complete,  consists  of: 
Crown  strap...           

Cheek  piece 

Crown  chape  

Nose  band  .                                

Chin  strap  ^  

Throat  band  .  .         .         

Throat  strap 

Halter  square  

Tie  rope                                               .  .  ... 

Martingale,  complete,  consists  of: 
Martingale                               

Cincha  strap 

Saddle,  complete,  consists  of: 
Cinchas  with  reinforces  and  loops  

Cinchas  without  reinforces  and  loops 

1 

1 
2 
1 
1 

2 
2 
1 
2 

1  i 
2 
2- 
1 
2  1 
2 

Lead  rein  roller  and  strap     

1 
2 
1 
1 
2 
2 
1 
2 
1 
2 
2 
1 
2 

Quarter  straps,  side,  including  rings  and  safes  
Quarter  strap,  pommel         

2 
1 
1 
2 
3 
1 

2 
1 
1 
2 
3 
1 

Quarter  strap'  cantle    - 

Cincha  strap  ..  .             •  

Coat  strap  33  -inch  (pommel) 

Coat  strap,  45-itich  (cantle)  

Coat  strap  69-inch 

Saddletree  leather  covered  ... 

1 

2 
2 

i 

2 
2 

Stirrups  model  of  1912 

Stirrup  straps  

Saddlebags  pairs 

Saddlebags,  side  straps  

Traces  lead,  model  of  1908 

2 

Consists  of: 
1  trace  body  

It  "ace  co  ver                                                              ' 

3  links 

1  chain                               

1  tog  rle                                                                      i 

2  sockets        

2  cones 

2  filler  trieces  .  .  . 

1  Twenty  curb  bits  and  chains  per  battery  are  issued  for  use  in  place  of  snaflfie  bits  with  fractious  horses. 


151 

COMPONENT  PARTS— Continued. 


Wheel. 

Lead. 

Property 
classification. 

Near 
horse. 

Off 
horse. 

Near 
horse. 

Off 
horse. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

Traces  wheel  model  of  1908 

2 

2 

IV 

a 

'  Consists  of: 

2  sockets 

2  links                                   

2  cones 

1  ring                                                

2 
1 
2 
1 

2 

Whip 

1 

Sweat  leathers                   f 

2 

1 

Blanket  l 

1 

1 

1  In  submitting  and  in  filling  requisitions,  unless  it  is  specifically  stated  that  saddle  blankets  are  wanted, 
they  will  not  be  included. 

THE   CARE  AND  PRESERVATION   OP  LEATHER. 

Attention  is  invited  to  the  following: 

"  It  is  forbidden  to  use  any  dressing  or  polishing  material  on  the 
leather  accouterments  or  equipments  of  the  soldier,  the  horse  equip- 
ments for  cavalry,  or  the  artillery  harness  except  the  preparations 
supplied  by  the  Ordnance  Department  for  that  purpose."  (A.  R. 
293  of  1913.) 

REASON    FOR    OILING    LEATHER. 

Leather,  as  it  comes  from  the  tannery  in  manufacture,  is  hard, 
rough,  brittle,  inflexible,  and  readily  absorbs  water.  To  remove  these 
undesirable  qualities  and  render  the  leather  soft,  pliable,  flexible, 
and  impervious  to  water,  to  increase  the  strength  and  toughness  of 
the  fiber,  and  to  give  the  leather  such  a  surface  color  and  finish  as 
will  make  it  most  sightly  and  suitable  for  the  purpose  for  which 
intended,  the  manufacture  is  continued  by  hand  stuffing  it  with  a 
dubbing  made  of  pure  cod-liver  oil  and  tallow,  which  the  expe- 
rience of  curriers  has  shown  to  be  the  best  material  for  this  purpose. 
This  dubbing  is  thoroughly  absorbed  by  the  leather,  penetrating  it 
completely,  and  is  not  merely  limited  to  the  surface. 

The  russet  leather  now  used  by  the  Ordnance  Department  in  the 
manufacture  of  all  leather  equipments  is  pure  oak  tanned,  of  No.  1 
tannage  and  finish,  hand  stuffed  with  a  light  dubbing  made  of  pure 
cod-liver  oil  and  tallow  to  preserve  the  leather,  the  dubbing  being  so 
sparingly  used  that  the  oil  will  not  exude.  This  leather  as  it  comes 
from  the  manufacturer  contains  enough  oil  to  materially  improve  its 


152 

quality  and  prolong  its  life,  but  not  enough  to  soil  the  clothing  if 
the  equipment  is  properly  cared  for.  No  oil  whatever  is  added  to 
the  leather  in  the  manufacture  of  the  equipments  at  the  Government 
arsenals. 

CARE  OF  KUSSET  LEATHER. 

Leather  equipments  which  have  become  wet  should  be  dried  in  the 
shade.  Wet  leather  exposed  to  the  direct  rays  of  the  sun  or  to  the 
heat  of  a  stove  or  radiator  becomes  hard  and  brittle. 

When  russet-leather  equipments  become  soiled  in  service  they 
should  be  cleaned  by  carefully  washing  the  leather  with  a  sponge 
moistened  with  a  heavy  lather  made  of  clean  water  and  Castile  or 
Frank  Miller's  soap,  and  then  rubbing  vigorously  with  a  dry  cloth 
until  the  leather  is  completely  dry. 

If  the  leather  becomes  harsh,  dry,  and  brittle  from  exposure  to 
water  or  other  causes,  clean  as  above  described,  and  while  the  leather 
is  still  slightly  moist  apply  an  exceedingly  light  coat  of  neat's- foot 
oil  by  rubbing  with  a  soft  cloth  moistened  (not  saturated]  with  the 
oil.  If  it  is  found  that  too  much  oil  has  been  used,  the  surplus  can 
be  readily  removed  by  rubbing  with  a  sponge  moistened  with  naphtha 
or  gasoline.  But  these  oils  are  not  issued  for  this  purpose. 

Where  a  polish  is  desired,  the  leather  should  first  be  thoroughly 
cleaned  and  then  the  leather  polish  or  dressing  supplied  by  the 
Ordnance  Department  should  be  applied  sparingly  and  thoroughly 
rubbed  in  with  a  soft,  dry  cloth.  Scars,  cuts,  or  abrasions  of  the 
leather  may  be  improved  in  appearance  but  not  obliterated  by 
similar  use  of  the  leather  polish. 

Russet  leather  may  be  cleaned,  oiled,  and  polished  as  described 
above,  but  it  should  be  noted  that  if  more  than  a  light  coat  of 
oil  be  given  the  leather  will  be  greatly  darkened  and  will  quickly 
soil  the  clothing.  No  method  of  cleaning  will  restore  the  original 
light  color  of  the  leather  or  remove  stains  or  discolorations. 

CARE   OF   BLACK    LEATHER. 

To  clean  and  dress  black  leather,  wash  it  in  water  (lukewarm 
preferred)  with  castile  soap.  An  old  horse  brush  will  be  found 
very  satisfactory  for  applying  the  soap  and  water.  Dry  in  the 
shade;  when  almost  dry,  apply  the  blacking,  rubbing  it  in  thor- 
oughly. 

Dry  in  the  shade  and  then  apply  neat's- foot  oil  with  a  sponge 
or  rag,  rubbing  in  well  until  the  leather  is  soft  and  pliable. 

When  dry,  a  certain  amount  of  oil  and  blacking  will  exude  from 
the  leather ;  this  should  be  rubbed  off  with  a  drv  cloth. 


PLATE  XXX. 


153 

SIGHTS. 

The  instruments  provided  for  sighting  and  laying  the  piece  in- 
clude a  line  sight,  a  rear  sight,  a  front  sight,  a  panoramic  sight,  and 
a  range  quadrant. 

LINE    SIGHT. 

The  line  sight  consists  of  a  conical  point  as  a  front  sight  and  a 
V  notch  as  a  rear  sight;  the  former  is  screwed  into  the  locking 
hoop,  and  the  latter  is  attached  to  the  breech  end  of  the  jacket; 
together  they  determine  a  line  of  sight  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the 
bore,  useful  in  giving  general  direction  to  the  gun. 

FRONT  AND  REAR  SIGHTS. 

The  front  and  rear  sights  are  for  general  use  in  direct  aiming. 
They  consist  of  a  front  sight  carrying  cross  wires  and  a  rear  sight 
of  the  peep  variety.  The  length  of  the  line  of  sight  is  36.75  inches; 
its  height  from  the  ground  with  gun  at  0°  elevation  is  44.9  inches. 
The  sights  are  supported  from  the  cradle;  the  peep  of  the  rear 
sight  is  in  such  a  position  as  to  come  opposite  the  eye  of  the  gunner 
seated  upon  the  left  trail  seat. 

THE  FEONT  SIGHT. 

The  front  sight  complete  consists  of  the  front  sight  proper,  the 
front-sight  holder,  the  front-sight  bracket  sleeve,  the  front-sight 
bracket  with  spring  catch  riveted  on,  and  two  split  pins;  that  is, 
it  includes  all  parts  except  the  front-sight  bracket  support. 

The  front-sight  bracket  support  is  riveted  to  the  cradle  in  front 
of  the  shield.  The  lower  end  of  the  bracket  fits  into  a  socket  in 
the  bracket  support.  In  sighting  position  the  bracket  projects  from 
the  cradle  toward  the  left,  but  for  traveling  it  is  arranged  so  that  it 
may  be  swung  out  of  the  way  of  a  cannoneer  upon  the  seat.  It  is 
held  in  either  position  by  the  engagement  of  the  spring  catch  in 
notches  in  the  front-sight  bracket  support  socket. 

The  front  sight  proper  consists  of  a  pair  of  cross  wires  mounted  in 
a  ring.  This  ring  is  secured,  with  cross  wires  at  an  angle  of  45° 
to  the  horizontal,  in  the  circular  hole  through  the  front-sight  holder. 
The  front-sight  holder  has  the  shape  of  an  eyebolt ;  its  shank  screws 
into  the  top  of  the  front-sight  bracket  sleeve,  which  screws  over  the 
upper  end  of  the  front-sight  bracket.  When  adjusted,  rotation  of 
the  front-sight  holder  in  the  sleeve  or  of  the  sleeve  on  the  front-side 
bracket  is  prevented  by  split  pins. 

THE   EEAR   SIGHT. 

[Plate  XXX.] 

The  rear  sight  includes  all  parts  except  the  rear-sight  bracket 
support  and  the  panoramic  sight.  The  rear-sight  bracket  support 


154 

. 

is  riveted  to  the  cradle  and  has  a  socket  into  which  the  lower  end  of 
the  bracket  is  secured  by  a  nut,  lock  nut,  and  split  pin.  The  upper 
end  of  the  rear  sight  bracket  is  provided  with  circular  guides  cut  with 
the  line  of  sight,  gun  at  0°  elevation,  as  an  axis,  and  upon  these  guides 
a  shank  socket  for  the  shank  or  stem  of  the  sight  is  mounted.  In  a 
support  forming  part  of  the  shank  socket  is  a  leveling  screw  with 
threads  engaging  the  segment  of  a  worm  wheel  cut  upon  the  rear- 
sight  bracket  guides.  A  spirit  level  is  mounted  upon  the  shank 
socket.  This  arrangement  enables  correction  to  be  made  for  differ- 
ence of  level  of  wheels,  since  turning  the  leveling  screw  revolves  the 
shank  socket  and  with  it  the  shank  about  an  axis  parallel  to  the 
axis  of  the  bore.  A  shank-socket  cover  is  provided  to  strengthen 
the  shank  socket.  The  latest  type  of  shank  socket  is  made  of  bronze 
and  the  leveling-screw  support  is  made  integral  with  it.  The  sight- 
shank  cover  has  two  lugs  on  its  inner  surface  which  support  springs 
and  sleeves.  These  sleeves  are  pressed  by  the  springs  against  the 
shank  and  force  it  against  the  walls  of  the  shank  socket,  thus  taking 
up  lost  motion. 

The  shank  consists  of  a  steel  arc  whose  center  is  the  front  sight; 
it  slides  in  guides  in  the  shank  socket  and  is  moved  up  and  down 
in  elevation  by  a  scroll  gear  seated  in  a  boss  upon  the  shank  socket 
and  engaging  in  a  rack  cut  upon  the  right  face  of  the  shank.  A 
German-silver  range  strip  fits  in  a  dovetail  seat  cut  in  the  rear  face 
of  the  shank,  the  index  for  the  scale  being  placed  upon  the  upper 
rear  corner  of  the  shank  socket.  The  range  strip  is  graduated  in 
yards  up  to  6,500 ;  the  smallest  division  is  50  yards,  but  smaller  sub- 
divisions may  readily  be  made  with  the  eye.  The  scroll  gear  is  held 
in  mesh  with  the  rack  on  the  shank  by  the  scroll-gear  spring. 
Large  movements  of  the  shank  may  be  quickly  made  by  pulling  the 
scroll-gear  handle  out  far  enough  to  disengage  the  scroll  gear  from 
the  rack  and  then  sliding  the  shank  through  the  shank  socket  by 
hand. 

To  the  left  side  of  the  shank  is  riveted  the  elevation-lever  holder, 
and  in  this  holder  is  mounted  a  spirit  level  with  axis  parallel  to  the 
line  joining  the  peep  and  front  sights.  This  level  enables  quadrant 
elevations  to  be  given  by  setting  the  sight  at  the  desired  range  and 
moving  the  gun  in  elevation  until  the  level  bubble  is  brought  to  the 
center,  provided  the  target  and  gun  were  on  the  same  level;  i.  e., 
angle  of  sight  =  300. 

The  shank  is  fashioned  into  a  deflection  guide  and  mounting  for 
the  peep  sight  and  is  prolonged  upward  to  form  a  support  for  the 
panoramic  sight.  The  peep-sight  guide  is  located  in  a  transverse 
opening  in  the  shank  and  is  perpendicular  to  the  shank  and  to  the 
line  of  sight.  The  peep  sight  is  clipped  to  this  guide  and  is  traversed 
along  it  by  the  peep-sight  screw.  The  latter  passes  through  a  tapped 


IS 

5^       JN 

\ 

I  > 

i  ^ 

N 

1 

£     I) 

V 

k 

t 

r 

II 

X' 

^ 

^ 
H 

kfi 

K£ 

^ 
^ 

1 

SJ 

^ 

T>! 

\ 

<O 

$ 

155 

hole  in  the  peep  sight  and  is  supported  at  each  end  in  bearings  in  the 
shank.  The  screw  is  turned  by  a  knurled  head  at  its  left  end. 

The  deflection  scale  is  attached  to  the  rear  face  of  the  peep-sight 
guide  and  the  index  for  the  deflection  scale  is  on  the  peep  sight. 
The  graduations  are  in  mils.  There  are  45  mils  upon  each  side  of 
the  zero,  and  the  scale  is  marked  from  left  to  right  as  follows : 

40        30         20         10          0  90  80  TO  60 

the  actual  mils  being — 

40        30        20         10          0      6,390      6,380      6,370      6,360 

thus  making  deflection  readings  on  this  sight  uniform  with  those  of 
the  panoramic  sight  and  the  battery  commander's  telescope.  The 
scale  allows  for  longitudinal  adjustment. 

The  seat  for  the  panoramic  sight  is  a  vertical  T  slot  into  which 
the  shank  lug  of  the  panoramic  sight  fits.  The  panoramic  sight  is 
held  in  place  and  all  wear  of  the  parts  is  taken  up  by  a  clamp  screw, 
ratchet,  and  detent. 

In  firing,  the  sight  is  left  in  its  seat. 

THE  PANORAMIC  SIGHT,  MODEL  OF   3904. 
[Plate  XXXI.] 

The  panoramic  sight  is  a  vertical  telescope  so  fitted  with  reflecting 
prisms  that  the  gunner  with  his  eye  at  the  eyepiece,  which  is  fixed  in 
a  horizontal  position,  may  bring  into  the  field  of  view  an  object 
situated  at  any  point  in  a  plane  perpendicular  to  the  axis  of  the 
telescope. 

The  details  of  the  optical  part  of  this  instrument  are  shown  in 
Plate  XXXI,  and  comprise  the  rotating  head  prism  A,  the  rotating 
prism  B,  the  objective  lens  C,  the  lower  reflecting  prism  D,  and  the 
eyepiece  E.  The  rays  coming  from  the  object  are  reflected  down- 
ward from  the  prism  A  into  prism  B,  which  rectifies  them;  after 
their  passage  through  the  objective  lens  C  the  .prism  D  reflects  them 
in  such  a  way  that  there  is  presented  to  the  eyepiece  E  a  rectified 
image,  which  the  eyepiece  magnifies.  The  prism  B  is  of  rectangular 
cross  sestion.  Its  peculiarity  is  that  on  rotation  about  its  longi- 
tudinal axis  the  image  of  an  object  seen  through  it  turns  with  twice 
the  angular  velocity  of  the  prism.  As,  therefore,  the  prisms  A  and 
B  are  so  mounted  as  to  rotate  about  this  axis,  prism  B  following  A 
with  one-half  the  angular  velocity  of  the  latter,  the  image  always 
remains  as  it  would  appear  to  one  observing  it  directly  with  an 
ordinary  terrestrial  telescope. 

The  image  formed  by  the  objective  lens  would  naturally  be  re- 
versed and  inverted.  The  lower  inclined  faces  of  the  prism  D  by 


156 

cross  reflection  transfer  the  rays  to  opposite  sides  of  the  axis,  thus 
correcting  the  reversal.  The  correction  of  the  inversion  is  accom- 
plished by  the  combined  action  of  the  three  prisms  A,  B,  and  D,  the 
nature  of  the  action  varying  with  the  different  positions  of  the 
prisms.  In  the  position  shown  on  Plate  XXXI,  prisms  A  and  D  act 
as  parallel  reflectors,  and  they  without  the  lens  system  would  present 
an  erect  image.  Prism  B,  however,  inverts  the  rays  and  corrects 
the  inversion  produced  by  the  objective  lens.  It  will  be  noted  the 
effect  would  be  the  same  whether  the  prism  B  occupies  the  position 
shown  on  the  plate  or  be  revolved  180°  from  that  position.  This 
latter  position  is  the  one  it  would  assume  if  the  prism  A  were  rotated 
through  360°.  If  the  prism  A  be  now  rotated  through  180°  the 
prisms  A  and  D  would  form  two  reflectors  set  at  right  angles,  and 
would  give,  without  the  lens  system,  an  inverted  image,  and  in  con- 
junction with  the  lens  system  an  erect  image.  Prism  B  in  this  case 
will  occupy  a  position  90°  from  that  shown  on  the  plate,  in  which 
position  it  causes  no  inversion,  but  counteracts  the  inversion  pro- 
duced by  prism  D. 

A  glass  reticule  marked  with  cross  lines  is  located  in  the  focal  plane 
of  the  instrument,  with  the  intersection  of  the  cross  lines  coincident 
with  its  optical  axis.  No  provision  is  made  for  changing  the  focus 
of  eyepiece  or  objective  lens.  As  issued,  the  instrument  is  focused 
for  the  usual  range  and  the  average  eye.  The  magnifying  power  of 
the  instrument  is  four;  the  field  of  view  is  10°. 

The  mechanical  construction  of  the  instrument  is  as  follows:  The 
body  consists  of  a  shank,  provided  on  its  front  surface  with  a  T  Jug 
which  fits  into  a  corresponding  slot  in  the  head  of  the  shank  of  the 
rear  sights  and  is  held  in  that  position  by  a  clamp  screw,  which  is 
locked  by  a  detent  and  ratchet,  thus  firmly  securing  the  instrument 
in  place.  To  the  lower  end  of  the  shank  is  screwed  the  eyepiece 
elbow,  forming  a  housing  for  the  prism  D  and  the  eyepiece  E.  The 
latter  projects  to  the  rear  just  above  the  peep  sight  of  the  rear  sight. 
To  the  upper  end  of  the  shank  is  screwed  the  azimuth-cirde  support,, 
to  which  is  screwed  the  hood  for  the  azimuth  circle,  forming  a  seat 
for  the  rotating  mechanism  of  the  sight.  The  opening  in  the  rotat- 
ing head  is  closed  by  the  rotating  head  window,  which  forms  a  dust 
guard.  The  rotating  head  prism  A  is  mounted  opposite  this  opening. 
The  lower  end  of  the  rotating  head  is  seated  in  the  azimuth  circle 
hub  and  gear.  A  worm  located  in  bearings  in  the  hood  for  azimuth 
circle  engages  in  a  worm  rack  cut  on  the  azimuth  circle.  The  rotat- 
ing prism  B  is  secured  in  the  upper  end,  and  the  objective  C  in  the 
lower  end,  of  the  supporting  sleeve  for  rotating  prism  resting  in  the 
azimuth  circle  hub  and  gear.  The  upper  end  of  the  supporting  sleeve 
for  the  rotating  prism  and  the  lower  end  of  the  azimuth  circle  hub 
and  gear  have  gears  which  engage  in  a  double  pinion  seated  in  the 


157 

azimuth-circle  support.  The  gears  and  pinions  are  calculated  so  that 
the  angular  velocity  of  the  rotating  head  is  twice  that  of  the  rotating 
prism  B  and  is  in  the  same  direction.  The  motion  of  rotation  is 
transmitted  from  the  worm  to  the  azimuth  circle,  thence  to  the 
azimuth-circle  hub  and  gear,  thence  to  the  pinion,  and  through  it  to 
the  supporting  sleeve  for  rotating  prism.  The  amount  of  motion  of 
the  rotating  head  prism  is  indicated  by  a  graduated  scale  on  the  perim- 
eter of  the  azimuth  circle,  visible  through  the  glass  azimuth-circle 
window  in  the  rear  face  of  the  hood  for  the  azimuth  circle.  The  zero 
of  the  scale  and  the  movable  index  cover  on  the  hood  for  azimuth 
circle  are  located  so  that  the  line  of  sight  of  the  panoramic  sight  is 
parallel  to  that  of  the  rear  sight,  and  consequently  to  the  axis  of  the 
gun,  when  both  sights  are  set  at  0  elevation  and  deflection. 

The  scale  is  formed  by  dividing  the  circumference  into  64  equal 
parts.  One  complete  turn  of  the  worm  moves  the  rotating  head 
prism  through  one  of  these  divisions,  or  -^  of  a  circle.  The  rear  end 
of  the  worm  carries  the  worm  index  with  circumference  graduated 
into  100  equal  parts  to  form  a  micrometer  scale.  One  of  these  sub- 
divisions, therefore,  equals  TTTG-  of  a  division  of  the  main  scale,  or 
marks  a  movement  of  the  rotating  head  prism  and  line  of  sight 
through  -g^Vtf  °f  a  circle.  An  angular  movement  of  the  line  of 
sight  through  -g^Vo  of  a  circle  corresponds  very  closely  to  a  lateral 
displacement  of  TTfW  °^  the  range.  Practically,  the  subdivisions 
of  the  deflection  scale  on  the  panoramic  sight  are  considered  as 
points  equal  to  TuVtf  °f  ^ne  range  and  are  called  milliemes  or  mils. 

The  reading  of  the  deflection  scale  or  the  size  of  an  angle  is 
given  in  the  units  of  the  worm  index  as  2763,  1521,  etc.,  meaning 
liMj  52 1 >  e^c.,  of  360°.  The  alternate  divisions  of  the  main  scale 
are  numbered  in  a  clockwise  direction  0,  2,  4,  etc.,  to  62,  inclusive. 
In  reading  the  deflection  scale,  therefore,  hundreds  are  read  directly 
from  the  main  scales  and  tens  and  units  from  the  worm  index. 
At  0  the  line  of  sight  is  parallel  to  the  vertical  plane  through  the 
axis  of  the  gun;  at  16  (or  1,600  mils)  it  is  perpendicular  to  that 
plane  and  pointing  directly  to  the  right,  etc. 

The  worm  index  forming  the  micrometer  scale  is  secured  on  a 
coned  seat  on  the  end  of  the  worm  by  a  nut  and  is  held  against 
rotation  on  its  seat  by  friction.  This  arrangement  permits  the  0 
of  the  worm  index  to  be  set  opposite  the  index  mark  on  the  casing 
without  movement  of  the  worm  in  adjusting  the  sight. 

The  worm  is  held  in  contact  with  the  worm  gear  on  the  azimuth 
circle  by  a  spring  and  is  arranged  so  that  it  may  be  disengaged 
from  the  worm  gear  by  movement  of  a  worm-box  eccentric  lever. 
When  disengaged,  the  line  of  sight  may  be  rapidly  oriented  to 
approximately  the  desired  direction,  the  worm  then  thrown  into 
gear,  and  finer  adjustments  made  by  turning  the  worm  knob. 


158 

All  panoramic  sights  have  been  made  interchangeable,  so  as  to 
fit  in  seats. 

The  following  device  for  illumination  of  the  crosslines  of  the 
reticule  of  panoramic  sights  is  used. 

A  small  slit  is  cut  in  the  eyepiece  elbow  and  the  reticule  cell 
on  the  side  of  the  sight  next  the  gun.  A  shutter  is  provided 
which  encircles  the  eyepiece  elbow  opposite  the  slit,  affording  means 
for  closing.  On  some  sights  this  shutter  is  provided  with  a  trans- 
parent celluloid  window  to  prevent  the  entrance  of  dust.  On  the 
later  sights  a  glass  window  is  fitted  in  the  side  of  the  eyepiece. 

For  illumination  at  night  electric  flash  lights  are  used.  They 
should  be  held  close  to  the  illuminating  slot  or  window. 

PANORAMIC   SIGHT,   MODEL   OF    1915. 
[Plate  XXXII.] 

The  panoramic  sight  is  a  vertical  telescope  so  fitted  with  an 
optical  system  of  reflecting  prisms  and  lenses  that  the  gunner  Avith 
his  eye  at  the  fixed  eyepiece  in  a  horizontal  position  can  bring  into 
the  field  of  view  an  ^object  situated  at  any  point  in  a  plane  per- 
pendicular to  the  axis  of  the  telescope. 

The  rays  coming  from  the  object  are  reflected  downward  from 
the  rotating  head  prism  into  the  rotating  prism.  The  rotating  prism 
rectifies  the  rays ;  after  their  passage  through  the  achromatic  objective 
lens,  the  lower  reflecting  prism  reflects  them  in  such  a  way  that  there 
is  presented  to  the  eyepiece  a  rectified  image,  which  the  eyepiece 
magnifies.  The  peculiarity  of  the  rotating  prism  is  that  upon  rota- 
tion about  its  longitudinal  axis  the  image  of  the  object  seen  through 
it  turns  with  twice  the  angular  velocity  of  the  rotating  prism.  The 
rotating  head  prism  and  rotating  prism  are  so  mounted  as  to  rotate 
about  this  axis,  the  rotating  prism  following  rotating  head  prism  with 
one-half  of  the  angular  velocity  of  the  latter,  the  image  always 
remains  as  it  would  appear  to  one  observing  it  directly  with  an  ordi- 
nary telescope.  The  image  formed  by  the  achromatic  objective  lens 
would  then  be  reversed  and  inverted.  The  rays  are  cross  reflected 
to  the  opposite  sides  of  the  axis  by  the  inclined  faces  of  the  lower 
reflecting  prism,  thus  correcting  the  reversal. 

The  combined  action  of  the  rotating  head  prism,  the  rotating  prism 
and  lower  reflecting  prism  and  the  nature  of  action  varying  with 
different  positions  of  the  prisms  provide  for  the  correction  of  the 
inversion  of  the  image.  The  rotating  head  prism  and  lower  reflecting 
prism  as  shown  in  position  on  Plate  XXXII  act  as  parallel  reflectors 
and  they  without  the  lens  system  would  present  an  erect  image.  The 
rotating  prism,  however,  inverts  the  rays  and  corrects  the  inversion 
produced  by  the  achromatic  objective  lens.  It  will  be  noted  that  the 


PLATE  XXXII. 


159 

effect  would  be  the  same  whether  the  rotating  prism  occupies  the  same 
position  shown  on  the  plate  or  be  revolved  180°  from  that  position. 

The  rotating  head  prism  must  be  turned  through  360°  to  get  a  posi- 
tion of  180°  for  the  rotating  prism.  If  the  rotating  head  prism  is  ro- 
tated through  180°,  the  rotating  prism  and  lower  reflecting  prism 
would  form  reflectors  set  at  right  angles,  and  would  give,  without 
the  lens  system,  an  inverted  image,  and  in  conjunction  with  the  lens 
system  an  erect  image.  The  rotating  prism  in  this  case  will  occupy 
a  position  90°  from  that  shown  on  the  plate,  in  which  position  it 
causes  no  inversion  but  counteracts  the  inversion  produced  by  the 
lower  reflecting  prism. 

The  instrument  has  a  magnifying  power  of  4  and  a  field  of  view 
of  10°. 

The  principal  parts  of  the  panoramic  sight  are  the  rotating  head 
mechanism^  the  elevation  device,  the  azimuth  mechanism,  the  rotating 
prism  mechanism,  the  deflection  mechanism,  the  shank  and  the  eye- 
piece. 

The  rotating  head  mechanism  consists  principally  of  the  rotating 
head,  rotating  head  prism,  rotating  head  prism  holder,  prism  holder 
cover,  elevation  index  support,  prism  shield,  and  rotating  head  cover. 

The  rotating  head  forms  a  housing  for  its  movable  parts,  and  pro- 
vides seats  for  the  elevation- worm  bushing  and  rotating  head  prism 
holder.  The  front  opening  of  the  rotating  head  is  closed  by  the 
prism  shield  which  forms  a  dust  guard.  The  bottom  threaded  seat 
of  the  rotating  head  screws  upon  the  upper  end  of  the  azimuth  worm 
wheel  and  is  locked  in  place  by  four  azimuth  scale  retaining  ring 
screws.  Upon  the  rear  face  of  the  rotating  head  is  engraved  a  scale 
which  is  used  for  measuring  the  elevation  of  the  rotating  head  prism 
holder  which  retains  the  rotating  head  prism  and  has  an  index  mark 
upon  the  projection  which  coincides  with  the  graduations  of  the 
elevation  worm  micrometer  head. 

The  rotating  head  prism  is  mounted  within  the  rotating  head  prism 
holder  between  the  prism  support  front,  prism  support  bottom,  and 
prism  support  back,  and  secured  in  position  by  the  rotating  head 
prism  spring  which  bears  upon  the  prism  support  back.  The  rotating 
head  prism  is  protected  on  the  right  side  by  the  prism  holder  cover 
and  on  the  left  side  by  the  elevation  index  support.  The  movement 
of  the  rotating  head  prism  holder  is  limited  by  the  stop  screw  which 
slides  in  an  elongated  slot  in  the  rotating  head  prism  holder. 

The  prism  shield  is  held  within  the  rotating  head  by  the  prism 
shield  retaining  piece,  which  is  in  turn  secured  by  two  prism  shield 
retaining  piece  screws. 

The  prism-holder  cover  screws  into  its  threaded  seat  located  in  the 
right  side  of  the  rotating  head  prism  holder  and  locked  in  position 
by  the  prism-holder  cover  screws. 


160 

The  rotating  head  cover  screws  into  its  threaded  seat  located  in  the 
right  side  of  the  rotating  head  and  held  in  place  by  the  rotating  head 
cover  screws.  The  exterior  of  the  rotating  head  cover  has  two  small 
holes  for  teat  wrench,  and  engravings  "  Field  10°  "  and  "  Power 
4  "  are  located  on  the  exterior  surface. 

The  elevation-index  support  screws  into  its  threaded  seat  located 
in  the  left  side  of  the  rotating  head  prism  holder  and  secured  in  place 
by  the  elevation-index  support  screw.  The  small  holes  in  the 
exterior  surface  allows  the  use  of  teat  wrench  to  enable  the  elevation- 
index  support  to  be  screwed  in  place.  The  support  retaining  ring 
retains  the  elevation-index  support  with  rotating  head  prism  holder 
within  the  rotating  head  and  is  locked  in  position  by  the  support- 
retaining  ring  screw. 

The  elevation  index  is  held  upon  the  elevation-index  support  by  the 
two  elevation-index  retaining  screws.  The  arrow,  engraved  upon  the 
German  silver  piece  which  is  dovetailed  in  the  elevation  index,  coin- 
cides with  the  graduations  of  the  scale  engraved  upon  the  rear  face 
of  the  rotating  head. 

The  elevation  device  consists  principally  of  the  elevation  segment, 
elevation  worm,  elevation-worm  bushing,  elevation-worm  retaining 
nut,  and  elevation-worm  micrometer  head. 

The  elevation  segment  is  held  in  its  seat,  provided  in  the  rotating 
head  prism  holder,  by  the  segment  lock  pin. 

The  elevation  worm  is  mounted  eccentrically  within  the  elevation- 
worm  bushing,  which  when  turned  provides  an  adjustment  to  take 
up  the  wear  between  the  worm  threads  and  the  worm  teeth  of  the 
elevation  segment. 

The  elevation- worm  bushing  has  a  screw-driver  slot  in  its  lower  end 
which  is  used  for  adjusting  and  is  retained  in  position  by  the  eleva- 
tion-worm bushing  clamp  plug,  which  is  secured  by  the  bushing 
clamp-plug  screw. 

The  elevation- wyorm  retaining  nut  retains  the  elevation-worm  bush- 
ing and  elevation  worm  lengthwise  within  the  rotating  head.  The 
screw-driver  slot,  in  the  top  of  the  elevation-wrorm  retaining  nut,  is 
used  for  adjusting  and  is  locked  in  position  by  the  elevation- worm 
retaining  nut  screw. 

The  elevation-worm  micrometer  head  is  held  upon  the  upper  slotted 
end  of  the  elevation  worm  by  the  locking  screw.  The  scale,  engraved 
upon  the  periphery,  is  graduated  into  100  equal  divisions,  numbered 
every  10  divisions.  The  upper  exterior  diameter  of  the  elevation- 
worm  micrometer  head  is  straight  knurled  to  facilitate  turning.  One 
complete  revolution  of  the  elevation- worm  micrometer  head  is  equal 
to  the  distance  between  each  graduation  upon  the  scale  on  the  rear 
face  of  the  rotating  head. 


161 

The  open  sight  is  constructed  of  bronze  plate  bent  to  shape  having 
an  arm  projecting  out  at  each  end,  each  arm  containing  a  hole.  A 
bronze  knee  is  soldered  to  the  interior  of  the  front  projecting  arm 
over  the  center  of  the  hole  in  such  a  manner  to  form  a  sight  which  is 
used  for  quick  sighting.  The  open  sight  is  secured  to  the  rotating 
head  cover  by  two  open  sight  retaining  screws. 

The  principal  parts  of  the  azimuth  mechanism  are  the  azimuth- 
worm  wheel,  azimuth  worm,  azimuth-worm  bushing,  azimuth-worm 
wheel  support,  azimuth-worm  wheel  cover,  worm  knob,  azimuth 
micrometer,  and  azimuth  scale. 

The  azimuth  scale  is  retained  upon  its  bearing,  provided  on  lower 
end  of  the  rotating  head,  by  the  azimuth-scale  retaining  ring  which  in 
turn  is  secured  by  four  azimuth-scale  retaining  ring  screws.  The  four 
elongated  holes  in  the  azimuth  scale  provide  for  adjusting.  The 
scale,  engraved  upon  the  lower,  exterior  diameter,  is  graduated  into 
64  equal  divisions,  numbered  every  2  divisions. 

The  azimuth-worm  wheel  cover  forms  a  housing  for  the  movable 
parts  of  the  azimuth  mechanism  and  provides  seats  for  the  azimuth- 
worm  bushing  and  deflection  worm  wheel  and  support  ring.  The 
arrow,  engraved  upon  the  azimuth  index  which  is  dovetailed  in  the 
upper  exterior  diameter  of  the  azimuth-worm  wheel  cover,  coincides 
with  the  graduations  of  the  azimuth  scale.  The  scale  engraved  upon 
a  boss  on  the  rear  face  of  the  azimuth-worm  wheel  cover  is  used  for 
measuring  the  deflection  of  the  object. 

The  felt  washer,  which  is  retained  in  its  seat,  is  located  in  the  upper 
end  of  the  azimuth- worm  wheel  cover,  and  provides  for  sufficient  fric- 
tion between  the  rotating  head  and  the  azimuth-worm  wheel  cover. 

The  azimuth-worm  wheel  support  spring  tends  to  retain  the  azi- 
muth-worm wheel  upon  the  azimuth  worm  wheel  support. 

The  gear  teeth  of  the  lower  part  of  the  azimuth-worm  wheel  mesh 
with  the  rotating  head  pinion,  which  upon  rotation  moves  the  rotat- 
ing head  mechanism.  The  lower  part  of  the  azimuth-worm  wheel 
support  screws  into  its  threaded  seat  provided  in  the  upper  part 
of  the  shank. 

The  azimuth  worm  is  mounted  eccentrically  within  the  azimuth- 
worm  bushing,  which  in  turn  has  the  azimuth- worm  lever  secured  to 
it  by  the  azimuth-worm  lever  screw.  The  bushing  spring  is  pro- 
vided for  retaining  the  azimuth-worm  bushing  in  positionn  when  the 
azimuth  worm  is  in  mesh  with  the  azimuth-worm  wheel.  The  azi- 
muth-worm lever  is  so  designed  and  arranged  upon  the  azimuth- 
worm  bushing  to  form  a  throw-out  device  for  the  azimuth  worm. 
The  lever  spring  is  provided  for  taking  up  all  lost  motion  that  ap- 
pears lengthwise  in  the  mechanism.  The  worm  knob  is  secured  upon 
the  end  of  the  azimuth  worm  by  a  steel  taper  pin,  the  periphery  be- 
102614—17 14 


162 

ing  straight  knurled  to  facilitate  turning.  The  arrow,  engraved 
upon  the  German  silver  piece,  which  is  dovetailed  in  the  end  of  the 
azimuth-worm  bushing,  coincides  with  the  graduations  of  azimuth 
micrometer.  The  azimuth  micrometer  is  held  on  the  slotted  end  of 
the  azimuth  worm  by  the  locking  screw.  The  scale  is  divided  into 
100  equal  divisions,  numbered  every  5  divisions.  One  complete  revo- 
lution of  the  azimuth  micrometer  is  equal  to  the  distance  between 
each  graduation  on  the  azimuth  scale. 

The  rotating  prism  mechanism  consists  principally  of  the  rotating 
prism,  rotating  prism  holder,  rotating  prism  supporting  sleeve,  ro- 
tating prism  pinion,  and  rotating  prism  block. 

The  rotating  prism  is  of  rectangular  cross  section,  mounted  and 
retained  in  position  within  the  rotating  prism  holder  by  rotating 
prism  block  which  is  secured  by  the  rotating  prism  set  screw.  The 
rotating  prism  holder  is  seated  in  the  upper  section  of  the  rotating 
prism  supporting  sleeve.  The  rotating  prism  pinion  is  driven  upon 
the  pinion  shaft.  The  rotating  head  pinion  is  driven  upon  the  hub 
of  the  rotating  prism  pinion.  The  pinion  shaft  is  mounted  at  both 
ends  in  its  seat  provided  in  the  azimuth- worm  wheel  support  which, 
upon  rotation,  moves  the  pinion  shaft.  This  gear  system  is  so  de- 
signed that  the  rotating  head  moves  twice  the  angular  distance  of 
the  rotating  prism  holder. 

The  principal  parts  of  the  deflection  mechanism  are  the  deflection- 
worm  wheel  and  support  ring,  deflection  worm,  deflection-worm 
bushing,  deflection  dial,  and  worm  knob. 

The  deflection-worm  wheel  and  support  ring  is  seated  within  the 
azimuth-worm  wheel  cover  by  a  threaded  surface  and  then  retained 
by  three  deflection- worm  wheel  and  support  ring  screws.  A  segment, 
projecting  downward  into  the  shank,  carries  a  worm  wheel  which 
meshes  with  the  deflection  worm.  The  deflection-worm  wheel  sup- 
port is  located  within  the  shank  and  against  the  deflection-worm 
wheel  and  support  ring  by  two  dowel  pins,  and  secured  by  two  de- 
flection-worm wheel  support  screws. 

The  deflection  worm  is  mounted  eccentrically  within  the  deflection- 
worm  bushing  which  when  turned  provides  an  adjustment  to  take  up 
the  wear  between  the  worm  threads  and  the  worm  teeth  of  the  de- 
flection-worm wheel  and  support  ring. 

The  deflection-worm  bushing  is  adjusted  by  using  the  fingers  upon 
the  rear  end  and  is  restrained  in  position  by  the  deflection-worm 
bushing  clamp  plug,  which  is  secured  by  the  deflection-worm  bushing 
clamp  plug  screw.  A  German  silver  piece  is  primed  to  the  rear  end 
of  the  deflection-worm  bushing  on  which  is  engraved  three  arrows 
with  letters  "R"  and  "L,"  The  middle  or  large  arrow  coincides 
with  the  graduations  of  the  deflection  dial.  The  compensating 
spring  is  provided  for  taking  up  all  lost  motion  that  appears  length- 


163 

wise  in  the  mechanism.  The  worm  knob  is  secured  to  the  deflection 
worm  by  a  taper  pin,  the  periphery  being  straight  knurled  to  facili- 
tate turning.  The  deflection  dial  is  held  on  the  front,  slotted  end  of 
the  deflection  worm  by  the  locking  screw.  The  scale,  engraved  upon 
the  front  end,  is  graduated  into  100  equal  divisions,  numbered  every 
10  divisions.  The  shank  forms  a  body  for  tLe  instrument  and  pro- 
vides seats  for  the  azimuth -worm  wheel  support,  deflection -worm 
bushing,  and  elbow.  The  front  surface  is  provided  with  a  T  lug 
which  fits  into  a  corresponding  slot  in  the  upper  end  of  the  shank  of 
the  rear  sight.  Upon  the  rear  surface  is  dovetailed  the  deflection 
index,  which  is  retained  in  place  by  the  deflection-index  screw.  The 
arrow  engraved  upon  the  deflection  index  coincides  with  gradua- 
tions upon  the  rear  face  of  the  azimuth-worm  wheel  cover. 

The  eyepiece  consists  principally  of  the  reticule,  reticule  cell,  acro- 
niatic  field  lens,  achromatic  eye  lens,  and  eye  lens  cell. 

The  achromatic  objective  lens  is  mounted  in  the  upper  end  of  the 
objective  lens  cell.  This  cell  is  secured  in  its  threaded  seat  in  the 
upper  end  of  the  elbow  by  two  objective  lens  cell  retaining  screws. 

The  elbow  is  screwed  in  the' lower  end  of  the  shank  and  secured  by 
the  four  elbow  retaining  screws  in  such  a  manner  that  its  projecting 
aim  is  horizontal  to  the  axis  of  the  instrument.  The  elbow  provides 
seats  for  the  lower  reflecting  prism  and  the  eye  lens  cell.  The  lower 
reflecting  prism  is  held  upon  its  bearing  surfaces,  provided  in  the 
elbow  by  two  wedges  which  in  turn  are  secured  by  the  two  wedge 
screws.  These  screws  are  retained  by  the  wedge  screw  lock  screw. 
The  wedge  screw  cover  is  provided  to  retain  the  wedge  screw  lock 
screws  in  position.  The  wedge  screw  cover  is  secured  by  the  wedge 
cover  screw.  The  openings  of  the  elbow  upon  the  right  and  left  sides 
are  closed  by  the  elbow  covers,  which  are  locked  by  the  elbow  cover 
screws.  Upon  the  left  side  of  the  elbow  is  an  opening  through  which 
the  light  is  thrown  upon  the  reticule.  This  opening  is  covered  by 
the  window  to  protect  the  interior  of  the  eyepiece  from  dust  and  dirt. 
The  shutter  is  so  designed  to  slide  over  the  opening  in  the  elbow  be- 
ing guided  by  the  shutter  stop  screw  and  movement  limited  by  the 
elongated  slot. 

The  reticule  has  two  cross  lines  etched  on  its  surface  and  is  mounted 
in  the  forwarded  end  of  the  reticule  cell  which  is  secured  in  the  eye 
lens  cell  by  the  reticule  cell  retaining  screw. 

The  achromatic  eye  lens  is  mounted  in  the  eye  lens  cell  and  is  sepa- 
rated from  the  achromatic  field  lens  by  the  lens  separator.  The 
achromatic  field  lens  is  held  within  the  eye  lens  cell  by  the  field  lens 
retaining  ring,  which  in  turn  is  locked  by  the  field  lens  cell  retaining 
ring  screw.  The  eye  lens  cell  is  secured  to  the  elbow  by  the  eye  lens 
cell  retaining  screw. 


164 

All  interior  metallic  surfaces  exposed  to  the  refracted  light  are  fin- 
ished with  dull  black  baking  enamel.  All  exposed  optical  elements, 
covers,  and  nonrotating  joints  are  sealed  with  the  litharge  cement  or 
equal.  All  German  silver  graduated  surfaces  are  sandblasted  and 
lacquered. 

THE  RANGE  QUADRANT. 

[Plate  XXXIII.] 

In  this  carriage  the  elevating  and  traversing  mechanisms  being 
entirely  independent  of  each  other,  the  laying  of  the  gun  may  be 
much  simplified  and  the  time  required  be  considerably  lessened  by 
assigning  to  one  gunner  the  laying  for  direction  and  to  a  second 
that  for  range.  Such  a  division  of  duties  is  provided  for  by  the  ele- 
vating crank  at  the  right  side  of  the  trail.  By  this  arrangement  the 
gunner  on  the  left  of  the  piece  using  the  open  or  panoramic  sight  lays 
for  direction  only,  while  the  gunner  on  the  right  trail  seat  gives 
elevations  by  means  of  the  range  quadrant. 

The  range  quadrant  consists  of  the  quadrant  bracket,  rocker,  body, 
scroll  gear,  range  disk,  and  range  and  cross  levels  with  suitable 
leveling  screws. 

A  quadrant-bracket  fastening  riveted  to  the  right  side  of  the  cradle 
has  dovetailed  guides  in  which  the  quadrant  bracket  fits  and  is  held 
by  a  spring  catch.  Two  bracket  fulcrums  screwed  into  arms  on  the 
bracket  project  into  bearings  in  the  ends  of  the  rocker,  assembling 
the  latter  to  the  bracket  and  at  the  same  time  permitting  it  a  motion 
of  rotation  about  an  axis  joining  the  centers  of  the  bracket  fulcrums 
or  trunnions.  As  assembled,  this  axis  of  motion  is  parallel  to  the 
axis  of  the  gun.  A  projection  below  the  rear  end  of  the  rocker  forms 
a  seat  for  a  leveling  screw,  the  axis  of  which  is  in  a  plane  perpendicu- 
lar to  the  axis  of  the  gun.  The  knurled  head  of  this  screw  projects 
to  the  right  and  its  threads  mesh  in  the  segment  of  a  worm  wheel  cut 
on  the  quadrant  bracket.  This  leveling  screw  is  thus  arranged  to 
rotate  the  rocker  on  its  trunnions  and,  in  conjunction  with  the  cross 
level  mentioned  below,  enables  the  quadrant  to  be  brought  into  a 
vertical  plane  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  gun.  This  construction  is 
necessary  to  correct  for  difference  of  level  of  wheels  and  to  give  true 
quadrant  elevations.  At  the  front  end  of  the  rocker  is  the  seat  for  a 
fulcrum  pin,  which  forms  the  center  of  motion  of  the  quadrant  body. 
At  the  rear  end  of  the  rocker  a  curved  arm  projects  upward  which  has 
circular  racks  cut  on  its  front  and  rear  edges.  This  curved  arm 
passes  through  a  slot  in  the  body  and  the  centers  of  the  racks  coincide 
with  its  center  of  motion. 

The  body,  as  stated  above,  is  pivoted  on  the  rocker.  Its  rear  end 
affords  a  housing  for  the  scroll  gear  and  a  seat  for  the  range  disk. 
The  scroll  gear  meshes  with  the  rear  circular  rack  of  the  rocker.  The 


PLATE  XXXIII. 


n 


"•» . 


165 

scroll  gear  is  actuated  by  a  knurled  handwheel,  which  projects 
upward  and  to  the  rear.  Turning  the  handwheel  rotates  the  body 
on  its  fulcrum  pin,  moving  its  rear  end  up  or  down  on  the  curved  arm 
of  the  rocker.  The  scroll  gear  is  pressed  against  its  rack  by  a  spring ; 
large  changes  of  position  of  the  quadrant  body  may  be  made  by 
pulling  the  handwheel  out  to  disengage  the  scroll  gear  from  the  rack 
and  then  moving  the  body  by  hand  to  the  desired  position. 

The  range  disk  is  assembled  on  a  steel  shaft  seated  in  the  quadrant 
body ;  this  shaft  carries  a  pinion  which  meshes  with  the  front  circular 
rack  on  the  curved  arm  of  the  quadrant  rocker.  The  range  disk  is 
held  between  the  inner  and  outer  friction  disks.  The  outer  friction 
disk  on  quadrants  is  split  radially  and  has  a  serrated  edge.  This 
combined  with  the  slight  spring  allowed  in  the  outer  friction  disk 
forms  an  adjustable  yet  secure  lock  for  the  range  disk.  A  nut  screwed 
on  the  pinion  shaft  clamps  the  disks  in  position,  and  a  lock  screw  in 
the  end  of  the  pinion  shaft  prevents  the  nut  from  unscrewing.  The 
inner  friction  disk  is  connected  to  the  pinion  shaft  by  lugs  projecting 
into  the  pinion  shaft  collar.  A  spiral  spring,  the  tension  of  which 
serves  to  take  up  any  lost  motion  in  the  arrangement,  is  connected 
at  its  outer  end  to  the  inner  friction  disk  by  a  pin.  It  is  wound  around 
the  hub  of  the  body  and  secured  to  the  hub  in  a  slot  cut  to  receive  it. 

The  face  of  the  range  disk,  which  is  visible  on  the  right  side  of  the 
quadrant,  is  graduated  to  6,500  yards  for  model  of  1902,  and  8,000 
yards  for  model  of  1916.  The  caliber  of  gun  for  which  the  range 
disk  is  made  is  engraved  on  the  face  of  the  disk. 

The  least  division  is  50  yards,  and  the  scale  is  dimensioned  at  each 
500  yards.  Divisions  smaller  than  50  yards  may  be  readily  made 
with  the  eye.  The  range  disk  is  always  in  gear  through  the  pinion 
?haft  with  the  rack  on  the  curved  arm  of  the  rocker,  and  any  change 
in  position  of  the  quadrant  body  with  reference  to  the  rocker  is 
registered  by  the  disk. 

The  elevation  level  holder  is  seated  on  the  forward  part  of  the 
body,  with  its  front  end  pivoted  on  the  fulcrum  pin  of  the  latter. 
Its  rear  end  is  finished  with  a  segment  of  a  worm  wheel,  cut  with  the 
fulcrum  axis  as  a  center,  which  meshes  with  a  vertical  micrometer 
screw  seated  in  the  body.  The  amount  of  the  relative  motion  of  the 
elevation  level  holder  and  body  is  measured  by  a  level  scale,  consist- 
ing of  an  ordinary  circular  scale  dovetailed  in  the  body  with  the  level 
index  on  the  elevation  level  holder  supplemented  by  a  level  microme- 
ter disk  on  the  upper  end  of  the  micrometer  screw.  The  level  scale 
is  graduated  in  sixty-fourths  of  the  circumference,  and  one  complete 
turn  of  the  screw  moves  the  level  holder  through  one  of  these  divi- 
sions. The  level  micrometer  disk  on  the  head  of  the  micrometer 
screw  has  100  divisions,  so  that  one  of  these  divisions  corresponds  to 
one  mil.  The  divisions  of  the  level  scale  are  marked  2,  3.  4,  and  5, 


166 

and  in  connection  with  the  level  micrometer  disk  are  read  200,  300, 
etc.,  plus  the  indication  of  the  latter.  The  3  or  300  mark  corresponds 
to  the  mean  or  zero  position  of  the  elevation  level  holder.  The  level 
holder  is  fitted  with  two  spirit  levels  of  a  sensitiveness  of  0.1  inch, 
which  equals  five  minutes  of  arc.  The  longitudinal  or  range  level  is 
located  so  that  its  axis  is  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  gun  when  the  level 
scale  is  set  at  3  and  range  disk  at  zero. 

The  axis  of  the  transverse  or  cross  level  is  perpendicular  to  that 
of  the  range  level  and  also  to  the  plane  of  motion  of  the  quadrant 
body.  The  cross  level  in  connection  with  the  leveling  screw  enables 
the  rocker  and  body  to  be  kept  vertical.  The  range  level  in  connec- 
tion with  the  elevation-level  holder  and  its  level  screw  is  used  as  a 
clinometer  to  correct  the  range-disk  readings  for  angle  of  site ;  in  con- 
nection with  the  body  it  is  used  as  the  range  quadrant  level.  For 
purposes  of  reference,  these  levels  are  designated  as  the  cross  level 
and  the  range  level,  and  their  respective  screws  as  the  leveling  screw 
and  micrometer  screw;  the  scale  pertaining  to  the  latter  screw  is 
called  the  level  micrometer  disk.  The  range  level  is  also  referred  to 
at  times  as  the  quadrant  or  angle  of  site  level. 

USE    OF    SIGHTS    AND    QUADRANTS. 

By  construction  and  method  of  mounting  with  longitudinal  and 
cross  levels  on  the  rear  sight,  the  panoramic  sight  forms  a  horizontal 
angle  measuring  instrument.  These  angles  are  read  directly  from  the 
deflection  scale  of  the  sight  in  units,  mils,  equivalent  to  -g-^nnr  of  a  com- 
plete circle,  or  360°. 

USE  OF  THE  PANORAMIC  SIGHTS,  MODELS  OF   1904  AND  1915. 

For  direct  aiming. — Set  the  rear  sight  at  the  required  elevation  and 
correct  for  difference  of  level  of  wheels;  set  off  the  desired  deflection 
on  the  azimuth  circle  of  the  panoramic  sight ;  bring  the  crosslines  of 
the  sight  upon  the  target  by  means  of  the  elevating  and  traversing 
devices  of  the  carriage.  For  imparting  the  approximate  initial  direc- 
tion the  line  sight  may  be  used  with  advantage. 

In  using  the  model  of  1915  sight  for  direct  fire,  care  must  be  taken 
that  the  rotating  head  be  set  at  300  mils  and  the  de-flection  mecha- 
nism at  0. 

For  indirect  aiming. — Set  the  rear  sight  at  the  required  elevation 
and  make  correction  for  difference  of  level  of  wheels,;  set  the  azimuth 
circle  of  the  panoramic  sight  at  the  deflection  ordered.  Lay  the  gun 
for  deflection  by  directing  the  vertical  line  of  the  panoramic  sight  at 
the  auxiliary  aiming  point,  the  elevation  of  the  gun  being  given  by 
using  the  range  quadrant.  The  angle  of  deflection  to  be  set  off  on 
the  azimuth  circle  of  the  panoramic  sight  is  the  same  as  the  angle 


167 

made  by  joining  the  target  and  the  auxiliary  aiming  point  with  the 
sight. 

For  measuring  ranges. — Distances  or  ranges  may  be  roughly  cal- 
culated from  readings  made  by  two  panoramic  sights  mounted  on 
their  guns,  as  follows : 

Direct  the  guns  on  the  target ;  then  sight  the  panoramic  sights  on 
each  other.  The  angle  at  the  target  subtended  by  the  line  connecting 
the  two  guns  is  then  3,200  mils  minus  the  sum  of  the  actual  angles  in 
mils  measured  at  the  guns. 

If  B  is  the  distance  between  the  guns  in  yards,  then  range  equals. 
B  multiplied  by  1,000  divided  by  the  number  of  mils  in  the  angle  at 
the  target. 

The  accuracy  of  this  method  increases  as  B  becomes  smaller  so. 
long  as  the  instruments  can  be  read  correctly. 

USE  OF  THE  RANGE   QUADRANT. 

To  give  quadrant  elevations  with  the  range  guadrant. — Set  the- 
range  disk  for  the  desired  range  by  turning  the  scroll  gear  handle,, 
and  correct  for  difference  in  level  of  wheels;  correct  for  angle  of 
site  on  the  scale  of  the  elevation-level  holder ;  bring  the  bubble  of  the 
range  level  to  the  center  by  elevating  or  depressing  the  gun.  The  gun 
will  then  have  the  elevation  (corrected  for  angle  of  site)  correspond- 
ing to  the  range. 

CARE  OF  SIGHTS  AND  QUADRANTS. 

Whenever  convenient,  and  especially  when  in  garrison  and  not  ini 
use,  the  front  and  rear  sights  with  the  range  quadrants  and  pano- 
ramic sights  should  be  removed  from  the  carriages  and  kept  in 
some  dry  place,  as  in  the  barracks'  storeroom  or  office. 

CARE  OF  THE  FRONT  AND  REAR   SIGHTS. 

For  traveling  the  front  sight  is  covered  by  the  duck  cover  supplied 
for  the  purpose ;  and  by  means  of  the  spring  catch  at  the  base  of  the 
bracket,  it  is  turned  105°  from  its  firing  position  to  the  rear  and 
locked  to  the  front-sight  bracket  support.  The  shank  is  withdrawn 
from  the  shank  socket,  covered  with  the  covet  for  shank  and  placed 
in  the  sight  box  provided  for  it  in  the  trail  of  the  carriage.  A  duck 
cover,  called  the  cover  for  rear-sight  bracket,  is  provided  to  protect 
the  surfaces  of  the  shank  socket  and  should  be  slipped  over  the  shank 
socket  when  the  shank  is  removed. 

All  parts  of  the  shanks  and  shank  sockets  should  be  kept  clean,, 
free  from  rust,  and  lightly  oiled.  When  stored  or  not  used  for  short 
periods,  they  should  be  thoroughly  cleaned  and  well  coated  with 
light  slushing  oil.  Should  any  part  become  rusted,  it  should  be 


168 

carefully  cleaned  by  softening  the  rust  with  coal  oil  and  rubbing 
with  a  soft  pine  stick. 

In  handling  all  parts  of  the  sights  care  must  be  exercised  to  avoid 
injuring  them  by  dropping,  striking  them  upon  or  with  other  parts, 
etc.  The  front-sight  bracket  must  not  be  used  by  the  cannoneers  as 
a  handle  to  assist  in  mounting  upon  or  dismounting  from  the  axle 
seat  or  otherwise. 

To  clean  the  joint  between  the  rear-sight  bracket  and  the  shank 
socket,  drive  out  the  taper  pin  from  the  end  of  the  leveling  screw  and 
remove  the  leveling  screw.  Disassemble  the  shank  socket  from  the 
rear-sight  bracked,  clean  all  parts,  and  oil  them  with  sperm  oil. 
Assemble  in  the  reverse  order. 

Oil  the  leveling  screw  from  time  to  time  through  the  oil  hole  pro- 
vided in  the  rear-sight  bracket. 

For  instructions  for  the  replacement  of  level  vials  see  instructions 
given  under  the  heading  "  Care  of  the  range  quadrant." 

CARE  OF  THE  PANORAMIC  SIGHT,  MODELS  OF   1904  AND    1015. 

These  sights  are  delicate  instruments  and  must  not  be  subjected  to 
any  rough  usage,  jars,  or  strains.  In  firing  they  remain  in  position 
on  the  carriage;  in  the  field,  when  not  in  use,  they  are  kept  in  the 
padded  leather  cases  prepared  for  them  on  the  rear  of  the  main 
shield. 

To  obtain  satisfactory  vision,  the  glasses  must  be  perfectly  clean 
and  dry.  The  T  lug  on  the  sight  and  the  slot  forming  its  seat  should 
be  kept  lightly  oiled  as  a  preventive  of  rust.  The  worm  and  worm 
rack  should  be  oiled  with  vaseline.  When  dust  accumulates  on  the 
pointers  it  should  be  removed  by  a  fine  camel's-hair  brush  in  the 
hands  of  an  experienced  person. 

To  disassemble  the  worm  mechanism  of  the  model  of  1904  sight  for 
cleaning,  throw  out  the  worm-box  eccentric  lever,  disengaging  the 
worm  from  the  worm  gear  of  the  azimuth  circle.  Insert  a  pin  in  the 
radial  hole  in  the  spring-box  pin.  Throw. the  worm-box  eccentric 
lever  back  and  engage  the  worm  .in  the  azimuth  circle.  Push  the 
spring  box  toward  the  worm  knob  about  three-eighths  inch  and  then 
lift  it  straight  out.  Take  out  the  eccentric-lever  stud  and  remove  the 
worm-bcx  eccentric  lever.  Pull  out  the  dowel  '.  the  worm-box  pin 
with  a  pair  of  .pliers  and  drive  out  the  worm-box  pin.  Then  pull  out 
the  worm  box  and  worm  complete.  The  worm  may  be  cleaned 
without  further  disassembling.  Assemble  in  reverse  order. 

The  teeth  of  the  worm  wheel  may  be  cleaned  without  disassembling 
the  hood. 

To  clean  the  rotating-head  window  and  the  front  face  of  the 
rotating-head  prism,  unscrew  the  window  cell  in  the  rotating  head. 
Do  not  remove  the  rotating-head  window  from  the  window  cell. 


169 

To  clean  the  reticule  and  eyepiece  lenses,  remove  the  screw  holding 
the  eyepiece  to  the  eyepiece  elbow  and  unscrew  the  eyepiece.  To 
disassemble  the  lenses,  remove  the  set  screw  on  the  underside  of  the 
eyepiece  and  unscrew  the  eye-lens  cell.  The  field  lens  is  held  in 
place  by  a  retaining  spring,  both  of  which  may  drop  out  as  soon  as 
the  eye-lens  cell  is  disassembled. 

In  assembling  note  that  the  flat  surface  of  the  field  lens  of  the 
eyepiece  is  placed  next  to  the  reticule.  Do  not  remove  or  change 
the  adjustment  of  the  reticule.  Its  rear  surface  may  be  cleaned  with 
a  camel's-hair  brush  after  the  eyepiece  has  been  removed. 

In  panoramic  sights  of  serial  numbers  after  No.  752  the  exposed 
optical  elements  and  all  nonmoving  joints  are  sealed  and  no  attempt 
should  be  made  to  remove  them. 

For  serial  numbers  873  and  up.  the  slight  change  in  the  appearance 
and  construction  of  the  elbow  and  rotating  head  is  made  for  the 
purpose  of  making  these  parts  dust  and  moisture  proof. 

CARE  OF  THE  RANGE  QUADRANT. 

The  directions  for  the  care  of  the  range  quadrant  are  practically 
the  same  as  those  for  the  care  of  the  different  sights.  The  parts 
should  be  kept  clean,  free  from  rust^  and  bearings  lightly  oiled. 
When  stored  they  should  be  coated  with  light  slushing  oil. 

To  clean  the  micrometer  screw,  remove  the  screw  in  the  center  of 
the  micrometer  dial,  turn  the  micrometer  screw  until  the  dial  is 
forced  off;  drive  (away  from  gun)  the  taper  pin  holding  the  screw 
bushing.  Pull  out  the  screw  bushing,  clean,  oil  with  a  heavy  oil. 
and  assemble  in  the  reverse  order  and  adjust. 

Extra  glass  level  vials  assembled  in  brass  tubes,  to  replace  broken 
vials  in  sights  and  range  quadrants,  except  for  the  range  levels  of 
quadrants,  will  be  issued  on  requisition.  In  case  the  range  level  of 
the  range  quadrant  requires  replacement  the  range  quadrant  will 
be  turned  in  to  an  arsenal  designated  by  the  armament  officer. 

Only  ordinary  tools,  such  as  a  hammer  and  a  punch  or  a  piece  of 
wire,  are  required  for  the  removal  of  pins  from  level  caps  in  order  to 
replace  vials.  All  pins  on  level  caps  are  driven  in  toward  the  center 
of  the  instrument.  They  should  be  driven  out  in  the  opposite  direc- 
tion. Four  adjusting  screws  in  the  vial  tubes  are  used  for  adjusting 
the  tubes  in  their  holders. 

ADJUSTMENT   OF   SIGHTS  AND    QUADRANT. 

The  sights  are  correctly  adjusted  when,  at  zero  elevation  and  de- 
flection, the  line  of  sight  is  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  bore. 

The  range  quadrant  is  correctly  adjusted  when,  with  the  range 
disk  set  at  zero,  level  scale  set  at  300,  and  axis  of  gun  horizontal  and 
corrected  for  difference  of  level  of  wheels,  the  level  bubble  of  the 


170 

range  level  stands  in  the  center  of  its  vial.  In  adjusting  sights,  the 
panoramic  sight  should  first  be  corrected.  If  the  rear  sight  is  ad- 
justed first,  it  will  require  readjustment  if  the  subsequent  adjustment 
of  the  panoramic  sight  causes  a  change  in  position  of  the  rear:sight 
range  strip. 

TO   ADJUST   THE   PANORAMIC    SIGHT,    MODEL   OF    1904. 

Direct  the  panoramic  sight  by  means  of  the  worm  knob  and  scroll 
gear  handle  until  its  line  of  sight  is  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  bore. 
The  method  of  determining  when  this  condition  of  parallelism  exists 
is  described  hereafter.  Without  disturbing  the  direction  of  this  line 
of  sight,  move  the  worm  index  of  panoramic  sight  and  the  range 
strip  of  the  rear  sight  until  the  zero  marks  come  opposite  their 
respective  indices.  The  worm  index  may  be  moved  after  loosening 
the  nut  on  the  end  of  the  worm.  This  nut  may  be  loosened  by  the 
combined  teat  wrench  and  screw  driver  issued  for  the  purpose.  If 
the  worm  index  can  not  be  readily  removed,  grasp  the  sight  by  the 
worm  index,  release  the  worm  from  the  worm  gear  of  the  azimuth 
circle,  and  gently  tap  the  exposed  end  of  the  worm  with  a  small  piece 
of  wood  or  soft  metal. 

To  locate  the  index  of  the  panoramic  sight  opposite  the  zero  of  the 
scale,  loosen  the  four  screws  that  hold  the  movable  index  cover  in 
place  and  move  this  cover  until  the  index  is  properly  located;  then 
tighten  the  screws.  Movement  of  the  range  strip  of  the  rear  sight  is 
made  possible  by  a  dovetail  slot  in  the  shank  in  which  the  range-strip 
screw  can  be  moved  when  the  nut  has  been  loosened. 

TO  ADJUST  THE  PANORAMIC   SIGHT,   MODEL  OF    1915. 

Should  backlash  or  lost  motion  appear  lengthwise  within  the  eleva- 
tion device,  it  can  be  removed  by  loosening  the  elevation-worm 
retaining-nut  screw,  setting  up  on  the  elevation-worm  retaining  nut 
and  then  tightening  up  on  the  elevation- worm  retaining-nut  screw. 
To  remove  backlash  between  the  threads  of  the  elevation  worm  and 
worm  teeth  of  the  elevation  segment,  loosen  the  bushing  clamp  plug 
screw  which  releases  the  elevation-worm  bushing-clamp  plug,  and 
then  turning  the  elevation  bushing,  in  which  the  elevation  worm  is 
eccentrically  mounted,  so  as  to  bring  the  elevation  worm  closer  in 
contact  with  the  worm  teeth  of  the  elevation  segment.  The  elevation- 
worm  adjusting  clamp  plug  must  be  firmly  clamped  after  adjusting 
by  tightening  up  on  the  bushing  clamp  plug  screw  to  secure  the 
elevation-worm  bushing  against  rotation.  After  adjusting,  should 
(he  zero,  upon  the  elevation-worm  micrometer  head  not  coincide  with 
its  index  when  the  elevation  index  coincides  with  the  graduations  of 
the  scale  upon  the  rear  face  of  the  rotating  head,  it  can  easily  be 
remedied  by  the  loosening  up  on  the  locking  screw  and  turning  the 


171 

elevation- worm  micrometer  head  until  the  zero  just  coincides  with 
its  index,  after  which  it  must  be  firmly  secured  by  tightening  up  on 
the  locking  screw. 

Backlash  between  the  threads  of  the  azimuth  worm  and  the  worm 
teeth  of  the  azimuth  worm  wheel  is  taken  up  by  the  bushing  spring. 
The  four  elongated  holes  in  the  azimuth  scale  afford  means  for 
adjusting  when  its  zero  does  not  coincide  with  the  arrowhead  upon 
the  azimuth  index  when  the  zero  of  the  deflection  scale,  upon  the  rear 
of  the  azimuth  worm-wheel  cover,  coincides  with  arrowhead  upon 
the  deflection  index.  After  this  adjustment  is  made  the  azimuth 
micrometer  should  be  inspected  similar  to  that  of  the  elevation-worm 
micrometer  head. 

Backlash,  that  appears  between  the  threads  of  the  deflection  worm 
and  the  worm  teeth  of  the  deflection  worm  wheel  and  support  ring, 
can  readily  be  removed  when  the  method  of  adjusting  similar  to  that 
of  the  elevation  device  is  followed  out. 

TO  ADJUST  THE  FRONT  AND  REAR  SIGHTS. 

Set  the  range  strips  at  zero  elevation  and  move  the  peep  sight  and 
the  front  sight  until  the  line  of  sight  is  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the 
bore.  The  method  of  determining  when  this  condition  of  parallelism 
exists  is  given  below.  Now  shift  the  deflection  scale  on,  the  rear 
sight,  after  loosening  the  two  screws,  until  its  zero  is  opposite  the 
index  on  the  peep  sight. 

Movement  of  the  front  sight  is  accomplished  by  turning  the  front- 
sight  bracket  sleeve,  after  first  removing  the  split  pins. 

TO    ADJUST    THE    RANGE    QUADRANT. 

Elevate  or  depress  gun  until  its  axis  is  horizontal,  correct  for  dif- 
ference of  level  of  wheels,  set  the  level  scale  of  the  quadrant  at  300, 
then  turn  the  scroll  gear  handle  until  the  range-level  bubble  is  cen- 
tered. Now  turn  the  range  disk  of  the  quadrant  until  its  zero  coin- 
cides with  the  range  index.  The  range  disk  is  held  between  two 
friction  disks  secured  by  a  nut  and  lock  screw  and  it  is  only  necessary 
to  unscrew  these  to  release  the  disk  and  correct  its  position.  To  test 
the  horizontality  of  the  gun  use  the  testing  level  issued  for  that  pur- 
pose. This  level  has  two  arms  perpendicular  to  each  other,  and  a 
level  vial  is  inserted  in  each  arm.  As  the  faces  of  the  breech  and  the 
muzzle  are  perpendicular  to  the  axis  of  the  bore,  the  horizontality  of 
the  axis  of  the  bore  may  be  determined  by  placing  one  of  the  arms 
of  the  testing  level  against  the  face  of  the  breech  or  muzzle  and 
elevating  or  depressing  the  gun  until  the  bubble  in  the  level  of  the 
other  arm  is  in  the  center.  Then  apply  the  other  arm  to  the  same 
face  and  the  bubble  in  the  first  arm  should  also  be  in  the  center  of  its 
vial.  If  not,  the  testing  level  requires  adjustment. 


172 


VERIFICATION    OF    PARALLELISM    OF    LINES    OF    SIGHT    AND    AXIS    OF    BORE. 

The  adjustment  of  the  sights  and  range  quadrant  is  of  such  impor- 
tance and  should  be  verified  so  frequently  that  battery  commanders 
will  find  it  advantageous  to  make  permanent  arrangements  for  such 
verification.  The  leveled  supports  constituting  the  carriage  emplace- 
ment should  preferably  be  of  stone.  The  site  of  the  target  (fig.  1) 
should  be  prepared,  and  the  exact  locations  of  the  target  and  hori- 
zontal reference  points  permanent!}7  marked.  If  these  arrangements 
are  properly  made,  subsequent  verifications  of  sights  and  range 
quadrants  will  become  a  simple  matter. 


nsunct 

A  target  of  dimensions  given  in  figure  1  is  placed  in  a  vertical  posi- 
tion perpendicular  to  the  line  of  sight,  at  such  a  height  that  the  point 
"  bore  "  is  at  the  same  height  as  the  axis  of  the  bore  of  the  gun.  The 
verticality  of  the  target  is  assured  by  a  plumb  line  attached  at  A, 
coinciding  with  the  vertical  line  AB. 

The  carriage  is  placed  with  the  wheels  and  trail  resting  upon  solid 
supports  of  wood  or  stone,  the  surfaces  of  which  have  been  carefully 
leveled  so  as  to  bring  the  axle  axis  horizontal.  Now  direct  the  gun 
so  that  the  prolongation  of  the  axis  of  the  bore,  as  determined  by  the 


173 

bore  sights,  pierces  the  target  at  the  proper  point;  the  lines  of  sight 
of  the  open  and  panoramic  sights  are  then  adjusted  in  direction  by 
the  means  explained  above  until  they  pierce  the  targets  in  the  points 
marked,  respectively,  "  open  "  and  "  panoramic." 

The  axis  of  the  bore  is  determined  and  prolonged  by  means  of  bore 
sights.  In  the  absence  of  such  means  a  breech-bore  sight  may  be 
made  from  an  empty  cartridge  case  from  which  the  primer  has  been 
removed ;  a  piece  of  paper  should  be  pasted  over  the  primer  seat  and 
a  .pinhole  made  in  its  exact  center  to  serve  as  a  peep  sight.  If  the 
cartridge  case  does  not  completely  fill  the  bore  it  should  be  shimmed 
all  around  with  tissue  paper  until  it  does  so.  For  a  muzzle-bore 
sight  use  should  be  made  of  the  traces  of  the  horizontal  and  vertical 
planes  containing  the  axis  of  the  bore,  which  are  marked  on  the 
muzzle  of  the  gun.  Fine  threads  or  hairs  stretched  across  the  muzzle 
to  coincide  with  these  lines  form  a  good  bore  sight,  and  the  ends  of 
such  threads  may  be  conveniently  fastened  to  a  cloth  strap  buckled 
around  the  muzzle  of  the  gun. 

In  the  field,  where  from  lack  of  time  or  proper  facilities  the  method 
just  given  can  not  be  followed,  the  adjustment  of  the  sights  may  be 
verified  by  bringing  the  lines  of  sight  at  zero  elevation  and  deflection 
to  bear  upon  some  sharply  defined  point  of  a  distant  object.  At  such 
a  range  (for  instance,  2,000  yards  or  more)  the  parallax  may  be 
neglected,  and  if  the  sights  are  correctly  adjusted  the  lines  of  sight 
and  the  prolongation  of  the  axis  of  the  bore  will  sensibly  pass 
through  the  selected  aiming  point. 

ADDITIONAL  TESTS. 

After  the  sights  and  range  quadrant  are  adjusted  they  should  be 
subjected  to  the  following  tests  to  insure  their  accuracy  at  extremes 
of  elevation  and  azimuth : 

(a)  With  carriage  level  and  gun  and  sights  at  zero  elevation  and 
deflection,  the  lines  of  sight  and  axis  of  bore  prolonged  pierce  the 
target  (fig.  1)  in  the  proper  points. 

(&)  The  gun  is  then  moved  to  its  maximum  elevation;  as  the  sight 
elevation  is  altered,  the  lines  of  sight  should  follow  the  vertical  lines 
through  the  same  points  of  the  target  (fig.  1). 

(c)  With  conditions  as  in  (<z),  the  gun  is  moved  upon  the  carriage 
to  its  extreme  positions  in  azimuth ;  as  the  sight  deflections  are  now 
altered,  the  lines  of  sight  should  follow  the  horizontal  lines  through 
the  same  points  on  the  target  (fig.  1). 

(d)  With  conditions  as  in  (&),  the  range-quadrant  disk  registers  0. 
As  the  gun  is  elevated  and  the  sight  elevation  changed  to  bring  the 
line  of  sight  to  bear  upon  the  proper  point  of  the  target  (fig.  1),  the 
readings  of  the  range  disk,  quadrant  leveled,  should  agree  at  all 
ranges  with  those  of  the  elevation  scale  of  the  sight. 


174 

By  construction  and  assemblage  the  sights,  if  correctly  adjusted, 
should  fulfill  the  above  conditions  with  substantial  accuracy.  If  error 
be  noted,  a  report  of  the  facts  of  the  case  with  the  cause,  if  known, 
should  be  made  to  the  ordnance  officer  charged  with  the  repair  of 
the  materiel  for  his  information  and  action. 

SPARE  SIGHTS  AND  QUADRANT. 

To  each  battery  is  issued  one  set  of  spare  sights,  consisting  of  one 
front  sight  complete,  one  rear  sight  complete,  one  panoramic  sight, 
and  one  range  quadrant.  These  parts  are  carried  in  a  special  pack- 
ing chest  in  the  battery  wagon.  One  set  of  bore  sights  (consisting 
of  one  breech  and  one  muzzle  bore  sight)  and  one  level  for  use  in 
adjusting  sights,  etc.,  are  also  issued  to  each  battery. 

ADJUSTING  INSTRUMENTS. 

A  complete  detailed  description  of  the  method  of  disassembling 
and  adjusting  the  different  instruments  is  given  in  Ordnance  Office 
Pamphlet  No.  1795,  Instructions  for  the  Care,  Preservation,  Repair, 
and  Adjustment  of  Instruments  for  the  Fire-Control  Systems  for 
Coast  and  Field  Artillery.  Attention  is  invited  to  General  Orders 
No.  47,  War  Department,  March  24,  1905,  with  reference  to  the  care 
and  repair  of  panoramic  sights.  No  disassembling  of  instruments 
except  as  prescribed  herein  will  be  permitted.  The  disassembling 
of  telescopic  instruments  allowed  herein  must  be  done  only  in  the 
presence  of  a  commissioned  officer.  Disassembling  as  permitted  in 
Pamphlet  1795  must  be  done  only  by  officers  or  employees  of  the 
Ordnance  Department. 

ACCURACY  OF  FIRE. 

The  two  essentials  for  good  shooting  are  good  materiel  and  skillful 
personnel.  There  is  practically  no  limit  to  improvement  in  personnel, 
which  may  be  accomplished  by  careful  training.  Improvements  in 
materiel  are  the  subject  of  constant  investigation. 

CAUSES  OF  INACCURACY. 

The  chief  causes  of  unavoidable  inaccuracy  are — 

(a)  Variations  in  the  action  of  the  gun  and  mount  and  in  the 
ammunition. 

(b)  Variations  in  the  atmospheric  conditions,  the  effects  of  which 
can  not  be  determined  accurately. 

INACCURACIES  FOR  PERCUSSION  FIRE. 

Variations  in  the  action  of  the  gun  and  mount  cause  a  variable 
"  jump,"  which  alters  the  angle  of  departure. 


175 


Variations  in  the  powder  charges  and  projectiles  cause  variations 
in  the  initial  velocities,  and  the  flight  of  the  projectile  is  further 
influenced  by  the  variations  in  the  atmospheric  conditions. 

INACCURACIES  FOR  TIME  FIRE. 

In  addition  to  the  above  causes  for  inaccuracy  for  percussion  fire, 
the  principal  causes  for  inaccuracy  of  time  fire  are  variations  in  the 
action  of  the  fuze,  which  arise  from  variations  in — 

(a)  Time  of  ignition  of  time  train. 

(b)  Rate  of  burning  of  the  time  train. 

(c)  Time  of  transmission  of  the  flame  from  the  time  train  to  the 
base  charge. 

RANGE  ERRORS. 

We  are  principally  concerned  with  the  inaccuracies  in  range,  since 
those  in  the  lateral  direction,  due  to  materiel,  are  so  small  as  to  be 
negligible.  However,  the  latter  are  given  also. 

From  firings  conducted  with  each  type  of  gun  and  ammunition, 
from  which  the  errors  of  personnel  have  been  eliminated  as  far  as 
practicable,  range  tables  are  compiled,  and  a  measure  of  the  accuracy 
is  obtained  in  the  following  manner : 

From  the  ranges  and  deviations  obtained  at  each  elevation  the 
mean  values  are  computed.  The  difference  of  each  round  from  the 
mean  value  gives  the  error,  and  the  mean  of  the  errors  affords  a 
measure  of  the  accuracy. 

The  following  table  illustrates  this  method : 


No.  of  rounds. 

Range. 

Variation 
from  mean. 

Deviation 
right,  drift. 

Variation 
from  mean. 

1... 

Yards. 
5  973  6 

Yards. 
26  4 

Yards. 
62  4 

Yards. 
7  1 

2  

5  978  0 

22  0 

58  7 

3  4 

3... 

6'o26  0 

26  0 

53  1 

2  2 

4  

5  956  6 

43  4 

48  0 

7  3 

5  

6  053  6 

53  6 

49  2 

6  1 

6  

6'  012  2 

12  2 

60  4 

5  1 

Mean  . 

36,  000.  0 
6  000  0 

183.6 
30  6 

331.8 
55  3 

31.2 
5  2 

The  second  column  in  the  above  table  gives  the  actual  ranges. 
The  mean  range  is  obtained  by  adding  all  together  and  dividing  by 
6,  since  6  rounds  are  considered. 

The  third  column  contains  the  error  or  difference  of  each  round, 
irrespective  of  sign,  from  the  mean  range  just  found.  The  mean 
of  these  differences  is  then  obtained  and  called  the  mean  error  in 
range.  Evidently,  if  all  the  projectiles  fall  nearly  at  the  same  range 
this  mean  error  will  be  small. 
102614—17 15 


176 

The  fourth  column  gives  the  lateral  deviation  from  the  direction 
in  which  the  axis  of  the  bore  points  before  the  piece  is  fired.  The 
mean  deviation  is  at  the  bottom  of  this  column. 

The  fifth  column  gives  the  differences  from  this  mean,  with  a  mean 
at  the  bottom  called  the  mean  error  in  deviation  or  mean  lateral 
error. 

Collecting  the  results  from  the  table,  we  have : 

Yards. 

Mean  range : - —  6,  000 

Mean  longitudinal  error 30.  6 

Mean  deviation  right 55.  3 

Mean  lateral  error 5.  2 

When  the  position  of  the  center  of  impact  on  the  horizontal  plane 
is  known,  figure  2  shows  how  the  magnitude  of  the  angle  of  fall  deter- 
mines the  position  of  the  center  of  impact  on  a  vertical  target.  Thus, 


FlGDRB   2. 

if  to  be  the  angle  of  fall,  and  if  the  horizontal  target  is  struck  at  a 
distance  I  from  the  vertical  one,  the  latter  will  be  struck  at  a  height 
which  equals  I  tan  CD. 

The  angle  of  fall  of  the  3-inch  shrapnel  at  6,000  yards  is  known  to 
be  23°  40'. 9  and  the  mean  range  error  of  the  point  of  burst  of  a 
series  of  rounds  is  30.6  yards  for  the  same  range,  then  the 

Mean  vertical  error=30.6  tan  23°  40'.9. 
=13.4  yards. 

Vertical  targets  are  employed  at  the  shorter  ranges,  because  they 
may  then  be  of  moderate  size,  and  errors  due  to  inequalities  of  the 
ground  are  eliminated,  but  at  long  ranges  targets  can  not  generally 
be  made  large  enough  to  catch  all  the  rounds. 


FIGURE  3. 

The  center  of  impact  on  a  horizontal  target  is  the  intersection  of 
the  lines  of  mean  range  and  mean  lateral  deviation,  and  on  a  vertical 
target  it  is  the  intersection  of  the  lines  of  mean  vertical  and  mean 
lateral  deviation. 

The  mean  trajectory  is  that  which  passes  through  the  center  of 
impact. 


177 

In  figure  3  the  central  white  line  represents  the  mean  trajectory, 
the  dark  band  is  that  in  which  50  per  cent  of  the  trajectories  lie ;  the 
shaded  band  is  that  which  contains  75  per  cent,  while  the  outer  band 
contains  the  remainder.  The  width  of  these  bands  is  exaggerated 
in  figure  3  for  the  sake  of  showing  them  clearly. 

PROBABLE  ZONES. 

It  can  be  shown  by  the  theory  of  probabilities  that  if  each  of  the 
three  mean  errors  is  multiplied  by  the  factor  1.69,  the  widths  of 

DEVIATION. 
«Sv 


O 


FIGURE  4. — Showing  50  per  cent  zone  for  deviation. 

zones  (of  infinite  length)  which  will  contain  50  per  cent  of  the  hits 
are  obtained. 

The  mean  range  error  X  1-69  gives  the  width  of  the  50  per  cent 
zone  for  range;  the  mean  lateral  error  X  1-69  gives  the  width  of  the 
50  per  cent  zone  for  deviation ;  the  mean  vertical  error  X  1-69  gives 
the  width  of  the  50  per  cent  zone  for  height. 

Thus,  if  GO,  figures  4  and  5,  represents  the  direction  of  the  gun, 
and  AB  be  a  straight  line  parallel  to  it  at  a  distance  equal  to  the 
mean  lateral  deviation,  and  CD  be  a  straight  line  at  right  angles 


FIGUBE  5. — Showing  50  per  cent  zone  for  range. 

to  GO  or  AB  at  a  distance  from  the  muzzle  equal  to  the  mean 
range;  then  if  the  zone  in  figure  4  called  the  zone  for  deviation, 
and  that  in  figure  5  called  the  zone  for  range,  each  contains  50  per 
cent  of  the  hits  on  the  surface  of  the  ground,  their  widths  must 
be  1.69  times  the  mean  lateral  error  and  1.69  times  the  mean  range 
error,  respectively.  AB  and  CD  are  the  central  lines  of  these  zones. 
If  now  we  look  at  figure  6,  where  these  zones  are  superposed,  we 
see  a  rectangle  which  must  contain  50  per  cent  of  50  per  cent,  or 
25  per  cent  of  the  total  number  of  hits.  In  a  similar  manner  the 


178 


25  per  cent  rectangle  on  a  vertical  target  is  made  up  of  the  inter- 
section of  the  50  per  cent  zones  for  deviation  and  height. 

The  relative  accuracy  of  different  guns  at  different  ranges  is  esti- 
mated by  the  dimensions  of  this  rectangle,  which  is  called  the  25 
per  cent  probable  rectangle. 

At  each  range  there  is  a  horizontal  and  a  vertical  probable  rectan- 
gle, the  width  of  each  is  the  same,  as  each  has  the  same  zone  for 
deviation,  but  the  relation  of  the  length  of  one  to  the  height  of  the 
other  depends  on  the  angle  of  fall. 


.  ZONE 

RECT/1NQLZ 


FIGURE  6. — Showing  50  per  cent  zone  for  range  and  50  per  cent  zone  for  deviation  in- 
tersecting and  forming  25  per  cent  rectangle. 

TABLE  OF  PROBABILITY  FACTORS. 

The  following  table  gives  the  proportional  width  of  other  zones 
(containing  a  different  percentage  of  hits)  to  one  of  50  per  cent  as 
unity : 


Percent. 

Factor. 

Percent. 

Factor. 

Per  cent. 

Factor. 

Percent. 

Factor. 

1 

0.02 

26 

0.49 

51 

1.02 

76 

.74 

2 

.04 

27 

.51 

52 

1.04 

77 

.78 

3 

.06 

28 

.53 

53 

1.07 

78 

.82 

4 

.07 

29 

.55 

54 

1.09 

79 

.86 

5 

.09 

30 

.57 

55 

1.12 

80 

.90 

6 

.11 

31 

.59 

56 

1.14 

81 

.94 

7 

.13 

32 

.61 

57 

1.17 

82 

.98 

8 

.15 

33 

.63 

58 

1.19 

83 

2.03 

9 

.17 

34 

.65 

59 

1.22 

84 

2.08 

10 

.18 

35 

.67 

60 

1.25 

85 

2.13 

11 

.20 

36 

.70 

61 

1.27 

86 

2.18 

12 

.22 

37 

.72 

62 

1.30 

87 

2.24 

13 

i  .24 

38 

.74 

63 

1.33 

88 

2.30 

14 

.26 

39 

.76 

*4 

1.36 

89 

2.37 

15 

.28 

40 

.78 

65 

1.39 

90 

2.44 

16 

.30 

41 

.80 

66 

1.42 

91 

2.52 

17 

.32 

42 

.82 

67 

1.45 

92 

2.60 

18 

.34 

43 

84 

68 

1.48 

93 

2.69 

19 

.36 

44 

.'86 

69 

1.51 

94 

2.78 

20 

.38 

45 

.89 

70 

1.54 

95 

2.91 

21 

.40 

46 

.91 

71 

1.57 

96 

3.04 

22 

.41 

47 

.93 

72 

1.60 

97 

3.22 

23 

.43 

48 

.95 

73 

1.64 

98 

3.45 

24 

.45 

49 

.98 

74 

1.67 

99 

3.82 

25 

.47 

50 

1.00 

75 

1.71 

100 

Taking  the  width  of  a  50  per  cent  zone  as  unity ;  the  factors  in 
the  above  table  are  the  widths  of  other  zones  containing  different 
percentages.  Thus  80  per  cent  and  20  per  cent  zones  are,  respec- 
tively, 1.90  and  0.38  times  as  wide  as  the  50  per  cent  zone. 


179 

If  the  width  of  the  50  per  cent  zone  is  given  in  yards  or  feet:  the 
widths  of  other  zones  containing  different  percentages  can  be  ob- 
tained by  multiplying  by  their  corresponding  factors.  Thus  if  the 
width  of  a  50  per  cent  zone  is  3  yards,  the  widths  of  25  per  cent  and 
72  per  cent  zones  are  0.47X3=1.41  yards  and  1.60X3=4.80  yards, 
respectively. 

Conversely,  if  it  is  required  to  find  what  percentage  will  fall  in  a 
zone  of  given  width,  the  factor  must  be  obtained  by  dividing  by  the 
width  of  the  50  per  cent  zone. 

Thus  with  the  same  50  per  cent  zone  (3  yards  wide),  as  before, 
what  percentages  will  fall  in  zones  2  yards  and  6  yards  wide?  The 
factors  are  2/3=0.67  and  6/3=2.00,  and  they  correspond  to  35  per 
cent  and  82.4  per  cent,  respectively. 

DATA   FOR   3 -INCH  FIELD   GUN    SHRAPNEL. 

(Based  upon  firings  at  the  Sandy  Hook  Proving  Ground.) 

The  two  tables  following  give  data  concerning  the  accuracy  of  the 
3-inch  field  gun.  The  data  for  percussion  fire  and  for  time  fire, 
column  7  of  the  table,  are  based  upon  extensive  firings  covering  a 
considerable  period  of  time,  while  those  in  columns  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  and 
9  of  the  table  for  time  fire  are  limited  to  the  results  obtained  in  test- 
ing 18  recent  lots  of  fuzes  (18,000  fuzes).  This  accounts  for  the  ap- 
parent inconsistency  of  the  values  for  the  widths  of  the  50  per  cent 
zones  for  range  in  the  two  tables.  If  these  tables  were  based  on  fir- 
ings of  the  same  extent  of  the  same  ammunition,  the  widths  of  the 
50  per  cent  zones  for  range  to  point  of  burst  should  be  greater  than 
the  widths  of  the  50  per  cent  zones  for  range  for  the  corresponding 
range  in  percussion  fire. 

The  data  in  the  table  for  time  fire  is  probably  more  nearly  correct 
for  the  greater  amount  of  ammunition  now  in  service  than  is  the 
data  in  the  table  for  percussion  fire. 

For  the  greater  number  of  fuzes  now  in  service,  firings  indicate 
that  to  obtain  a  normal  burst  a  corrector  of  S3  should  be  used,  instead 
of  the  setting  30. 

The  curve  following  the  tables  is  for  use  in  determining  the  dis- 
tance from  the  point  of  burst  of  the  shrapnel  at  which  the  remaining 
velocity  of  the  shrapnel  balls  becomes  reduced  below  400  feet  per 
second,  or  that  required  to  disable  a  man  (400  f.  s.,  weight  of  bullet 
167  grains,  gives  58  foot-pounds,  the  energy  required  to  disable  a 
man). 


380 


VELOC/7°Y  W  SWW/VEL 


GOO  8OO 


si 

§!   * 
fc   * 

0) 


27S 
/€OO 


181 


3-inch  field  gun — Shrapnel — Percussion  fire. 


Range. 

Horizontal 
target 
(length  of 
50  per  cent 
rectangle). 

Horizontal 
and  vertical 
targets 
(width  of 
50  per  cent 
rectangles). 

Vertical 
target 
(height  of 
5"0  per  cent 
rectangle). 

Horizontal 
target 
(length  of  25 
per  cent  rec- 
tangle, width 
of  50  per  cent 
zone  for 
range). 

Horizontal 
and  vertical 
targets 
(width  of  25 
per  cent  rec- 
tangle, width 
of  50  per  cent 
zones  for 
deviation). 

Vertical 
target 
(height  of  25 
per  cent  rec- 
tangle, width 
of  50  per  cent 
zone  for 
height). 

Yards. 
0 

Yards. 
0  0 

Yards. 
0.0 

Yards. 
0.0 

Yards. 
0.0 

Yards. 
0.0 

Yards. 
0.0 

500  

12.9 

.5 

.13 

8.27 

.32 

.083 

1,000 

24.8 

.95 

.63 

15.90 

.61 

.403 

1,500... 

35.6 

1.8 

1.64 

22.82 

1.15 

1.05 

2,000  

45.4 

2.4 

3.28 

29.  10 

1.54 

2.10 

2,500 

53.9 

2.9 

5.49 

34  55 

1.86 

3.52 

3,000  

61.5 

3.96 

8.30 

39.42 

2.54 

5.32 

3,500  . 

68.6 

4.6 

11.76 

43.97 

2.95 

7.54 

4,000 

75  2 

5  3 

16  05 

48  21 

3  40 

10  29 

4,500  

81.1 

6.6 

21.16 

51.99 

4.23 

13.56 

5,000 

85.8 

8  45 

26.94 

55.00 

5.42 

17.27 

5,500  

89.5 

10.8 

33.43 

57.37 

6.92 

21.43 

6,000 

92.4 

13  7 

40.  52 

59.23 

8.78 

25.  97 

6,500 

95  1 

17  4 

48  69 

60  96 

11  15 

31  21 

7,000  

97.2 

21.9 

58.20 

62.31 

14.04 

37.31 

7,500 

99  2 

27  2 

69  30 

63  59 

17  44 

44.42 

8,000  

101.0 

33.2 

82.60 

64.74 

21.28 

52.95 

3-inch  field  gun — Shrapnel — Time  fire. 


Average 

difference 

Range. 

Average 
maximum 
dispersion 
in  range  to 
point  of 
burst. 

Average 
maximum 
dispersion 
in  height  of 
burst. 

between 
mean  ac- 
tual and 
range  table 
range  to 
point  of 
burst,  18 

Mean 
variation 
range  to 
point  of 
burst,  18 
recent  lots 
of  fuzes. 

Width  of 
50  per  cent 
zone  for 
range 
(point  of 
burst). 

Width  of 
50  per  cent 
zone  for 
deviation 
(point  of 
burst). 

Cone  of 
dispersion 
of  shrapnel 
balls 
(angle  of). 

Width  of 
50  per 
cent  zone 
for  height 
of  burst. 

recent  lots 

of  fuzes. 

Yards. 

Yards. 

Yards. 

Yards. 

Yards. 

Yards. 

Yards. 

0              , 

Yards. 

0 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

0.00 

8    41 

0.00 

500 

21.5 

.2 

.32 

9    54 

1,000 

35.0 

.9 

.61 

11    06 

1,500 

47.0 

2.2 

1.15 

12    06 

2,000 

58.0 

4.2 

-  4.3 

20.4 

34.5 

1.54 

13    02 

2.48 

2,530 

67.0 

6.8 

+  4.2 

22.0 

37.2 

1.86 

13    52 

3.80 

3,000 

76.0 

10.3 

+  13.0 

23.4 

39.5 

2.54 

14    28 

5.34 

3,500 

84.5 

14.5 

+21.0 

24.8 

41.9 

2.95 

14    54 

7.22 

4,000 

92.5 

19.7 

+28.3 

26.1 

44.1 

3.40 

15    22 

8.92 

4,500 

100.0 

26.1 

+34.7 

27.4 

46.3 

4.23 

15    48 

12.18 

5,000 

107.0 

33.6 

+40.2 

28.6 

48.3 

5.42 

16    12 

15.  09 

5,500 

113.0 

42.2 

+44.8 

29.6 

50.0 

6.92 

16    32 

18.52 

6,000 

119.5 

52.4 

+48.9 

30.6 

51.7 

8.78 

16    48 

22.67 

6,500 

125.5 

64.3 

+52.5 

31.6 

53.4 

11.15 

17    05 

28.11 

7,000 

131.0 

77.8 

+55.6 

32.6 

55.1 

14.00 

17    20 

34.44 

7,500 

136.4 

93.0 

+58.4 

33.5 

56.6 

18.00 

17    35 

43.  54 

8,000 

141.7 

110.0 

+60.9 

34.2 

57.8 

23.40 

17    50 

52.55 

GENERAL,   INFORMATION. 

PAINTING    ARTILLERY    MATERIEL. 


The  paint  issued  for  this  purpose  is  of  olive-drab  color  put  up  in 
5-pound  cans  ready  for  use;  and  is  applied  to  both  wood  and  metal 
parts.  If  the  paint  is  too  thick,  turpentine  should  be  used  as  a 
thinner,  but  not  to  greater  extent  than  2  per  cent  by  volume. 


182 

All  steel  and  iron  nonbearing  surfaces  should  be  painted,  including 
that  portion  of  the  underside  of  the  gun  between  the  clips.  Wearing 
and  bearing  surfaces,  teeth  of  gear  wheels,  elevating  screws,  piston 
rods,  cylinders,  counter-recoil  springs,  and  interior  of  cradle  should 
not  be  painted. 

All  parts  to  be  painted  should  be  free  from  dirt  or  grease.  They 
may  be  washed  in  a  liquid  made  by  dissolving  one-half  pound  sal 
soda  in  8  quarts  of  warm  water,  then  rinsed  in  clean  water,  and 
wiped  thoroughly  dry. 

Where  the  materiel  is  in  fair  condition  and  only  marred  in  spots, 
the  marred  places  should  be  primed  with  olive-drab  paint,  second 
coat,  and  permitted  to  dry.  Then  the  whole  surface  should  be  sand- 
papered with  No.  1J  sandpaper  and  a  coat  of  paint  applied  and 
allowed  to  dry  thoroughly  before  use. 

Where  the  materiel  is  in  bad  condition  all  parts  should  be  thor- 
oughly sandpapered  with  No.  2J  sandpaper,  be  given  a  coat  of  paint, 
and  be  permitted  to  dry  for  at  least  24  hours ;  then  sandpapered  with 
No.  00  sandpaper,  apply  a  finishing  coat,  and  permit  the  parts  to  dry 
thoroughly  before  use. 

In  general,  two  coats  of  paint  per  year  will  be  sufficient  to  keep 
the  materiel  in  good  condition.  After  repeated  painting  the  paint 
may  become  so  thick  as  to  scale  off  in  places  or  give  an  unsightly 
appearance.  It  may  then  be  removed  for  repainting,  as  follows : 

Dissolve  1  pound  of  concentrated  lye,  powdered  form,  in  6  pints 
of  hot  water,  and  slake  in  enough  lime  to  give  the  solution  the  con- 
sistency of  paint.  Use  the  solution  freshly  mixed  and  apply  to  the 
parts  where  paint  is  to  be  removed  with  a  brush  or  with  waste  tied 
to  the  end  of  a  stick.  When  the  solution  begins  to  dry  on  the  surface 
use  a  scraper  to  remove  the  old  paint,  and  complete  the  cleaning  of 
the  surface  with  cloth  and  water.  If  one  application  is  not  sufficient 
to  loosen  the  paint,  apply  a  second  coat.  Before  painting  wash  the 
surface  with  sal  soda  water,  rinse  with  clean  water,  and  then  wipe 
thoroughly  as  described  above. 

OILS   FOR  ARTILLERY   MATERIEL. 

For  the  service,  cleaning,  and  preservation  of  this  materiel  the 
Ordnance  Department  issues  hydroline  oil,  lubricating  oil,  clock  oil, 
sperm  oil,  coal  oil,  neat's-foot  oil,  and  light  slushing  oil.  Each  of 
these  oils  is  suited  for  the  particular  purpose  for  which  it  is  issued, 
as  stated  below,  and  care  should  be  taken  that  it  is  not  used  for  other 
purposes. 

The  hydroline  oil  is  for  use  in  the  recoil  cylinders  of  the  carriages 
and  for  no  other  purpose. 

The  lubricating  oil  will  be  used  exclusively  in  all  oil  holes  of  the 
materiel  and  in  lubricating  such  parts  as  wheels  and  axles,  gun  and 


183 

cradle  slides,  pintle  socket,  elevating  and  traversing  mechanisms, 
exterior  of  cylinders,  brake  bearings,  hinges,  different  surfaces  of 
breechblocks,  threads  of  breech  recess,  etc. 

Clock  oil  should  be  used  on  the  spindle  and  all  bearings  of  the 
battery  commander's  telescope,  bearings  of  the  panoramic  sight, 
range  quadrant,  and  fuze  setters,  and  on  the  observation  telescope, 
field  artillery  plotter,  and  worms  of  the  rear  sight. 

In  all  cases  clock  oil  should  only  be  used  when  the  instruments 
mentioned  are  disassembled  for  cleaning.  When  used  it  should  be 
applied  by  dropping  from  the  end  of  the  dropper  attached  to  the  end 
of  the  cork. 

The  sperm  oil  is  a  lighter  lubricant  than  the  lubricating  oil  and 
may  be  used  on  the  gears  of  sights,  fuze  setters,  range  quadrants, 
parts  of  revolvers,  etc.;  lubricating  oil  may  also  be  used  on  such 
parts. 

Coal  oil  is  used  by  the  Ordnance  Department  for  cleaning  purposes. 
In  the  field  it  may  be  used  for  lanterns.  Coal  oil  for  general  illumi- 
nating purposes  is  furnished  by  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

Neat's-foot  oil  is  used  for  the  care  and  preservation  of  all  leather 
equipment. 

„  Light  slushing  oil  is  prescribed  for  use  in  the  protection  and  preser- 
vation of  all  bright  or  unpainted  surfaces  of  steel  or  iron  on  all 
parts  of  the  equipment  when  the  materiel  is  to  remain  unused  for  an 
appreciable  length  of  time.  Its  use  as  a  lubricant  for  mobile  artillery 
is  forbidden. 

Before  applying  the  slushing  oil  to  any  surface,  the  part  should  be 
thoroughly  cleaned,  so  as  to  be  free  from  rust,  water,  coal  oil,  lubri- 
cating oil,  etc.,  as  their  presence  will  cause  rusting  under  the  slushing 
oil.  The  slushing  oil  should  then  be  applied  in  a  thin,  uniform  coat, 
since  this  is  ALL  that  is  necessary  to  give  good  protection. 

Except  in  very  cold  weather  it  can  be  applied  by  using  a  paint 
brush  as  when  painting;  in  cold  weather  it  should  be  applied  by 
stippling;  that  is,  lightly  tapping  the  surface  with  the  end  of  the 
sash  tool  held  with  bristles  perpendicular  to  the  surface  to  be  cov- 
ered. It  can  be  applied  to  the  bores  of  guns  by  the  slush  brush  issued 
for  the  purpose.  In  cold  weather  it  should  be  warmed  before  use 
for  coating  the  bores  of  guns. 

It  may  be  readily  removed  by  the  use  of  burlap  or  waste  dipped  in 
coal  oil. 

REPAIRS  FOR   FIELD  ARTILLERY   MATERIEL  ISSUED   TO  THE   UNITED   STATES 
ARMY  AND  THE  NATONAL  GUARD. 

Instructions  relative  to  making  repairs  to  field  batteries  and  fur- 
nishing ordnance  stores  and  supplies  for  them  will  be  found  in  the 
general  orders  issued  by  the  War  Department  from  time  to  time. 


184 

Instructions  in  reference  to  the  care,  use,  and  repair  of  delicate 
instruments,  such  as  sights,  telescopes,  and  range  finders  will  be 
found  in  General  Orders,  No.  47,  War  Department,  Washington, 
March  24,  1905,  and  in  O.  O.  Pamphlet  No.  1795. 

SUGGESTIONS  FOR  CARE  AND  MAINTENANCE  OF  MATERIEL. 

Various  suggestions  in  reference  to  the  care  of  this  materiel  and 
hints  regarding  things  to  be  done  or  to  be  avoided  are  scattered 
throughout  the  text  of  this  handbook;  some  of  the  more  important 
are  here  condensed  for  more  convenient  reference.  Careful  compli- 
ance with  these  suggestions  will  avoid  delay  and  possible  injury  to 
personnel  or  materiel. 

The  firing  pin  should  habitually  be  carried  uncocked.1 

Recock  carefully  with  a  lanyard  after  a  hangfire  or  a  misfire.1 
The  breechblock  should  not  be  opened  for  at  least  one  minute  after  a 
misfire. 

All  work  upon  recoil  cylinders,  sights,  and  other  optical  equipment 
should  be  done  in  the  presence  of  a  commissioned  officer. 

The  recoil  cylinder  should  never  be  clamped  in  a  vise,  but  when 
necessary  to  hold  it  from  turning  a  spanner  applied  to  front  end  of 
cylinder  should  be  used. 

Never  remove  the  cylinder  end  stud  nut  when  the  piece  is  at  an 
elevation. 

See  that  proper  kind  of  oil  is  used  in  cylinders  and  for  lubrication. 

Strain  the  oil  used  in  filling  the  cylinders  through  a  fine  clean  cloth 
and  be  sure  that  the  receptacles  used  in  handling  the  oil  are  clean. 

Take  every  precaution  to  keep  the  interior  of  the  cylinders  clean 
and  to  prevent  the  entrance  of  foreign  particles. 

In  assembling  the  gland  be  sure  that  at  least  four  threads  of  the 
gland  are  engaged  with  the  threads  of  the  cylinder  head. 

Lash  parts  with  copper  wire  to  prevent  unscrewing. 

Before  firing,  inspect  to  insure  that  cylinders  are  properly  closed 
and  that  the  cylinder-end  stud  nut  and  the  piston-rod  nut  are  in 
place. 

If  time  permits,  oil  slides  before  firing. 

Note  length  of  recoil  for  first  few  shots  to  insure  that  the  recoil 
mechanism  is  working  properly. 

If  the  gun  fails  to  return  fully  into  battery,  it  is  probably  due 
(1)  to  dirt  on  slides  and  guides;  (2)  to  cutting  of  sliding  surfaces  on 
account  of  dirt  and  lack  of  oil;  (3)  to  gland  being  screwed  up  too 
tightly;  (4)  to  dirt  or  foreign  particles  in  the  cylinder,  and  especially 
in  the  counter- recoil  buffer  recess;  (5)  to  weakness  of  springs.  Ninety 
per  cent  of  such  cases  will  be  found  due  to  (1),  (2),  or  (3). 

1This  applies  to  the  3-inch  gun,  model  of  1902,  only. 


185 

Lock  the  cradle  to  the  trail  at  drill  and  in  traveling  to  avoid  unnec- 
essary strain  upon  the  pointing  mechanism. 

After  unlimbering,  release  elevating  and  traversing  lock  before 
attempting  to  elevate  or  traverse  gun. 

Keep  hub  bolts  and  hub  bands  properly  tightened. 

To  tighten  the  hub  bands,  screw  them  as  tightly  as  possible  with 
the  wrench  and  then  force  them  farther  by  striking  the  end  of  the 
wrench  with  a  hammer. 

Do  not  permit  brake  levers  to  be  released  by  a  kick  or  a  blow. 

Remove  cylinder-end  stud  screw  before  trying  to  unscrew  cylinder- 
end  stud. 

Replace  and  properly  open  all  split  pins  after  replacing  nuts. 

Close  down  the  ends  of  the  recoil-indicator  guide  to  avoid  loss  of 
the  indicator. 

Prevent  possible  injury  to  cannoneers  by  causing  them  to  stand 
clear  of  the  counter-recoil-spring  column  in  assembling  or  dismount- 
ing. 

In  moving  the  gun  on  or  off  the  cradle,  provide  ample  support  for 
the  breech  end,  so  that  the  gun  clips  are  in  prolongation  of  the  cradle 
guides ;  if  this  is  not  done,  the  cradle  guides  may  be  ruined. 

If  the  gun  will  not  remain  at  the  elevation  at  which  set,  the  crank 
shafts  are  probably  not  correctly  assembled. 

If  the  elevating  screws  do  not  house  in  traveling,  they  are  incor- 
rectly assembled. 

Do  not  strike  any  metal  part  directly  with  a  hammer ;  interpose  a 
buffer  of  wood  or  copper. 

Frequently  verify  the  adjustment  of  sights  and  quadrant. 

Require  special  care  in  handling  sights. 

Do  not  permit  cannoneers  to  use  front  sight  as  a  handle  in  mount- 
ing. 

Be  sure  that  the  range  disk  of  the  quadrant  and  range  strip  of  the 
rear-sight  shank  are  graduated  for  the  particular  type  of  ammunition 
used  by  the  battery. 

Do  not  unnecessarily  expose  ammunition  to  the  sun  or  load  it  into 
a  warm  gun  before  time  for  firing;  if  this  is  done,  erratic  shooting 
may  result. 

Battery  commanders  should  frequently  make  a  detailed  inspection 
of  all  of  the  vehicles  in  the  battery  to  see  if  any  parts  of  them  are 
broken  and  any  nuts,  screws,  split  pins,  etc.,  missing.  If  any  such 
defects  are  found,  he  should  immediately  take  steps  to  replace  broken 
or  missing  parts.  This  is  of  the  utmost  importance,  and  compliance 
with  these  instructions  will  do  much  toward  prolonging  the  life  of 
the  vehicles. 

It  has  been  found  that  the  apron  hinges  occasionally  become 
broken,  and  that  the  apron-hinge  pins  are  frequently  lost.  When- 


186 

ever  this  happens  the  hinges  or  hinge  pins  should  be  immediately 
replaced,  for  if  this  is  not  done  the  apron,  which  is  very  expensive, 
is  apt  to  become  cracked  or  broken. 

Whenever  the  lunettes  become  loosened  the  lunette  nuts  should  at 
once  be  tightened  up. 

All  wheels  and  pintle  bearings  should  be  frequently  oiled. 

All  nuts  are  secured  by  split  pins,  which  should  be  replaced  and 
properly  opened  when  nuts  are  screwed  home. 

All  working  and  bearing  surfaces  of  the  carriage  require  oiling; 
those  not  directly  accessible  for  this  purpose  are  provided  with  oil 
holes  closed  by  spring  covers  or  handy  oilers. 

See  that  fuzes  are  set  at  safety  for  transport. 

Use  the  small  primer-inserting  press  for  inserting  primers  in  car- 
tridge cases  and  the  decapping  tools  provided  for  removing  old 
primers. 

In  all  requisitions  and  correspondence  the  correct  name  of  the  part 
referred  to  (if  known)  should  be  given.  If  the  name  of  the  part  is 
not  known,  submit  a  sketch  showing  the  location,  shape,  materiel,  etc., 
sufficient  to  establish  definitely  the  identity  of  the  parts  in  question. 

The  use  of  the  word  "  complete  "  in  requisitions  to  signify  a  com- 
bination of  parts  sometimes  leads  to  misunderstanding  of  the  exact 
parts  wanted.  The  tables  of  nomenclature  of  parts  have  been  ar- 
ranged to  show  the  parts  included  under  the  terms  "  one  trail,  com- 
plete; one  wheel,  complete,"  etc.,  and  should  be  carefully  studied 
before  requisitions  are  made  out,  to  insure  that  all  parts  wanted 
are  included  and  duplications  avoided.  For  example,  if  a  piston  rod 
is  wanted  the  order  should  state  whether  it  is  to  be  with  or  with- 
out the  nut.  If  all  details  are  itemized  it  will  avoid  mistakes  and 
unnecessary  expense. 

Smokeless  powder  must  not  "be  used  for  "blank  charges. 

SUPPLIES   IN    GENERAL. 

All  bits,  both  curb  and  snaffle,  are  made  of  27  per  cent  nickel  steel, 
a  practically  noncorrosive  metal. 

The  olive-drab  saddle  blanket  is  regulation  for  all  arms  of  the 
service. 

The  supply  of  ammunition  to  be  kept  on  hand  in  a  3-inch  gun 
battery  will  be  a  sufficient  amount  to  fill  all  the  ammunition  chests 
of  the  equipment,  and  in  addition  a  sufficient  number  of  rounds  to 
cover  the  needs  for  annual  target  practice. 

Pistol  arm  racks  are  issued  for  use  of  Field  Artillery  in  such  num- 
ber as  may  be  required  to  hold  the  pistols  on  hand  in  the  battery. 
Each  pistol  arm  rack  holds  80  pistols. 

Such  articles  as  may  be  needed  for  training  the  horse — the  cavesson, 
longing  rein,  running  rein,  etc. — may  be  readily  made  up  by  the 


187 

battery  saddler  from  supplies  furnished  by  the  Ordnance  Depart- 
•  nent. 

For  the  training  of  enlisted  men  leather  heads  and  wooden  stands 
for  supporting  them  will  be  needed.  The  saddler  and  the  carpenter 
will  be  able  to  supply  these  by  means  of  the  tools  in  the  forge  limber 
and  battery  wagon. 

A  reloading  and  cleaning  outfit  for  3-inch  guns  for  removing  fired 
primers  from  and  cleaning  cartridge  cases  and  for  reloading  blank 
ammunition  is  furnished  to  each  battery. 

METHOD  OF  LOADING  ONE  3-INCH  GUN  BATTERY  FOR 
TRANSPORTATION    BY    RAIL. 

The  flat  cars  usually  obtained  from  railroad  companies  vary  in 
length  from  34  to  44  feet.  Cars  longer  than  42  feet  are  unusual. 

In  loading  a  battery  on  cars  during  service  operations  it  is  very 
desirable  to  keep  complete  gun  sections  together  as  much  as  possible. 
Pursuing  this  idea,  a  3-inch  gun  battery  may  be  loaded  as  follows, 
when  cars  at  least  34  feet  long  are  obtained : 

Four  cars,  each  to  contain : 

One  3-inch  gun  and  carriage. 
Two  3-inch  gun  caissons. 
Three  3-inch  gun  limbers. 

One  car  to  contain : 

One  battery  wagon. 
One  forge  limber. 
Two  3-inch  gun  limbers. 
Two  3-inch  gun  caissons. 

One  car  to  contain : 

One  store  wagon. 
One  store  limber. 
Two  3-inch  gun  limbers. 
Two  3-inch  gun  caissons. 

This  car  will  be  only  about  three-quarters  filled  if  a  34-foot  car 
is  procured.  The  additional  space  may  be  utilized  as  the  battery 
commander  sees  fit. 

If  cars  less  than  34  feet  long  are  obtained,  one  limber  or  one  caisson 
will  have  to  be  omitted.  If  cars  44  feet  long  are  obtained,  one  addi- 
tional limber  or  caisson  can  be  loaded  on  each. 

In  loading  the  cars,  if  there  is  any  permanent  loading  platform 
along  the  railroad  tracks  in  the  vicinity,  the  vehicles  should  be  run 
onto  these  platforms  and  loaded  from  them.  If  there  is  no  perma- 
nent platform  in  the  vicinity,  it  will  be  necessary  to  build  a  tem- 
porary ramp.  This  should  be  built  at  the  end  of  the  cars.  When 
loading  vehicles  from  a  permanent  platform  on  the  side  of  the  cars  it 


188 

may  be  necessary,  if  short  cars  are  obtained,  to  remove  the  pole  of  the 
last  limber  placed  on  the  car  in  order  to  get  it  onto  the  car.  The  pole 
should,  however,  be  replaced  in  its  socket  as  soon  as  the  vehicle  is 
placed  in  position. 

When  loading  the  cars,  care  must  be  exercised  to  load  them  so 
that  there  can  be  no  movement  of  the  vehicles  on  the  cars  longitudi- 
nally, transversely,  or  vertically.  All  wheels  and  trails  of  carriages, 
poles  of  limbers,  lunettes  of  caissons  and  wagons  must  be  secured  to 
the  bottom  of  the  car.  The  vehicles  are  secured  as  follows : 

2  by  4  inch  timbers  nailed  to  the  floor  of  the  cars  on  both  sides  of 
all  the  wheels  hold  the  wheels  securely  against  transverse  motion. 

2  by  4  inch  chocks  nailed  to  the  2  by  4  inch  pieces  which  lie  along 
the  sides  of  the  wheels  hold  the  wheels  against  longitudinal  motion 
on  the  cars. 

2  by  4  inch  timbers,  placed  over  the  felloes,  resting  on  the  floor 
between  the  two  lowest  spokes  and  bolted  to  the  floor  of  the  car  with 
two  ^-inch  bolts,  hold  the  wheels  against  vertical  motion.  The  bolts 
should  preferably  be  bolted  through  these  braces  on  the  outside  of 
the  wheels.  If  bolts  for  bolting  these  2  by  4  inch  crosspieces  can 
not  be  obtained,  the  crosspieces  should  be  nailed  down  with  7  or  8 
inch  spikes.  The  poles  and  lunettes  should  be  secured  to  the  floor  by 
nailing  cne  2  by  4  inch  block  on  both  sides  of  each  and  one  2  by  4 
inch  piece  across  the  top  near  the  end  of  the  poles  or  lunettes. 

The  trails  should  be  secured  to  the  floor  by  nailing  2  by  4  inch 
blocks  as  follows: 

1  on  each  side  of  the  trail, 

1  at  the  end  of  the  trail  in  prolongation  of  the  axis,  and 

1  across  the  top  near  the  end. 

All  of  the  lumber  used  on  the  cars  is  2  by  4  inch  stock.  To  load 
a  3-inch  gun  battery  will  require  1,200  linear  feet  of  2  by  4  inch 
lumber. 

For  carrying  all  harness  and  all  accessories  of  the  vehicles  which 
are  not  carried  in  compartments  of  these  vehicles  or  rigidly  attached 
to  them,  one  box  car  should  be  obtained.  The  material  in  this  box 
car  should  be  packed  in  boxes  if  on  hand.  In  case  no  box  car  can 
be  obtained,  all  of  the  harness,  etc.,  should  be  packed  in  boxes  and 
placed  on  the  flat  cars  near  the  vehicles.  These  boxes  must  be 
securely  fastened  to  the  floor  to  prevent  them  from  falling  off  of  the 
cars  or  from  striking  and  injuring  the  vehicles. 


EQUIPMENT.      . 

The  following  table  shows  the  total  equipment  of  one  3-inch  gun 
battery  on  war  footing.  A  place  is  designated  for  most  of  the  articles, 
but  the  battery  commander  may  use  his  discretion  as  to  the  dispo- 
sition of  many  articles  for  which  no  particular  fitting  or  receptacle  is 
provided. 

Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  3-inch  gun  battery. 


War 
foot- 
ing (4 

- 

Prop 
classin 

erty 
3ation. 

guns, 

cais- 
sons) . 

Articles. 

Where  carried. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

4 

Guns  and  gun  carriages 

12 

IV 

3 

16 

Limbers 

1 

I 

Forge  limber                                                   i 

1 

f      IV 

g 

1 

Store  limber 

I 

4 

Tools  and  accessories  for  guns  and  carnages. 
Axle  seat  cushions  (left) 

On  axle  seat 

4 

Axle  seat  cushions  (right) 

do  

4 

Breech  covers 

On  gun 

g 

Dust  guards                                   

On  wheels  

4 

Elevating-gear  covers 

On  elevating  mechanism  . 

4 

Front-sight  covers                        

On  front  sight  

4 

Hand  fuze  setters 

In  cases 

4 

Hand  fuze  setter  cases                 

In  trail  box  

g 

Lanvards 

do 

4 

Leather  pouches  for  spare  parts  

.do  

4 

Lock  washer  holders 

do 

4 

On  gun 

4 

Oil-can  boxes  horizontal  oilers 

In  trail  box 

4 

In  oil-can  boxes 

4 

Rear-sight  bracket  covers 

On  bracket  on  cradle 

4 

Rear-sight  shank  covers 

On  sight  in  trail  sight  box 

4 

Spanners  for  carriages 

In  trail  box               

4 

Spanners  for  56-inch  wheel 

do 

4 

Sponge  covers                                ... 

On  sponge  

IV 

3 

4 

Sponges  and  rammers 

In  fastenings  on  trail 

4 

Spools  copper  wire  No  20  (3  pounds  each) 

In  trail  box 

4 

Tool  kits,  canvas,  each  containing  — 
1  cold  chisel,  f  bv  8  inches  

1  drift  bronze,  large                 

1  drift  bronze,  small 

1  file,  dead,  smooth,  6  inches,  3  square. 
1  file,  hand,  smooth,  8  inches,  flat  
1  hammer,  hand,  cross-peen 

do 

1  pliers,  wire  cutting  

1  punch,  steel,  small  .. 

1  screw  driver,  10  inches 

1  screw-slot  wrench  

1  wrench,  filling  and  drain  plugs  
1  wrench  range  quadrant 

4 

Wrenches  f  and  1  inch 

do 

4 

•  Wrenches  for  assembling  recoil  springs 

...    do....           

1      and  grindstone. 

J 

189 


190 


Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  8-inch  gun  battery — Continued. 


"WIT 

foot- 
ing (4 

Proi 
classifl 

>erty 
cation. 

guns, 

cais- 
sons). 

Article. 

Where  carried. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

4 

Spare  parts  for  guns  and  gun  carriages. 

Carried  in  store  wagon  

g 

.  .  .  do  

2 

Hub  liners 

In  batterv  wagon 

2 

In  miscellaneous  spare  parts  chest.  .  . 

1 

In  store  wagon  

200 

Split  pins  assorted                 

Carried  in  leather  pouches  for  spare 

2 

parts. 
On  store  wagon 

2 

In  battery  wagon 

1 

4 

For  gun  if  model  of  1902. 

Breech  mechanism  complete,  including 
block  carrier. 
Caps                

In  top  rear  compartment  of  battery 
wagon. 
In  leather  pouch  for  spare  parts  

4 

do 

g 

Cocking-lever  pins                     

...  do  •.  

g 

do 

g 

do  

g 

do  

4 

Hinge-pin  catches  

...do.... 

4 

Latch  bolts                           

....  do  

4 

do 

g 

Oil-hole  covers  with  screws  

do  

4 

Pivot  keys 

do                 

4 

Sears               

...do.... 

12 

Sear  springs                          .  .        

do  

4 

do 

12 

Trigger  springs      

do  

4 

Lever-latch  springs 

do                

1 

4 

For  guns  if  models  of  1904  or  1905. 

Breech  mechanism  complete,  including 
block  carrier. 
Block  latches 

In  top,  rear  compartment  of  battery 
wagon. 

4 

Block-latch  spring   .                 

4 

4 

Firing  springs                          .  .  

IV 

3 

4 

Firing-spring  sleeves 

8 
4 

Handy  oilers,  &  inch  (for  1905  gun  only)... 
Hinge-pin  catches 

4 

In  leather  pouch  for  spare  parts 

4 

Locking  bolts  nuts  and  pins 

4 

Locking-bolt  springs  

8 
4 

Oil-hole  covers  with  screws  (for  1904  gun 
only.) 
Pallet  pins                            

4 

Sears                                . 

8 

Trigger-shaft  detents    

2 

For  fond  fuze  setters  if  model  of  1905  M. 
Clamp  shoe 

4 

Corrector-scale  screw  

g 

Handle  screw 

2 

Index  

4 

Plunger 

4 

Plunger  spring  

In  leather  pouches  for  spare  parts  

4 

Range-ring  screw         

3 

Stop  pins 

4 

Stop  screw  

2 

Wing  nut 

2 

0.062  by  0.47  inch  steel  pin  

6 

For  hand  fuze  setter  if  model  of  1912. 
Corrector-scale  screw 

4 

Guide-plate  lock  screw  .... 

3 

Index-bar  screw 

4 

Index  plunger      

4 

Index  spring 

In  leather  pouches  for  spare  parts.  .  . 

g 

Oil-hole  screw  

4 

Range  index  

12 

Range-ring  screw 

3 

Stoo-oin  screw  .  .  . 

191 


Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  8-inch  gun  battery — Continued. 


War 
foot- 
ing (4 

Proi 

classif 

perty 
.cation. 

guns, 

cais- 
sons) 

Article. 

Where  carried. 

Class. 

Sec. 
tion. 

4 

jFor  bracket  fuze  setter. 
Corrector-scale  screw         

12 

16 

Housing  screws  and  split  washers  

* 

4 

4 
2 

Range-worm  crank  and  knob  taper  pin 
with  brass  split  pin. 

In  leather  pouches  for  spare  parts  .  . 

8 

Range-ring  screw       

12 

Split  pins  (0  125) 

4 

4 

Spring                                        

6 

1 

For  carriages. 
Apron-latch  complete       

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

2 

Apron-latch  springs 

do 

1 

Apron-latch  block  with  bolt  and  nut 

do 

Apron-latch  pin 

...do 

1 

Carried  loose 

2 

Brake-rod  pins 

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  pirts 

1 

do 

1 

Brake-segment  rack  with  rivets 

do 

3 

Counter-recoil  springs  .  i  -  

do  

3 

or 
Counter-recoil  springs: 
Inner  

In  store  wagon  

3 

Outer 

do 

4 

Cylinder-end  screw    

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

1 

Cylinder-end  stud  nut 

.    do 

2 

Drain-plug  cylinder  

In  leather  pouch  for  spare  parts  

2 

Elevating  and  traversing  lock  springs  

do                       

4 
1 

Elevating  bevel  pinion  taper  pins  
Elevating  pin  

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 
...  do                     

1 

Elevating-screw  cover  with  springs 

do 

2 

Filling  plugs  (piston  rod)       

In  leather  pouch  for  spare  parts  ... 

1 

Firing   mechanism,   parts   (for  carriages 
Nos.  1  to  168,  inclusive): 
Firing  handle          

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

•     IV 

3 

2 

Firing  shafts  

do     

1 

Firing   mechanism,   parts   (for  carriages 
above  No.  168): 
Adjusting  screw  with  check  nut 

2 

Bracket  studs  and  nuts  

1 

Firing  handle 

1 

Firing-handle  bracket  

1 

Firing-handle  hub 

2 

Firing-handle  pins  

1 

Firing-handle  plug 

1 

Firing-handle  plunger  

4 

Firing-handle  springs 

1 

Firing  shaft 

[in  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

2 

Handle  return  springs       

2 

Shaft  return  springs 

1 

Shaft  trip  collar  

1 

Trip-collar  pin 

1 

Trip  latch    

1 

Trip-latch  pin 

1  1 

Trip-latch  plunger  

1 

Trip-latch  spring    

20 
2 

Garlock's  waterproof  packing,  $-inch  rings  . 
Handspikes  complete 

In  leatherjpouch  for  spare  parts  
In  store  wagon 

46 

Nuts,  crown,  special,  set,  consisting  of— 
0.625  by  11  threads 

2 

0.  75  bv  10  threads  

10 

0.875  by  9  threads  

2 

0.875  by  20  threads 

2 

1  25  by  7  threads 

2 

1.  25  bv  12  threads  

Carried  equally  in  leather  pouches  for 

2 

1.062  (1-iV)  by  16  threads 

spare  parts. 

18 

Nuts  crown,  standard  set,  consisting  of  — 
0.375  by  16  threads  

12 

0.5  bv  13  threads                    .     . 

28  1 

0.625  by  11  threads... 

10261, 


-16 


192 


Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  8-inch  gun  battery — Continued. 


War 

foot- 
ing (4 

Prpi 

>erty 
cation. 

*&• 

cais- 
sons). 

Article 

Where  carried. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

2 
2 

.For  carriages—  Continued. 

Nuts,  hexagon,  special,  set,  consisting  of— 
0.187  (•&)  by  26  F.  A.  standard  threads  . 
0  242  by  24  'threads 

2 

0  375  by  16  threads                     

1  Carried  equally  in  leather  pouches  for 

2 

Nuts,  hexagon,  standard  set,  consisting  of— 
0  19  bv  30  threads 

spare  parts. 

1 

Recoil  indicator                         

4 
60 

Retaining  ring  hasp  split  pins  and  cords... 

7 

Spade-edge  rivets                      

IV 

3 

12 
1 

Spring  covers  No.   1,  with  screws  and 
washers. 
Spade  edge                             

fin  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

1 

Sponge  and  rammer  complete 

1 

2 

Tube-cover  latch  springs             

1 

Traversing  nut  "               

16 

Tools  and  accessories  for  limbers. 
Axes                                            

On  limber,  under  chest 

}TT7 

48 

Buckets  watering  canvas 

On  limber 

IV 

9 

32 

Dust  guards             

On  wheels                                     

IV 

3 

16 

Hatchets 

On  limber  in  bracket  on  left  of  chest 

16 

Lanterns  

On  limber  ,  in  bracket  front  of  chest.  . 

TXT 

16 

Lantern-bracket  pads  .  .                

In  brackets 

IV 

4 

16 

Neck  yokes 

On  pole 

36 

Oil  cans,  tubular  

On  limber  in  ammunition  chest  .  ... 

IV 

3 

16 

Paulins  12  by  12  feet 

On  limber  on  seat  as  cushion            | 

16 

IV 

9 

116 

Picket  ropes                .            

On  limber  on  front  of  chest 

16 

Pole  props 

On  limber  in  fastenings  under  frame 

16 

Shovels,  short  handled  

On  limber  under  chest 

32 

Singletrees 

On  doubletree 

16 

Straps: 
Ax                                       

48 

Grip 

16 

Hatchet    

64 

Limber-blanket  front 

64 

Limber-blanket,  rear  

IV 

3 

48 

Paulin  

In  fasteners 

16 
16 

Pick  handle  
Pick  head                 

64 

Picket  rope  upper 

64 

Picket  rope,  lower     

16 

Pole  prop 

16 

Shovel  handle  

2 

Spare  parts  for  limbers. 
Ammunition-chest  connection  pins 

2 
1 

Ammunition-chest  door  lock  hasps,  bolts, 
and  springs. 
Ammunition-chest  door  lock  spring  

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

2 

Ammunition-chest  shot  bolts  .  .            

2 

Doubletrees 

In  store  wagon             

3 

Doubletree  bolts  and  nuts  

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

2 

Double  tree  hooks..    . 

.do                 .     .           

3 

Hub  liners 

In  store  wagon 

2 

Hub  cap  complete  

do                  

3 

Limber-prop  chains  with  handles 

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

3 

Lock  washers  

do        

IV 

3 

8 

Neck  yokes,  wooden  

In  store  wagon                     

2 

'  Neck  yokes,  steel 

do 

2 

Oil  cans,  tubular  

Carried  loose         

4 

Oil-can  nozzles 

do 

2 

Padlocks,  chains,  clevises  

2 

Pintle-bearing  bolts,  with  nuts 

jln  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

1 

Pintle  with  bearing  complete 

Carried  loose 

2 

Pintle-latch  springs  

Carried  in  chest  for  miscellaneous 

1 

Pintle  latches... 

spare  parts. 
Carried  loose  .  .  . 

i  32  for  horse  batteries. 


193 


Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  8-inch  gun  battery — Continued. 


War 
foot- 
ing (4 

Proi 
classif 

Derty 
ication. 

guns, 

cais- 
sons) 

Article. 

Where  carried. 

\ 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

1 

/Spore  parts  for  limbers—  Continued. 
Pintle  springs  

Carried  in  chest   for   miscellaneous 

1 

Picket  rope 

spare  parts. 

4 

Pole  bodies,  complete  or 

2 

Poles,  steel  

do                 

2 

Pole  covers  

Carried  loose                   

2 

Pole  ferrules,  complete  . 

IV 

3 

8 

Pole  pads 

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

2 

Pole  props  .  .  . 

4 

Singletrees  

do                        

3 

Wheels,  complete  

3 

Wheel  fastenings,  complete 

12 

Tools  and  accessories  for  caisson. 
Axes 

IV 

9 

24 

Dust  guards  

12 

Fuze  setters,  bracket  

IV 

3 

12 

Fuze  setter-bracket  covers.. 

do                                     

12 

Paulins  . 

}T\r 

9 

12 

Pick  mattocks  

IV 

12 

Shovels,  long-handled  

12 

Spanners,  caisson  

On  caisson  on  left  of  chest  

12 

Straps: 
Ax  

36 

Grip  

36 

Paulin  

IV 

3 

12 

Pick-mattock  

12 

Sho  vel-handle  

12 

Spanner  

12 

Wrench  

12 

Wrenches,  0.625  and  0.75  inch  .  .  . 

On  caisson  on  left  of  chest  

2 

Spare  parts  for  caissons. 
Apron  hinges,  complete,  end  

2 

Apron  hinges,  complete,  center 

4 

Apron-hinge  pins     .  . 

•In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

1 

Apron  latch,  complete  

2 

Apron-latch  springs  

2 

Brake-levers,  with  catches  

12 

Brake  shoes  

24 

Brake-shoe  tap  bolts  

do                          

1 

Caisson-prop  chain  and  hook  

do          

1 

Caisson  prop,  with  chain  and  hook  

do                

3 

H  ub  liners  

do                                  

3 

Lock  washers  ...     . 

In  chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

V 

3 

1 

Lunette,  with  nut  

2 

Padlocks,  chains,  and  clevises  

do                

2 

Pintle-bearing  bolts,  with  nuts  

do                                

1 

Pintle,  with  bearing,  complete  

do                

1 

Pintlelatch  

do                             

2 

Pintle-latch  springs  ' 

do                

1 

Pintle  spring  

do                            

300 

Splitpins  

3 

Wheels,  complete  .   . 

3 

Wheel  fastenings,  complete  

1 

Tools  and  accessories  for  battery  wagon. 
Carpenters'  chest,  with  tools,  set  

In  battery  wagon                 

1 

Chest  for  cleaning  material  and  small  stores 

do                    

IV 

9 

1 

Chest  for  spare  breech  mechanism  

do                               

1 

Chest  for  spare  sights,  containing— 
1  bore  sight,  breech  

IV 

3 

1  bore  sight,  muzzle 

1 

Double  tackle  block  

do 

IV 

9 

2 

Dust  guards  

IV 

3 

1 

Forge  coal  bag  

IV 

9 

1 

Filling  funnel,  cvlinder  

IV 

3 

1 

Grindstone  with  frame,  complete  

do 

rv 

9 

1 

Jackscrew  

do 

IV 

9 

1 

Marking  outfit  for  stamping  leather  

In  cleaning-material  and  small-stores  ] 

1 

Marking  outfit  for  stamping  metal... 

chest. 
...do... 

X 

5 

194 


Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  <3-inch  gun  battery — Continued. 


War 
foot- 
ing (4 
guns 
12 
cais 
sons) 

Article. 

Where  carried. 

Property 
classification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

9 
5 

3 

9 

9 
5 

9 
3 
9 
9 
5 

3 

9 
9 
9 

a 

5 

3 

9 
3 

3 

9 

3 
9 
3 
9 

3 

9 

9 
3 

9 

3 

3 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

1 
2 
2 
2 

2 
2 
2 
1 
1 
2 
1 

20 
20 
1 
1 
2 
1 
3 
1 
1 

1 
2 
2 
2 

1 
3 
2 

1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
11 
1 
1 
2 

1 
3 

Tools  and  accessories  for  battery  wagon—  Con. 
Oil  cans,  5-gallon               .         

In  oil-can  supports  

IV 
X 

}   IV 
}'i 

IV 
IV 
X 
X 
X 

i:;: 

X 

IV 
IV 

i    VII 
IV 

IV 
IV 

[  » 

I      IV 

IV 
IV 
IV 

IV 

IV 

IV 

IV 
IV 
IV 

IV 

Ordnance  Department  insignia  stencil  — 
Packing  chest  for  supplies       

In  cleaning-material  and  small-stores 
chest. 
In  battery  wagon  

Packing  chest  for  spare  parts 

do 

On  battery  wagon  

Rope,  70  feet  lone; 

In  battery  wagon 

Saddler's  chest  with  tools  set 

do 

Seal  stamp            .           

In  cleaning-material  and  small-stores 
chest. 
In  battery  wagon  

Single-tackle  block  

Spare  wheel-hub  covers     

On  spare  wheels 

Spring  centering  tools 

In  battery  wagon                                i 

Spring  compressors  No  1 

do 

Stencil  outfit                                .  .  . 

In  cleaning-material  and  small-stores 
chest. 

In  strap  fasteners 

Straps: 
Grip 

Jackscrew 

do 

Paulin                       

...do 

Testing  level  and  chest 

In  batterv  wagon 

Vise  

Attached  to  lunette  frame 

Water  buckets,  galvanized  steel 

In  battery  wagon 

Wrench,  grindstone  and  recoil-spring  as- 
sembling. 

Tools  and  accessories  for  store  wagon. 
Bolos  .  . 

do  

In  store  wagon 

Bolo  scabbards    

do 

Chest  for  miscellaneous  spare  parts 

do 

Crowbar                           *"       *" 

Dust  guards 

On  wheels 

Filling  funnel,  cylinder  

In  store  wagon 

Oil  cans,  5-gallon  

On  store  wagon  in  oil-can  supports  .  . 
do 

Paulin,  12  by  12  feet 

Slush  brush  

...  do 

Straps: 
Crowbar  

In  strap  fasteners 

Grip... 

Paulin 

In  store  wagon 

Spare  wheel-hub  covers  

Tools  and  accessories  for  forge  Umber. 
Ax  

On  limber  under  chest                       1 

Buckets,  watering,  canvas  

On  limber,  in  bucket  holder               J 

Dust  guards  

On  wheels' 

Hatchet... 

In  bracket  on  left  of  chest 

Hub  liner  driving  tool 

In  forge  limber 

Lantern  

Onlimber,in  bracket  onfront  of  chest. 
In  lantern  bracket                                ] 

Lantern-bracket  pad    . 

Neck  yoke  „ 

On  pole  

Oil  cans,  tubular 

On  limber,  in  supports  under  chest  .  . 
On  limber  chest  as  cushion                  | 

Paulin,  12  by  12  feet 

Pickax  

On  Umber  foot  rest                               ) 

Picket  rope  

Pole  prop  

On  limber  ,  'in  fastenings  under  frame  . 
On  limber,  under  chest 

Shovel,  short-handled 

Singletrees  

Attached  to  doubletree 

Straps: 
Ax  

In  strap  fasteners 

Grip  

Hatchet  

Limber  blanket,  front  

Limber  blanket,  rear 

Pauun  

Pick  head  

i 
In  fastener  .  .  . 

Picket  rope,  upper  

Picket  rope,  lower... 

Pole  prop  .  . 

Shovel  handle  

Sledge  

2  for  horse  batteries. 


195 


Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  8-inch  gun  battery — Continued. 


War 
foot- 
ing (4 

classif 

jerty 
cation. 

guns, 
12 
cais- 
sons) 

Article. 

Where  carried. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

1 

Tools  and  accessories  for  store  limber. 
Ax 

On  limber,  under  chest  

3 

In  bucket  holder  

IV 

9 

j 

On  axle  of  limber  

2 

Dust  guards 

On  wheels  

IV 

3 

1 

Hatchet  .. 

On  limber  in  bracket  

1 

Lantern 

On  limber  in  bracket  on  chest  front  . 

9 

1 

Lantern-bracket  pad 

In  brackets  

1 

Neckyoke            " 

On  pole  

Ij    IV 

[3 

2 

Oil  cans  tubular 

On  limber,  in  supports  

1 

Paulin  12  by  12  feet 

On  limber  chest  as  cushion  

1 

Pick  ax 

On  limber  foot  rest  

I  ilV 

ro 

i  1 

Picket  rope  

On  limber,  in  front  of  chest  

1 

Pole  prop 

In  fastening  under  frame  

A    IV 

rs 

1 

Shovel  short  handled 

On  limber  under  chest  ...        .... 

1     IV 

9 

2 

Singletrees 

Attached  to  doubletrees.  

1 

Straps: 
Ax  . 

3 

Grip  

Hatchet. 

Limber  blanket,  front.         .    .  . 

Limber  blanket,  rear  

TV 

Paulin  

In  strap  fasteners  

3 

Pick  handle  
Pick  head  

Picket  rope,  upper 

Picket  rope  ,  lower  

Pole  prop  ...  . 

Shovel  handle 

4 

Spare  parts  of  accessories. 
Ax  helves  

In  store  wagon  

2 

do  

3 

Handles,  shovel,  short 

do  

IV 

9 

4 

Handles,  hatchet 

do  

4 

Handles,  pick  ax.. 

do  

3 

Padlocks    with  chain  clevises  and  bolt 

In  battery  wagon 

snaps. 
Sights  and  quadrants. 

Front  sights  

In  bracket  

Front-sight  brackets  with  holders 

In  fastenings  on  cradle  

Rear-sight  brackets  with  shank  sockets 

In  bracket 

Rear-sight  shanks 

In  fastenings  on  cradle  

IV 

3 

Panoramic  sights  

In  case  on  shield  

Range  quadrants 

In  case  on  right  side  of  trail  

Teat  wrenches  for  panoramic  sights 

In  case  OP  shield 

1 

Spare  sights  and  quadrants. 
Front  sight,  complete  

1 

Rear  sight,  complete  .  .  . 

TV 

Panoramic  sight  

lln   spare-sights    chest   m   battery 

3 

1 

Range  quadrant  

1 

Teat  wrench  for  panoramic  sight  .  . 

»1 

Range-finding  and  fire-control  equipment.2 
Aiming  circle  

»1 

Aiming-circle  case  

«1 

Aiming-Circle  tripod  

Aiming-circle  tripod  case    . 

«10 

Battery  commander's  ruler,  wooden  .  . 

On  person  or  in  store  limber 

y 

2 

Battery    commander's    telescopes    and 
mounts,  model  of  1915    . 

2 

Battery  commander's  telescope  cases 

Accessories  carried  in  case: 
1  camel's-hair  brush  

1  on  pack  horse 

1  pin  wrench  

1  in  store  limber 

1  S3rew  driver. 

1  teat  wrench 

2 
2 

Battery  commander's  telescope  tripods  
Battery  commander'stelescope  tripod  cases. 

1  2^for  horse  batteries. 

2  For  description  of  tire-control  equipment  see  O.  O.  Form  1796. 
J  Will  be  issued  when  available. 

4  Metal  B.  C.  rulers  with  cases  are  no  longer  part  of  the  equipment.    Those  on  hand  may  be  retained. 


196 


Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  8-inch  gun  battery— Continued. 


War 
foot- 
ing (4 
guns, 

cais- 
sons) . 

Article. 

Where  carried. 

classification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

2 
5 
16 

i 

1 
1 
2 

3  37 

319 

56 

1 

6 
1 
1 
12 

6 
5 
s 
20 
20 
8 
8 
6 
20 
6 
4 
6 
4 
12 
8 
4 
4 

6 
6 
6 
6 
2 
6 
4 
6 

6 

6 
6 
6 
6 
6 
2 
6 

Range-finding  and  fire-control  equipment— 
Continued. 

Chains  for  time-interval  recorder 

[in  store  limber          

V 

[      IV 

IV 
IX 

IV 
IV 

i 

I 

i 

Flash  lights  with  hoods 

Flash  lights  without  hoods                  

Where  convenient  

On  caisson  in  the  fifth  section 

[where  convenient    . 

Protractors  xylonite  rectangular 

Ruler  for  solution  of  triangles  

>On  pack  horse  

Range-flnder'case  

Range-finder  tripod  

Oil  caisson  chest 

Reel  for  caisson  
Tape  steel  100  feet 

[•In  store  limber 

(Furnished  by  Signal  Corps2) 

>On  horses  

Harness. 
Harness,  lead,  sets  

Harness,  wheel,  sets  ,  

Not  carried  in  field 

Pack  harness  special  pack  equipment  4  — 
Spare  pxrts  of  Artillery  harness. 

On  pack  horse  

In  battery  wagon 

Bridle  Artillery  off 

.do  

Bridle,  Artillery,  near  

....do  

Cinchas  lead 

...do  

do  .. 

Collar  pads  canvas 

Not  part  of  harness  

Collar  strap's 

.do  

Curb  bits 

do 

Curb  chains  with  hooks 

.do  

Feed  ba^s 

In  battery  wagon 

Grain  bags 

.do  

Halter  headstalls 

do 

Halter  tie  ropes 

....do  

Martingales  with  cincha  strap 

do                               . 

do 

Side  straps  for  breeching 

do    ... 

do 

Stirrup  straps 

.do  

Traces  lead  with  chain 

do 

Traces  wheel 

...do  

Whips  Artillery 

do                           ... 

Spare  parts,  of  steel  collars. 
Bolts  for  bottom  of  collar 

In  miscellaneous  spare-parts  chest, 
store  wagon. 

Carried  loose                    

Bolts  for  extension  

Bolts  for  top  connection 

Bolts  for  trace  plate 

Buckle  latches  

Buckle  springs 

Draft  springs 

Pad  bolts  

In  miscellaneous  spare-parts  chest, 
store  wagon. 
Carried  loose              

Pad  hooks,  with  collar  back  strap  con- 
nection. 
Nuts  for  bottom  bolt 

In  miscellaneous  spare-parts  chest, 
store  wagon. 

Nuts  for  extension  bolt  

Nuts  for  top  connection  bolt  ... 

Nuts  for  pa*d  bolt 

Nuts  for  trace  plate  bolt  

Trace  plate  and  loops 

Washers  for  trace  plate  bolt  .  .  . 

1  Fisld  Artillery  range  finders  will  be  issued  as  soon  as  a  supply  is  available.    When  issued,  the  sextant 
talemeter  now  on  hand  in  some  of  the  organizations  will  be  turned  in. 

2  For  list  of  these  parts  see  Unit  Accountability  Equipment  Manual. 
3 1  set  is  spare. 

«  This  set  of  pack  harness  and  special  pack  equipment  will  be  issued  to  carry  the  fire-control  equipment 
until  the  reel,  2  horse,  is  available. 


197 


Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  8-inch  gun  battery — Continued. 


Article. 


Where  carried. 


Property 
classification. 


Class. 


Sec- 
tion. 


Spare  parts  of  breast  collar  harness. 


Bridles  and  bits,  artillery 

Cinchas,  artillery,  lead 

Feed  bags 

Grain  bags . .  t 

Halter  headstalls 

•Halter  tie  ropes,  model  of  1912. . 
Martingales,  with  cincha  straps. 


Side  straps  for  breeching 

Stirrup  straps 

Traces,  lead,  with  chains 

Traces,  wheel 

Whips,  artillery 

Breast  collar  with  neck  straps . . . 

Neck-yoke  neck  straps 

Choke  straps 

Collar  pads. 

Pad  strap  buckle  pieces 

Cinchas,  artillery,  wheel 

Back  strap  hook 

Barrel  roller  buckles,  1.25  inches. 

Double  eye  loop 

Snap  hook,  convert's  2-inch 


Instruction  equipment. 


Sectionaliz  ed  shell 

Sectionalized  shrapnel 

Miscellaneous  equipment. 

Reloading  and  cleaning  outfit  consisting 
of— 

1  bushing 

1  cleaning  brush  (16.75  inches  long) 

1  case  holder 

1  case-holder  stand 

1  decapping  tool  (17.9  inches  long) 

1  hammer 

1  primer-inserting  press,  small 

1  saluting  powder  measure 

1  storage  chest 

Subcaliber  and  drill  cartridge  kit,  con- 
sisting of— 

3  drill  cartridges,  1  extra  base 

1  subcaliber  cartridge 

1  bristle  cleaning  brush 

1  cleaning  rod 

2  closing  cap  set  screws 

1  extension  piece 

2  extractor  springs 

2  extractor-spring  screws 

1  eyepiece 

1  graduated  ring  with  felt  washer 

4  ring  screws 

6  rotating  pins 

6  stop  pins 

1  storage  chest 

1  wrench,  pin 

Pistol-cleaning  kit 

Arm  racks  for  automatic  pistols 

(For  targets,  see  O.  O.  Pamphlet   No. 


Ammunition. 

Shrapnel,  H.  E.,  rounds,  or. 

Shrapnel,  rounds,  and 

Shell,  rounds 


In  battery  wagon. 


In  store  wagon. 


|-Not  carried  in  field. 


In  chest  for  reloading  and  cleaning 
outfit  in  store  wagon. 


In  store. 


Where  convenient. 


In  ammunition  chests. 


198 


Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  S-inch  gun  lattery — Continued. 


Article. 


Where  carried. 


Class. 


Sec- 
tion. 


Personal  equipment. 
See  Unit  Accountability  Manual. 
Horse  equipment  for  each  horse. 
See  U.  E.  A.  M. 

Saddler's  tools. 


Awl  blades,  harness,  assorted 

Awl,  pegging 

Awl.  seat,  handled 

Carriage,  pricking,  3  wheels 

Compass,  6  inches 

Creaser,  double,  lignum  vitae 

Claw  tool 

Edge  tool  No.  1 

Edge  tool  No.  2 

Extra  blades,  with  followers,  for  draw  gage 

Gage,  draw,  brass 

Halts,  patent,  awl,  rosewood 

Hammer,  No.  3,  riveting 

Handle,  peg.  awl,  with  wrench 

Knife,  round 

Knife,  splitting,  6-inch 

Needle  case,  leather , 

Needle,  glovers'  No.  3,  paper 

Needles,  harness  No.  4,  papers 

Needles,  harness  No.  5,  papers 

Needles,  harness  No.  6,  papers , 

Needles,  sacking,  assorted 

Nipper,  cutting,  10-inch , 

Oilstone,  unmounted , 

Pliers,  6-inch 

Punches,  hand,  round,  assorted 

Punch,  revolving 

Rivet  sets 

Rule,  boxwood,  2-foot,  4  fold 

Screw  drivers,  3-inch  blade 

Sewing  palm,  leather 

Shears,  10-inch  bent  trimmers 

Shoe  knife,  square  point 

Shoe  knife,  broad  point 

Slicker,  steel 

Thimbles... 


Carpenter  tools. 


Bench  ax ' 

Bags,  canvas,  for  small  stores 

Bevel,  8-inch 

Bits,  auger 

Bit,  wood  countersink 

Bit,  expansive,  2  cutters 

Bits,  screw  driver 

Brace,  ratchet,  10-inch  sweep 

Chisels,  socket,  framing 

Dividers,  wing,  10-inch 

Drills,  twist 

File,  10-inch,  flat,  bastard 

Files,  saw,  4  and  6  inch  (3  of  each) 

Gage,  marking,  brass,  thumbscrew  shoe 

and  face. 

Gouges,  socket  firmer 

Hammer,  claw,  adze  eye 

Handle,  tool,  containing  10  tools 

Handles,  file,  aluminum  alloy 

Knife,  drawing,  9-inch  blade 

Mallet.  2J  by  5  inches,  maple,  hickory 

handled. 

Nail  set 

Oiler 

Oilstone,  unmounted 

Pincer,  small,  8-inch 

Plane,  jack,  wood 

Plane,  smoothing,  wood 

Plate,  auger  handle. 

Rasp,  wood,  10-inch 

Reamer,  half  round,  for  wood  or  soft  metal. 
Rule,  boxwood,  2-foot,  4  fold 


In  saddler's  chest  in  battery  wagon. 


In  carpenter's  chest  hi  battery  wagon 


199 


Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  8-inch  gun  battery — Continued. 


War 
foot- 
ing (4 
guns, 
12 
cais- 
sons) 

Article. 

Where  carried. 

Property 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

1 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
5 
1 
1 

2 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 

1 

1 

1 
1 

1 

Saw 
Saw, 
Saw 
Screi 
Spot 
Squa 
Tape 
Vise 
Wrei 

Anvi 
Aprc 
Bags 
Box, 
Chis( 
Chise 
Chise 
Clinc 
File, 
Fire 
Fire 
Flatt 
Fore 
Forg 
Ham 
Ham 
Ham 
Hanc 
Hard 
Cutti 
Oiler 
Pritc 
Punc 
Punc 
Punc 
Punc 
Rive 
Rule 
Scre'v 
wn 
Shoe) 
Shoei 
Shoe] 
Sledg 
Squa 
Toel 
Tong 
Tong 
Tong 
Whel 
Wrer 
Wren 
Vise. 

Carpenter  tools—  Continued, 
crosscut,  24-inch     

In  carpenter's  chest  in  battery  wagon 
?Tn  forge  limber  chest 

X 

9 

rip,  24-inch 

set  ,  

iv  driver,  5-inch  blade  10-inch 

eshave,  adjustable  

re,  steel,  12-inch  body,  8-inch  tongue.  . 
line  linen 

table,  2i-inch 

ich,  screw,  12-inch  

Blacksmith's  tools. 
1,  100-pound 

ns,  blacksmith's  

,  canvas,  for  nails. 

shoeing  leather 

si,  cold,  8-inch 

In  forge  limber  chest 

1,  handled,  for  cold  iron,  2  pounds... 
1,  handled,  for  hot  iron,  1.5  pounds., 
hing  iron 

flat,  12-inch,  bastard  . 

rake  

shovel  . 

er,  handled,  1.5-inch,  square  face  
punch  and  crease 

s,  Empire,  portable 

mer,  hand,  2  pounds  . 

mer,  riveting,  1  pound  2  ounces  

mer,  shoeing.  10  ounces 

lie,  file  aluminum  

ic,  0.75  square  shank  1  25  bit 

ng  nippers,  14-inch  

hel,  0.75  flats,  9-inch  

h,  round,  0.375-inch 

h,  round,  0.312  -^-uich 

h,  nail  

h  square 

t  sets,  5  sizes  

boxwood,  2-foot,  4-fold. 

7  plates,   taps  and  dies,  with  tap 
men,  including  chest, 
ng  knives.  . 

ng  pincers  

ng  rasp,  16-inch. 

e,  11-pound  

re  

nife  

s,  horseshoer's  

s  for  0.25  iron  

s  for  0.5  iron  

stone,  farriers',  10-inch  ... 

ch,  forge  

ch,  screw,  12-inch     

Horse 
bat- 
tery. 

Light 
bat- 
tery. 

Article.                                            Where  carried. 

Property 
classification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

5 
1 

1 
3 
3 

5 
1 

1 

3 
3 

Materials  for  cleaning  and  preservation 
(6  months'  supply,  all  expendable). 

X 

10 

Black  '  adhesive   tape,    f   inch   wid 
^-pound  roll. 
Brush  camel's  hair,  No.  1  round 

e            do  

Tn   chest  for  oleanincr  material 

and  small  stores. 

Brushes,  sash!  No.  5...                                  ...do... 

200 


Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  3-inch  gun  battery — Continued. 


Horse 
bat- 
tery. 

Light 
bat- 
tery. 

Article. 

Where  carried. 

Property 
classification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

1 
2 
2 
2 

2 

1 

1 
1 
2 
2 

4 
21 

6 
2 

i? 
25 

20 
1 

5 
6 

1 
15 
20 
5 

5 
2 
75 
75 
5 
6i 

i  7 
6 
75 

1 
1 

1 
72 
6 
100 

100 

10 
8 

40 
5 

6 

1 

i 

2 
2 
2 

2 
1 

1 
1 

2 
2 

3 
21 
6 
2 

7 
25 

15 
1 

5 
6 

1 
15 
20 
5 

5 
2 
75 
75 
5 
5* 

7 
6 
75 

1 

1 

1 
52 

^ 

65 

10 

8 

40 
5 

6 
1 

Materials  for  cleaning  and  preservation 
(6  months'  supply,  all  expendable)—  Con. 

In  store  wason 

X 
X 

10 
9 

Brushes  varnish  No  5-0 

do  . 

Brushes  varnish  No  6-0 

do 

Burners,  lantern,  Tietz,  Vesta  
Cloth,  crocus,  quires 

In  chest  for  cleaning  material 
and  small  stores. 
1   quire    in    cleaning  -material 
chest;  the  rest  in  store. 
In  chest  for  cleaning  material 
and  small  stores, 
do 

Cloth  emery  No  J  quire 

Cloth  emery  No  0  quire 

Cloth,  emery,  No.  00,  quire  .  . 

do  

Cosmic,  No.  80,  soft,  quarts  (1  quart  cans) 
Chamois  skins  . 

In  store  wagon 

.  In  chest  for  cleaning  material 
and  small  stores, 
do 

Pressing  russet  leather  boxes 

Eveready  tungsten  battery  No.  793  
Eveready2  7  v  Mazda  bulb  No  1197 

In  store  wagon  .... 

do 

Globes  lantern 

In  chest  for  cleaning  material 
and  small  stores. 
In  store  wagon 

Lavaline,  16-ounce  cans 

Lye,  powdered,  cans,  1-pound  

5  pounds  in  store  wagon;  rest  in 
store. 
Not  carried  in  field 

Naphthaline  pounds 

Oil,  clock,  ounce  1-ounce  bottle 

In  cleaning-material  and  small- 
stores  chest. 
In  cans  on  store  limber  

Oil,  hydroline,  gallons.  5-gallon  cans  
Oil,  linseed,  boiled,  gallons  

1  gallon  in  store  wagon,  rest  to 
be  retained  in  store  at  post. 
In  cleaning-material  and  small- 
stores  chest. 
In  oil  cans  on  battery  and  store 
wagons. 
4  gallons  in  store  wagon,  rest  to 
be  retained  in  store  at  post. 
2  gallons  in  store  wagon,  rest  to 
be  retained  in  store  at  post, 
lln  oil  cans  under  battery  and 
f    store  wagons. 
1  5  pounds  in  store  wagon,  rest  to 
1    be  retained  in  store  at  post. 
Not  carried  in  field             

Oil,  linseed,  raw,  pints  

Oil,  lubricating,  gallons  

Oil  neat's-foot  gallons 

Oil,  slushing  light  gallons 

Oil,  coal,  gallons 

Oil  sperm  gallons 

Paint,  olive  drab,  second  coat,  pounds.. 
Paint,  olive  drab,  third  coat,  pounds.  .  . 
Paint,  rubberine,  gallons  (1  gallon  cans). 
Petrolatum  (vaseline),  ounces  (in  tin 
box). 
Polish,  Gibson's  soap,  16-ounce  cans  
Primer,  brown  enamel,  quarts 

In  cleaning-material  and  small- 
stores  chest. 
In  store  wagon 

Sal  soda,  pounds,  bulk  

20  pounds  in  chest  for  cleaning 
material,  rest  to  be  retained  in 
store  at  post. 
In  cleaning-material  and  small- 
stores  chest, 
do 

Sandpaper,  No.  2J,  quires 

Sandpaper  No  14-  quires 

Sandpaper,  No.  J,  quires 

do                             

Sandpaper  No  00  quires 

do 

Soap  castile,  pounds 

In  store  wagon           

Soap  H  and  H  cakes  or  Paco 

do 

Soap,  saddle,  Frank  Miller's,  pounds 
(1-pound  tins). 
Sponges,  5-inch      

do                        

25  in  store  wagon,  rest  to  fce  re- 
tained in  store  at  post. 
In  store  wagon  

Sponges,  large  size,  5£  or  6  inch  

Turpentine  gallons 

£  gallon  in  store  wagon,  rest  to 
be  retained  in  store  at  post. 
10  pounds  in  store  wagon,  rest 
to  be  retained  in  store  at  post. 
In  cleaning-material  and  small- 
stores  chest. 

Waste,  cotton,  pounds,  white 

Wicks,  lantern,  size  0  

Saddler's  material  (6  months'  supply,  all 
expendable) 

Awl  blades,  harness,  assorted  

Awl  hafts,  patent,  No.  146,  with  wrench. 

Only  one  of  these  items  will  be  issued  to  an  organization. 


201 


Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  8-inch  gun  battery — Continued. 


Horse 

Light 

Prop 
classin 

erty 

nation. 

bat- 
tery. 

bat- 
tery. 

Article. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

3 
8 
21 
6 

40 
12 
12 
3 
12 
12 
8 

2 
8 
13 
5 
30 
6 
9 
2 
10 
10 
7 

Saddler's  material  (6  months'  supply,  all 
expendable)—  Continued. 

Buckles,  bar,  1-inch  Saalbach,  bronze.  .  . 
Buckles,  bar,  tongueless,  f-inch,  brass.. 
Buckles,  bar,  tongueless,  1-inch,  brass.. 
Buckles,  bar,  tongueless,  lj-incn>  brass. 
Buckles,  centerbar,  f-inch,  bronze. 
Buckles,  centerbar,  f-inch,  bronze. 
Buckles,  centerbar,  f-inch,  bronze. 
Buckles,  centerbar,  1-inch,  bronze. 
Buckles,  centerbar,  1  £-inch,  bronze 
Buckles,  centerbar,  If-inch,  bronze 
Buckles  roller  f-inch  bronze          

2 

2 

15 

15 

Buckles  roller  f-inch  bronze         

4 

4 

n     miscellaneous   [  spare-parts 

10 

50 

46 

Buckles  roller  IJ-inch  bronze       

chest,  in  battery  wagon. 

3 

3 

6 

6 

Buckles  satchel  J-inch  bronze        

6 

3 

3 

1 

Buckles  wire  f-inch                         

36 

24 

6 

3 

Cheek  "D  "  bronze                             -.-• 

11 

11 

25 
12 
25 

20 
12 

22 

Duck,  cotton'  olive  drab,  22-inch,  No.  1.  .  . 
End  buckle,  1-inch,  bronze,  with  clip.  -  - 
End  clip  f-inch  brass 

30 

12 

End  clip,  1-inch  brass                 

30 

21 

End  clip  1^-inch  brass 

12 

9 

Foot  staples  high,  bronze           

I       TY 

24 

18 

Foot  staples  low  bronze 

I 

12 

9 

Foot  staples,  semicircular,  bronze  

8 

8 

Hooks,  back  strap  MI                        ... 

IV 

8 

2 

2 

Hooks  breast  strap  M  I 

chest,  in  battery  wagon. 

6 

10 

Hooks,  end,  double  (brass  wire) 

/          1 

g 

12 

Hooks,  end  single  (brass  wire) 

I           5 

2 

2 

Hooks,  side  strap,  wheel                 

IV 

8 

6 

4 

Leathers,  bridle  sides 

\2  in  store  wagon,  rest  to  be  re- 

1             V 

6 

5 

Leathers,  collar,  backs         

/    tained  in  store  at  post. 

}    x 

10 

160 

150 

40  pounds  in  store  wagon   rest 

1 

1 

Leathers,  latigo,  sides             

to  be  retained  in  store  at  post. 
In  store  wagon  

X 

10 

10 

8 

Nails,  saddle 

1 

1 

Needles,  Glovers,  No.  3,  papers  

1 

1 

In  saddlers  chest 

x 

9 

1 

1 

Needles,  harness.  No.  5,  papers  

1 

1 

Needles,  harness,  No.  6,  papers  

10 

g 

Ornaments,  brow  band,  copper 

1 

5 

10 

8 

Ovals,  saddle  

IX 

5 

5 

3 

Ovals,  saddle  bag 

1 

5 

1 

14 
24 
3 
9 

12 
12 

8 
6 

3 
3 
1 

1 
1 
1 
3 

1 

10 

18 
3 

8 

10 
6 

8 
6 

3 
3 
1 

1 
1 
1 
3 

Pins,  screw,  brass,  1-inch,  No.  2,  1  gross 
packages. 
Rings,  |-inch  diameter  (rifte  scabbard)  . 
Rings,  H  inches  diameter  '(saddle)  
Rings,  If  inches  diameter  (back  strap)  . 
Rings,  li  inches  diameter   (breeching 
and  throat  strap). 
Rings,  2  inches  diameter  (halter)  
Rings,  4  inches  diameter  (chincha  and 
quarter  strap). 
Rings  D,  0.85  by  1  inch  (feed  bag),  M.  I. 
Rings  D,  1J  inches  by  finch,  with  clasp, 
steel. 
Rings  D,  Ifrnches  by  1  inch(with  roller)  . 
Rings  D,  1.69  by  2  inches  (with  roller)  .  . 
Rivets  and  burrs,  brass,  f-inch,  No.  12, 
pounds. 
Rivets  and  burrs,  brass,  |-inch,  No.  10, 
pounds. 
Rivets  and  burrs,  brass,  f-inch,  No.  10, 
pounds. 
Rivets  and  burrs,  brass,  1-inch,  No.  8, 
oval  heads,  pounds. 
Rollers  lead  rein  steel 

In     miscellaneous     spare-parts 
chest,  in  battery  wagon. 

X 

IX 

X 

10 

10 
5 

10 

1,600 
1 

1,260 
1 

Rope,  J-inch  (halter),  feet,  manilahemp. 
Screws    brass,    1-inch,    No.    6,   wood, 

200  feet  in  battery  wagon,  rest 
in  store  at  post." 
In  battery  wagon  

IV 

8 

15 

10 

gross. 
Sheep  skins  with  wool  on  

4  in  store  wagon,  rest  in  store 

x 

10 

at  post. 

202 


Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  8-inch  gun  battery — Continued. 


Horse 
bat- 
tery. 

Light 
bat- 
tery. 

Article. 

Where  carried. 

Property 
classification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

2 
2 
4 
5 
2 
2 
3 
3 
6 
8 
36 
2 
8 
3 
6 
1 
1 
1 

1 

2 
2 
2 
20 

35 
15 
20 

2 
2 
12 

4 
2 

6 
4 
5 

7 

1 
1 
3 
3 
2 
2 
2 
5 
5 
8 
28 
2 
8 
3 
5 
1 
1 
1 

1 

1 
1 
2 
16 

28 
11 
14 

2 

2  1 
12 
4 
2 

6 
4 
5 

7 

Saddler's  material  (6  months'  supply,  all 
expendable)  —  Continued. 

Shields  saddle  11-inch 

In   ^miscellaneous     spare-parts 
chest,  in  battery  wagon. 

}"  In  ''"miscellaneous    spare-parts 
chest,  in  battery  wagon. 

In  saddler's  chest  . 

IX 

X 

IX 

}  * 

IX 
X 

5 

10 
Li 
10 

5 
10 

Shields,  saddle,  lU-inch  

Shields  saddle  12-inch 

Snap  hooks  .  canteen,  Cavalry  

Snap  hooks,  converts,  £-inch,  1C.  I. 
Snap  hooks,  converts,  1-inch,  M.  I. 
Snap  hooks,  German,  |-inch,  M.  I  . 
Snap  hooks,  sack,  1-inch      

Snap  hooks,  swivel,  1-inch,  No.  16. 
Snap  hooks,  German,  1-inch,  M.I. 
Squares,  halter,  bronze 

Strap  loops,  coupling,  J-inch  (for  bridle). 
Strap  loops,  feed  bags       

Stud  hooh-s 

Studs,  saddle  bag  

Tacks,  copper,  No.  12,  |  lb.,  paper 
Tacks,  copper,  No.  20,  |  lb.,  paper 
Thimble,  aluminum  lined,  steel. 
2  inch. 
Thread,    carpet,    No.    18,    olive- 
pound. 
Thread,  shoe,  No.  3,  brown,  poun( 
Thread,  shoe,  No.  10,  brown,  pouc 
Wax,  stitching,  brown,  whiter,  po 
Webbing,   oilve-drab,   cotton,   h( 
f-inch,  yards. 
Webbing,   olive-drab,   cotton,   he 
1-inch,  yards. 
Webbing,  olive-drab,  halter,  1£- 
yards. 
Webbing  jute  3J-inch  yards 

size 
Irab, 

Is... 
ds... 
unds. 
;avy, 

'&vy, 
inch, 

In  battery  wagon 

For  polo  equipment. 
Buckles,  wire,  J-inch 

Buckles,  wire,  f  -inch  

Buckles,  wire,  f-inch 

Buckles,  wire,  1-inch  

Buckles,  nickel  plated,  stirrup  strap, 
If-inch. 
Buckle,  nickel  plated,  girth,  1-inch  
Ring  J-inch  diameter 

In  battery  wagon 

Web,  linen  straining,  3J-inch,  yarc 
Web,  linen  straining,  5-inch,  yard 

s  

do 

No. 

Article. 

Where  carried. 

Property 
classification. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

3 
5 
10 
3 
3 
3 
3 
2 
5 
12 
10 
2 
1 
1 
4 
3 
4 
2 

12 

Buck 
Buck 
Buck 
Buck 
Buck 
Buck 
Buck] 
Buck] 
Buck] 
Buck] 
Buckl 
Burnc 
Cheek 
Cham 
Qonw 
Dress 
Endt 
Globe 

eserve  supplies  for  war  service.1 
es,  bar,  tongueless,  f-inch  

Insto 

Insto 
...d( 

re  

X 

10 

es,  bar,  tongueless,  1-inch 

es,  center  bar  f-inch 

es,  center  bar,  f-inch  

es,  center  bar,  f  -inch 

es,  center  bar,  1^-inch  

es,  center  bar,  1  f-inch 

es,  roller,  jj-inch  

es,  roller,  |-inch  
es,  roller  l^-inch 

re 

es,  wire,  f-inch  

rs,  lantern 

"D"  

ois  skin         

ly  loops  1-inch 

Hff,  russet  leather  

uckles 

s,  lantern... 

)... 

1  No  material  will  be  drawn  from  this  supply  for  making  repairs  and  replacements  except  in  sudden  calls 
for  field  servica  if  necessary  to  replace  missing  items  of  the  regular  supplies.  To  avoid  deterioration,  all 
perishable  articles  should  be  replaced  by  similar  ones  received  v/ith  the  regular  6  months'  allowance. 


203 


Statement  of  total  equipment  of  one  <3-inch  gun  battery — Continued. 


Prot 
classic 

>erty 
cation. 

Class. 

Sec- 
tion. 

2 

Reserve  supplies  for  war  service—  Contd. 
Hooks,  back  strap  

>In  store  

IV 

8 

2 
3 

Hooks,  collar  strap  

In  store 

IX 

1 

3 

Hooks'  end  brass  wire 

.do        

IX 

5 

2 

Leather,  bridle,  backs  

2 

Leather,  collar,  backs  

>In  store                         

X 

10 

30 
1 

Leather,  harness,  pounds  
Leather  latigo,  side  .           

3 

Nails  saddle 

In  store  

IX 

5 

1 

Oil,  clock,  ounce 

4 

Oil,  coal,  gallons  • 

4 

Oil,  hydroline,  gallons         

12 

Oil  lubricating  gallons 

>In  store  .  .                                   ... 

X 

10 

16 

Oil,  neat's-foot,  gallons  

2 

Oil,  slushing  light,  gallons 

1 

Oil,  sperm,  gallons  

3 

Ornaments  brow  band 

In  store 

IX 

5 

2 

Rings,  f-ineh  diameter,  saddle  bag  

8 

Rings,  IJ-inch  diameter,  saddle  

4 

Rings,  2-inch  diameter,  halter  

In  store 

IV 

8 

3 
3 
3 
1 

Rings,  4-inch  diameter,  cincha  strap  
Rings,  4-inch  diameter,  quarter  strap  
Rings  "D,"  1-inch  diameter,  feed  bag.  .. 
Rivets  and  burs,  brass  §-inch,  No.  10, 
pound 

1 

Rivets  and  burs,  brass  f-inch,  No.  10, 

[in  store  

X 

10 

pound 

18 

Salsoda,  pounds  

« 

2 

Snap  hook,  haversack,  1-inch  

In  store  .  .  . 

IX 

1 

3 

Snap  hook,  feed  bag 

...    do 

IV 

8 

12 

Squares  haHer 

do 

IX 

5 

40 

Poap,  castile.  pounds 

3 

Soap,  H.  and  H.,  cakes  or  "  Paco"  

In  store 

x 

10 

60 
25 

Soap,  saddle,  Frank  Miller's,  pounds  
Sponges,  5-inch 

2 

Strap  loops  feed  bag 

In  store 

IV 

8 

2 

Studs  saddle  bag 

do 

IX 

5 

1 

Tacks,  copper,  12-ounce,  paper  

1 

Tacks,  copper,  20-ounce,  paper  

1 
1 

Thread,  carpet,  No.  18,  olive-drab,  pound 
Thread,  shoe,  No.  3,  brown,  pound  

In  store  

X 

10 

25 

Thread,  shoe,  No.  10,  brown,  pound  
Waste,  cotton,  pounds 

1 

Wax  stitching  brown  pound 

2 

Wicks,  lantern  

Ammunition.' 

See  general  orders  pertaining  to  annual 
allowance  of  ammunition. 

INDEX. 


A. 

Page. 

Accessories  (for  battery  wagon),  list  of 193-194 

Accessories  (for  caisson),  list  of 193 

Accessories  (for  forge  limber),  list  of 194 

Accessories  (for  gun  and  carriage),  list  of 189 

Accessories  (for  limber),  list  of 192 

Accessories  (for  store  limber),  list  of 195 

Accessories  (for  store  wagon),  list  of 194 

Accuracy  of  fire 174-179 

Adjusting  instruments 174 

Adjustment  of  sights  and  quadrants 169-174 

Additional  tests 173 

Panoramic  sight 170 

Range  quadrant 171 

Front  and  rear  sight » 171 

Verification  of  parallelism  of  lines  of  sight  and  axis  of  bore 172-173 

Allowance  of  supplies 199-202 

Ammunition,  allowance  of 48 

Ammunition,  blank 48 

Charge  for 49 

Preparation 49-50 

Precaution 50 

Ammunition,  fixed 34 

Ammunition,  list  of 197 

Ammunition,  misfires  and  hangfires 51-52 

Ammunition  carrier,  location 77 

Ammunition  carrier,  to  remove 84-85 

Ammunition-chest  connecting  piece  (for  caisson)  location 95 

Ammunition-chest  connecting  piece  (for  limber)  location ; 90 

Anvil,  location 199 

Apron  (for  caisson),  description 99-100 

Apron  (for  carriage),  description 75 

Apron  latch,  to  remove 83 

Apron-latch  body  (for  caisson),  description 100 

Apron-latch  body  (for  carriage),  description 75 

Apron-latch  bracket,  location 75 

Apron-latch  lever  (for  caisson),  description 100 

Apron-latch  lever  (for  carriage),  location 64 

Apron-latch  plunger  (for  caisson),  description 100 

Apron-latch  plunger  (for  carriage),  location 64 

Apron-latch  spring  (for  caisson),  description 100 

Apron-latch  spring  (for  carriage),  location 64 

Ax-head  bracket  (for  caisson),  location 95 

Ax-head  bracket  (for  forge  limber),  location 125 

(205) 


206 

Page. 

Ax-head  bracket  (for  limber),  location 90 

Axle  (for  caisson),  description 96-97 

Axle  (for  carriage) 78 

Axle  (for  limber),  description 90 

Axle  bearing,  location 60 

Axle  blocks 134 

Axle  seat,  description 76 

Axle  seat,  to  remove 76 

Axle-seat  arm,  location 63 

Axle-seat  arm  bracket,  location 63 

Axle-seat  arm  guard,  location 63 

Axle-seat  arm  support,  location 63 

Axle-seat  bracket  fastening,  location 63 

Axle-seat  support,  location 63 

Azimuth  pointer,  location 74 

Azimuth  scale,  location 74 

B. 

Battery  wagon,  model  of  1902 130-135 

Body,  description 132-135 

Nomenclature 130-132 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 130 

Battery  wagon,  model  of  1902  Mi 139-144 

Body,  description 143-144 

Nomenclature 140-143 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 139 

Blacksmith's  tools,  list  of 199 

Blankets,  olive  drab 186 

Block  carrier  (for  model  of  1902  gun),  description 15 

Block  carrier  (for  models  of  1904  and  1905  gun),  description 23 

Block  latch,  description. 23 

Bore  sights,  location 172-173 

Brake  (for  carriage),  to  adjust 84 

Brake  (for  carriage),  to  assemble 84 

Brake  (for  carriage),  to  remove 83 

Brake  beam  (for  caisson,  battery  wagon,  and  carriage),  location 97, 132, 77 

Brake  beam,  to  dismount 83 

Brake  beam  fulcrum,  location .. 64 

Brake  beam  guide  (for  battery  wagon  and  caisson),  location 130, 94 

Brake-beam  guide  (for  carriage),  location 64 

Brake-beam  tubes,  location 64 

Brake-box  bottom,  function 64, 132 

Brake  brace,  location 64, 132 

Brake  channel  (for  battery  wagon),  location 130 

Brake  channel  (for  caisson),  description 97 

Brake-chanr el  support,  location 99 

Brake  crank  (for  battery  wagon  and  caisson),  location 98, 132 

Brake  crank  (for  carriage),  location 94 

Brake  crank,  to  dismount 83 

Brake  guard  (for  battery  wagon),  location 130 

Brake  lever  (for  battery  wagon  and  caisson),  location 98, 131 

Brake  lever  (for  carriage),  location 77 

Brake  lever,  to  dismount 84 


207 

Page. 

Brake  rod,  location 77 

Brake  rod,  to  dismount 83 

Brake-rod  end,  location 77 

Brake-rod  spring,  location 77 

Brake-rod  spring  cover,  location 77 

Brake-rod  spring  cover  end,  location 77 

Brake-rod  spring  cover  head,  location 77 

Brake  segment  (for  battery  wagon),  location 131 

Brake  segment  (for  caisson),  location 94 

Brake  segment  (for  carriage),  location 64 

Brake  segment,  to  dismount 84 

Brake-segment  bracket  (for  caisson),  location 94 

Brake  segment  (for  caisson),  function 98 

Brake  segment  (for  battery  wagon),  location 131 

Brake-segment  rack  (for  caisson),  location 98 

Brake  shaft  (for  battery  wagon  and  caisson),  location 94, 131 

Brake  shoe  (for  battery  wagon,  caisson,  and  carriage),  location 131,  97,  77 

Brake  shoe,  to  dismount 84 

Brake  spring,  description 77 

Breast- collar  harness: 

Description 149 

Nomenclature 150-151 

Breechblock  (for  model  of  1902  gun),  description 14-15 

Breechblock  (for  models  of  1904  and  1905  guns),  description 23 

Breech  mechanism  (for  model  of  1902  gun),  action  of 17 

Breech  mechanism  (for  model  of  1902  gun),  assembling  and  disassembling  parts.  18-19 

Breech  mechanism  (for  model  of  1902  gun),  nomenclature 14 

Breech  mechanism  (for  models  of  1904  and  1905  guns),  action  of 29 

Breech  mechanism  (for  models  of  1904  and  1905  guns),  to  dismantle 30 

Breech  mechanism  (for  models  of  1904  and  1905  guns),  description 23 

Bucket  holder  (for  limber),  description 92, 

C. 
Caisson,  model  of  1902: 

Description 96-101 

Nomenclature 93-96 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 93, 

Caisson,  model  of  1916: 

Description 109-115 

Nomenclature 107-109 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc .  107 

Caisson  limber,  model  of  1916: 

Description 103-106- 

Nomenclature  of  parts 101-103 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 101 

Carpenter's  tools,  list  of 'm 198-199 

Carpenter's  chest,  description 134 

Carriage,  action  of 70-71 

Carriage,  general  description 67-7& 

Carriage,  nomenclature 60-66 

Carriage,  parts  of,  care  in  assembling  and  disassembling 78-85 

Carriage,  parts  of,  care  and  cleaning 85-87 

Carriage,  principal  parts  of 67 

102614—17 17 


208 

Page. 

Carriage,  weights,  dimensions,  etc 60 

Cartridge  case,  description 34-35 

Cartridge  case,  blank  ammunition,  care  of 50 

Cartridge  case,  blank  ammunition,  description 49 

Channel  support,  location 94 

Chest  body  (for  caisson),  description 98, 113 

Chest  body  (for  forge  limber),  description .  127, 126, 129 

Chest  body  (for  limber),  description 92, 105, 118 

Chest  for  cleaning  materials  and  small  stores,  location 134 

Chest  for  spare  sights,  location 135 

Chest  front  (for  caisson),  description 98 

Chest  front  (for  limber),  description 92. 105, 118 

Chest-front  angle,  location 95,  ]08 

Chest-front  tees,  location 95, 108 

Chest-front  reinforce,  location 90 

Chest  rail  (for  caisson),  description 99 

Chest  rail  (for  limber),  description 91 

Chest-rail  connection,  location 91 

Chest  stiffener,  location 90 

Cinchas 146,150 

Cocking  lever,  description 16 

Collars,  spare  parts  for,  list  cf 196 

Collars,  steel,  description 147 

Collar-lifting  device 149 

Contents,  list  of - 5-8 

Converted  battery  wagon,  model  of  1908: 

Description 138 

Nomenclature  of  parts 135-137 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 135 

Converted  caisson,  model  of  1908: 

Description 123-124 

Nomenclature  of  parts 119-123 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 119 

Converted  limber,  model  of  1908: 

Description 1 18-119 

Nomenclature  of  parts 116-118 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 115 

Converted  forge  limber,  model  of  1908: 

Description 129-130 

Nomenclature  of  parts 127-129 

Weights,  dimensions,  etc 127 

Counter-recoil  buffer,  description 69 

Counter-recoil  buffer,  to  remove 82 

C ounter-recoil  spring,  double,  description 69 

Counter-recoil  spring,  double,  to  assemble 79 

Counter-recoil  spring,  double,  to  dismount 79 

Counter-recoil  spring,  single,  description C9 

Counter-coil  spring,  single,  to  assemble 80 

Counter-recoil  spring,  single,  to  dismount 79 

Cradle,  to  dismount 83 

Cradle  body,  description 67 

Cradle  brush,  location 62 

Cradle  head,  front,  location 61 

Cradle  head,  rear,  location 61 


209 

Page. 

Cradle  top  plate,  location 61 

Cross  brace  (for  battery  wagon),  location 130 

Cross  brace  (for  caisson),  location 94 

Cyclometer,  description 144 

Cyclometer,  nomenclature 145 

Cylinder,  to  assemble 79 

Cylinder,  care  and  cleaning 85 

Cylinder,  description 69 

Cylinder,  to  dismount 78-79 

Cylinder,  to  fill 80 

Cylinder  end,  description 69 

Cylinder-end  stud,  description 69 

D. 

Diaphragm  (for  caisson),  description 98, 113 

Diaphragm  (for  limber),  description 92 

Diaphragm  brace  (for  caisson),  location 95 

Diaphragm  brace  (for  limber),  location 90 

Door  (for  caisson) ,  description 98, 113 

Door  (for  limber) ,  description 92 

Door  angle,  location 95 

Door  frame,  location 90 

Door  handle,  location 95 

Door  hinge  (for  caisson) ,  location 98 

Door  hinge  (for  limber) ,  location 89 

Door  lock,  description 92 

Door  prop,  location 95,  99 

Door-prop  guide,  location 95,  99 

Door-prop  stud,  location 95?  99 

Door  tees,  location 95,  99 

Double  tree,  description 91 

Double-tree  rod,  location 88 

Double-tree  strap  (for  limber),  location 88 

Drill  cartridge,  description 48 

Dust  guard,  description 76 

E. 

Elevating  and  traversing  lock,  description 74-75 

Elevating  and  traversing  lug,  location 74 

Elevating  bevel  gear,  to  dismount 82-83 

Elevating  bevel  gear,  location 73 

Elevating  bevel  pinion,  to  dismount 83 

Elevating  bevel  pinion,  location 63,  73 

Elevating  crank  shaft,  location 63,  73 

Elevating-gear  bracket,  to  dismount 83 

Elevating-gear  bracket,  description 73 

Elevating-gear  transom,  description 72 

Elevating  mechanism,  to  assemble 83 

Elevating  pin,  location 63 

Elevating  screw,  to  dismount 82 

Elevating-screw  cover,  function 73 

Equipment,  list  of 11 

Equipment,  horse,  list  of 198 

Equipment,  instruction,  list  of 197 


210 

Page. 

Equipment,  miscellaneous,  list  of 197 

Equipment,  personal,  list  of 198 

Equipment,  range  finding  and  fire  control,  list  of 195-196 

Equipment  for  one  3-inch  battery,  statement  of  total 189-203 

Equipment,  target,  list  of . 

Error,  range 175-177 

Extractor  (for  model  1902  gun),  description 16 

Extractor  (for  models  1904  and  1905  guns ) ,  description 28 

Extractor  lever  (for  model  1902  gun),  description 16 

Extractor  lever  (for  models  1904  and  1905  guns),  description 28 

F. 

Face  plate,  location 63 

Firing  handle,  loca-tion  (for  carriages  after  No.  168) 71 

Firing-handle  bracket,  location  (for  carriages  after  No.  168) 71 

Firing-handle  bracket  seat,  location  (for  carriages  after  No.  168) 71 

Firing-handle  hub,  location  (for  carriages  after  No.  168) 71 

Firing-handle  return  spring,  function  (for  carriages  after  No.  188) 71 

Firing  handle  with  spring  and  plunger,  location  (for  carriages  Nos.  1  to  168). . .  71 

Firing-lock  case,  description 26 

Firing  mechanism  (for  models  1904  and  1905  guns) 21-22 

Firing  mechanism  (for  models  1904  and  1905  guns),  to  dismantle 29-30 

Firing  mechanism  (for  carriages  1  to  188) ,  action  of 71 

Firing  mechanism  (for  carriages  after  No.  188),  action  of 71 

Firing  pallet,  description 28 

Firing  pin  (for  model  1902  gun),  description 15-16 

Firing  pin  (for  models  1904  and  1905  guns ),  description 24 

Firing-pin  spring,  location 

Firing  shaft  (for  carriages  Nos.  1  to  168),  description 71 

Firing  shaft  (for  carriages  after  No.  168),  description 71 

Firing-shaft  bearing  (for  carriages  Nos.  1  to  168),  location 62 

Firing-shaft  return  spring  (for  carriages  after  No.  168),  function 71 

Firing  spring,  description 25 

Flask,  description 

Float,  description 

Foot  rest  (for  caisson),  description 99 

Foot  rest  (for  carriage),  location 114 

Foot  rest  (forge  limber  and  limber),  description 91, 125 

Forge  limber,  model  of  1902,  general  description 125, 126, 127 

Forge  limber,  model  of  1902,  weights,  dimensions,  etc 124 

Forge  limber,  model  of  1902,  nomenclature 124, 125 

Forge  limber,  model  of  1902Mi,  description 127 

Frame  handle,  location 94,  97 

Frame  reinforce  plate,  location 94 

Front-sight  bracket,  location *- 66 

Front-sight  bracket  support,  location 61 

Fuzes,  F.  A.,  combination 43-46 

Fuze,  Ehrhardt  combination  for  high-explosive  shrapnel: 

Action... 42 

Description 40-41 

Parts  in 40 

Fuze,  F.  A.,  combination,  model  of  1907M: 

Action 45 

Description 43 

Parts  in..  43 


211 

Page. 

Fuze  setter,  model  of  1905M,  general  description 52-53 

Fuze  setter,  bracket,  model  of  1905M: 

Description 53 

Use 54 

Fuze  setter,  hand,  model  of  1905M: 

Description 55 

Use 55-56 

Fuze  setter,  hand,  model  of  1912: 

Description 56-59 

Use 58-59 

Fuze-setter  bracket,  description 100 

Fuze-setter  latch  body,  location 100 

Fuze-setter  latch  lever,  location 96 

Fuze-setter  latch  plunger,  location 96 

Fuze-setter  latch  spring,  location 96 

G. 

Gland,  adjustment 81 

Gland,  location 62 

Gun,  model  of  1902,  description 13-14 

Gun,  model  of  1902,  care  of 20 

Gun,  model  of  1904,  description 20-22 

Gun,  model  of  1905,  description / 22 

Gun  slide,  location 61 

Gun,  to  dismount 78 

Gun,  to  mount 78 

Gun,  weights,  dimensions,  etc 13 

H. 

Handrail  (for  caisson),  location 95, 103, 120 

Handrail  (for  forge  limber),  location 124 

Handrail  (for  limber),  description 93 

Handspike,  location 72 

Handspike  fastening,  function 72 

Harness,  list  of 196 

Harness,  artillery,  nomenclature 145-146 

Harness,  spare,  list  of 196 

Hatchet-blade  bracket,  location 90 

Hinge  pin,  description 28 

Hood,  location 64 

Hub  band,  location 66 

Hub  box,  location 66 

Hub  cap,  location 66 

Hub  cap,  to  remove 84 

Hub  latch,  function 78 

Hub  liner,  location 66 

Hub  liner,  to  remove 84 

Hub  ring,  location 66 

I. 

Inaccuracy,  causes 174-175 

Information,  general,  with  reference  to  ordnance  supplies , 181-186 

Inner  elevating  screw,  description 73 

Instructions  for  care  of  materiel. .  184 


212 

L-  Page. 

Lantern  bracket  (for  limber),  location 93 

Lantern-bracket  pad,  location 192 

Latch  bolt,  function 15 

Leather,  black,  care  of 151-152 

Leather,  russet,  care  of 151-152 

Leather,  reason  for  oiling 151 

Lever  latch,  description 28 

Lid  (for  forge  limber),  description 126 

Lid  hinge  (for  forge  limber),  location 124 

Lid  prop  (for  battery  wagon),  location 130 

Lid  prop  (for  forge  limber),  location 124 

Lid-prop  bracket,  location 124 

Lid-prop  guide,  location 124 

Lid-prop  plate,  location 130 

Limber,  description 90, 103. 118 

Limber,  nomenclature 88, 101. 116 

Limber,  weights,  dimensions,  etc 88, 101, 115 

Lock  bar,  description 98 

Lock  washer,  function 

Lunette  (for  battery  wagon,  caisson,  and  carriage),  description 133,  97,  72 

Lunette  bracket  (for  battery  wagon  and  caisson),  location 130,  94 

Lunette  bracket  (for  carriage),  location 72 

M. 

Main  shield,  description 75 

Marking  on  ammunition  packing  boxes 46-47 

Marking  outfit 193 

Material,  cleaning  and  preserving,  allowance  for  6  months,  list  of 199-200 

Material,  saddler's,  allowance  for  6  months,  list  of 200-202 

Materiel,  suggestions  for  care  and  maintenance  of 184 

Middle  brace,  location 130 

Middle  rail,  description 90 

Middle-rail  angle,  description 97 

Middle-rail  plate,  location 94 

Misfires  and  hangfires 51-52 

N. 

Name  plate,  description 72,  93, 101 

National  Guard,  repairs  for  artillery  issued  to 183 

Neck  yoke,  description 91 

O. 

Oils  for  artillery  materiel 182-183 

Oil  can,  description 134 

Oil-can  cover,  description 126 

Oil-can  support  (for  battery  wagon),  location 134 

Oil-can  support  (for  forge  limber),  location ] 26 

Operating  lever  (for  model  1902  gun),  description 15 

Operating  lever  (for  models  1904  and  1905  guns),  description 27 

Operating  lever -guide,  function 15 

Outer  elevating  screw,  description 73 

P. 

Padlocks  and  bolt  snaps 145 

Packing  chests  for  spare  breech  mechanism,  location 134 

Packing,  Garlock's 81 

Painting  artillery  materiel 181 


213 

Page. 

Pallet  shank,  description 28- 

Panoramic  sight,  model  of  1904: 

Care 168 

Description 155-158- 

Use -• 166-167 

Panoramic  sight,  model  of  1915: 

Care 168-169 

Description 158-164 

Use 166-167 

Panoramic-sight  case,  description 75- 

Panoramic-sight  case  bracket,  description 75- 

Paulina 192, 193, 194, 195- 

Pickpocket,  chisel  end ,  location 90 

Pickpocket,  needle  end,  location 89- 

Pintle  (for  caisson  and  limber),  description 97,  91 

Pintle  (for  carriage),  function • 67 

Pintle  bearing  (for  caisson  and  limber),  description 91,  97 

Pintle  latch  (for  caisson  and  limber),  description 91,  97 

Pintle-latch  spring  (for  caisson  and  limber),  description 91,  97 

Pintle  socket,  description 73-74 

Piston,  description 69 

Piston  rod,  to  remove 82" 

Piston-rod  nut.  location 69 

Plates,  list  of 9 

Pole,  description 91 

Pole  clamp  (for  limber) ,  description 90-91 

Pole  prop  bracket,  location 91 

Powder  charge,  composition  of 36-37 

Primer,  general  description 35-36- 

Primer,  110-grain  percussion,  action  of 36 

Primer,  110-grain  percussion,  description 35-36- 

Primer,  saluting,  care  in  service 36 

Projectiles,  description 37-39 

Prop  (for  battery  wagon),  description 133- 

Prop  (for  caisson),  description 97 

Prop  (for  limber),  location 91 

T> 

Range  quadrant: 

Care 169 

Elevation-level  holder,  description 165- 

Quadrant  body,  description 164 

Quadrant  bracket,  description 164 

Quadrant  rocker,  description ]  64 

Range  disk,  description 164 

Use 166 

Range  quadrant  case,  location 75- 

Range  quadrant  case  bracket,  location 75- 

Range  quadrant  fastening,  location 65- 

Range  table: 

Service,  for  3-inch  field  guns 31-32 

Complete,  for  3-inch  field  guns,  models  of  1902.  1904,  and  1905,  when  fired 

with  shrapnel 33-34 

Rear  clip,  function 67 

Rear-sight  box  bottom,  location 72: 


214 

Page. 

Rear-sight  box  cover,  location 72 

Rear-sight  bracket  support,  location 61 

Rear-sight  packing,  function 72 

Recoil  indicator,  location 62 

Recoil  indicator,  to  remove 78 

Recoil-indicator  guide,  location 62 

Recoil-indicator  throw,  location 62 

Reloading  and  cleaning  outfit,  parts  in 51 

Reloading  and  cleaning  outfit,  use  of  parts  in 51 

Repairs  for  field  artillery  materiel 183-184 

Retaining  ring,  location 67 

Retaining-ring  hasp,  function 68 

Rocker,  description 73 

Rocker,  to  dismount 85 

S. 

"Saddler's  tools,  list  of 198 

:Saddler's  chest,  description 134 

Saluting  charges 49 

'Saluting  primer  percussion,  description 49 

Sear  (for  model  1902  gun),  location 16 

Sear  (for  model  1904  and  1905  guns),  description 25 

Segment  bracket,  location 64 

Semple  tracer,  description '. 39-40 

Shell,  common  steel,  description 37 

'Shields,  to  remove 83 

Shield  brace,  location 75 

Shot  bolt  (for  battery  wagon),  location 132 

Shot  bolt  (for  forge  limber),  location 124 

Shot  bolt  (for  limber),  description 92 

Shot -bolt  bracket  (for  battery  wagon),  location 132 

Shot-bolt  bracket  (for  forge  limber),  location 124 

Shot-bolt  bracket  (for  limber),  description 92 

Shoulder  guard,  description 75 

Shovel  handle  bracket,  location 90 

Shrapnel,  common,  description 38 

Shrapnel,  common,  action  of 38-39 

Shrapnel,  Ehrhardt  high-explosive,  action  of 39 

Shrapnel,  Ehrhardt  high-explosive,  description 39 

Shutter,  open  sight  port,  location 

Shutter,  open  sight  port,  description 7.5 

Shutter,  panoramic  sight  port,  location 75 

Shutter,  panoramic  sight  port,  description 75 

Side  rail  (for  battery  wagon),  location 130 

Side  rail  (for  caisson),  description 97 

Side  rail  (for  limber),  location 91 

Sights,  list  of 195 

Sights,  bore 174 

Sights,  line,  description 153 

Sight,  front,  description 153 

Sight,  rear: 

Bracket  support,  description 153 

Peep  sight,  description 154 

Peep-sight  deflection  scale,  description 155 

Scroll  gear,  description 154 


215 

Sight,  rear — Continued.  Page. 

Shank  socket,  description 154 

Sight  shank,  description 154 

Sight-shank  range  strip,  description 154 

Sights,  care  of  front  and  rear 167-168- 

Singletree,  description 91 

Sledge  holder,  location 125 

Spade,  description 72 

Spade  edge,  location 72 

Spare  parts  (for  caisson),  list  of .< 193 

Spare  parts  (for  carriage),  list  of 191-192 

Spare  parts  (for  model  1902  gun),  list  of 190- 

Spare  parts  (for  models  1904  and  1905  guns),  list  of 190- 

Spare  parts  (for  limber),  list  of 192; 

Spare  parts,  miscellaneous,  list  of 197 

Spare  parts  of  accessories,  list  of 195 

Spare  pole  bracket,  location 95 

Spare  pole  fastening,  location 95 

Spare  sights,  lists  of 195- 

Spare  sights 174 

Spare  wheel  fastening,  location 132 

Spare  wheel  support,  location 132 

Sponge  fastening,  location 72: 

Sponge  staff  socket,  location 61 

Spring  centering  tool,  use  of 79 

Spring  seat,  description 15 

Spring  support,  description 70 

Spring-support  guide,  function 68 

Step,  location 91 

Store  limber,  model  of  1902,  general  description I 138 

Store  limber,  model  of  1902,  weights,  dimensions,  etc 13& 

Store  limber,  model  of  1902Mi,  description 138- 

Store  wagon,  model  of  1902,  general  description 139 

Store  wagon,  model  of  1902,  weights,  dimensions,  etc 139s 

Store  wagon,  model  of  1902Mi,  general  description 143-144 

Store  wagon,  model  of  1902Mi,  weights,  dimensions,  etc 139- 

Stuffing  box,  to  pack. 81 

Subcaliber  cartridge,  cal.  .30,  description 47 

Subcaliber  and  drill  cartridge  kit,  contents  of 48 

Supplies  kept  in  reserve,  list  of 202-203 

T. 

Tent,  shelter 198 

Testing  level 171 

Tie-rods  (for  carriage),  location 76 

Tie-rods  (for  limber),  description 90 

Tie-rod  clamp,  location 88 

Tie-rod  fastening,  location 64 

Tools  (for  battery  wagon),  list  of 193-194 

Tools  (for  caisson),  list  of 193 

Tools  (for  forge  limber),  list  of 194 

Tools  (for  gun  and  carriage),  list  of 189 

Tools  (for  limber),  list  of 192 

Tools  (for  store  limber),  list  of 195- 

Tools  (for  store  wagon),  list  of 194. 


216 

Page. 

Tool-box  bottom,  location 72 

Tool-box  fastening,  function 72 

Tool-box  top  plate,  location 72 

Tool-box  transom,  location 72 

Top  plate,  location 72 

Top  shield,  description 75 

Top-shield  fastening,  location 75 

Trail,  description 71-72 

Trail,  to  dismount 85 

Trail  handle,  location 71-72 

Trail  seat,  function 71-72 

Transportation  by  rail,  method  of  loading  a  battery 187-188 

Traversing-gear  case,  function 74 

Traversing  handwheel,  function 74 

Traversing  link,  description 74 

Traversing-link  pivot,  function 74 

Traversing  lug,  location 74 

Traversing  mechanism,  to  dismount 82 

Traversing  nut,  description 74 

Traversing  plate,  location 63 

Traversing-plate  liner,  location 63 

Traversing  shaft,  description 74 

Traversing-shaft  adjusting  nut 74 

Traversing-shaf  t  bearing,  location 74 

Trigger,  function 16 

Trigger  arm,  description 16 

Trigger  fork,  description 25 

Trigger  shaft 26 

Tube  cover,  location 77 

Tube-cover  latch,  location ? 77 

Tube  head,  location 63 

Tube-support  plate,  location 76 

V. 

Yise,  location 133 

W. 

Wheels,  description 71 

Wheel,  to  remove 84 

Wheel  fastening,  description 71 

Wheel  fastening,  to  remove 84 

Wheel  guard,  function 72 

Wheel-guard  transom,  location 72 

Wheel  oil  valve,  function 71 

Wheeled  material,  list  of 189 

WAR  DEPARTMENT, 

OFFICE  OF  THE  CHIEF  OF  ORDNANCE, 
Washington,  June  5,  191V. 

August  i,  1905. 
Revised  May  10, 1908. 
Re vised  July  17,  1908. 
Revised  July  1, 1911. 
Re/ised  October  1,  1912. 
Ke  rised  August  3,  1915. 
Re.ised  June  5, 1917. 
FORM  No.  1659. 
Ed.  June  5-17—8,000. 

O 


YC  64309 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


